Full text of "Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria"

See other formats

PROCEEDINGS.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

Jlogd Sorittn of ilctona.

VOL. V (New Series).

Edited under the Authority of the Council.
ISSUED MAY 1893.

THE AUTHORS OK THE SEVERAL PAPERS ARE SOLELY RESPOKSIBLE FOR THE SOUNDNESS OF
THE OPINIONS GIVEN AND FOR THE ACCURACY OF THE STATEMENTS MADE THEUEIN.

MELBOUENE :
STILLWELL AND CO., PKINTEES, 195a COLLINS STREET.

AGENTS TO THE SOCIEIY:

WILLIAMS & NORGATE, 14 HENRIETTA STREET, OUVENT GARDEN, LONDON

To wliom all communications for transmission to the Royal Society of Yicto: ia,
fiom all parts of Europe, should be sent.

1893.

lanal $0fictD of ^Tittorhi.

18 9 2.

fatron.

HIS lOXCELLENCY THE RIGHT HON. JOHN ADRIAN LOUIS HOPE, G.C.M.G.
SEVENTH EARL OF HOPETOUN.

;|1rfsiDcnt.

PROFESSOR W. C. Ki:UN()T, M.A., C.E.
K. J. WHITE, F.R.A.S. | H. K. RUSDCN, F.R.G.S.

|jon. (Lrcasurcr.

C. R. BLACKETT, F.C.S.

|)ou. Secretaries.

PROFESSOR W. BALDWIN SPENCER, JI.A.
A. SUTHERLAND, M.A.

I^on. ICibradau.

A. DENDY, D.SC.

douiuil.

W. H. ARCHER, F.L.S., F.I.A. A. H. S. LUCAS, M.A.

.). W. BARRETT, M.D. PROFESSOR L\LE, M.A.

K. L. J. ELLERY, C.M.G., F.R.S., PROFESSOR ORME MASSON, M.A.,

F.R.A.S. D.Sc.

G. S. GRIFFITHS, F.R.G.S. H. MOORS.

.IAS. JAMIESON, M.D. REV. R. H. SUGDEN, B.A., B..S. .

PROFESSOR LAURIE, LL.D. C. A. TOPP, M.A., LL.B.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME V.

Akt. I.— Preliminary Notice of Victorian Earthworms. Part II. The
genus Peiichfeta (with Plates II, III, IV, V, VI, VII).
By W. Baldwin Spencer, M.A. .. .. -• 1

I[.- Fm'ther Notes on the Oviparity of the larger Victorian
Peripatus, generally known as P. Leuckartii. By
Abthuk Dendy, D.Sc. . . - . . . . . 27

III.— Nest and Egg of Queen Victoria's Rifle Bird (Ptilorhis

Victoriffi) (with Plate I). By D. Le Souef .. .. 3fi

IV.— Notes on the Lilydale Limestone (with Plates VIII and IX).

By Rev. A. W. Ckesswell, M.A. . . . . . • '^>i

V. — Preliminary Account of the Glacial Deposits of Bacchus
Marsh (with Plates X, XI, XII). By Graham Officer,
B.Sc, and Lewis Balfour.. .. .. ..45

VI. — Synopsis of the Australian Calcarea Heterocosla ; with a
proposed Classification of the Group and Descriptions
of some New Genera and Species. By A. Dendy, D.Sc. (59

VII.— On Two New Tertiary Stylasterids (with Plate XIII). By

T. S. Hall, M.A. .. .. .. .. ..117

VIII.— Three rare Species of Eggs hitherto only described from

the Oviduct of the Bird. By A. J. Campbell, F.L.S... 128

IX.— Notes on the Mode of Reproduction of Geonemertes aus-

traliensis. By Arthur Dendy, D.Sc. .. .. 127

X.— The Bluff at Barwou Heads (with Plate XIV). By G. S.

Griffiths, F.G.S. . . . . . . . . . . 131

XI. — On the Conductivity of a Solution of Copper Sulphate (with

Plates XV and XVI). By W. Huey Steele, M.A. . . 184

XII.— The Lichens of Victoria. Part I. By Rev. F. R. M.

Wilson . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

XIII. — On a New Species of Leueosoleuia from the neighbourhood

of Port Phillip Heads. By Arthur Dendy, D.Sc. . . 178

XI v.- The Present Position of the Snake-bite Controversy. By

James W. Barrett, M.D., M.S., F.R.C.S. Eng. .. 181

XV. — Sneezing: Fallacious Observations. Bj' James W. Barrett,

M.D., M.S., F.R.C.S. Eng. . . .. .. ..187

XVI.— Physical Constants of Thallium (with Plate XVH). By W.

Huey Steele, M.A. . . . . . . . . 193

XVII. — On " Confocal Quadrics of Moments of Inertia" pertaining
of all Planes in Space, and Loci and Envelopes of
Straight Lines whose "Moments of Inertia" are Con-
stant. By Martin Gardiner, C.E. .. .. 20(»

40H0

vi Proceedings of the Hu/ja( tiocietij of Vicforia.

XVIII. — Notes on a PoiaououB Species of Homeiia (H. colliua, i.ai;i;
Vent. — var. miniata), found at Pascoc Vale, causing
death in cattle and other animals feeding upon it. By
D. McAlpine and P. W. Farmer, M.B., Ch.B .. 209

XIX.— Report of the Committee of the Royal Society of Victoria,
consisting of Prokessors Kerxot, Lylk and Masson,
and Messrs. Elleky, Love and White, appointed to
arrange for the carrying out of the Gravity Survey of
Australasia . . . . . . . . . . 21B

XX. — Report of the Cremation Committee of the Eoyal Society
of Victoria, appointed to enquire into and report upon
" Cremation " and other methods of disposing of the
dead, with particular regard to hygiene and economy.. 222

XXL— Report of Port Phillip Biological Survey Committee, 1892 229

Anntai. Meeting, Report anp Balance Sheet .. .. .. 230

Report of Ordinary Meeting.s . . . . . . . . 239

Laws of the Royal Society of Victoria . . . . . . 289

List of Members . . . . . . . . . . . . 299

List of Institutions and Learned Societies which receive
Copies of the " Transactions and Proceedings of the
KoYAL Society of Victoria" .. .. .. .. 306

Art. l.—Prdlmlnarii Xotice of Victorian Kartlnvorni'i,

Part II. Tha (icnuH Pevichceta. _,„„-«-.,_

(With Plates II, III, IV, V, VI, VII.) /'^'y^^'^^ '^^^

Profi

By W. BaldwixX Spencer, M.A. i,^.j h I B R A R Y • -

essor of Biology in the University of Melbouru'^II^N. ^^ ^ ' y'c^
[Read March 10, 1892.] ^^^_J--^

This ficcouiit includes tlie description of twenty-two
species of the genus Perichfeta, which have up to the present
time been collected in Victoria. Two of these, Perichceia
dorsalis and baker i, have been previously described by
Mr. J. J. Fletcher, who obtained them from Gippsland. My
own collection has been made in different parts of Victoria,
and especiall}^ in the South Eastern district, where Gippsland
is peculiarly rich. As in the case of the genera Cryptodrilus
and Megascolides, so in that of Perichseta, the forms
described are at present, for the sake of convenience,
referred to the one genus, though this will undoubtedly
have to be broken up, and at the same time, certain forms
provisionally as yet referred to it, may have to be placed
under other existing genera. With this, Mr. Fletcher and
myself will deal in our extended monograph. Sufficient
details only are now given to serve for the identification of
the species.

We have in Victoria only one species which is reall_y
widely distributed — this is P. dorsalis, which was first
described by Fletcher from Warragul, Gippsland. Since
then it has been obtained in West and South Gippsland,
from the Otway district, from the Grampians, and from
Creswick and Castlemaine. It is not only widely spread,
but is also abundant in numbers, almost always forming the
majority of specimens of any collection in West or South
GipjDsland especially. It is interesting to note that an allied
form, Peric/iceta stirlingi, is apparently prevalent in South
Australia.

2 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

The diNtiibution of the former species is in marked contrast
to that of most. Certain forms, such as P. tanjilensis and
yarraensis, are characteristic of the Upper Yarra Valley
especially. Perichcvta fielderi, a veiy well marked form,
has only come from Fern Ti-ec Gully and Sassafras Gully
and the hills outside Narre Wan-en, all of which localities
lie within a small compass. P. hakeri, copelandi, 'and
ohscura, are characteristic of the Warragul district in
Cippsland, and P. deiulyi is an intei'esting form recorded as
yet only from Healesville. P. lateralis has been found only
in North West Victoria and is closely allied to the Soutli
Australian species P. stirlingi.

For valuable assistance in collecting, I am again indebted
to Dr. Dendy, Rev. W. Fielder, and Messrs. French, Frost,
Shephard, Hall, Steel, Mann, Copeland, Brittlebank, D. h
Souef, R. H. Anderson and H. Giles.

Unless otherwise stated, the description alway?, refers to
spirit specimens. Such structures as the accessory copulatory
ones are only evident after preservation, and examination of
numerous specimens shows that spirit exerts a uniform
action upon these.

(I) Perlchceta copelandi, sp. n. (Figs. 52, 53, 54, 76). Length
of spirit specimen o inclies, | inch broad. Number of
segments about 175,

Dark purple colour dorsally, with a darker median line.

Prostomium completely dovetailed into the peristomiuni,
and marked by a median groove.

Clitellum not strongly marked, occupying segments 13-17,
but not alwa^^s the anterior part of 1.} or the posterior of 17.

Setpe. The first setigerous segment has 10 on each side,
after this and to the posterior end of the clitellum the
number varies from lo-]7. Behind segment 20, it varies
from 23-25. On the last 6 or 7 segments the setae are
difficult to see. Dorsal and ventral median lines free of
seta3.

Male poi'es on papillae in segment 18, at the level of the
interval between the two inner seta^ of each side.

Oviduct pores on segment 14 anterior to, and at the level
of the interval between the two inner seta; of each side.

Spermatl)ecal pores, 5 pairs placed on the line between
segments 4-9, very slightly dorsal of the level of the innei'-
most setse.

PreUmiiiai'j/ Notice of Victorian Earthtvornis. 3

Accessoiy copalatory structures. A pair of elliptical tumid
patches between segments 16 and 17, at the level ot" the
interval between the inner two setse of each side. A pair
between segments 17 and 18, at the level of the interval
between the second and third sehB of each side ; a pair at
the same level between segments 18 and 19, and nioother
between segments 19 and 20. The male openings lie ventral
of these structures and not dorsal, as in the case of the
similar ones present in P. hakeri. A series of ]iaii-s of
small elliptical patches marked by distinct pores on the veiy
anterior margins of segments 9-13, each one slightl}' dorsal
of the innei-most setfe of its side. These patches in segment
9 are enlarged and include the openings of the spermatheca3.
An additional pair, with similar relationships, may be present
on segment 8.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 4 and 5.

Kephridiopores not visible externall}".

Alimentary canal. Gizzard present in segment 5. No
true calciferous glands, but vascular swellings are present in
segments 9-15. Large intestine connnences in segment 17.

Circulatory system. Single dorsal vessel, with the last pair
of hearts in segment 12. No supra-intestinal vessel present.

Excretory system. Meganephric.

Reproductive .system. Testes, two pairs in segments 10
and 11, into which the ciliated rosettes open.

Prostates long, coiled, and tubuhir, occupying segments 1 8-22.

Sperm sacs, three pairs attached respectively to the
posterior wall of segment 9 and the anterior of segments
12 and 13. Saccular in foi-ni.

Ovaries in segment 13, with oviducts opening into the
same segment.

Spermatheca3, 5 pairs present in segments 5-9, each
consisting of a large sac and short diverticulum.

Habitat. Warragul district. I have associated with this
characteristic Gippsland ])ericha3te the name of Mr. Hugii
Copeland, to whom I am much indebted for frequent and
valuable assistance in collecting.

(2) Pcrichwta ohsciivd, sp. n. (Figs. 4, 5, G, 70). Length of
spirit specimen 2^ inches, aljout | inch br<)a<l.
Number of segments 90-100.
Prostomium completely dovetailed into the peristomiuin.
Clitellum complete, and extending over segments 14-lG,
together with the posterior part of 13.

t P I'oceediwjs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Seta', from U-11 on each side in front of the clitellum ;
behind this, 10-12 eacli side. Dorsally and ventrall}' there
is a median space free of setfe.

Male pores on segment 18 on papillie, on a level with the
second seta on each side.

Oviduct pores on segment 14 anterior to, and very
slightly ventral of, the level of the innermost setfe.

Spermathecal pores, five pairs, betv/een segments 4? and 5,
5 and G, G and 7, 7 and 8, 8 and '.), at the level ot the second
setfie of each side.

Accessory copulatory structures. A pair of elliptical
tumid patches between segments IG and 17, at the level of
the interval between the two inner setse of each side. A
pair at the same level on the anterior part of segment 18^
and anocher between segments 17 and 18, at the level of the
interval between the second and third setse of each side. A
swollen tumid ridge occupies the posterior part ventrally of
.segment 18, and the anterior of segment 19, extending
outwards as far as the level of the third seta of each side.
A ridge on the posterior part of segment 1 9, and anterior of
segment 20, extending outwards as far as the level- of the
second seta of each side. These structures, and especially
the two on each side immediately in front of the male
openings, are very characteristic.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 4 and 5.

Alimentary- canal. Gizzard in segment 5. Ino true
calcifeious glands present, but vascular swellings in
segments 12-15 ; those in 14 and 15 being especially large.
Large intestine commencing in segment 17.

Circulatory system. Dorsal vessel single ; last heart in
segment ]'2. Those in segments 10, 11, 12 large; those in
segments 7, 8, 9 small. Supi'a-intestinal vessel in segments
9-12.

Excretory system. Meganephric.

Reproductive system. Testes, two pairs in segments
10 and 11, into which open the rosettes.

Prostates tubular, coiled, extending through segments
17, 18, and 19.

Sperm sacs, two pairs attached respectively to the anterior
wall of segment 12, and the posterior of segment 9.

Ovaries in segment 13, the oviducts opening into the same
seo-ment.

Preliminary Notice of Victorian Eavthivorms. 5

Sperinathecae, five pairs, in segments 5-9. Each consisting
of a sac, with a diverticulum half the length of the sac.
Habitat. Warragiil, Fern Tree Gully.

(3) Perichceta sylvatica, sp. n. (Figs. 34, 35, 36, 68). Length
of spirit specimen 3 inches, less than -J inch broad.
Number of segments about 100.

Prostouiium not completely dovetailed into the peris-
tomium (about three-quarters). The peristomium marked
by a fairl_7 distinct median ventral cleft.

Clitellum occupying segments 14, 15, 16, with" the
posterior part of 1 3, and the anterior of 17.

Setse, 12 on each side, except in the first two setigerous
segments, where there are 10.

Male pores on segment 18, slightly ventral of the level of
the second set?e.

Oviduct pores on segment 14 ventral of, and very slightly
anterior to, the innermost setfe.

Spermathecal pores, five pairs, between segments 4 and 5,
5 and 6, 6 and 7, 7 and 8, 8 and 9, each at the level of the
innermost seta.

Accessory copulatory structures. Two pairs of fiintly
marked circular patches on segments 16 and 17, at the level
of the interval between the two inner setee of each side. A
pair of well marked elliptical patches on segment 10,
posterior to, and at the level of, the interval between the
second and third setse of each side.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 5 and 6.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. Three pairs of
well marked calciferous glands present in segments 10, 11,
and 12. Large intestine commencing in segment 15.

Circulatory system. Dorsal vessel single, the- last heart
in segment 12.

Excretory system. Plectonephric.

Reproductive system. Testes in segments 10 and 11,
rosettes opening into the same segments.

Prostates small, flattened and bilobed, but with a single
duct. In segment 18.

Sperm sacs, two pairs, one attached to the anterior wall
of segment 12, the other to the posterior wall of segment 9.
Saccular in form.

Ovaries in segment 10, the oviducts opening into the
same segment.

G Proceedings of the lioyal Society of Victoria.

Spermathecce, five pairs, in segments 5-9. Each consisting
of a sac, with a diverticukim about the same length as the
latter.

Habitat. Fern Tree Gully.

(4) Ferichceta ho(jrjll, sp. n. (Figs. 28, 29, 80, 80). Length
of spirit specimen 4-J inches, ^ inch broad. Number
of segments about 12o.

Prostomium not completely dovetailed into the peristo-
mium (about one-half). The latter has a distinct median
ventral clett.

Clitelluui occupying the posterior part of segment 13,
together with the segments 14, 15, \Q, and the anterior part
of segment 17.

Seta3, except the first two segments, 12 on each side.

Male pores on papillae in segment 18, at the level of the
innermost seta on each side.

Oviduct pores on segment 14 ventral of, and anterior to,
the le\'el of the innermost setse.

Spermathecal pores, five pairs, between segments 4 and 5,
5 and G, 6 and 7, 8 and 9, at the level of the innermost
setif.

Accessory copulatory structures. Paired tumid patches
slightly anterior to, and at the level of the innermost set?e
in segments 20, 21 and 22. A median ventral ridge, occupy-
ing the space between the two innermost papillse, is present
on segn:ients 17 and 19. On segments 20, 21, and 22, median
ventral ridges are usually present, connecting the cii'cular
patches across the median line.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 4 and 5.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segments. Truecalciferous
glands in segments 10, 11, 12. Large intestine commencing
in segment 15.

Circrdatory system. Single dorsal vessel. Last heart in
segment 1 2. Small hearts in segments G-9.

Excretory system. Plectonephric.

Reproductive system. Testes in segments 10 and 11,
with rosettes opening into the same segments.

Prostates small, flattened, and bilobed with a single duct.

Sperm sacs, two pairs ; one attached to the anterior wall
of segment 12, the other to the posteiior wall of segment 9.

Ovaries in segment 13, oviducts opening into the same
seo-ment.

Preliminary Notice of Victorian Eartkvjormn. 7

Spermathecse, 5 pairs, in segments 5-9. Each witli a sac
and divevticulun) more tlian three-quarters the length of the
former.

Habitat. Mt. Macedon and Healesville (Dr. Dendy).

The first specimens were found at Mount Macedon, whilst
collecting with Mr. H. R. Hogg, to whom I am indebted jfor
valuable assistance, and whose name is associated with this
form.

(5) Pevichaita haUii (Figs. 40, 41, 42, 69). Length of spirit
specimen If iuclies, a little more than ^t irich broad.
Number of segments about 100.

Prostomium not completely dovetailed into the peris-
tomium (about three-quarters). The peristomium with a
distinct median ventral cleft.

Clitellum not \ery strongly developed, lighter coloured
than the surrounding parts, and occupying segments 13-17.

Seta3 somewhat difficult to see. In front of clitellum,
12 or 13 on each side ; behind, 12-16 on each side.

Male pores on very strongly marked pa])ill8e on segment
18, the openings being slightly dorsal to the level of the
innermost setre. Between the papillae is a deep depression
extenfling on to segments 17 and 19.

Oviduct pores (m segment 14.

Spermathecal pores, five pairs.

Accessory copnlatory structures. Three pairs of well
marked elliptical tumid patches, each with a median linear
depression on the posterior portions of segments 9, 10, and
1 1 , and extending over a space equal to that between setee
1 and 3 on each side. A smaller i)atch on the anterior part
of the segments 9 and 1 0, confiuent with the larger posterior
one, but not so strongly marked.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 4 and 5.

Alimentaiy canal. Gizzard in segment 5. True calci-
ferous glands present in segments 10, 11, and 12. Large
intestine conunencing in segment 17.

Circulatory system. Dorsal vessel single. Last heart in
segment 12.

Excretory system. Plectonephric.

Reproductive system. Testes in segments 10 and 11, into
which the rosettes open. The same segments are filled with
sperm.

Prostates_small, fiattened, and bilobed, but with a single
duct on each side, in segment 18.

8 Proceedincjs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Sperm sacs attached to the anterior wall of segment 12,
and tlie ])osterior wall of segment 9, with a smaller ])air
attached to the anterior wall of segment 14.

Ovaries in segment 13, into which the oviducts open.

Sj)ermatheca3, 5 pairs, in segments 5, G, 7, 8, and 9. Each
con.sisting of a sac, with a diverticulum more than half as long
as the former.

Habitat. Castlemaine. Collected by Mr. T. S. Hall, M.A.

(G) Fenchceta rubra, sp. n. (Figs. 25, 26, 27). Length of
spirit specimen 2-| inches, breadth about -^ incli.
Number of segments 80-90.

Prostomium not completely dovetailed into the peristo-
miuni (about |). The peristoinium with a distinct median
ventral cleft.

Clitellum distinct and complete, occupying segments 1 4-l(i.

Setae, in front of the clitellum 10 each side, behind J 2.

Male pores on distinct papilhe on segment 18, at the level
of the third seta of each side.

Oviduct pores on segment 1-i anterior to, and ventral of,
the tirst setse,

Spermathecal pores, 5 ]mirs, between segments 4 and 5,
5 and G, G and 7, 7 and 8, 8 and 9, at the level of the second
seta of each side.

Accessory copulatory structures. Median ventral ridges
occupying the anterior portions of segments 17, 19, 20, 21,
22 and 23. On segment 10, two strongly marked circular
patches, with central depressions, placed posterior to the seta:;
and at the level of the interval between the second and
third setse. On segments G, 7, 8 and 9 in the median ven-
tral space devoid of setse, and anterior to the level of the
latter, are pairs of closely apposed circular tumid patches,
each with a central pore-like depression. On segment 5, a
median ventral patch.

Dorsal pores present, the tirst between segments 4 and 5.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. True cal-
ciferous glands in segments 10, 1 1 and 12. Large intestine
commencing in segment 1 5.

Circulatory system. Doi'«al vessel single. Last heart in
segment 12.

Exeretor}^ system. Plectonephric.

Reproductive system. Testes, two pairs in segments
10 and 11, into which the rosettes open.

Preliminary Notice of Victorian Earthworms. 9

Prostates small, flattened, and bilobed, but with a single
duct in segment 18.

Sperm sacs attached to the posterior wall of segment 9,
the anterior of segment 12, and a small pair to the anterior
of segment 14.

Ovaries in segment 13, Avith oviducts opening into the
same segment.

Spermathecpe, five pairs, in segments 5-9. Each consisting
of a large sac, with a diverticulum of about the same length
as the sac.

Habitat. Tallarook, Goulburn River. Collected by
Mr. A. Ji. S. Lucas. This is locally known as the " red
worm."

(7) Perlchceta frencJdi, sp. n. (Figs. 31, 32, 33, 79). Lengtl)
of spirit specimen 2-4 inches, breadth about ^ inch.
Nam ber of segments 110.

Spirit specimens are dark purple colour in frorit of the
clitellum, save on the mid-ventral surface ; dark purple
median dorsal line ; the rest of the body a dirty wliite.

Prostomium not completely dovetailed into the peris-
tomium (about half). The peristomium marked by a
distinct median ventral cleft.

Clitellum occupying segments 13-16, together with some-
times the anterior part of . 7 dorsally.

Setse, 10 each side in front of the clitellum, behind this
12 each side.

Male poi'es on papilhe on segment 18, at the level of Uu'
interval between the two inner sette of each side. A
distinct depi'ession between the two papillae.

Oviduct pores on a small elliptical patch on segment 14,
anterior to, and slightly ventral of, the innermost setse.

Spermathecal poi'es, five pairs, between segilients 4 and 5,
5 and 0, G and 7, 7 and 8, 8 and 9. at t!ie level of the
innermost setse on each side.

Accessory copulatory structures. Median ventral ridges,
with linear depressions on the anterior parts of segments
19, 20, 21 and 22. Median ventral ridges on the posterior
parts of segments 9 and 10 ; the anterior of the two, small.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 4 and 5.

Alimentary cana!. Gizzard in segment o. True calciferous
glands in segments 10, 11 and 1 2. Large intestine com-
mencino; in seo-ment 1 5.

10 Proceedlngis of the lioyal Societij of Victoria.

Circulatory system. Dorsal vessel single, the last heart in
segment 12.

Excretory system. Ple3tonephric.

Reproductive system. Testes in segments 10 and 11,
rosettes iu the same segments.

Prostates flattened, bilobed, one half in segment 18, the
other in segment 19 ; each half with a .short separate duct,
the two uniting on each side in segment 18.

Speim sacs attached to the posterior wall of segment 9,
and the anterior of segment 12. Saccular in form.

Ovaries in segment 13, into which the oviducts 0[)en.

Spermathecse, five pairs, in segments 5-9. Each consisting
of a sac, with a diverticulum longer than the latter, and
terminating in a slightl}^ swollen part.

Habitat. Loch, 8. Gippsland ; Narre Warren, Waratah
Bay (Mr. W. Mann).

Found abundantly under logs at Nari'e Warren by Mr.
French and myself I have much pleasure in associating with
this the name of Mr. French, the Government Entomologist
of Victoria, to whom I am much indebted for frequent and
valuable assistance. This is one of those forms which make
burrows, coming to the su'-face under logs and stones, in
which position the buri'ow lies open, the upper surface being
closed in by the log or stone.

(8) Feric/urta steelii, sp. n. (Figs. ."^7, o8, 39). Length of
spirit specimen 2| inches, breadth about | inch.
Number of segments about 120.

Prostouiium incompletely dovetailed into the peristomium
(about f). The peristomium marked by a distinct median
ventral cleft.

Body dark purple-ljrown at the anterior end, with a dark
median dorsal hue along the body. Light brown behind the
clitellum, except the dorsal portion close to the lattei'.

SetiB. The first 3 segments have 1 1 on each side, after
this tl.tere are 1 2 seta3 on each side.

Male poi'es on segment 12, at the level of the innermost
setse, but not on papillae.

Oviduct pores on segment 14.

Spermathecal pores, 5 ])airs, between segments 4 and 5, 5
and 6, 6 and 7, 7 and 8, 8 and 9, at the level of the second
seta of each side.

Accessory copulatoiy structures not developed, except a
slight median ventral ridge on segment 17.

PreliminaTy N'otlce of Victorian Earthivorms. 11

Dorsal pores present, the tirst between segments 3 and 4.

Alimentar}^ canal. Gizzard in segment 5. True calci-
ferous glands in segments 10, 11 nnd 12. Large intestine
commencing in segment 15.

Circulatoiy system. Dorsal vessel single. Hearts in
segments 5-12, the last thiee large.

Excretory system. Plectonephric.

Repi-oductive system. Testes in segments 10 and 11, into
which the rosettes open.

Prostates small, flattened, l)ilobed, but with a single duct in
.segment 18.

Sperm sacs attached to the anterior wall of segment 1 2,
and the posterior of segment 9.

Ovaries in segment 1 3, into which the oviducts o[/en.

Spermathecae, five [)aii-s, in segments 5-9. Each consisting
of a sac, with a diverticulum about half the length of the
formei-.

Habitat. Woodend. Collected by Mr. T. Steel.

(9j Pericliceta lateralis, sp. n. (Figs. 55, 56, 57, 7S). Length
of spirit specimen 3-3^ inches, breadth less than ^
inch. Number of segments 126.

Prostomium not completely dovetailed into the peris-
tomium (about |). The prostomium marked by a median
ventral cleft.

Clitelluui complete, lighter coloured than the surrounding-
parts, occupying segments 14, 15 and 16.

Seta; in front of the ciitellum, 10 or 11 each side; behind
the ciitellum, 10-12 each .side.

Male pores on papillae on .segment 18, at the level of the
interval between the second and third setse of each side.

Oviduct pores on segment 14 ph.ced on an elliptical patch,
each opening almost at the same level as, and very slightly
in front of, the innermost seta of each side.

Spermathecal pores, three pairs, between segments 6 and 7,
7 and S, 8 and 9, at the level of the flfth seta of each side.

Accessory copulatory sti'uctures. A pnir of small papillse
each immediately in front of, and confluent with, one of
the papiihe bearing the male opening. In addition to these,
which are very characteristic, two small pairs of tumid
patches may be present at the level of the innermost setae,
one half on segments 18 and 19, the other half on segments

12 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

]9 and 20, and another pair ma}' be present at tlie level of
the interval between the two inner rows of setse on eacli
side, half on segments 9 and 10.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 4 and ■').

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segnrient 5. No true
calciferous glands present, but vascular swellings present
in segments 9-12. Large intestine commencing in segment
17.

Circulatory system Dorsal vessel single. Hearts in
segments 6-1 2.

Excretor}^ system. Plectonephric.

Reproductive system. Testes, in [)airs, in segments 10 and
1 1, with rosettes opening into the same segments.

Prostates flattened and elongate, with a somewhat
mammillate surface. Each is leaf-shaped, the single duct
running up the centre in the position of a mid-iib. Extend-
ing through segments 18-21.

Sperm sacs, three pairs, one pair on the anterior wall of
segments 11 and 12; another on the posterior wall of
segment 9. Sac-like in form.

Ovaries in segment 13, into which the oviducts open.

Spermathecce, three pairs, in segments 7, 8 and 9. Each
consisting of a sac, with a long coiled tubular diverticulum.

Habitat. Castlemaine (collected by Mr. T. S. Hall).
Tallarook, Goulburn Valley (collected by Mr. A. H. S. Lucas.)

(10) Perichoita dendyi, sp. n. (Figs. 49, 50, 51, 77). Length
of spirit specimen 2i inches, breadth about -J
inch. Number of segments about IGO. Colour
yellowish when alive.

Prostomium completely dovetailed into the peristomium,
the former being distinctly wedge-shaped.

Clitellum complete, occupying segments 14-16.

Setee, as far back as segment 19, there ai-e 6 on each side,
arranged in pairs ; segment 20 has 8 each side, in pairs,
behind this increased to 10 each side, and at the posterior end
vary from 7-10. The inner two on each side I'emain regular
along the whole length of the body.

Male pores on slight papillse on segment 18, at the level
of the interval between the two inner seta? of each side.

Oviduct ]wres on segment 14.

Spermathecal pores, four pairs, between segments 5 and 6,
6 and 7, 7 and 8, 8 and 9, at the level of the innermost
setae.

Preliminary Notice of Victorian Earthworms. 13

Accessory copulatoiy structures. Narrow tumid ridges
placed on the mid-ventral lines between segments 17 and
18, IS and 19, 19 and 20. The single ridge may be divided
into two halves, the centre of each half corresponding with
the level of one of the innermost setce. Special small tumid
patches are constantly present, surroundin-g the openings of
the two posterior pairs of spermathecae.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 4 and 5.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. No true cal-
ciferous glands present. Vascular swellings in segments
9-12. Large intestine connnencing in segment IS.

Circulatory system. Dorsal vessel single. Hearts in
segments 8-12. A supra - intestinal vessel present in
.segments 9-12.

Excretory S3^stem. Meganephric.

Reproductive s_ystem. Two pairs of testes in segments
10 and 11, into which open the rosettes.

Prostates, flattened bodies folded over the intestine on
each side in segment 18.

Sperm sacs, two pairs, one attached to the anterior wall
of segment 12, the other to the posterior wall of segment 9.
Sac-like in form.

Ovaries in segment 13, with oviducts opening into the
same segments.

Spermathecse, four pairs, in segments G, 7, S and 9. Each
consisting of a long sac, with a very short diverticulum at
its base.

Habitat. Healesville (collected by Dr. Dendy), living in
rotten logs.

I liave much pleasure in associating with this the name of
Dr. Dendy.

(11) Fericliwta locheusis, sp. n. (Figs. 1, 2, 3). Length of
spirit specimen 8 inches, breadth about ^ inch.

Prostomium not completely dovetailed into the peristomium
(about f).

Clitellum well-marked and complete, extending over seg-
ments 14-16, and including also the posterior part of segment
13.

Setae ; the usual number on each side, as far back as the
17th segment, is 9; there may occasionally be 11 ; after and
including the 19tli segment there are 10. A small posterior

14 Proceediiujs of the Royal Soc'ietij of Victoria.

part of the body, distinct from the rest by its ligiiter colour
and flattened shape, dorso-ventrally, has 16-Jl) setiB on each
side.

Male pores on slight papillas on segment 18, at the level of
the interval between the two inner set?e of each side.

Female pores on segment 11 anterior to, and ventral of,
the level of the two innermost seta?.

Spermathecal pores, Ave paii-s, between segments 1 and 5,
5 and 6, 6 and 7, 7 and 8, 8 and i), difficult to see.

Accessory copulatory structuies. Segments 17 and 18 have
their mid-ventral parts tumid. A special swollen part lies
immediately in front of the male opening on each side, and
there are tumid ridges ventrall}^ between segments 18 and
19, 19 and 20, but these are not strongly marked.

Dorsal pores present.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. No true calci-
ferous glands, but vascular swellings are present in segments
12-15. Large intestine commencing in segment 17.

Circulatory system. Dorsal vessel single. Hearts in
segments 8-1 2, the first two being small.

Excj-etory system. Meganephric. Each nephridium has
a large sac.

Reproductive .system. Two pairs of testes in segments 10
and 11, into which the rosettes open.

Prostate" coiled, tubular, occupying segments 18-21.

Sperm sacs, two pairs, one attached to the anterior wall of
f5egment 12, the other to the posterior wall of segment 9.

Ovaries in segment 13, into which ti)e oviducts open.

Spermathecae, 5 pairs, in segments 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9, each
consisting of a sac and diverticulum less than half the length
of the former-.

Habitat. Loch, S. Gip})sland, under logs.

(12) Perichcda duhia, sp. n. (Figs. 40, 47, 48, 07). Length
of spirit specimen If inches, breadth ^ inch. Number
of segments, about 100.

Prostomium completely dovetailed into the peristomium.

Clitellum extending over segments 13-17 ; lighter colour
than the surrounding parts ; not thick and glandular, and
scarcely noticeable ventral ly.

Sette. The first setigerous segment has Q on each side,
the 15 following ones have 8; behind this the number varies
from 9-12.

Preliminary Notice, of Victorian Earthivorms. 15

Male pores on papillfe on segment 18, at the level of the
interval between the two inner sette of each side.

Oviduct pores on segment 14 slightl}^ anterior to, and very
nearly on, the same level as the innermost setfe of each side.

Spermathecal pores, five pairs, betv/een segments -i and 5,
5 and 6, G and 7, 7 and 8, 8 and 9, at the level of the intervals
between the two inner set?e of each side.

Accessory copulatory structures. These resemble somewhat
those of P. hakari, but the two forms may be distinguished
by the position of the spermathecal pores and the form of the
prostate. Between segments 17 and 18, 18 and 19, and 19
and 20, are three pairs of elliptical tumid patches, nearer to
the median line than the male pores.

Dorsal pores present, the fii'st between segments 4 and o.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. No true
caiciferous glands, but vascular swellings in segments 9-14.
Large intestine commencing in segment 1 8.

Circulatory system. Single dorsal blood-vessel. Hearts
in segments 5-12, those in segments 5-8, small. No
continuous supra -intestinal vessel, but one in each of the
segments 1 2-8 (?), which is connected with the dorsal vessel
in the posterior part of the segment, and ends blindly in the
anterior part.

Excretory system. Meganephric.

Reproductive system. Two pairs of testes in segments
10 and 11, into which the rosettes open.

Prostates coiled and tubular, extending thi-ongh segments
18 and 19, the blind end being in segment 18.

Sperm sacs, two pairs, one attached to the anterior wall
of segment 12, the other to the })osterior wall of segment 9.

Ovaries in segment 13, into which the oviducts open.

Spermathecse, five pairs, in segments 5-9. Each consisting
of a long sac with a short diverticulum, about J the length
of the former.

Habitat. S. Warragul (collected by Mr. W. Mann).

(13) Perichceta ivalhalke, sp. n. (Figs. 43, 44, 45, 6Q). Length

of spirit specimen 1 inch, width slightly less than

^ inch. Number of segments 88.

The form of the body is bluntly tapering at both ends.

Tliere is a median broad dark purple-brown band stai'ting

immediately behind the clitellum, and running back half

way to the posterior end. Tn the median third of the body

16 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

the lateral surfaces are of the same colour, but chequered
with little rectangular light areas.

The prostomium is not completely dovetailed into the
peristomium (about I,).

Clitellum well marked, tumid and complete, occup3dng
segments 1-i-lG.

Setie, in front of the clitellum, 10 on each side ; behind,
12.

Male pores on segment IS, at the level of the interval
between the two inner setfe of each side. Between the two
openings a ridge runs across the mid-ventral surface, with a
de]5ression both in front of, and behind, it.

Oviduct pores on a small elliptical ])atcli on segment 1 4,
anterior to the level of the setse.

Spermathecal pores difficult to see externally.

Accessory copulatory structures. None present.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. JS!o true cal-
ciferous glands. Large intestine commencing in segment

Circulatory system. Dorsal vessel single. Last heart in
segment 1 2.

Excretory system. Meganephric.

Reproductive system. Two pairs of testes in segments
10 and 1 1 ; rosettes opening into the same segments.

Prostates small, tubular, coiled, in segment 18.

Sperm sacs, one pair, attached to the anterior wall of
segment 12. Sac-like in form.

Ov^aries in segment 13, with oviducts opening into the
same segment.

Spermathecre, five pairs, in segments 5-9. Each con-
sisting of a long sac with a short diverticulum.

Habitat. Walhalla (collected by Dr. Dendy).

I have, unfortunately, only one specimen (a mature one)
of this form. But the shape and colouration of the body,
together with the absence of accessory copulatory structures,
render it so distinct from other forms that I have ventured
to distinguish it specifically.

(14) Perichwta dicksonia, sp. n. (Figs. 7, 8, \)). Length of
spirit specimens 2 inches, width less than ^ inch.

Prostomium completely dovetailed into the peristomium,
which is marked by a median ventral cleft.

Clitellum well marked, complete, occupying segments
14-16.

Prelbnimtrij Notice of Vidoritui Earthworms. 17

Setge, 10 on each side in front of the cliteHum ; 11 in the
middle of the body. The rows are regnlarly arranged along
the body.

Male })ores on well marked i)a])illa3 on segment IS, at the
level of the second seta of each side.

Oviduct pores on segment 14- anterior to, and slightl}^
ventral of, the level of the innermost setse.

Spermathecal pores, five pairs, between segments 4 and o,
5 and 6, G and 7, 7 and 8, 8 and 9 ; slight!}^ dorsal of the
level of the innermost setse of each side.

Accessory copulator}' structures. Two well marked
elliptical tumid jiatches, one immediately in front of, and
the other imniediatel}^ behind, the male openings. The
first half on segments 17 and 18, ard the second half on
segments 18 and 19.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments -i and 5.

Nephridiopores on the anterior margin of the segments,
at the level of the sixth seta of each side, commencing on
the third segment.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. No true
calciferous glands. Large intestine commencing in segment
17.

Circulatory .system. Dorsal vessel single. Hearts in
segments 6-12.

Excretory system. Meganephric.

Reproductive system. Testes, two pairs, in segments
JO and 11, into which the rosettes open. The testes and
rosettes on each side in each segment, enclosed by a mem-
braneous bag tilled with sperm.

Prostates tubular and coiled, in segments 18 and 19.

Sperm sacs, two pairs, one on the anterior wall of
segment 12, the other on the posterior wall of segment 9.

Ovaries in segment 13, into which the oviducts open.

Spermathecfe, five pairs, in segments 5-9. Each consisting
of a large sac and small diverticulum, not more than one-
third the length of the former.

Habitat. Fern Tree Gully, under logs.

(15) Ptrichcda alsojjhila, sp. n. (Figs. U), 11, 12). Length

of spirit specimen 1^-2 inches, breadth neai'l}^ | inch.

Number of segments about 104?.

Prostomium not completely dovetailed into the peris-

tomium (about half). The peristomium marked by a

median ventral furrow.

]8 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Clitellum well marked, complete, occupying segments
14, 15, 16.

Setae, in front of the clitellum, 10-11 each side ; behind
the clitellum, 13 each side. The rows regular.

Male i)ores on two fairly well marked papillae on segment
18, at the level of the interval between the second and third
setfe of each side.

Oviduct pores on segment 14 slightly anterior to, and
ventral of, the level of the setae.

Spermathecal pores, four pairs, between segments 5 and 6,
6 and 7, 7 and 8, 8 and 9, at the level of the innermost seta3
of each side.

Accessory copulatory structures. Two ridges with swollen
ends, one immediately in front of, the other immediately
behinil, the male openings. Both have their swollen ends
at the level of the intei val between the two inner setae of
each side. One is placed half on each of the segments
17 and 18, the other half on each of the segments 18 and JO.
A smaller ridge with two confluent swellings, half on each of
segments 16 and 17, and situated in the mid-ventral space
between the innermost rows of setae. Two elliijtical tumid
patches in the mid-ventral space, one on the posterior half of
segment 7, the other on the posterior half of segment 8.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 4 and 5.

Nephridiopores very prominent, at the level of the seventh
seta of each side, and placed at the anterior margin of each
segment, commencing with the third. On contraction in
s]3irit, the body wall in transverse section has the form of an
upper and lower half, meeting on each side at an angle
which corresponds in position to the nephridiopore.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. No true
calciferous glands, but large vascular swellings in segments
14 and 15, and smaller ones in segments 9-13. Large
intestine commencing in segment 17.

Circulatory system. Dorsal vessel single. Last heart in
segment 12.

Excretory system. Megan ephric.

Reproductive system. Two pairs of testes in segments
1 0 and 1 ] , into which open the rosettes.

Prostates tubular, coiled, in segment 18.

Sperm sacs, two pairs, one attached to the anterior wall
of segment 12, the other to the posterior wall of segment 9.
Sac-like in form.

Pveliininarij Notice of Vlctorla>i Earihw<>Tins. IJ)

Ovaries in seo-ineiit 13, into whieii clie oviducts o|)en.
Spennathecw, four pairs, in se^^ments G-9. Each consist-
ing of a large sac and short soniewliat thin diverticuhun.
Habitat. Fern Tree Gnlly, under logs.

(IG) PevhcludaJieUleri, ^^. n. (Figs. 19, 20. 21, G-t). Length
in spirits nearly 6 inclies, breadth \ inch.
Both when alive and when in spirits, the worm, has not
the sliglitest resemblance in appearance to an ordinary
pericha3te form. It is only provisionally referred to this
genus. The body is cream coloured, with a thick bright
pink coloured clitellum, and is quite smooth, there being-
no indication of setse, except in the clitellar region and
perhajjs an odd one here and there posteriorly ; to see the
setse, it is neces.sary to cut sections. Its general ai)pearance
is closely similar to that of a Megascolides, to which genus
I took it to belong when collecting it.

Prostomium possibly completely dovetailed into the peris-
tomium, but the latter is strongly ribbed, two grooves being
continuous with the edges of the prostomium, which has
also a median furi'ow continued on to the peristomium.

Setfe, about six on each side, irregularly arranged behind
the clitellum. In segments 13-lG, a pair can often be seen
on either side ventrall}^

Clitellum well marked and thick, extending over segments
13-18 ; complete, save for two small depressed patches
ventrally, one in the middle of segment 16, another occupy-
ing the hinder part of segment 17 ventrall}^, and the anterior
of 18. These depressed patches ma}" be absent, and the
clitellum complete, in some specimens.

Male pores on two prominent papilla?, which may have
their inner sides confluent, on segment 18. The pores at
the level of the interval between the two inner setfe of each
side.

Oviduct pores in a small linear depression on the anterior
half of segment 14, each pore slightly ventral of the level
of the innermost setfe.

Spermathecal pores, two pairs, one on the posterior margin
of segment 7, anothei- on the posterior margin of segment 8.
Each pore is placed on a small, tumid, elliptical patch.

Accessor}^ copulatory structures. An elliptical patch ven-
trally, half on each of segments 19 and 20, a similar one half
on each of segments 20 and 21. Only one of these may be
present.

C 2

20 Proceedings of tite Roijal Society of Victoria.

Dorsal por-es present.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 15. Vascular
swellings in segments 11 and 12. Calciferous glands some-
what ventraliy placed in segment 18. Lai'ge intestine
commencing in segment 17. Prominent glandular tufts
(pepto-nephridia ?) attached to the pharynx.

Circulatory system. Dorsal vessel single. Hearts in
segments 8-13. A continuous supra -intestinal vessel in
segments 9-14. A lateral vessel in segments 7-13.

Excretory system. Plectonephric.

Reproductive system. Testes not visible, but a large
membranous sac on each side in segment 1 1 tilled with
sperm, and enclosing a prominent rosette. Probably this
encloses also the testes.

Prostates flattened, rather small; mammiilated surface; in
segment 18. A large whitish swelling close to each duct,
containing penial setae.

Sperm sacs, one pair, attached to the anterior wall of
segment 12.

Ovaries in segment 13, into which the oviducts open.

Spermathecse, two pairs, in segments 8 and 9. Each con-
sisting of a large sac and divei'ticulum.

Habitat. Navre Warren. Fern Tree Gully (collected by
Rev. W. Fielder and Mr. Mann). Sassafras Gully (collected
by Mr. She})hard). Under logs, in burrows partly exposed
when the log is lifted, and })artly penetrating to a depth of
one or two feet beneath the surface.

The first specimens of this were found by the Rev. W.
Fielder and Air. Shephard, and subsequently Mr. French
and myself found it abundantly at Narre Warren. • Its area
of distribution appears to be very limited, as I have never
found it elsewhere, or received it from other districts.

(17) Ferichcvta frost i, sp. n. (Figs. 13, 14, 15, 71). Length
of spirit specimen G inches, breadth about ^ incli.
Number of segments about 220.
As in the case of F.fielderi, the worm has not the slight-
est resemblance in appearance to an ordinary pericha^te. It
resembles closely in general appearance the group of forms at
present classed together under the genus Qyptodrilus. In
spirit the body is bleached, and the clitellum of a light
brown colour.

Prostomium not at all dovetailed into the peristomium.

Preliminary Notice of Viclorion Earthworms. 21

Setre, save an odd one here and there, are invisible.

Clitellnra strongly marked, saddle-shaped, incomplete
ventrally, except in the middle of segments IG and 17,
extending over segments 14-17.

Male pores on very prominent papillae on segment 18.

Oviduct pores placed on a ridge which runs across the
anterior part of segment 14>.

Spermathecal pores, five pairs, between segments 4 and 5,
5 and C, 6 and 7, 7 and 8, 8 and 9.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 3 and 4.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment (3. Calciferous
glands in segments 8, 9 and 10. Vascular swellings in
segments 11, 12 and 13. Large intestine commencing in
segment 15.

Circulatory S3'stem. Dorsal vessel single, as far back as
segment 13. In segment 14 and succeeding ones to the
posterior end, it is double — that is, there is a loop in each
segment, the two parts uniting at the septum. Hearts in
segments 6-13. A lateral vessel is present on each side in
segments 8, 9 and 10.

Exci-etory system. Plectonephric.

Reproductive system. A single pair of testes and rosettes
in segment 1 1.

Prostates small, flattened ; bi-lobed ; in segment 18.

Sperm sacs. A pair attached to the anterior wall of
segment 12, and a smaller pair to the anterior wall of
segment 13. Sac-like in form.

Ovaries in segment 13, into which the oviducts open.

Spermathecse, five pairs, in segments 5-9. Each consist-
ing of a short sub-spherical sac, with a blunt rounded
diverticulum about quarter the size of the sac.

Habitat. Croajingolong, E. Gi]>psland. Collected during
an expedition of the Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria to
Eastern Gippsland. I have associated with this the name
of Mr. F]-ost, to whom I am indebted for much valuable aid.

(I8j Perichcfita goonriiiirh, sp. n. (Figs. 16, 17, 18). Length
in spirits 4i inches, breadth ^e ^^ '^^^ inch. Number
of segments about 150.

The body is dark purple colour dorsally. Laterally it is
dark purple, but chequered with little rectangular cream
coloured areas, in the centre of each of which is a seta.

22 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Cream white on the veiitiMl surface. The colour is niucii
the same in spirit-preserved animals, as in the fresh state.
This form is provisionally referred to the genus Perich^eta.

Prostomiura veiy slio-htl y dovetailed into the peristomium.

Clitellum well marked, complete, light giey in colour,
extending over segments 13-19.

Seta3. The first setigerous segment has 4 sette on each
side. The second 5, then up to the clitellum there are (i.
The 2()th and remaining segments have 8. The setfe are
irregularly arranged, save the inner two of each side.

Male pores on papilla? on segment 18, each slightly ven-
tral of the level of the second setse of each side. There is
a marked depression immediately in fi-ont of, and behind, a
median ventral ridge on segment 18.

Oviduct pores on segment 14 anterior to, and very slightly
ventral of, the level of the iimermost setee.

Spermathecal pores, five pairs, between segments 4 and 5,
5 and G, 6 and 7, 7 and 8, 8 and 9. Each slightly ventral
of the level of the innermost seta.

Dorsal pores.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. No true calci-
ferous glands, but vascular swellings in segments 8-14, those
in segments 13 and 14 smaller than the others. Large
intestine commencing in segment 16.

Circulatory system. Dorsal vessel double as far forward
as the sixth segment, where the two halves do not unite
anteriorly, but pass forwards on to the surface of the gizzard.
In each segment the two halves unite where they pass
through the septum. In addition to the dorsal, there is a
double supra-intestincd. vessel in segments 9-12. Hearts
in segments 8-11. In segment 8, the hearts arise from the
dorsal vessel. In segments 9-11, they arise from the
supra-intestinal.

Excretory system. Plectonephric, associated witli large
nephridia with internal funnels at the posterior end of the
body.

Reproductive system. Two pairs of testes in segments
10 and 11. Rosettes doubtful.

Prostates flattened, somewhat fan-shaped structures in
segment 18.

Sperm sacs, a single small pair attached to the anterior
wall of seoinent 12. Sac-like in form.

Prelimlmcri/ Notice of Vlc'or'mn EarthworrtiH. 28

Ovaries in seo'ment 13, into which the oviducts open.

Spermathecpe, five pairs, in segments -5-9, gradually
increasing in size from before backwards. Each consisting
of a sac, with a short blunt rounded diverticulum.

Habitat. Mt. Goonmurk, Croajingolong. Whilst collect-
ing in Croajingolong I only found this interesting form, the
colouring of which renders it at once noticeable, under logs
at the head of a fern gully on iVlt. Goonmurk, at an elevation
of about 3500 feet. Mt. Goonmurk forms part of the
Dividing Range which runs from east to west across
Victoria.

(19) Perlchceta yarraensis, sp. n. (Figs. 61, 62, 63, 74).
Length of spirit specimen 5i inches, of living form
7 or 8 inches, breadth h inch.

In life the body is of a dull purple colour, darker dorsally
than ventrally. The setpe are placed on little lighter-coloured
.spots. The clitellum stands out very clearl}^ in the living-
form, being thick and cream white in colour.

P]-ostomium completely dovetailed into the peristouiiuni.

Clitellum thick and strongly-marked, and extending over
segments 13-17. The ventral surface of segments 15, 16
and 17 is not always white and glandular, the clitellum here
being then incomplete and saddle-shaped. In other specimens
it is complete.

Setae. The first two setigerous segments have four on each
side, arranged in two couples. Back to the clitellum there
are two couples on each side, and in addition a fifth one
external to these. Occasionally, but rarelj^ an additional
one may be developed, but the worm can be recognised by
the presence of five setae on eajh side, regularly an-anged so
far back as the clitellum and including, at any rate, the two
first segments of this. Worms from four localities all show
this feature. Behind the clitellum the number increases to
10-14? on each side, arranged, save the innei-most one. very
irregularly. There is left a broad very iiTegular doisal space
fiee from set?e.

Male pores on slight papilltB, from which penial settv may
iDe seen protruding, on segment 18, at the level of the
interval between the two inner setae of each side.

Oviduct pores on segment 14 anterior to, and ventral of,
the level of the innermost seta?.

24- Proceedings of the Roijdl Society of Victoria.

Spei'uiatbecal i)ores, five ])airs, between vsegiuents 4 and 5,
5 and (>, G and 7, 7 and 8, 8 and !J, at the level of tlie inner-
most setae.

Accessory copulatory structures. Three pairs ot elliptical
tumid patches in front of the male openings, and three or
four behind. One pair placed half on segment 17, and half
on segment 18, at the level of tiie interval between the
second and third seta on each side. The others placed at
the level of the interval between the two inner set<e of each
side, and placed respectively half on each of the following
segments, 15 and 16, IG and 17, 1.9 and 20, 20 and 21, 21
and 22, 22 and 23. Each is marked by a median linear
depression.

Doi'sal pores present, the tir.st between segments 5 and G,

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. No true calci-
ferous glands present, but vascular swellings in segments 13,
14 and lo. Large intestine in segment 17.

Circulatory system. Dorsal vessel single. A supra-intes-
tinal vessel present in segment.-:, 10-13. The last heart in
segment 12.

Excretory system. Megan ephric.

Reproductive system. Two pairs of testes in segments 10
and 1 I, into which the rosettes open. These segments are
filled with mas.ses of sperm, but the.se are not enclosed in
sacs.

Prostates coiled, tubular, oceupving segments 18, 19 and
20.

Sperm sacs, three pairs. Two huge ones attached to the
anterior walls of segments 12 and 13, a smaller pair attached
to the posterior wall of segment 9. Sac-like in form.

Ovaries in segment 13, into which the oviducts open.

SpermathecEe, five pah'S, in segments 5-9. Each consist-
ing of a long sac, witli a short diverticulum about one-fifth
the length of the former.

Habitat. Tanjil Ti'ack, near Wood's Point. Warragul.
Warburton.

(20) Periclicda tavjilensis. Length of spirit specimen S-^-
inches, breadth | inch. Tlie worm contracts very
much in spirits. When alive, it has a dull grey
purple colour.

Prostomium completely dovetailed into the peristomium,
and marked by a median groove continuous with one which
runs alony; the mid-dor.sal Tine of the bod v.

Pveliminary Notice of Victorian Eartlnvorms. 25

(Jlitellum not strongl}' marked, occupj'ing segments 14—17,
and slightly darker than the surrounding parts.

Setfe. The number and arrangement varies slightl}', hut
the following description of a particular specimen may be
taken as fairly repi'eseutative : — The first six setigerous
segments have lour on each side, an-anged in couples. The
seventh has four on one side and five on the other. T'he
eighth, four on each side ; and the ninth, four on one side
and six on the other. The tenth, six on each side. Tlie
eleventh, four on one side and six on the other. The twelfth,
four on one side and seven on the other. The thirteenth,
five on each side. The fourteenth, six on each side. The
lifteentli and sixteenth, five on one side and six on the other.
The seventeenth, .six on each side. The eighteenth, nine-
teenth, twentieth, twenty-fii-st, and twenty-second segments
have eight on each .side, except on the right of the twentieth,
wliere there are siw Behind this, the number varies from
(5-10 oii each si<le. Tiie two inner rows on eacli side are
regularly arranged, except during the posterior third of the
body. The doi'sal interval free from setpe is broad and
irregular.

Male pores not on papilhie, at the level of the interval
between the two inner setse of each side, on segment IS.

Oviduct pores on segment 14- anterior to, and slightly
ventral of, the level of the innermost seta3.

Spermathecal pores, five pairs, between segments 4 and 5,
5 and 6, G and 7, 7 and 8, 8 and 9, at the level ot" the
innermost set*.

Accessory copulatory structures. The whole of the ventral
surface of segments 16-21 is deeply depressed in spirit
specimens. Four pairs of small elliptical tumid patches are
[)resent, each at the level of the second seta. The first are
placed half on segment 16, half on segment 17, and the
remaining three respectively, half on segments 17 and 18,
1 9 and 20, 20 and 2 1 .

i)or.sal pores present, the first between segments 4 and 5.

Alimentaiy canal, Circulatoiy system. Excretory system
and Reproductive organs similar to those of P. yarraensis.

This form is closely allied to the latter, but the presence
in F. yarraeihsis of 5 seta3 regularly arranged on each side in
front of the clitellum, renders it distinct and easy to recognise.

Habitat. Gembrook (Mr. D. le Souef), Warlnnlon, Tanjil
Track (near Wood's Point), Fern Tree Gully, and Dandenong,

Froceedings of the Royal ^oc'ieti/ of Victoria.

(21) Perichcda hakeri'^ (Fletcher). (Figs. 22, 23, 24, 75).
Thi.s form was first obtained by Mr. Fletcher from

Warragul. It is ver}'- abundant there under logs, and is a
characteristic Gipp.s]and form I have since collected it in
abundance at Warragul, and the surrounding district. Fern
Tree Gully and Nane Warren, and have received it from
Gembrook (Mr. D. le Souef), and Healesville (Dr. Dendy).

(22) Perichceta dorsalisf (Fletcher). (Figs. 58, 59, (50).
This form was tirst obtained by Mr. Fletcher from

Warragul. It is present in a much greater proportion than
any ')ther single species, and has come to me from very
many pai-ts of the colony. We did not however secure it in
Croajingolong, and it does not appear to extend into the
east and north-east parts of the colony.

Specimens have been secured at Warragul, Fern Tree
Gully, Gembrook (Mr. D. le Souef), Narre Warren, Dande-
nong, Creswick (Mr. J. Fiddian), Castiemaine (Mr. T. S.
Hall), Myrniong (Mr. 0. Brittlebank), Grampians (Mr. C.
Frost), Gerangamete (Mr. K. L. Anderson), and Waihalla
(Mr. H. R. Hogg).

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES II, III, IV, V, VI & VII.
In the case of each s[)ecies one drawing represents the
external anatomy, a second the alimentaiy canal, circulatory
system and disposition of nephridia, and a third the repro-
ductive system. On Plate VII the spermathecse are drawn
in outline (under the camera lucida x 4). Lines represent
the position of the two inner rows of setse on each side.

Reference Letters.
Ace. Accessory copulatory Ocd. Oviduct.

structui

Pr.

Prostate gland.

Cede.

Calciferous

glands.

Sperm rosette.

at.

Clitellum.

Sptk.

Sperniatheca?.

D.Bv.

Dorsal blood-

vessel.

Testis.

Gz.

Gizzard.

ViiHC.

Vascular swellings on

Hts.

Hearts.

oesophagus.

Intestine.

v.s.

Sperm sacs.

Ov.

Ovary.

* Proc. Limi. Soc, N.S.W., Vol. II (Series -indj, Sootcmber 28, 1887,
p. 61G.

t Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W., Vol. II (Series 2nd), September 28, 188/.
p. G18.

/ribx'

♦

^\-f

/ '

L ^-^

■% "■

L_--fe

-41

-^-

i :

'^T"

-■^ '

*■

'■

i^s "■

/'/•tfc A.J. I'/c/or/a PL 2 /<fyi.

~~~X'

(

/ e^

' N

\=^

^±^

V-i^

=7?'

o "^

^wm

o». —

— z^

ovrfr

/♦

IS-

;>;'

-m^^

^^1

«.

PERICH/tTA L0CHEN5IS.

PERICH/tTA OBSCURfl.

^K-

1=!?==^

.S;,W

"^r

"^^

^l/asc. "' \

^^e:^

"^^

^^^

^^/T

■RlCH/tTA DICK30NIA

PERICH>^TA AL30PHILA.

^^TTX

f^X'

^i3

V'^-C

civ

s f ,

\e>

m^.

.^^

.5/

^W-^-

ft—

-Ji

^^ /^

Ok-

_-?!

'■*■

'"/:-

-m-

/^'S

PERICH/tTA LOCHENSIS.

^K'

/"/•oc /; .S l'/f/<7/-/a /v. 2 /<fi'i.

PERICH/tTA OBSCURA.

ERICH4.TA DICKSONIA

/ c^

^5:?

'' \

cf^

\$D

'^^

^±v

^^^

'^•"-'^

Vf'

0-,r^<

■^i^

Oi-.—

— z;^

oKLr

.r-

!.,

ft'

«i

«.

/<^

s„h.:

' c^

\<=^

I't^

■<,

^^r^^

Or.-

-— ^

dyiU-

IS-

*.-

^T"

I^E

'T
'f

/♦

^'S

/i.

a«r

PERICH/tTA ALSOPH

>a$^.i

S/ijUu

y h>

\ ^

«.-

— -J

,.^^'^

1"::^^

oi/d:'

--^

^--■€^r

.;,

IS-

Proc. AS. Victoria Pi. 3. iSfi.

~^x.

/ d^

'ptK^

v^ ,

\d^

v^ ^

.'^-

_^^^

^"^

— tm

01',-

— 'Z^

o^dr

Pr.-

-^^

F,-)

«.

PERICHftTA FR05TI.

PERICH/tTA COONMURK.

|-*-Y'r~"-"'r^p-^

-^^

5^/^.-

— /;

--/y

(^)

(p)

::!j

«F<i.-

--^

«•.—

^^^

^'^^

/-,>

*■

^ c5^

•

s <^

\c5^

1^^-=^ "

ff-^-"^

^,. -

ni-rf-

/♦

/v.-

f'S

!♦.

PERICH/ETA FIEDERI

PERICH/tTA BAKER)

^^-

j£«

/ w ^

]

'"-\

■^)

'- (R

?■ \

(

■■.W^M

y'^m^b

)fe'6-:.'rt

%'jml

m^&iy

)Uifm

F.s- >■<'

PERICH/tTA RUBRA.

~-~-v'

vi>^

^ -

d^'

^.^

^/g

r-.

-■- -Q

"■'

^^^:

^ '

Md.

—-e^

■<m

fr. -

=t«

-^'^

/-^

~-~-x:

Spl-h..

' cO

15^

\ ci)

V2;

n,^J^

.^^

fluT^-

=^r

\M0

^mm>

(7^.^

■\^

(?^.ir

'■5-

Pr —

S^^

1^^

wi^

Fii

JJ.

IS-

c. R.

5 Victoria.

Fl. 1*.. li

^i.

-^-^-

ipH-..'

c:)

'S"

■ S

Vi.

>^^

•

'?^^'>

v^V

11.3:'

■^r

ft r:

^/t

"^W

^^'4m

oir.-

■-"^

■>

ovir

'♦

'•^

•7

Pr-

-^^

•■■'

.M.

~^'

N-

S/,,/^

- ^

. ^

\<Pt)

15*

^3^

R. !:=>

r-^^

miM

.;r-

— t:^

oi'iir

/T —

■^^

'"'^

36. \l

PERICM/tTA FRENCHI

PERICHA.TA 5YLVATICA.

p/'^

Fnc. R.S. Victoria PIS IS9Z.

w^-

^%^

♦

<•

s^M.;

' C&

N ^

'v^

5^^

'^^

^T^

^T.

'\: ir

■±^

^/^

'•■

v.^— -V^

—^

/♦

"■

Pr —

F.g

«.

PERICH/ETA 3rEELI.

PERICHft.TA HALLI.

-"—

£:

-"^

/=■

^.K)

il...

f~N

^> ^

^^-^

(■>

4 /

\ ,->

\ /

\ ,^

/♦

(

) —

'•^

)

AJ (

\\j-

^ S

-nS ("

'^z

■\5 (■

^Ir

z»

r/i?. -«>.

^i-

"^^

^s'

"^^

T^'

-i

-£o.

r. \

' )

Ars

ki y

/ (>

o /

(TN

/♦

'■',

-nS \

{ir

'^ \

^ ^

■)5x

^ (

It.

Z.U

^'>. M

•■^

•

Sp/H.

\<^

^r^=:

:&,

N^^

''W^

-'F-r^i^

0„cLr

"■

.<,

^!M.

"■

F.g.

tiS.

PERICM*TA WALHALL/t.

"~~-\'

♦

SpfK^

'<^

V-,

\c^'

T-=.

^z^Z^

^=^

^^^^^y

"■

^>^-^

'^^^

0»<

.,>^

o„d.

—fW

■%^,

Pr.

/(■

'»

^'*

. JV.

iS^

^'f^

Sp/A.. ^

>^3--

^^y^/'^

nr—

aSs-

'W-

cS^

X^v

Ov. -

--^

Oi'dtr

-%-

ti/^

W^l

__J^_

___ ^^

.^.T

"S...

Proc. R. S. Vichina. PI 6 /89i.

.^^

A',

PERICHff.TA COPELANOI

\,'

J/.M..'

' c^

cii^

,^^

'■'s

JT*.

PERICHftTA LATERALIS.

PERICMffi.TA D0RSALI5.

^~^/

'sSS'

^SS'

^'^^

•>.^

^^-

--^ ^

?-^

.-.w^

•^si^-;

i::^

%M>

/j-

iii

-—mt

«+

^■9

tf<?.

Proc R.S. Victoria PIT 1892.

ovd —

~3>

lis

^S"
""^^'

^^S^
^^"

^^^

PERlCH/tTA YARRAENSIS.

r^gje

F,gJ7. Fig.7i.

Art. II. — Further Notes on the Ovipariti/ of the larger
Victorian Peripatus, generally liwivn as P. leuckartii.

By Arthur Dendy, D.Sc.

[Bead May 12, 1832.]

My observations* on the oviparous habit of the larger
Victoi-iau Perlpatus (hitherto generally regarded as identical
with the Peripatus leuckartii of Sanger) have excited a
good deal of hostile criticism, chiefly emanating from the pen
of Mr. J. J. Fletcher. On three different occasions since the
publication of my notes Mr. Fletcher has brought the
question before the Linnean Society of New South Wales
and his I'emarks have been ))ublished (I do not know
whether in full or not) in the Abstracts of Proceedings of
the Society.f

I have already replied to the eai-lier criticism^s in a short
paper read at the Hobait meeting of the Australasian
Association for the Advancement of Science, which will, I
am informed, be published shortl^^ Mr. Fletcher's latest
observations, however, compel me to return to the question
and I am the more willing to do so as I have some further
information to communicate in support of my views.

The object of Mr. Fletcher's latest contribution to the
literature of the subject is explained in the opening para-
graph, which runs as follows : — " This paper is a reply to
certain views expressed by Dr. Dendy with regard to the
reproduction of the New South Wales Peripatus, which on
the ipse dixit of Dr. Dendy himself is P. leuckartii, Sang.;
the questions at issue being not whether or no the Victorian
Peripatus is oviparous, but whether, firstly. Dr. Dendy was

* Proc. Eoval Soc. Victoria for 1891, p. 31; Nature and Zoologischer
Anzeiiier, No.":-580, 1891.

t Septemljer 80, 1891; February 24, 1892 ; April 27, 1892.

28 Proceed hig.s of the lioyd.i Society of Victoria.

Justitied, on the evidence before biui and in the absence of
an}'' pei'sonal knowledge of the reproduction of tlie I^ew
South Wales Fervpatu.s, in contradicting statements which
were quite in order ; and secondly, as Dr. Dend3''s views
were published in September ]891, and as certain informa-
tion on the subject was subsequently brought under his
notice, whether it is not now nearly time that Dr. Dendy
took ste])s to explain that his views apply wholly and solely
to the Victorian Peripatus, and to withdiaw his insinua-
tions respecting, and his erroneous interpretation of, ' Mr.
Fletcher's observations,' because already Dr. Dendy's state-
ments are finding their wa^y into the records of zoological
literature, and confusion and nnsap})rehension may result
therefrom."

In reply to Mr. Fletcher's indictment I wish to make the
following remarks : —

(1) I di) not understand the meaning of the statement
that the New South Wales Peripatus is, "on the ipm dixit
of Dr. Dendy himself," P. leuckaitii, I (;ertainly am not
responsible for this identification, which was, I believe, first
made by Mr. OUiti* who remarks,* on first recording the
animal from New South Wales, that " the species is
identical witli that recently recorded by Mr. Fletcher from
Gippsland and is probably the Peripatus leiiclauiii of
Sanger." I need scarcely point out tiiat the name leackartii
has since been applied by Mr. Fletcher himself to the New
South Wales species.

Possibly Mr. Fletchei means to i-efer to tlie larger
Victorian species, of whicli the first i-ecorded specimen was
identified by himself f as " in all probability an example
of P. leiiclurtii, Sanger." If Mi-. Fletcher will refer to my
earliest communication on the subject:|: he will find that in
recording the discovery of two specimens at Warburton
(only one specimen having been previously recorded from this
colony) I made the following statement, "after carefully study-
ing Professor Sedgwick's full description of P. leuchartii, I
am fairly certain that they do not belong to that species, but
to a new one, which I for the present refrain from naming,"
basing my conclusion on the )-emarI<:able pattern of the skin.

* Proc. Limi. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. il, p. 981.
t Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. II, p. 450.
t Victorian Satnralixt, January ]889.

The Ovlparitjj of the larger Victorian Peripatus. 29

Professor Sedgwick, however, in reply to my observations,
expressed the opinion* tliat the species probably was
subject to a considerable range of variation in colour.
Having studied more specimens I myself came to the same
conclusion^ and liave since tlien followed Mr. Fletcher in
calling the larger Victorian species l\ leiickartii. This
use of tlie name leuckartii on my part seems to be Mr.
Fletcher's chief grievance against me but I would ask him
to remember that I have onl_y followed his own lead in this
respect.

(2) I am not aware that I have contradicted any state-
ments for the simple reason that I cannot find that there
wei'e any definite statements as to the mode of reproduction
of the New South Wales Peripatus for me to contradict.
There was merely the assumption by Mr. Fletcher (which I
quoted and characterized as very natural) that the 3^oung
animals which he found in comj)any with the parent had
been born alive.

(3) I consider that I was fully justified in assuming that
the mode of i-eproduction of the New South Wales Peripatun
was the same as that of the Victorian one, as at the time
when I wrote there were no definite observations published
as to the mode of rejiroduction of the former, and it
was almost inconceivable that different individuals which
Mr. Fletcher liimself, in common with all other writers on
the subject, regarded as belonging to one and the same
species should be oviparous in the one colony and viviparous
in the other. I have no doubt now that the New South
W •a\q?, Peripatus is viviparous, as maintained by Mr. Fletcher
and Professor Haswell, but I would ask Mr. Fletcher to
remember that when I wrote, the only publisiied observations
as to the mode of reproduction of the New South Wales
species were — {a) the finding of the young in company
with the mother, though there was notliing, so far as the
published account goes, to show that they had not been
hatched from eggs laid for some time ; and (/)) a footnote:|:
to one (jf Mr. Fletcher's observations, stating that a female
had been dissected and found to Ije pregnant ; the term
pregnant is not defined and might, in my opinion, be

* Nature, February 28, 1889.

t " Observations on the Australian Species of Peripatus," Proc. Royal
See. Victoria, July 11, 1889.

t Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. Ill, p. 892.

00 FroceecUuf/s of the Royal Society of Victoria.

correctly applied to a female containing lai'ge but un-
developed eggs in the uterus ; nothing is said l:)y Mr.
Fletcher about the embiyos.

Mr. Fletcher may personally have had abundant evidence
that the New South Wales Feripatiis was viviparous, but
that evidence was not published and not known to me when

1 wrote, and, therefore, I consider that I was quite justified
in stating that the mode of reproduction of F. leuckartii
was unknown, and in placing my own interpretation upon
the only i-ecorded facts as to the life history of the New
South Wales form. Naturally 1 interpretated them in the
Ught of my own observations on the Victorian species.
That interpretation I now fully admit to be incoi-rect and I
congratulate myself that if my observations have had no
other good result they have at least elicited some definite
information as to the mode of reproduction of the New
South Wales Feripatiis.

(4) Mr. Fletcher seems to be very greatly troubled because
my statements are already " finding their way into the
records of zoological literature, and confusion and mis-
apprehension may result therefrom." There is not the
slightest need for confusion now that we have at length a
definite statement as to the reproduction of the New South
Wales species. It must be perfectly obvious to ever}^ reader
that my own observations were based entirel}^ on Victorian
specimens, as stated distinctly in the paper, and that my
suggestion as to the New South Wales form was a perfectly
justifiable, though, as it turns out, incorrect deduction from
the only published facts. It is perhaps unfortunate that
both the New South Wales and Victorian forms should
have been included under the name leuckartii, but for this
Mr. Fletcher himself is at least as much responsible as any

(5) Mr. Fletcher states that the question at issue is not
whether or no the Victorian species is oviparous. Herein I
must beg to differ from him, as this is the real question
which I have been all along trying to solve and compared
with which the mere question of nomenclature is, in my
opinion, insignificant In concluding his observations he
also indulges in certain offensive and unjustifiable person-
alities, which I need not ([uote. It is greatly to be regretted
that he should have considered such a proceeding advisable

The Oviparlty of the larger Victorian Perijyatus. 81

and, for my own ]iart, I entirely fail to see the advantage to
be derived therefrom and must refuse to follow his example
in this respect.

Probably the solution of the whole difficulty will be
found to lie in the fact that my original opinion was correct
after all, and that our larger Victorian Feripatus is specifi-
cally distinct from F. leuclurtii. For the present, however,
I still refrain from giving it a distinctive name, as I have had
very few specimens from other localities to compare it with
and do not wish, if it can be helped, to create a new species
merely on account of the oviparous habit. This question,
however, is discussed in my communication to the Austra-
lasian Association already referred to.

As to the oviparous habit of our larger Victorian s|:)ecies
(so called to distinguish it from the smallei- F. in.sigihis), I
have some additional evidence to offer and I would like at
the same time to recapitulate the main arguments in favour
of my view. My critics have entirely ignored all that is
new in my observations, such as the remarkable sculptured
egg-shell, and have suggested that what I have observed is
simply a case of abnormal extrusion of eggs such as takes
place sometimes in P. novce-zealandice. Professor Hutton,
however, who made the observation on the New Zealand
species, merely states that the eggs are often extruded before
development is complete and then always die. Professor
Sedgwick quotes these statements in his monograph of the
genus and j^et, in replying* to my letter in Nature, he states
that " no one knows whether the eggs so extruded undergo
complete development." I suppose that most animals some-
times extrude eggs which never complete their development,
but this has really little to do with the question. What I
have been endeavouring to prove is that the larger Victorian
species of Feripatus is normally oviparous. The two
principal arguments originally brought forward — both of
which have been entirely overlooked by my critics — were
(1) that female specimens dissected at various times of the
year were never found with embryos in the uterus, as has
been so frequently described for otlier species, but generally
with large undeveloped eggs of definite oval shape and with
a thick membrane ; (2) that the shell or membrane of the
eggs after (but not before) being laid, is very definitely and
characteristically sculptured on the outer surface, in such

* Nature, September 21, 1891.

32 Froeeediuf/s of the Royal ^Society of Victoria.

a manner as to recall the eggs of some insects. This
sculpturing alone a))pears to me to indicate a truly ovipai'ous
habit, and, inasnmch as it affords anotiier character common
to Ferlpatiin and tlie Jnsecta, to deserve special attention.
I am not aware that a sculptured egg-shell has hitherto been
observed in Feripatus and 1 should be glad to learn from Mr.
Fletcher whether anything of the kind has ever been found
around embryos of the New South Wales species which have,
as he informs us,* been extruded in the process of drowning.

The additional evidence on the subject which I now wish
to bring forward consists in the subsequent history of the
fourteen eggs which were laid in my vivarium between the
18th May and the 31st July last year and of one which,
though possibly laid about the same time, was not discovered
until September 16. Before going any further, however, I
may premise that the fact that the eggs are really those of
Feripatu.s has been absolutely i)r()ved by their development.
It may also be as well to relate the fate of the parent animals
by which the eggs were laid.

It may be remembered that on the 3 1st July, 1S!>1, when
the eggs were lirst found, there were in the vivarium three
females and one male, all apparently in good health. The
male specimen died shortly afterwards but on August 17th
the females were still all alive and apparently healthy. On
August 31st, as mentioned in a postcript to my first
communication on the subject, one of the female specimens
was found dead. On being dissected the reproductive
organs appeared very well developed ; but, although the
ovary and oviducts were both large (the former containing a
great many ovarian eggs), there was not a single egg in
either of the oviducts, all having been doubtless laid.

On September IGth the two i-emaining females wo'e still
alive. I killed and dissected one. The organs appeared
healthy and well developed. In the lower part of each
oviduct one large egg was found. The eggs presented the
usual characters, having a very thick but unsculptured
envelope filled with yolk. Both eggs were cut open and
examined microscopically, but I did not succeed in recog-
nising any trace of an embrj^o in either.

On completely turning out the vivarium and examining
its contents carefully, I found one more Feripatus egg

* Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Sej.tember 30, 1891.

The Oviparlty of the lair/er Victoricui Pevipatas. 33

amongst the rotten wood (September IG). It looked much
healthier than those which had previously been transferred
from the vivarium, many of the latter having already begun
to shrivel up and acquire a dark colour. \\\ the newly tound
egg and also in the healthier-looking of those previously
obtained there now appeared to be a dark spot in the
interior, but this was only dimly visible through the thick
sculptured shell.

On September 25th the last remaining female was still
apparently in good health but on Octobei- 1st it was found
dead— how long it had been so I do not know. On dissection
I found the internal organs in a bad condition. I^eitlier
eggs nor embryos were visible in the oviducts. The ducts of
the slime glands were very much enlarged and swollen out,
while the bi-anching portions appeared feebly developed, in
fjict not distinctly recognisable. The alimentary canal was
almcst empty and the animal seemed to have died of
•starvation.

On October 3 I dissected one of the eggs from the hatch-
ing box. I could find no embryo in it but only the same
semi-liquid, yolk-like contents as when in utero, full of little
oil or yolk globules. Inside the thick, sculptured "shell"
there was, as usual, a very thin and delicate, transparent mem-
brane. Probably a young embryo was really present but
was broken up in opening the egg and overlooked ; even at
a much later period the embiyonic tissues are extremel}-
delicate.

On November 30 I noted that several of the eggs were
shewing indications of an embryo appearing coiled up
within them, but the shell was so thick and opaque that it
was impossible to make out any details. I dissected the vgg
which was found on September 1(5 and which had since then
been kept separate from the rest. I found in it a beautiful
embiyo Peripatus in an advanced stage of development.
The embryo was surrounded by a delicate, transparent
membrane, which fitted closely on to it and was very
difticnlt to remove ; outside this came the sculptured shell.
The emliryo possessed a distinct head, with clearly recogniz-
able brain, eyes and ringed antenna^, and there were at
least seven pairs of appendages behind the antennae. It lay
tightly coiled up, with the posterior extremity resting
against the side of the neck, in such a position as to make it
very difiicult to count the appendages. The specimen was
stained and mounted in Canada balsam. This embryo, then,

:}4' Proceed 1 1 Kjs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

developed Ibv more than ten weeks after the egg had heen
laid and did not show the least sign of " going to the bad."

I need hcirdly say that during the heat of the summer
months I found it a very difficult matter to keep the eggs in
a suitable condition, of moisture, especially as I had no
])i'evious experience to guide me. Hence it is not to be
wondered at that the majority of the eggs perished, shrivell-
ing u]) and being attacked by a mould. As I was away
from Melbourne for some weeks during the summer I entrus-
ted the eggs to the care of the Rev. W. Fielder, who most
kindly looked after them for me in my absence. Fiequent
attention was necessary in renewing the supply of nioisture.

On April 14, 1892, only three eggs remained in the
hatching box, the others having been removed as they
showed signs of going bad. One of the remaining three had
been showing dark ])igment inside for some days ]iast. This
egg I removed and carefully dissected. I found the shell of
a much darker (yellow) colour than when laid, a good deal
crumpled on the surface, and very soft, as though beginning
to decay away. The cfintained embryo was removed and
found to be in excellent condition, although outside it there
appeared under the raicrosco])e a great many very fine
threads, which I take to be the hypha; of a fungus. Possibly
this fungus might have ultimately killed the embryo but the
latter was so far advanced that it seemed to be on the verge of
hatching. It was enclosed within the usual transparent
delicate membrane lying within the thick shell. I could not
determine whether the fungal hyphse had penetrated within
this inner membrane but I think it very doubtful. The
embr3'o was tightl}^ coiled up as in the previous case. When
uncoiled it measured about 5 mm. in length (exclusive of the
antennse) and 1 mm. in breadth, ^^i the appendages were
developed, viz., antennte, oral papillae, two pairs of jaws and
fifteen pairs of claw-bearing legs. The eyes were conspicuous
at the bases of the antennae, and the antennae themselves
showed each about twenty deeply pigmented annuli. The
remainder of the body was nearly white, but very distinct,
isolated pigment patches (chiefiy indigo blue, with a few
specks of orange) appeared scatteied pretty abundantly over
the legs and back. The mouth was surrounded by the very
characteristic, thick, transversely furrowed Ii]3. The dermal
j)apill?e were very obvious and exhibited the characteristic
spines, the cuticle being very strongly developed. The
claws on the feet were very distinct. The alimentary canal

The Oviparitii of the kmjer Victorian Peripatus. 35

was full of granular food yolk. The specimen was stained
witli borax carmine and mounted in Canada balsam.

This embryo, then, developed for at least eight months and
a half after the egg was laid and at the end of that time was
a perfect young Perlpcttus, differing externally from the
adult only in its smaller size and less deeply pigmented
skin.

There are still two eggs left in the hatching box but they
do not look to me at present as if they were going to hatch.
Whether they do so or not, however, I think I may fairly
claim to have now definitely proved that the larger
Victorian Peripatus at any rate sometimes lays eggs, and
that these eggs are capable of undergoing development
outside the body until pei-fect young animals are produced.
The great length of time required for the development of
the eggs is very remarkable, but it is only what one might
expect on considering the unusual length of time required
for intra-uterine development in other species.

D 2

Art. III. — Nest and Egg of Queen Victoria s Rifle Bird
{Ptilorhis Victorice).

(With Plate I.)

By D. Le Souef.

[Read March 9, 1892]

The nest and egg of the Victoria rifle bird here depicted,
was taken on one of the Barnard I.slands by Mr. H. Barnard
and myself. We visited tliese islands on November 18, 1891.
in quest of the egg of this bird, and built our small humpy
about eight feet from a screw palm (Pandanus aquaticus),
which grew just above high water mark. We saw a pair
of rifle birds in some light scrub close by our camp, and they
seemed very fearless, the hen bird especially so. Next
morning was spent in searching over this interesting and
densely timbered island, but without success. During the
afternoon, however, we determined to watch the hen bird,
which was seen on a tree close by, and so posted ourselves
one on each side of the aforementioned patch of sscrub.
The bird had some moss in her bill, which she kept dropping
and catching again before it reached the ground, and we
naturally thought she was building, but presently she darted
down into the scrub close by Mr. Barnard. In a few
minutes he saw her fly into the screw palm by our camp, in
which we found she had her nest. The nest itself which was
built near the crown of the tree about seven feet from the
ground, not being visible, and all we could see was the head
of the bird. She continued sitting most of the next day,
having ap{)arently become accustomed to our presence.

We then took the nest and found it contained only one
iigg, which was hard set, the chick being about seven days
old. The nest was built principally of vine tendrils and
leaves rather loosely put together (Plate I).

Proc.RS.VictorLa Plate 1. 1692.

RWendel dell Uth.

Troedel&CoPrin,

Nest and E(jg of Queen Victorias Rifle Bird. 37

Tlie ecjor has a little more ijloss on than is shown in the
illustration.

Another egg and nest which was said to belong to this
species was previously sent to Mr. C. French, in 1886, from
the Cardwell Scrub, but the egg was spotted instead of
being streaked, as in the present specimen ; it is also smaller,
and the nest, although made of somewhat similar material,
is not so large, and is much more compactly built. Eggs of
the same species of bird often vary considerably in colour,
markings, and size, but still the general characteristics are
the same, except in a few instances, notably the egg of the
Gymnorhina tibicen. On several occasions I have noticed
that the eggs laid by one pair of birds are almost identical
with those laid by the same pair in the previous year, espe-
cially in the case of sea-birds, and it would be of interest to
ascertain if this fact has been noted by other oologists.

Art. IV. — Notes on the Lilydale Limestone.

(With Plates VIII and IX.)

By Rev. A. W. Cresswell, M.A.

[.Head July 14, 1892.]

The limestone formation of Cave Hill quany at Lilydale,
the subject of this paper, is, for the most part, a hard semi-
crystalline marble deposit, wedged in between hard qiiartzite
on the one .side, and soft shales and mudstones on the other;
and has for many years ])ast been recognised by Professor Sii'
F. M'Coy and others as of Upper Silurian age, of about the
horizon of the English Wenfock, fi'om an inspection of its
contained fossils. The limestone strata dip to the east at
varying angles of from 35° to 50°, the strike being nearly
north and south magnetic, var3'ing, however, on the east
side of the quarry to as much as 18° east of magnetic north.
The exact thickness of the limestone is not as yet known,
for it does not naturally crop out on the surface, but is only
artiticially exposed by quany ing. As early as 1850, the
late director of ouj- Victorian Geological Survey, Mr., now
Sir A. R. C. Selwyn, speaks* of the limestone as known to
exist, but as only discoverable b}^ a well-like hole on the side
of the hill, leading into a cave hollowed out in the rock, and
sloping down to a depth of 120 feet, with stalactites, &c. (a
specimen of which is shown). But about fifteen years ago,
a quarry was excavated in the limestone on the side of the
hill, and the opening to the cave is now covered up with
debris, and is inaccessible.

The progress of quarrying has now proved the limestone
to be of much greater thickness than was at first reported.-f-
The measurement across the outcrop is about 5 chains, or

* Eeport on Geological Structure of Colony of Victoria : Basin of
Yarra, &c., 1856.

t " Victorian Naturalist," 188o, II, No. 3, p. 35.

Notes oil the Llhjdale Limestone. 89

830 feet, and allowing for the average dip of 40°, this v.-ould
mean a vertical thickness of about 220 feet, but this is only
so far as it is at present exposed. Its eastern limit ma}' be
considered to be about already reached, for almost immedi-
ately flanking it on that side may be seen an extensive series
of quartzite and conglomerate strata, running conformably

CORRIGENDA ET ADDENDA.

Page 39. -For (See Fig. 1), read (See Fig. 9, Plate IXa).
For (See Fig. 2), read (See Fig. 10, Plate IXa).
,, 41. — Read " Pleurorbynehus costatus " and " Pleurorhynchns
bellulus" under Lamellibranchiata, instead of under
Gasteropoda.
Plate VIII.— 1. Tremanotus pritchardi.

2. Eunema etiieridgei.

3. Stomatia antiqua.
IX. — 4. Tryblidium nycteis.

5. Pleurorhynchns costatus.

6. Pleurorhynchus bellulas.

7. Naticopsis lilydalensis.

8. Ambonychia tatei.

appeals in uie quarry, wiiea juokcu ac asa^wiioje, aim iiom
a distance, is cream, or almost white, especially on weatiieied
exposures; but when freshly broken, it is of different shades
of dark or light bluish grey, ])inkish brown, or grey with
pinkish brown patches, it is for the most part semi-crystal-
line, is here and there somewhat l.)recciated on a snifdl scale,
and is in some ])laces roughly oolitic (a slide of an oolitic
specimen on view).

Art. IV. — Notes on the Lilydale Limestone.

debris, and is inaccessible.

The progress of quarrying has now proved the limestone
to be of much greater thickness tlian was at first reported.f
The measurement across the outcrop is about 5 chains, or

* Eeport on Geological Structure of Colony of Victoria : iJasin of
Yarra, &c., 1856.

t " Victorian Naturalist," 1885, II, No. 3, p. 35.

Notes 0)1 the L'dydale Limestone. S9

330 feet, and allowing for the average dip of 40°, tiiis would
mean a vertical thickness of about 220 feet, but this is only
so far as it is at present ex])osed. Its eastern limit may be
considered to be about alread}'- reached, for ahnost immedi-
ately flanking it on that side may be seen an extensive series
of quartzite and conglomerate strata, running conformably
with the limestone ; but on the west it is not yet deflned, as it
is still partly covered over with basaltic soil and decomj)osing
basalt. (See Fig. I.)

About half a mile off, or rather less, to the west, and on
the other side of the valley, are a series of sandstones, shales,
and mudstones exposed beneath the basalt in the jyielbourne
Road cutting, and seen to be dipping in the same direction
as the limestone.

The lateral extension of this Lilj^dale limestone is a
matter of much uncertainty. It is generally believed to be
like most other Silurian limestones, and especially in Vic-
toria, a mere lenticular or cake-like patch that ra])idly thins
out in all directions, but as the country in the neighbour-
hood is completely covered over with soil, trees, and verdure,
it must remain more or less a matter of conjecture, until
someone is enterpiising enough to prospect the country, if
not with a diamond drill, at least with a geological cheese-
borer. Its uovtltem extension has not been observed at all,
but what looks somewhat like a southern extension of it
may be seen in the shape of two bosses of the same kind of
limestone in the side of the railway cutting, about three-
quarters of a mile towards Melliourne, and somewhere about
on the line of the strike of the limestone at Cave Hill quai'ry.

As it is hardl}^ conceivable that the great thickness of the
Cave Hill limestone, however lenticular it may be, can thin
out so rapidly as all this, these two bosses, or boulders, in
the railway cutting are probably mere outlying boulcleis of a
southerly extension of the limestone that is mainly concealed
beneath the surface. (See Fig. 2.)

The general colour of the Cave Hill limestone, as it
appears in the quarry, when looked at as a whole, and from
a distance, is cream, or almost white, especially on weathered
exposures; but when freshly broken, it is of different shades
of dark or light bluish grey, ])inkish biown, or grey with
pinkish brown patches. It is for the most part semi-crystal-
line, is here and there somewhat brecciated on a small scale,
and is in some ])laces roughly oolitic (a slide of an oolitic
specimen on view).

40 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Tlu' limestone strata are separated at intervals by five
dark shaly or mudstone partings, averaging Irom 18 inches
to 4 feet across ; the tliickest one, which is of a dark brown
or claret coloui-, is npwards of 4 feet, and in this one is an
almost perj^endicnlar shaft-like cave, 91 feet deep, apparently
caused b}^ the action of running water.

I am informed by the owner, Mr. David Mitchell, of
Burnley, that the limestone of his quarry has been long ago
analysed, and runs to 95 or 96 per cent, of calcium carbonate.
The limestone is in high esteem as the best and purest
source of lime for building purposes in the colony. It has
also been lately turned to profitable account in the manu-
facture of cement, and the owner informs me that the force
required to ])ull it apart is 985 lbs. The stone has not been
directly used for building purposes, but some slabs, which,
when polished up, have an ornamental appearance, have been
occasionally used for marble mantelpieces. Upon the whole,
I think, therefore, we may congratulate Mr. David Mitchell
upon having a more payable thing in his possession than
many a gold mine. "When the quarry has been in full work
in prosperous times, he tells me that he has had as many as
120 men employed on it, and has been able to send away
the almost incredible amount of 70 tons of lime a day. In
these days of depression, however, when there is so little
demand for lime, 20 men are found quite sufficient to do all
the work of the quarry that is required.

The limestone of Cave Hill, like most other limestones,
contains occasional patches of crystalline calcite, mostly in
rhombohedrons or in modified scalenohedron.s. It also con-
tains segregated lumps and layers of chert, in which corals
and other small fossils are sometimes beautifully preserved
(specimens of both calcite and chert are exhibited). Associ-
ated with this same limestone, the following minerals have
been ibund, but not in sufficient quantity to be of any
commercial importance : — Galena, malachite, azurite, and
copper and iron pyrites (specimens on the table). The great
interest, however, of the Lilydale limestone lies in its fossils
— of which, indeed, the limestone itself is largely composed —
and which constantl}' attract scientific visitors from Melbourne
and other places, and indeed from the neighbouring colonies.

In lact, one of my chief reasons in writing this paper is to
take possession, in the name of Victorian geologists, of the
priority in describing some of the fossils, as at present so
many of them have been described by geologists outside the

Note,s on the LUijdale Limestone. 41.

colony; for without a moment wishing to do away with that
principle of free-trade in scientific research that we all so
much rejoice in, or desiring to make any undue claim for
protection to native industry in Victorian geology, 1 think
you will agree with me that it is but right that we should
try to take inventories of our own possessions for ourselves,
and not leave it to outsiders to do it for us.

The following is a list of the Lilydale fossils that have
been so well described by Mr. Robert Etheridge, jun., Govern-
ment Paheontologist of New South Wales, in Nos. 8 and 7,
Vol. I, of the " Records of the Australian iMuseum," there:—
Favosites grandipora, Trochus (Scalietrochus) lindstromi,
Niso (Vetotuba) brazieri, Cyclonema australis, Cyclonema
lilydalensis, Plianerotrema australis.. Oriostoma northi, Mur-
chisonia attenuata (i), Bellerophon cresswelli, Ambonychia
poststriata. In addition to these, Mr. Etheridge records,
without describing, the well-known and world-wide Silurian
brachiopod, " Atrypa reticularis," and mentions also that there
are three species of the well-known Rhizopod " Strom atopora"
yet to be described. The fossils which I myself wish to
record, as also occuiring in the Lilydale limestone, and as a
supplementary list to that supplied by Mr. R. Etheridge,
iun., are the following : —

MOLLUSCA AND MOLLUSCOIDEA.

Cephalopoda. — Orthoceratites, sp; ; a«id Discoceras? sp.

Bellerophontldw. — Tremanotus pritchardi.

Gasteropoda. — Eunema etheridgei, Stomatia antiqua,
Tryblidium (Metoptoma) nycteis, Pleurorhynchus (Oono-
cardium) costatus, and Pleurorhynchus (Conocardiura)
bellulus, Naticopsis lilydalensis.

La7)iellibranchiata. — Ambonychia tatei.

Brachiopoda. — Strophomena rugosa, Leptcena transver-
salis, Orthis elegantula.

CCELENTERATA.

Actinozoa. — Heliolites, sp. ; Cyathophyllum, sp.

Some of these names will at once be recognised as being
those of world-wide Upper Silurian forms, but the following
.species are new, as far as my knowledge goes, and so I

42 Proceedings of the Royal Societi/ of Victoria.

will venture to name and descrilje tlieni as such, at least
provisionally : —

The first and most important to be described is a
shell belongino^ to the Bellerophontidtie, a group of extinct
shells of generalised form, which had charactei's that are
now divided between the Cephaloi)()da. the Heteropoda,
and groups of Gasteropoda, of which Pleurotomaria and
Haliotis are respectively the t\qjes. It is a Trernaiiotiis
v/hich I have named T. pritchardi, in compliment to Mr.
G. B. Pritchard, a well-known ge(Jogical friend, who has
kindly lent me the best specimen that I have with me, and
which he found in the Lilydale quariy some time ago.
8p. Char, of T. pritchardi shell discoidal, bi-concave,
trumpet-shaped, and very thick, consisting of about live
rapidly increasing whorls, forming a deep umbilicus on both
sides ; spire elliptical in section, and back symmetricall}^
convex. Breadth of the shell about two inches, length from
three and a half to four inches. Aperture very much
expanded and reflected like the mouth of a trumpet, but
more so anteriorly than laterally ; the inner surface of
expanded outer lip quite smooth. No slit or sinus as in
Belleropbon,but the middle dorsal line of the shell is pierced by
a row of oval siphonal openings, resembling those of Haliotis,
there are about seven of them to an inch of the ])eriphery.
The outer surface of the shell is ornamented with spiiul
fluctuating lines parallel to the dorsal keel, and becoming
on the ex[)anded outer lip more flattened, coarser, and more
plait-like. There are also the very distinct lines of growth
in a transverse and backward direction to the dorsal keel,
that are so characterestic of the Bellei'ophontida3. The lines
in the two directions condjining in this shell to give a very
distinct fenestrated appearance. T. pritchardi has in general
form a near i-esemblance to "Tremanotus maideni," described
by Mr. Robert Etheridge,* from tiie Hawkesbur}^ (Trias)
rocks of New South Wales, and which he legards as a
curious survival from Silurian times, but, besides other
differences, our fossil is a very mucii thicker shell.

The next fossil to be briefly described as far as may be
from very imperfect specimens, is Eunema etheridgei, a
gasteropod shell that a[)pears to belong to the Littorinida?,

* Departraeut of Mines. — Memoirs of Geological Survey of New South
Wales. PaliEontolouy I. Invertebrate Fauna of Hawke-bury ; Wiauamatta
Series, by llobett Etheridge, jun.

J^otes on the Lily dale Limestone. 43

like the Cycloneinas of this Ibi'iuatiou, wliieh it very much
I'esembles, only that the s])ire is more elevated. In typical
Eiuiemas, according to Nicholson, " the whorls are more or
less angular, and tlie surface is often adorned with elevated
spiral ribs." In our Eunenia, however, the whorls are
lounded like those of Cyclonema, and ai-e traversed with
spiral keels, but more numerous and less distinct than in
C australis, and C. lilydalensis. There is also an indistinct
appearance of a spiral band about the middle of the whorls.
C. etheridgei is like "E. cirrhosa" of the English Wenlook,
as figured in Murchison's Siiuria, but has much more
numerous keels. I have taken the liberty of naming this
shell after the celebrated Palseontologist of New South
Wales, who has taken so warm an hiterest in our Victorian
fossils, and which I hope may be still continued, notwith-
standing the fact that he is an outsider and lives across the
border.

The few other shells which I take to be new, shall be passed
over with but very slight notice, as time hastens, and there
are three other papers to follow. One is a gasteropod
shell, a Stomatia, which I have called " Stomatia antiqua,"
because, as far as I am aware, it is the oldest Stomatia upon
record. The whorls are somewhat steeper in the sides, and
more flattened than Stomatias usually are, and though the
spn-e is bioken off in the only specimen I have, it must
have been higher than is usually found in that genus, but
in all other I'espects the appearance of the shell is that of a
" Stomatia." The whorls are diagonally crossed with very
numerous lamella;-like lines of growth. The shell is one
and a lialf inches long, and one inch wide. Then thei'e are
two small species of " Pleurorhyncltus, or Conocardium " —
lamelli-branchiate shells belonging to the Cardiidie, one
about half-an-inch long, with nine simple ribs on the
anterior part of each valve, and about seventeeL on the
hinder part, and which I have called '' Pleurorltynchus
costatus." And the other species is about one-third of an
inch long, with the body of the shell more oblique to the
hinge line, more prettily banded and ribbed than the other
species, the ribs being crossed with striaj, and the valves
having a distinctly fenestrated appearance at the posterior
end. This I have accoi-dinglj^ named " FleurorhyncJtus
helluhis."

There are two other shells that I have not figni-ed on
that diagram, but have here to show j'ou. I will pass

44 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

them over with bare mention, not having yet had time to
examine and compare tliem with other shells. One is a
Gasteropod, a Aatico2%sis appai-ently, which I will call
N. lilydalensis, if it should tnvn out to be new ; and the
other is a lamelli-branchiate shell, an Ambonychia, differing
from A. post-striata of Etheridge, and alluded to by Professor
Tate, as having a fenestrated ornament on the sides of the
valves. If Professor Tate has not already named it, and
will forgive my impudence, I will take possession of it in
the name of Victorian geologists and call it A. tatei, for I
am pretty sure we had found it long befoie he did.

In concluding, I desire to-^ acknowledge my indebtedness
to Mt. D. Mitchell, the owner of the quarry, and also
to his foreman, Mr. J. Fuller, for statistical and other
information about the quarry ; to Mr. G. B. Pritchard, of
the Woi-king Men's College, for the loan of fossils ; and to
Mr. H. J. Stokes, organist of St. John's, Camberwell, for
the photogi-aphs of the quarry that have been exhibited in
illustration of this paper.

Pnr. P. s VK'.anr. Plate Vlll.

. ,tis>»3«rS»V<;V-> ^.

"^ •

%k/': V

r Umitl . lith C Tratdd i Cpml.

^f^-.

Proc. RS Vidma. Plate IX.

>^'

:^\^

■J', 'v " ,";

\^-

I ^ t'

a.iyendel lua. CTrocdd iC" print.

Proc R 5. Victoria Plate JX'

4" .'^'^^

I I

Art. y.—Preliminari/ Account of the Glacial Deposits of
Bacchus Marsh.

(With Plates X, XI and XII.)

By Graham Officer, B.Sc, and Lewis Balfour,

Melbourne University.
[Read July 14, 1892.]

The subject of glaciation is one that is always of the
greatest scientitic interest. Its important bearings on the
questions of climate, past and present, and on the problems
connected with the evolution and distribution of plants and
animals, render it a field where the astronomer, geologist
and biologist may meet on common ground. The subject
has received its fair share of attention in the Northern
Hemisphere, in Europe, America, and Asia, but in the
Southern Hemisphere, where the evidence of past glaciation
is not so conspicuous, comparatively little has been done in
this direction. Any evidence of past ice-action in Aus-
tralia that may be discovered is of peculiar value, on account
of its bearing on the question of the probable cause of ice-
ages.

The earliest reference to glacial action in Victoria is made
by Selwyn in his work on the Geology of this colony. In
this, a conglomerate is mentioned as occuriing near Bacchus
Marsh, and which contained boulders which he and Mr.
(afterwards Sir) R. Daintree considered could only have been
brought there through the agency of floating ice.

Mr. James Stirling, F.G.S., and Di". Lendenfeldt, have
described evidences of former extensive glaciation in the
Australian Alps. To these discoveries reference will be
made later on.

Mr. E. J. Dunn, F.G.S., has contributed two papers on the
Glacial Conglomerates of Victoria — one read before the
Royal Society of Victoria ; the other, in which the first is
incorporated, before the Australasian Association for the

4G Pi'oceediiKj.^ of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Advancement of Science at the 1890 meeting. Tliis conglo-
merate is described as occurring, among other places, at
Bacchus Marsh, and is said to consist of material, the great
bulk of which is derived from schistose and other ancient
rocks and to contain pebbles, boulders and masses of from 20 to
30 tons M^eight. Granites, gneiss, schist, quartz-rock, sand-
stone, lydianice, agate, shale, porpliyry, and jasper, &c., are
said to occur in it. Many of the included stones are
striated, and often flattened on one or more sides ; others are
well rounded, and others again are rough angular fragments.
Erratic blocks of granite occur on the surface at Wild Duck
Creek, near Heathcote.

Mr. Dunn is of the opinion that " no other conclusion can
be arrived at than that floating ice has been the agent by
which the material has been brought into its present position."
"Much of the material," he says, "is foreign, and many of
the rocks are not known to occur at present in this Conti-
nent anywhere near Victoria." He also considers the
conglomerate at Wild Duck Creek to be very similar to the
Dwyka glacial conglomerates of Soutli Africa. Mr. Dunn's
description is very general, and the evidence on which his
conclusions are based is somewhat vague and wanting in
specitic detail.

Mr. T. S. Hall, M.A., has also given a short account of
these deposits at Heathcote in the " Victorian Naturalist,"
(Vol. VIII, No. 2). He also considers the beds to be of
iceberg origin.

Victoria is divided into two main areas by a continuation
of the Australian Cordillera, known as the Main Divide, or
Great Dividing Range. This extends from Forest Hill on
the east to the Grampians on the west. In the eastern part
of the south division we have the South Gippsland and
Westernport Ranges, of which the Southern Spur forms a
leading feature. West of Port Phillip we have the isolated
Otway Ranges. The Main Divide reaches its highest
elevation in its eastern portions. Mount Kosciusoo being
over 7000 feet and several other mountains over (iOOO feet
above sea level. Passing westwards the elevation gradually
diminishes. The average elevation is about 8000 feet,
but in some places it sinks to 1000 feet above sea level.
The average distance from the coast is about seventy miles.
There are three main drainage systems — (1) The Murray
System, north of the Divide ; (2) The South Eastern or
Gippsland System, south of the Main Divide and east of the

Account of Glacial DcpO'^iit^ of Bacchii.^ AJarslt. 47

southern spur; (3) The South Western System, south of the
Main Divide and west of the Southern Spur. The Main
Divide, according to Murray, is a " longitudinal area of
Lower Palaeozoic rocks, with granite and trappean intrusions."
These may be overlaid by, or flanked by IJ])per Palaeozoic,
Mesozoic, and Tertiary deposits.

The Bacchus Marsh district is situated about midway
between Melbourne and Ballarat, and thus belongs to the
South West Drainage System. The principal streams in
the locality are the Werribee and its tributaries, the
Myrniong and Korkui)ei'rimul Creeks and the Lerderderg
River. The town of Bacchus Marsh is picturesquely
situated in a broad extensive valley 343 feet above the
sea, and which has pi'obably formed the basin of an ancient
lake. On the one side runs the Werribee, and on the other
the Lerderderg, the junction of the two streams taking place
about a mile below the town. From Bacchus Marsh the
country gradually rises to the Dividing Range, only a few
miles distant to the north. The rising ground between
Bacchus Marsh and the Dividing Range is known as the
Pentland Hills.

The so-called glacial conglomerates are well developed in
this district and numerous sections exposed to view by
the Creeks and various cuttings provide very favourable
conditions for their study.

The first section we examined is situated on the Ballarat
Road, about three miles on the Ballarat side of Bacchus
Marsh, and is at a height of about 750 feet above the sea.
The deposit exposed consists of a matrix of clay of a quite
unstratified appearance, and of a somewhat variable con-
sistency. It is tough and hard in places, while in others
it is softer and less tenacious. The colour is an indefinite
patchwork of white, yellow and purple. Through this
matrix are scattered irregularly numerous stones of various
sizes and sorts, rounded and sub-angular. These stones do
not show the slightest trace of arrangement either in size or
in position. Some of the stones are waterworn, but many
present quite another and distinct appearance. These often
show one or more flattened sides, while the edges and ends
are frequently rough or sub-angular. Besides these peculiari-
ties many show striated surfaces, the striae generally running
in the direction of the longest axis, but several sets of striae
can often be distinguished. Certain kinds of stones show
strifb much better than others.

48 Froceeduup of t/ie Royal yiocietij of Victoria.

A hard fine grained argillaceous sandstone varying in
colour from a very light to a darker green is the predomina-
ting rock-material, and this kind usually exhibits the most
marked striations. Another common variety is a hlue-black
very hard quartzite. These, though commonly exhibiting
flattened or facetted sides and angles, seldom show stria',
their surfaces being more often polished.

Granite often occurs though not so frequentl}' as the other
kinds of rock. The largest boulders are of this material.
One taken from the cutting can be seen 13'ing at the side of
the road, which is well flattened on one side. The granite
is generally considerably decomposed. At the top of the
cutting a large angular fragment of sandstone occurs, while
another piece can be seen at the base ; whether the latter is
in situ or not we have not yet determined.

The unstratifled nature of this deposit, together with the
peculiar nature and want of arrangement of the included
stones, at once stamps it as of glacial origin.

A few feet back from the top of the cutting on the south
side, an outcrop of white silicious sandstone occurs. We
are inclined to think that the glacial deposit is banked uj)
against this, really overlying it.

A short distance below the cutting a small lateral road
joins the main one, and on this road, a hundred yards or so
from the junction, another cutting exposes a good section.
The material exposed is similar to that just described, but
is of a more uniform purple colour. It is also somewhat
harder. It is quite unstratifled and contains numerous well
striated stones. On the surface, on both sides of this cutting,
glaciated stones aj-e scattered about in great profusion and
variety. This deposit apparently overlies sandstones and is
continuous with that exposed on the main road.

Before making our next visit to the locality, we wrote to
Mr. Chai'les Brittlebank, of Dunbar farm, near Myrniong,
who, we were led to believe, could give us information in
our researches. Mr. Brittlebank readil}' responded, and
during our subsequent visits has rendered us much valuable
aid. He has accompanied us on most of our expeditions and
shown us much hospitality, while his intimate knowledge
of the locality, as well as his keen powers of observation,
have been of the greatest assistance to us. Mr. Brittlebank
informs us that he found glaciated stones in this district
four years ago. He thus appears to have been the first to
actually prove the glacial origin of the deposits in question.

Account of Glacial J)eposits of Bacchus Mavsli. 49

The valley of the Myrniong Creek for some little distance
above its junction with the Werribee is cut through basalt
and sandstones and conglomerates to a depth of over (iOO feet.
Good sections are exposed along this valley.

On the south side, about half a mile above the confluence
of the two streams, a depth of over 100 feet of a material
similar to that described on the Ballarat Koad is exposed.
It consists of a mass oi yellowish white clay, quite unstrati-
fied, and in texture somewhat soft on the weathered
surface, but much harder on being penetrated. Numerous
stones of all sorts and sizes, from mere grit to boulders
several feet in diameter, are scattered irregularly, and
without any trace of arrangement thioughout this clay.
Among these stones, the principal varieties are those .
occuri'ing in the cutting on the road already described.
Chiastolite and other varieties of slate were found, together
with quartz, bits of jasper, and a hard, red quartzitic sand-
stone. Most of these stones are sub-angular, often showing
one or more smoothed and flattened surfaces, while the edges
and ends are roughly angular ; many are will striated and
grooved in a characteristic manner. On some large 1)0ulders
lying at the base of the clift', the strisB and grooves are
exceptionally well developed. This deposit can be traced
up the valley for about a quarter of a mile above this point,
when it thins out, and is seen to overlie and flank the
sandstones through wliich the valley has been worn. It is
overlaid by basalt known as the newer volcanic, and assigned
to Pliocene age (Fig. 1).

On the other side (north) of the Myrniong Creek, but
nearer its junction with the Weriibee, the glacial deposit is
again well shown to a depth of about ] 50 feet. It is much
the same as that on the opposite side of the valley, and
striated stones are numerous. This extends to within "100
yards or so from the junction of the two streams. It can be
traced over the brow of the valley up to about the level of
Mr. Brittlebank's house, about 350 feet above the Creek, and
about 1100 feet above the sea. It then spreads out over the
surface.

It would seem evident then, that the valley now occupied
by the Myi-niong Creek at this point at any rate is a very
ancient one, and was at one time probably almost filled up
by this glacial conglomerate. The sandstones and conglom-
erates through which the valley is worn, were set down as
Upper Palaeozoic by the Geological Survey ; then, on the dis-

50 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

covery of three species of Gangamopteiis, Professor McCoy
assigned tliem to Triassic times. Last year, more fossils
were obtained. These were somewhat fragmentary, but
Sir Frederick McCoy thinks he can identify Schizoneura
and Zeugopliyllites, indicating a lower Triassic age for the
rocks in question.

After the glacial material had been deposited in this
ancient valle}', it was overflowed by basaltic lavas of
Pliocene age. Whether the older basalt of Miocene times
also overflowed this valley ])reviously to the foi-mer, we
cannot say with certainty. We have seen no evidence
of it at any rate. Since Pliocene times the valley has
been again denuded to its present condition.

From the general characters presented by the so-called
glacial conglomerates, we were much inclined to the opinion
that they would turn out to be, not an iceberg-drift, but
in reality till, or boulder-clay— in fact the ground moraine
of ancient glaciers. These characters may be summed up
as follows: — (I) The unstratifled nature of the clayey
matrix. (2) The number and variety of the included stones.
(3) The striated and glaciated aspect of many of these
stones, (4) Their total want of arrangement. In fact,
these deposits bear such a striking resemblance in every
wa}' to the till of Scotland and elsewhere in the Northern
Hemisphei-e, that it can haixlly be doubted that they are of
similar origin. Corroboration was therefore to be sought
for in the shape of roches moutonnees, or shattered rock
surfaces beneath this deposit.*

In the valley of the Myrniong Creek, opposite the section
described as occuri'ing on the south side, can be seen rounded,
hummocky-looking masses of sandstone, the appearance of
which is very suggestive of glacier action. It is very
probable that the glacial conglomerate not long since covered
these rocks, and thus protected them during a long period
from the effects of weathering. It must also be ren)embered
that the glacial conglomerate itself must have been piotec-
ted for a considerable time by the basalt. The sandstone is
hard and massive, and is just the kind of rock on which the
abrading and rounding effect of glacier ice would be well
represented. Certainly, stride and grooves are absent, but

* Having had opportunities of observing the till and other phenomena of
glaciation in Scotland, Ireland, and Switzerland, I can vouch for the striking
resemblance of our glacial deposits to the boulder-clay of the Northern
Hemisphere. — Graham Officer.

Account of Gldcial Deposits of Biwchiis Marsh. 51

these may liave weathered away. In many parts of the
Scottish Highlands, where the whole country shows the
rounded and flowing contour chai-acteristic of ice-action, it
is often very difficult to find actual scorings and grooves.

Some little distance further up the Creek a section has
been exposed by the stream, showing some feet of a hard
unstratitied material containing striated stones. This was
much hardei- than any we had previousl}', examined, and was
traversed by joints. It was seen to be clearly overlaid by
sandstones, the junction between the two being very
distinct, there being apparently an unconformit3^ Here a
fault occurs through tl^e sandstones and the underlying
material, the displacement being about seven feet, and the
hade at a high angle. There would seem to be no doubt
that the overlying sandstones are continuous Avith the
surrounding ones, which, as we have seen, are probably
Triassic. So now it seemed probable that we had to deal
with two glacial deposits.

At the junction of the Myrniongand Werribee, the latter
stream is seen to be flowing over the highly inclined and
sorely denuded edges ot Lower Silurian rocks, here consisting
of very hard, flne-grained, well stratified sandstones. On
the weathered surface the colour of these is of a patchy
yellow rusty colour, but on the fractured fresh smface they
are of a light greenish white, or light slaty white colour.
On proceeding up the Werribee from the junction, we found
ourselves walking over another kind of inaterial, which was
seen to rest unconformably on the Silurian rocks, which it
closely resembles in colour. The Creek has cut its way
through this to the Silurian, so that on the floor of the river
course one walks now on a few feet of Silurian, and now on
this other deposit, while sections are exposed on both sides
of the stream. This deposit consists of an exceedingly hard
clayey material, through "which are scattered stones and
boulders of considerable size, of granite, quartzite, flne-
grained hard sandstones (very similar to the underl3dng
Silurian), and quartz. Nearly all these present the flattened
sides, and striated and grooved surfaces characteristic of ice
action. The stones and boulders at this point are very
numerous, and the scorings and scratchings exceptionally
well developed. This conglomeiate resembles those already
described, in the absence of any appearance of stratification,
the character of the included stones, and the total want of
arrangement of the latter. In fact, it cannot be distin-

E 2

52 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

giiislied fiom boiildei--clay or till. However, it differed from
tliose we had yet examined, except the last described, in
being so excessively hard and tough, and in being traversed
by numerous joints. Till one has actually tried, it is
inijiossible to give an idea of the difficulty of extracting a
stone from this material, which will ordy come awaj' in small
angular fragments, in a manner that is peculia)-!}' exaspera-
ting. On the north side of the Creek, a short distance from
the junction, a section of a similar deposit is exposed, which
pi'esents a somewhat stratified a])pearance ; striated stoiies
occur irregularly through this, but they ai-e not so numerous
as on the opposite side of the Creek. The appearance of
stratification presented may possibly be due to pressuie. It
is overlaid by basalt.

On proceeding up the Weiribee a few yards furtlser on the
south side we found a small cliff, where the junction of the
conglomerate with the underlying Silurian could be well
seen in section. Here was a ])lace wliere, if the conglomerate
were a true till, we might expect to find the underlying-
rock smoothed and striated, or else shattere<l. The section
exposed showed the Silurian rocks rising in a hummocky
way, and closely overlaid by the conglomerate. A aloser
irispection revealed a certain rounded and facetted appear-
ance, that was very suggestive of ice action. Ha\ing found
a place where the overlying deposit was thinner than usual,
we resolved to clear aw^ay a portion, and after some difficulty
and hard work succeeded in laying bare a portion of the
rock below. We were amply le warded for our trouble.
The Silurian rock presented in a beautiful manner a well
sm(.)othed and striated surface, with deeper parallel grooves,
all running in a north and south direction, and of the glacier
origin of which there could be no doubt whatever. The
Silurian strata here dip west, at angles of from 50° to (iO°.
So it will be seen that the sti'ata are cut across at right
angles to the dip, in fact in the direction of the strike. It
is quite impossible that this can be due to the action of the
Creek, or indeed to the action of water at all. The strife
and grooves point right across the Creek. Tlie contiguous
portions of the overlying deposit, when removed, were
found to retain perfect mouldings of the grooves and strife
beneath.

This striated and grooved rock surface, taken in connection
with the nature of the overlying deposit, leaves no room for
doubt as to the glacier origin of the latter, and that it is a

AccoLLiit of Glacial Deposits of Bacchus Marsh. 53

true till, or moraine profoiide. This till can be traced down
the Werribee to its junction with the Myrniong Creek, and
a little way beyond on the latter Creek. It liere is appa-
rently overlaid by the Tricvssic rocks. With heavier tools
than we had at our disposal, and a little more time, it would
not be diiiicult to remove more of the till from the under-
lying Silurian, and thus lay bare more of the moutonnee
surface.

A few days after this discovery, we received a letter from
Mr. Brittlebank, stating tliat he had found a further example
of roche moutonnee at the lower end of the Werribee Gorge,
nearly two miles below its junction with the Myrniong.
On our next visit, we accordingly proceeded to the spot, and
examined the rocks in question.

The Gorge has been cut to a depth of over GOO ft. through
a mass of Silurian rocks, flanked by the Triassic sandstones
and conglomerates, the former having formed a ridge or
island in the Triassic sea or lake (Fig. 1). The Silurian
rocks heie consist of slates, finely laminated shales, and hard
quartzitic sandstones ; quartz veins are frequent, and a dyke
of porphyry also occurs. The strata are inclined at the
usual high angles, being often almost vertical.

At the place indicated b}^ Mr. Brittlebank we found the
till again overlying the Silurian. Here, it presents much the
same ajipearance as that last described, glaciated stones and
pebbles being frequent. At this point, at a spot where the
till was only about a foot thick, Mr. Brittlebank had laid
bare a portion of the underlying rock. An exoniple of
roche moutonnee was thus exposed to view, which was even
better than the one h'lst discovered. More of the overlj'ing
deposit was now removed, and a greater surface of the
nnderl3'ing rock uncovered, this being an operation of some
difficulty. The surface exposed ])resented the apjjearance of
three smooth parallel ridges, well scored and striated, with
well rounded grooves six or more inches deep between.
Here, as before, the stride and grooves run noi-th and south,
in the direction of the strike, and right across the river
(PI. XI). In several places, the rock has been fractured at
right angles to the groovings. Photographs of these were
obtained. This was by no means the only spot in this
locality where roches moutonnees were found. A short
distance further up the Creek can be seen a niunded
huunnock of Silurian rock, which has been denuded of the
overlying till. The effects of weathering have obliterated

54 Proceedings o/ the Royal Society of Victoria.

all stiia^ and grooves, bvit the rounded contour still remains.
In several other places small portions of the till weie
removed, and a striated and grooved surj'ace invariably
exposed, the direction of the strife being still constant.
The till here is about ten or twelve feet in thickness, and is
distinctly overlaid by the Triassic rocks. On the opposite
side of the river (south side), a good section is ex])osed.
The till is again seen resting on the Silurian rocks, which
here also, as seen in section, appear to have been subjected
to the action of ice (PI. XII). The strata are nearly vertical.
The till here is seen to thin out, forming a wedge-shaped
mass. It is overlaid by the Triassic rocks which, below the
lower end of the wedge, rest directly on the Silurian. The
till and overlj'ing formation extend a short distance up the
Creek from this point, when they terminate against the
U})risiiig ridge of Silurian strata.

There would seem to be little doubt that the Triassic
rocks overl}" the till unconformably. It will now be seen
that there are two distinct glacial deposits. Of these, one
is overlaid by the Triassic sandstones and conglomerates,
and is undoubtedly an ancient till, or moraine profonde ;
the other overlies the Triassic rocks and is similar to the
lower till, except that it is not so hard nor so traversed by
joints, which is hardly a matter for surprise.

Numerous well striated stones and boulders are scattered
ovei' a great part of the suifoce between the Ballarat
Road and the Myrniong and Werribee streams, up
to an elevation of over 11 00 feet above the sea. These
stones can be traced flanking the ridges that overlook the
Wenibee. At a point opposite the Gorge, at the lower end,
the stones are especially numerous and very well sti'iated.
In addition to the commoner varieties, a hard semi-
crystalline sandstone, of a dark pink colour, occurs.
The stones here overly the Triassic .sandstones, and can be
traced along a small lateral gully right down to the
Werribee. The de[iosit from which they come is exposed at
various points along this gully, and is quite similai' in its
unstratitied nature, and in the irregular arrangement of the
included stones to that described before. In places it presents
a ver}- hard texture, sometimes somewhat resembling the till
below the Triassic rocks, in other places it is softer, but in
seveial places where its junction with the underlying sand-
stones could be seen, it was so invariably hard and thick
that we could not clear any away so as to expose the under-

Account of Glacial Deposits of Bacckus Marsh. 55

lying rock. However in places, as seen in section, the latter
presented a roundel appearance that was very suggestive of
ice action.

At the intake of the Bacchus Marsh water supply on the
VVerribee, about ;» mile below the Gorge, where the valley is
very broad, a splendid section of a till-like deposit is exposed ;
there being over 70 feet. The matrix is a yellowish-white
clay, very tough and hard, and stones and boulders of the
usual kind are scattered through it in a pell-mell fashion,
with no trace of arrangement. There is no stratification,
but irregular bands occur here and there, sometimes
lenticular in form. These bands are in some cases of a line
sandy material ; others consist of minute angular fragments
of much the same nature as the rest of the deposit, but
coarser. These bands are only about eighteen inches or two
feet in thickness, and seem to have been formed by the
intermittent action of running water. Similar bands and
lenticular patches of sand and other material occur
fre([uently in the till of the Northern Hemisphere, having
been formed by the action of sub-glacial streams. We have
not yet been able to determine definitely the relations of
this deposit, but froan its nature and position, as well as its
great thickness, we incline to the opinion that it belongs to
the upper glacial deposit. It occurs again about half a mile
fuither down the river, where good sections of it are exposed.
It here does not contain nearly so many stones, wdiile those
that do occur a'e generally small, otherwise it is similar to
that last described. ' We have not found the deposit between
this point and Bacchus Maish along the Werribee.

About four miles up the Korkupeirimul from the bridge
on the Ballarat Road, a glacial conglomerate is again met
with containing numerous typical glaciated stones. The
matrix is exceedingly hard and devoid of stratification. In
places, when looked at from one point of view, an appeai-ance
of a somewhat irregular stratification can be seen. However,
a more careful examination reveals the fact that what ai'e
apparently lines of stratification, are in reality curved
divnsion-planes, which are probably due to shearing stresses.
At one place in this section a departure from the usual
irregular disposition of the stones may be observed. The
stones ai-e arranged in a sloping fashion, along an irclined
plane. This arrangement is sometimes met with in the till
of the Northern Hemisphere. At this place also a bouldei-,
about eighteen inches long and somewhat pear-shaped, can

;)(j Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

he seen resting- in the matrix in a vei'tical position. Now,
if such a boulder were dropped from an iceberg, we might
expect it to remain in an upriglit position in the soft clay,
but if so, we should certainly expect t(^ find the clay indented
beneath it. Of this, there is not the sliglitest indication.

A little fnrthei- up the Creek another section is exposed.
Here our till-like deposit )-ests on massive sandstone, but we
were unable to remove sufficient of the former in order to
expose the surface beneath. At one point, however, a
somewhat remarkable feature occurs. In the sandstone is
an oblique gap about four oi- five feet deep, as if a block had
been torn out. This cavity is filled with the overlying
material, and two or three flattened and striated stones rest
on its lo\ver side (not bottom). It is difficult to conceive
how icebergs could have deposited stones in this manner,
while on the other hand it is readily explained on the glacier
theor^^

The locality between this ])lace and the large quai-ry,
about two miles further down the Creek, we have not yet
examined. Between this quarry, situated on the north side
of the Koi'kuperrimul, and the bridge on the Ballarat Road,
the valley in which the Creek flows follows approximately
the axis of what has once been an anticlinal fold of the
Triassic sandstones. Opposite the lai-ge quarry, the valley
is a little to the light of this axis. Between this large
quarry and the Creek, striated stones are numerous. A
small lateral gully exposes sections. One of these shows a
somewhat loamy clay, in which ar-e irregularly imbedded
large angular fragments of sandstone, in ap[)earance very
like the underl3'ing rock. Large granite boulders, quartzite,
slate, quartz, and fragments of jasper also occur, many
showing flattened and striated surfaces.

On the Creek opposite the quarry, a clifl" of about (iO feet
of the glacial dep )sit is exposed. It is very similar to that
desci-ibed on the Ballarat Road. It rests on sandstones, the
broken ends of vv^hich can be seen protruding from the base
of the deposit, which towai-ds the top, presents a somewhat
stratified appearance. On the opposite side of the Creek,
high clifls of basalt (newer) occur. This has evidently filled
up the valley at this place, probably covering the glacial
deposit and having since been denuded away to its ])resent
state.

Several hundred yards further down tlie Creek, on the
right hand side, a section exposed shows a few feet of an

A ceo a lit of Glacial Deposits of Bacchus Marslt. 57

unstratitied Diaterial bearing striated stones, and overlaid by
very irregularly stratified tumultuous-looking sandstones.
These sandstones are very probably simply beds associated
with the glacial deposit. This is indicated by their
tumultuous ajipearance, and by the fact that we found
several well scored stones in them. Moreover, a small patch
of a material sin.ilar to that beneath occurs intercalated
\vith them. 'J'he basalt is banked right u[) against this, the
line of junction being almost \ertical. The whole mass
probably formed a ridge in the valley at the time the basalt
overflowed it. Striated stones can be traced foi' about a
third of a mile further down this valle}', on the right hand
side, being overlaid by basalt (Fig. 2) The characteristic
stones of the glacial deposit can be traced along the hills
flanking the valley on the left. At one spot, between the
big quairy and another smaller one further down the valley,
a conglomerate occurs, which consists of a loam}- matrix, in
which are scattered angular fragments, in all |)i)sitions, of
soft sandstone. This rests on the denuded edges of well
stratifled Triassic saridstone, from which the fragments have
apparently been derived.

Some distance further on, a small quarry occurs in the
Triassic sandstones, whicli here dip E.S.E. about r35°. The
glacial conglomerate can be traced to about 200 feet above
the Ci-eek. and in the quari-y can be seen in section lesting on
the sandstf)nes to a depth of about Ave feet. On the left
hand side of this section, the junction is very marked, wh.ile
ti-acing it to the right, it becomes very indeflnite by the
disintegration of the sandstone. This section is at right
angles to the dip. At the same quarr}^ another section is
exposed at right angles to the former. This exhibits
remarkable and important features. Beginning at the lower
en;l of the section, a pell-mell accumulation of rough angular
and rounded blocks, up to eighteen inches and two feet
in diameter, embedded in a loamy matrix, is seen overlying
soft purplish stratifled clays or shales. The lattei are much
broken up and disintegrated at their junction with the over-
lying deposit. Anoular blocks of sandstone in every
conceivable position are mixed up in the ruin, and in fact
a deflnite junction it is almost impossible to distinguish.
Further aloiig the section, this mixed matei-ial merges into a
purplish mass of clay, ovei'lying broken and shattered sand-
stones. (The shales and sandstones are of the same
formation.) This purplish clay, which is evidently derived

58 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

from the shales, presents the appearance of liaving been
pushed over the sandstones, anguhir blocks of which are
scattered through it. A little further along, a large irregular
fracture in the sandstone occurs, being seven or eight feet
deep. This is litei-ally stuffed with stones and boulders
of the various kinds met with in the glacial conglomerate.
Many of these show flattened and striated surfaces. A
granite boulder, over a yard in dian)etei-, is jammed into the
bottom of this fracture, wjiile. broken and angular fragments
of the sandstone are also scattered through it, the whole
being imbedded in a loamy clay-like material, which seems to
have been squeezed into the fracture (Fig. S). At several
other sections exposed in this quarry, similar appearances can
be noted. The sandstone has been fractured, and the glacial
materia] literally injected into the ci'acks and fissures.
Several striated stones were picked out from one of these
fissures.

It will be seen that, as in the case of the Myrniong Creek,
the glacial deposit lies in an ancient valley of denudation.
It was probably overflowed by Pliocene basalt, which would
thus be the means of protecting the underlying formations
during a considerable period. We could not find any more
traces of the glacial material between this place and the
Werribee.

This concludes the evidence we have so far collected, and
it all points irresistibly to the conclusion, that glacier-ice
has been the agent b}^ which the effects described have been
accomplished. No iceberg theory will account for the facts
presented at the quairy. How will such a theory account for
the fracLin-ing of the underlying rocks, and the ramming of the
fractures with laige erratic boiddersand the material in which
these boulders ai-e imbedded ? On the' other hand, these are
facts which are readily explained on the glacier hypothesis.
In the Northern Hemisphere shattered surfaces are frequently
met with below till. In his "Great Ice Age," p. 1(5, Prof
James Geikie says : — " Soft sandstones and highly jointed
rocks . . . often show a broken and shattered surface
below till ; sometimes, indeed, thick sandstones appear
'broken up' to a depth of many feet below boulder-clay,
the ccmi-se angular debris shading gi-adually into till of the
normal type." This corresponds exactly with the features
presented at the quarry, where the sandstones are soft and
easily disiiitegrated. Cases in Scotland and elsewhere in
the Northern Hemisphere are not uncommon, where the

Account of Glacial Deposits of Bacchus Marsh. 59

shattered surfjice of the underlying rock is " stuffed " with
erratic stones and boulders.

The conckision, then, to which we are led is, that the
deposits we have been considering constitute a true till, or
moraine protbnde. This is borne out by further considei'a-
tions. It is worthy of note, that the stones occurring in
tliis till, at the quarr}' we have heen speaking about, are not
nearly so well striated as those occurring in the region of
the Werribee Gorge. In the former case, we have seen that
the underlying sandstone is very soft, and would not striate
stones well ; on the other hand, the underlying rocks in the
i-egion of the Gorge are much harder, consisting to a great
extent of conglomei'ates, just the kind of rocks that would
produce marked scorings on the stones of the till.

These are specific evidence against the iceberg theory.
There are also more general arguments. These arguments
have been used l>efore to refute the iceberg hypothesis of the
origin of the boulder-clay in the Northern Hemisphere, and
they ap|)ly equally well hei-e.

Mr. Dunn describes the so-called glacial conglomerate,

besides being found at Bacchus Marsh, as occurring on both

sides of the Dividing Range, at Wahgunj^ah, Rutherglen,

The Springs, El Dorado, Wooragee, Tarrawingee, Badda-

ginnie, at various points on the road between Wangaratta and

Kilmore, north east of Costeriield, Wild Duck Creek (west

of Heathcote), underlying the auriferous deposits at Caris-

l))-ook and Oreswick. South of the Dividing Range, it is

met with about four miles east of Gordons, Barrabool Hills,

and near Foster in South Gi]ipsland. Thus it will be seen

that the deposit is widely distributed, and it appears to be

of ccjnsiderable thickness, beino- over 100 ft. in several
1 • 'ft

known instances.

It has been shown (CroU, " Climate and Time ;"
Geikie, " Great Ice Age," etc.), that the amoui.t of material
carried by icebergs is quite inconsiderable, and what is
carried genei-ally consists of rubbish and angular blocks
that have fallen on the surface of the parent glacier.
In the case of the ice-sheet that is at present desolating
Greenland, the surface of the ice is ver}' free from debiis of
any kind, and so it is quite a rare thing to find an iceberg
shed from one of the vast glaciers of that countiy bearing
any material at all. Yet a tremendous amount of erosion
must be going on, and the eroded material is being accumu-
lated beneath the ice as a moraine profonde, although

00 Pfoceedinf/s of the Royal Society of Victoria.

])rodigious quantities must be carried away by sub-glacial
streams. Dr. Wright (" Ice Age in North America") calcu-
lates that from the great Muir glacier in Alaska ovei- 33^
million cubic yards of sediment is annually cairied away by
sub-glacial streams. Little, if any, of the sub-glacial material
can be carried away by icebergs — a few stones, })erh;ips, frozen
into the bottom of the bergs. The finer material carried
away b}^ streams from beneath these great glaciers must
inevitabh- be stratitied, and well stratified, as the quantity
of material brought down must vary considerably from
time to time. Even if much line matter weie carried by
icebergs, it would inevitabl}^ be re-assorted by the water ;
the stones, too, would assuredly show some trace of
arrangement.

In the deposits we have been considering, the absence
of stratification and the total want of arrangement of the
included stones, are their chief and most striking cliaiacter-
istics. Then again, in the great mass of the sections we
have examined angular fragments are comparatively rare,
except as we have seen, where the till rests on the under-
Ivinsf rock. So here aoain, we have a strono- armament in
favour (jf the glacier theory.

Further, these deposits are found up to a height of 1400 ft.
at Bailan ; so, to account for them en the iceberg theory, we
would require a submergence of at least 2000 ft. to allow
icebergs to float, and as icebergs can only transport material
from higher to lower levels, it is quite impossible to account
for the mingling of fragments of the underlying rock in the
overlying till, at an elevation not exceeding 800 ft. above
the sea. Besides, such a submergence would considerably
diminisli the area frcnn which the deposits could be derived,
and their extent indicates a large surface. Again, such a
submergence would tend to produce climatic conditions
which would be quite o[)posed to the production of glaciers,
even were the astronomical conditions favoural)le. It must
also be observed that, so far as we have seen, these deposits
are quite unfossiliferous.

Mr. Dunn states that much of the rock material occurring
in the till is not known at ]n-esent to occur in situ on this
Continent anywhere near Victoria. Daintree remarks that
a granite occurs in the formation at Bacchus Marsh, which
\\t> had not observed south of Queensland. However, as he
has not described this granite, it would be difficult now ti>
identify it. We would reply to this that further search will

Account of Glacial Deposits of Bacchus Marsh. Gl

probably reveal the sources of this material. The .i!;eoloi;y
of Victoria has not been so lully worked out as to warrant
us asserting that a certain kind oi' rock does not occur in
situ. Then again, it must be remembered that these
deposits are anterior — as we shall sliow — to the Miocene
and Pliocene lava flows, and probably to the Miocene leaf-
beds, so that, not to speak of the effects of denudation, a
a great deal of the then rock surface is now concealed.

Of the various kinds of rock met with in the till in the
Bacchus Marsh district, the gieat majority are derived from
Silurian rocks, which form the main part of the Dividing-
Range. In the Werribee Gorge several kinds of slate occur,
which are identical with slates found in the till. Quartz
veins are als(^ numerous in the Silurian rocks. We also
noted a quartzitic sandstone in the Gorge, which is very
similar to fragments found in the till. Several varieties of
quartzite occur in the till which we have not yet seen in
situ, but we have not yet examined the Ranges to the north,
and it is very probable they will be found there, as quartzites
frequently occur in the Silurian. Fragments of schist(;se
rocks have also been observed in the till, and these occur
in situ to the north.

Several kinds of granite occur in the till. Granite is
i'onnd in situ in the localit}^ and among the granite boulders
some occur that seem identical with this gianite. A very
coarsely cr^'stalline variet}^ is also met with, the crystals of
felspar being sometimes over an inch in length. Though we
ourselves have not seen this in place, 3'et the Geological
Surve}' report a granite with very large crystals of felspar
as occurring in this locality. Pegmatite and aplite also are
found in the till. As both of these may occur as veins in
other granite, it would not be surprising if they have been
overlooked. It is not unlikely even that they may be now
concealed beneath the basalt that is well developed in this
distiict.

Summing up, then, the results of our investigations, it
would appear that two main points are clearly brought out.
The first of these is, that there are two distinct glacial
deposits ; and the second, that both of these deposits are
due to glacier ice, and not to icebergs — in fact, both being
moraines profondes. Both are of similar character, except
that the lower one is more indurated and jointed. Of these,
the latter has been seen to closely enwrap the smoothed,
grooved, and furrowed surftices of Silurian rocks, of the

G'2 Proceedinfiii of the Royal Society of Victoria.

glacier origin of whieli there can be no doubt. It is useless
at this stage of geological inquir_y to maintain that icebergs
can produce roches moutonnees. A full discussion of this
point may be read in Dr. Croll's " Climate and Time,"
Geikie's " Great Ice Age," and in "The Labradoi- Coast," by
Dr. Packard. In connection with the upper till, though no
undoubted roches moutonnees have yet been met with, yet,
as we have seen, shattered rock surfaces below the till are
found, which may be said to be quite as characteristic of
the action of glacier-ice as a smoothed and moutonnee
surface.

It now becomes a most important and interesting question
to determine the respective ages of the two tills. It seems
certain that we must look to astronomy for the explanation
of ice ages. Dr. Croll's celebrated theory has, until now,
notwithstanding considerable adverse criticism, been the
most satisfactory ex])lanation offeied. Recently, however,
Sir Robert Ball in his little work " The Cause of an Ice Age,"
has re-stated the astronomical theory, pointing out an error
made by Croll. It would be beyond the scope of this
present paper to enter into a discussion on the cause of ice
ages, it will suffice to say that Sir Robert Ball has stated
the case with great force and clearness. The theory as it
now stands shows that when the astronomical conditions
for the production of extensive glaciation arise, then we have
a period during which several glacial epochs alternate with
genial epochs between the two hemispheres, the length of
each epoch being 10,500 years. The conditions for this state
of things then graduall}^ disappear, and do not occur again
till after the lapse of long ages. Sir Robert Ball says he
makes no attempt to state the date of the last glacial period,
nor to say when the next is to take place. So, according to
this theory, using the term "period "to embrace several
glacial and genial " ejwchs," we should expect to find
evidence of glaciation in both hemispheres during the same
period, though not necessarily to the same extent, for of
course the astronomical conditions for glaciation are liable
to considerable modification by the existing distribution of
land and sea, and the elevation of mountain chains.

Now, taking the case of our lower till first, we have seen
that it is overlaid (apparently unconformably) by rocks
which have been assigned to Lower Triassic age. In the
Permian Period in the Northern Hemisphere, there are clear
indications of a glacial epoch or epochs. In England, Dr.

Account of Glacial Deposits of Bacchus Marsh. 63

Ramsay describes " brecciated conglomerates," consisting of
" pebbles and large blocks of stone, generally angular,
imbedded in a marly paste." Man}- of these stones are as
well scratched as those found in modern moraines, or in
boulder-clay. Similar boulder-beds occur in Scotland,
Ireland, and Gei'many. Mr. Wallace (" Island Life ") states
that these phj'sical indications are corroboi'ated by a
consideration of the life of the period, which is characterised
by its poveity. In India, similar Permian boulder-beds
occur, in which large striated stones and boulde)-s are found.
In one instance, the rock surface beneath this deposit was
glacially scored and striated. These beds have beeti corre-
lated with similar ones in South Afiica, also of Permian age.
Mr. G. W. Stow has, according to Dr. Ramsay, given
elaborate accounts of these South African boulder-beds. He
says that in Natal the great masses of "moraine matter" not
only contain ice-scratched stones, but the underlying rocks
are well rounded and mammilated, and covered by " deeply
incised glacier giooves " in a direction that at last leads one
to the p)'e-Permian mountains, whence the stones forming
the moraines have been derived. In Natal, the striated
rocky floor is only 30° south, and in India, only 20° north of
the equator.

That evidence of severe glaciation should be found in the
same period in both hemis))heres, and so near the equator —
being actually within the tropics in one case — is a strong
argument in favour of the astronomical theory, betokening a
much wider cause than mere local elevation. This being the
case, we might expect to find traces of a glacial period during
Permian times here in the more southern parts of Australia.
The position of our lower glacial conglomerate, or till, is
quite compatible with its being of Permian age, and when to
this we add the considerations just noted, this conclusion is
much strengthened. There is a strong break in the flora at
the close of the Permo-carboniferous series in New South
Wales (Prof David, Address A.A.A.S., 1890). It is possible
that this break may correspond with a Permian glacial
period.

Now, as regards our upper till. We have not as yet been
able to arrive at any very definite conclusion as to the age
of this deposit. As we have seen, it lies on the denuded
surface of the Triassic rocks, and is certainly overlaid by
the Pliocene basalt. That it is also overlaid by the older
basalt admits of little doubt, for although this basalt occurs

6-i Proceedings of the Royal Sociefi/ of Vicfoi-ia.

in the locality, yet we have never found a. trace of any
volcanic material in the till. The same reasoning applies as
to its rehxtion to the Miocene leaf-beds that are well
developed in the district. These beds consist for the most
part of hard clay-ironstone, in which leaf and plant impres-
sions are very numerous, and as a rule exceedingly well
preserved. As we have not found any fragments in the
till that in any way resemble the material of these beds, it
seems highly probable that the upper till is pre-Miocene.

In Europe, we have evidence of glaciation in Eocene
times. In the " Flysch" of Switzerland, huge erratics
occur. One of these measured 105 ft. in length, 90 ft. in
breadth, and 45 ft. in height (Croll, " Climate and Time,"
p. 305). Although the Eocene fossils, both in Europe and
Australia, indicate a mild climate, yet, as has been pointed
out by Croll and other eminent authoiities, the life of a
glacial epoch would be characterised b}- negative conditions.
As it is of the very essence of the astronomical theory of
ice-ages that glacial alternate with genial epochs, it is only
to be expected that the life of the genial epochs would be
the more likely to be preserved. So it is possible that out
upper till is Eocene ; this, however, we merely throw our
as a suggestion, in the absence of any furtiier evidence a.t
present. Considering the great amount of erosion that took
place in Upper Mesozoic and early Tertiary times, it seems
improbable that this deposit is earlier than Eocene.

Mr. Stirling and Dr. Lendenfeldt have described undoubted
evidences of glaciation in the Australian A1])S. These
gentlemen found glaciated surfaces on Mt. Cobberas at
elevations between 6000 ft. and 4000 ft. above the sea, on
Mt. Pilot, and on Mt. Kosciusco. Erratics of huge basaltic
boulders occur in " linear extension for miles " in the Reewa
River and Snowy Creek valle3^s, the nearest basaltic outliers
being twenty miles away. Perched blocks of hornblende
porphyrite occur on " crests of spurs and sidelings" in a
regulai- descending series from near the summit of Mt.
3ogong towards the Reewa valley, many of them resting
on smoothed surfaces of pegmatite. Moraines occur at the
base of Mt. Bogong, at 1000 ft. above sea level. Similar
evidences of former glaciation have also been described
by Mr. Stirling as occurring in the Livingstone valley,
Parslow's Plains, and elsewhere in our Alpine regions.

There would seem to be no doubt that the glaciation
iudicated by these evidences in the Australian Alps is of

Account of Glacial Deposits of Bacchus Marsh. 65

much more recent age than that represented by the upj3er
till at Bacchus Marsh. The piesence oferractics of basalt,
in "linear extension " along the valleys and on the slopes of
the Alps is sufficient to show this. Dr. Lendenfeldt
considered that this period of glaciation only terminated
between 2000 and 3000 years ago, but, as Professor Hutton
has shown, there is no evidence to sustain this. Professor
Hutton has expressed the opinion that there was no evidence
to indicate that the Southern Hemisphere had ever had a
glacial period. That glaciers had formerly existed in the
Australian Alps, he has explained on the hypothesis of a
local elevation of the Alps, to about 3000 feet above their
present level. Now this glaciation took place since Miocene
times, as is shown by the basaltic ei'ratics. Mr. Stirling has
assigned it to the Pleistocene Period. It is impossible that
it can be earlier, for if it were, the erractics would have long
ago disappeared from their positions on mountain sides and
spurs.

During the Pliocene Period we have evidence, in the
distribution of marine gravels, of a submergence of nearly
1000 feet below the present level, and since then the land
has graduallj^ risen to its present condition (Muri-ay). In
his address to the Biological Section of the A.A.A.S., at
Hobart, Professor Spencer says : — " We must conclude from
the mammalian fauna, that there has been no absolute land
connection between South-east Australia and Tasmania
since practically the end of the Tertiary Period or early in
Pleistocene times, as otherwise it would be impossible to
account for the absence, not only of the dingo, but of the
large and specialised diprotodont fauna, of which the
Pleistocene Period saw the rise and fall upon the mainland."
From the evidence supplied by raised beaches, and by the
great depth to which many of our river channels have been
cut, it is apparent that the land has been gradually rising
for a considerable period. It is thus pretty certain that,
since the beginning of Pleistocene times, the land surface has
never stood higher, relatively to the sea, than it does now,
and in Pliocene times, as we have seen, there was a
submergence of nearly 1000 feet below the present level.

If denudation has been the means of i^educing the height
of our Alpine regions by about 3000 feet since the last
glaciation took place, then it would be quite impossible for
lines of erratic boulders and perched blocks on mountain
spurs to be preserved. Many of these, according to Mr.

()<3 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Stirling, even yet show striated and grooved surfaces. If
the mountains had suffered much denudation, the stri?e and
grooves would certainly have been removed and roches
moutonnees would have vanished — except where protected
by overlying deposits — long ago.

80 then, seeing that the theory of greater elevation cannot
be sustained, we must look in another direction for the
explanation, and we have the astronomical theory at hand.
According to this theory, we should expect to find evidence
of a Pleistocene glacial period here, corresponding with that
of the Northern Hemisphere. As we have seen, this is the
period to which Mr. Stirling has referred this latest glaciation
of the Australian Alps. As eminent authorities have already
observed, in trying to realize the probable effect of astro-
nomical conditions favourable to glaciation in the Northern
and Southern Hemispheres iCspectively, the great proportion
of sea to land that now obtains in the south must always be
borne in mind. The effect of this, in the present distribution
of land and sea, would undoubtedly be to mitigate these
conditions. In Pleistocene times, there is no evidence to
show that oui- mountains were appreciably higher than now ;
it seems more probable that our land surface stood actually
lower. So that the astronomical conditions which, during
this period, resulted in producing such a severe glaciation
in the Northern Hemisphere, weie probably so mitigated in
the Southern Hemisphere that glaciers only appeared in the
higher mountains.

Mr. G. S. Griffiths, in a papei' on the "Evidences for a
post-Miocene Glacial Period in Victoria," describes heavy
boulder washes, distributed in many parts of the Colony.
These " washes " are ascribed to glacial action. Though the
evidence for this is not conclusive, yet it is by no means
improbable that these heavy deposits of bo\ilders — many of
them basaltic — were formed at the period of the last glacia-
tion of the Alps, when the precipitation was much greater
than now. The Dividing Range, except in its eastern parts,
not being high enougli for the production of glaciers, in the
short hot summers of the epoch vast floods from melting
snow swept down from the mountains, swelling the rivers
and depositing these boulder bed.s.

At the two earlier periods of glaciation we have indicated,
it is not improbable that there was a greater southward
extension of land by way of Tasmania than now obtains.
In Upper Palaeozoic times, tlie Main Divide must have stood

Accoiuit of Glacial Deposits of Bacclais Mar«h. 07

many thousand feet higher tluiii it does now. In Eocene
times, though enormous denudation had then taken ])lace,
this mountain chain must have been veiy much higher than
now. Under these conditions, the glaciation during an ice
age might be of considerable severity.

We would thus appear to ha\e evidence of three periods
of glaciation in Australia, which may be provisionally
assigned as follows : — (1) One in Permian times, of consider-
able severity ; (2) one in Eocene times, also severe ; (3)
one in Pleistocene times, mild, being represented only by
glaciers in the higher mountains. At these periods then, it
would appear that the Dividing Range nourished great
glaciers which radiated outwards, and, in the two earlier
periods at least, spread to some distance over the lower
ground. Beneath these glaciers the till, or glacial conglomer-
ate, was accumulated as a ground moraine.

Undoubted evidence of glaciation has been adduced by
Professor Tate and Mr. G. B. Pritchard from South Austi-alia.
and traces have also been noted in Tasmania, although
Mr. Johnston remarks (" Geology of Tasmania ") that there
is no evidence there to show that a glacial period has ever
taken place. However, it will seem strange if further
evidence from Tasmania be not forthcoming.

In concluding this pajjer, we would urge the careful
examination and mapping of our glacial deposits, and the
collection of all evidence bearing upon them. In the words
of Sir Robert Ball—" A strict search for glacial indications
among all deposits, primary, secondary, and tei-tiary, would
be one of the most valuable pieces of scientific work
possible at the present time." — (" Cause of an Ice Age,"
p. 149).

Literature.

Prof David— ^' A Correlation of the Coal-fields of N.S.W."

A.A.A.S., 1890.
E. J. Dunn, F.G.S. — " Notes on the Occurrence of Glaciated

Pebbles and Boulders in the so-called Mesozoic

Conglomerate of Victoria," Proc. Roy. Soc. Vic,

Vol. XXIV, Pt. 1. " The Glacial Conglomerates of

Victoria," A. A. AS., 1890.
O. S. Griffiths, F.G.S.—" Evidences of a Glacial Period in

Victoria during post-Miocene Times," Ti-ans. Rov.

Soc. Vic, Vol. XXI.

F 2

C8 Proceedings of the Ro>jal Sooietij of Victoria.

T. S. Hall, M.A.— " Victorian Naturalist," Vol. VIII, Mo. 2.

Plot". Hutton, F.G.S. — " The Supposed Glacial Epoch in
Australia," Proc. Lin. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. X, Pt. 2.

P. M. Johnston, F.G.S. — " The Geology of Tasmania."

R. Von Lendenfeldt, Ph. D. — " The Glacial Period in Aus-
tralia," Proc. Lin. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. X.

Sir Frederick McCoy, K.C.M.G., F.R.S., &c.— " Prodromus
of the Palaeontology of Victoria," Decades II and
IV.

R. A. Murray. — " Geology and Physical Geography ot
Victoria."

Prof. W. Baldwin Spencer, M.A. — " The Fauna and Zoological
Relationships of Tasmania," A.A.A.S., 1892.

Jas. Stirlhig, F.L.S., F.G.S. — " Notes on Some Evidences of
Glaciation in the Australian Alps," Trans. Roy. Soc.
Vic, Vol. XXII. " On Some Further Evidences
of Glaciation in the Australian Alps," Proc. Lin.
Soc. N.S.W., 188G.

Annual Report of the Mining Department of Victoria for
1891, p. 30.

Also,

Sir Robert Ball. — " The Cause of an Ice Age."

Dr. Croll. — " Climate and Time."

Prof Jas. Geikie. — " The Great Ice Age."

Dr. Packard. — " The Labrador Coast."

Dr. Ramsay.—" Nature," Vol. XXII, p. 389.

Dr. Wriofht. — " The Ice Affe in North America."

Proc. R S Victoria Plate X

R. S. VICTORIA, PLATE

PHOTOLINE

516 GEORGE ST., SYDNEY

PROC, R. S. VICTORIA, PLATE

PHOTOLINE PRINTING CO.,

515 GEORGE ST., SYDNEY

Art. VI. — Sij}iopsi.'^ of the Australian Calcarea Hcterocada ;
with a proposed Classification of the Group and
Descriptions of some Neio Genera and Species.

By Arthur Dendy, D.Sc, F.L.S.

Demonstrator and Assistant Lecturer in Biology in the University of
Melbourne.

[Read September 8, 1892.]

1. Introductory Remarks.

• Owing to the reduction of the Government grant to the
Royal Society, it has been found impossible at present to
continue the publication of the volume of the Transactions
which the Council of the Society generously set apart for
"A Monograph of the Victorian S[)onges." Under these
circumstances the Council has kindly agi-eed to m}^ proposal
to divide the work by publishing in the Proceedings of the
Societ}' only the necessary systematic portion. Avithout
illustrations, and publishing the anatomical portions, for
which numerous illustrations are indispensable, elsewhere.
It is hoped, however, that the continuation of the Mono-
graph in its original form may be carried out at some future
date.

I have in my possession, in addition to the very fine series
of Victorian Heterocoela collected by Mr. Bi-acebridge Wilson,
a number of very valuable specimens, including sevei'al
remarkable new species, from otiier parts of Australia, and
it seemed desirable to incorporate descrij)tions of these in the
present communication. I have also a number of fragments
of type specimens, generously forwarded to me by the
authorities of the British Museum, which brings the total
number of species of Australian Calcarea Heterocoela in m}^
collection up to forty-seven.

70 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Up to the present time sixtj'-tvvo species of thi.s group of
sponges have been described from Australian seas, chiefly by
HfBckel, von Lendenfeld, Polejaeff and Carter. Sixteen
new species are described in the present paper, which brings
the total number of Australian species of Calcarea Heterocoela
u[) to seventy-eight. In order to make the work as complete
as possible, I have decided to include, not onl}' descri[)tions
or notes of the forty-seven species which I have been able to
study for myself, but also references to those species which
1 have not seen, and thus to provide a complete Synopsis of
the Australian Calcarea Heterocoela.

In or(ier to arrange the sjiecies satisfactorily, I have been
obliged to adopt a classification which has many new
features. This classification has not been arrived at hastily,
nor without careful consideration of the work of previous
writers. It is impossible to justify it fully in this place,
because it is based upon a minute study of anatomical
details and a careful consideration of historical questions of
y)riority in nomenclature into which I have not space to
enter. I intend, however, to publish a paper on the minute
anatomy and classification of the group in another place, in
which these questions will be fully discussed ; and, in the
meantime, I may perhaps point out that the classification
proposed is based upon tlie careful anatomical examination of
a very large number of species.

It will be seen that more stress is laid upon the arrange-
ment of tiie skeleton than is usual at the present day, and
less upon the form and arrangement of the fiagellated
chambers, which I find to vary considerably, even within
the limits of a single species. This change certainly facili-
tates the identification of specimens, and will probably be
welcomed by those workers who have not at their disposal
the elaborate appliances required for the preparation of
stained microscopical sections.

Polejaefi'* clearly showed that no hard and fast line could
be drawn between the Sycons and Leucons of Hfeckel. 'J'his
idea was followed up by von Lendenfeld, who has created a
special group, the iSylleibidai,-\- to include the intermediate
forms. This group, however, seems to me to be very arti-
ficial, as, judging from my own observations, it appears that

* Keport ou the Calcarea of the Challenger Expedition.

t See especially " Die Si^ougieu der Adria. I. Die Kalkscliwamme."
Zeitsclirift fiir WissenschaftlicheZoologie, Vol. 5H, 1891.

Synopsis of the Australian Calcarea HetevocMa. 71

the transition from the Sycon to the Leucon type of canal-
system has not taken place along a single line of descent,
hut along several. Here, as in other cases, we must classify
by an assemblage of characters. The canal-system alone is
l)y no means sufficient, though, when taken in conjunction
with the skeleton, it is often of great value.

In enumerating the various genera and species I have not
attempted to give a complete list of synonyms and references,
as this would have taken up a large amount of space. In the
case of the species, however, I have given those synonyms
and references which are most important.

My warmest thanks are due to Mr. J. Bracebridge Wilson
for the bulk of the specimens here described, to Mr. Thos.
Whitelegge for a very valuable collection from Port Jackson,'
to the Adelaide Museum for some very interesting specimens
from St. Vincent's Gulf, to Professor Spencer foi- a number
of specimens from Port Jackson, to Sir Frederick M'Coy for
permission to examine the collection in the Melbourne
National Museum, and to Dr. Glinther for fragments of type
sjiecimens in the British Museum.

2. Proposed Classification^ of the Calcarea
Heteroccela.

Order HETEROCCELA, Polejaeff.

Calcareous sponges in which the collared cells are confined
to more or less well-defined flagellated chambers.

Family 1. — Lelx'ascid.e.

Flagellated chambers very long and nai'row, copiousl}^
branched ; communicating at their proximal ends with
exhalant canals which converge towards the oscula ; their
blind distal ends covered over by a dermal membrane
pierced by true dermal pores which lead into the irregular
spaces between the chambers. Skeleton consisting princi-
pally of small radiates irregularly scattered in the walls of
the chambers and exhalant canals and in the dermal
membrane.

72 Proceedin(/s of the Royal SGciety of Victoria.

Genus I. — Leiica^cun, nov. g-en.
Diagnosis. — The same as that of the family.
(For species see Part 3 of the present paper.)

Family -1. — Sycettid^.

Flagellated chambers elongated, ai-ranged radially around
a central gastral cavity, their distal ends pn^jecting more or
less on the dermal surface and not covered over by a con-
tinuous cortex. Skeleton radially S3aiimetrical.

Genus II. — Sijcdta (Hieckel, emend.)

Diagnosis. — Radial chambers not inter-commuuicating.
Articulate tubar skeleton. No tufts of oxea on the distal
ends of the chambers.

(For example see Part 3 of the present ])aper.)

Genus III. — Sycon (Risso, emend.)

Diagnosis. — Radial chambers not inter-communicating.
Articulate tubar skeleton. The distal ends of the chambers
provided each with a tuft of oxeote spicules.

(For examples see Part 3 of the present paper.)

Genus IV. — Sycaiifha, von Lendenfeld.

Radial chambers long, united in groups ; those of each
group inter-communicating by openings in their walls and
each group with a single common opening into the gastral
cavity. The radial chambers have freel}' projecting distal
cones surmounted by oxeote spicule.s. Tubar skeleton
articulate.

No Australian species of this genus has yet l)een found.
The t3qoe is von Lendenfeld's SycantJiu tenella.*

Family 3. — Grantid.e.

There is a distinct and continuous dermal cortex covering
over the chamber layer and pierced by inhalant pores.

* " Die Spougien cler Aclria. I. Die Kalliscliwiimme," p. 51.

St/uopsis of the Australian Calcarea Heterocoda. 73

There are no subderraal sagittal triradiafces or quadriradiates.*
The flagellated chambers vary from elongated and radially
arranged to spherical and irregularly scattered, while the
skeleton of the chamber layer varies from regularly articulate
to irregularly scattered.

Genus V. — Grant ia (Fleming, eraend.)

Diagnosis. — The elongated flagellated chambers are ar-
ranged radially around the central gastral cavity ; they are
not provided with tutts of oxea at their distal ends, but are
covered over by a dermal cortex composed ])rincipally of
triradiate spicules and without longitudinally disposed oxea.
An articulate tubar skeleton is presents

(For examples see Pai-t 3 of the present paper.)

S lib-Gen us. — Gra nt iops is, no v.

Diagnosis. — The sponge has the form of a greatly elongated,
hollow tube, whose wall is composed of two distinct layers
of about equal thickness. The outer (cortical) layer is
provided with a very strongly developed skeleton of radiate
spicules and contains the narrow, ramif}dng inhalant canals.
The inner (chamber) layer is formed b}^ elongated I'adial
chamljers arranged very regularly side by side. The
skeleton of the chamber layer is very feebly developed ; the
normal subgastral triradiates ai-e replaced by quadiiradiates ;
the tubar skeleton is articulate, and composed of very
abnormal sagittal triradiates whose ])aired rays are greatl}^
reduced.

(For species see Part 3 of tlie present paper.)

Genus VI. — Ute (Schmidt, emend.)

Diagnosis. — The ends of the elongated radial chambers
are covered over by a well developed cortex, consisting in
great part of large oxeote spicules arranged parallel to the
long axis of the sponge. Tlie tubar skeleton is articulate
or else composed entirely of the basal rays of subgastral
triradiates.

(For examples see Part 3 of the present paper.)

* I propose these names for spicules lying beneath the dermal surface and
with inwardly directed basal or apical rays as the case may be. Such
spicules are of great importance for purposes of classification.

7-i Procee(/inf/s of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Sub-Genus. — Synute, Dendy.

Dhifj'nos'o-;. — Sponge compound, consisting of many
Ute-lika individuals completely fused together and invested
in a common cortex composed largely of huge oxeote
spicules.

(B'or species see Part .'^ of tlie ]_)resent ]mper.)

Genus VII. — Utella, nov. gen.

Diagnosis. — Flagellated chambers elongated, arranged
I'aclially around the central gastral cavity. ThfU'e are no
longitudinally arranged oxea in the dermal cortex, but a
layer of oxeote spicules lies beneath and parallel to the
gastral surface. The tubar skeleton is articulate.

I propose this genus for H^ckel's Sycandra hystrix*
Schmidt's Ute utriculus (the Sycandra utriculus of
Hgeckel-f-) may perhaps also be included therein.

No Australian species are as yet known.

Genus VIII. — Anamixilla (PolejaeH" emend.)

D'nujnosls. — Flagellated chamber's elongated and radially
arranged. There is no special tubar skeleton, the skeleton
of the chamber layer consisting of large radiate spicules,
arranged without regard to the direction of the chambers,
and of the outwardly directed basal rays of subgastral
tri radiates.

(For species see Part 3 of tl)e present paper.)

Genus IX. — Sycyssa, Hpeckel.

Diagiiosis. — The tiagellated chambers are elongated and
arranged radially around the central gastral cavity. The
skeleton consists exclusively of oxeote spicules.

The only known species of this genus is Hyeckel's Sycyssa
huxleyi,\ from the Adriatic.

Genus X. — Limeandra (Hreckei, emend.)

Diagnosis. — The flagellated chambers are spherical or sac-
shaped, irregularly ari-anged. and communicating with the

Die Kalk.scliwiiinme. Vol. II, p. 375. t Loc cit., p. 370.

I Loc. cit., p. 260.

Synopsis of the Au.sfralian Calcarea Heterocada. 75

gastral cavity, or main exhalant canals, 1)}^ a more or less
complicated canal-system. The skeleton of the chamber
layer is irregular.

(For examples see Part 3 of the present paper.)

Genus XI. — Lelapia (Gray, emend.)

Diagnosis. — Canal ,S3^stem unknown. Skeleton of gastral
surface composed of ordinary radiates. Skeleton of dermal
surface composed of triradiates, quadriradiates and minute
oxea. Skeleton of the chamber layer composed of large,
longitudinally arranged oxea, crossed at right angles by
bundles of tuning-fork-shaped triradiates whose oral rays
are directed towards the gastral cavit}^ while the basals
point towards the dermal surface.

(For species see Part 8 of the present paper).

Genus ^ll.—Leucyssa, Hreckel.

Diagnosis. — Flagellated chambers (presumably) spherical
or ovoid, irregularly arranged. Skeleton composed solely of
oxeote spicules.

No species of this remarkable genus ai'e as yet recorded
from Australian seas, the only examples being Hseckel's
Leucyssa spongilla, L. crdacsa and L. incrustans.^

Family 4. — HETEROPiD/t:.

There is a distinct and continuous dermal cortex covering
over the chamber laj'er and pierced by inhalant pores.
Subdermal sagittal triradiates are present. The flagellated
chambers vaiy from elongated and radially arranged to
spherical and irregularly^ scatteied. An articulate tubar
skeleton may or may not be present.

Genus XIII. — Grantessa (von Lendenfeld, emend.)

Diagnosis. — The flagellated chambers are elongated and
arranged radially around the central gastral cavity. The
dermal cortex consists principally of triradiates and does
not contain longitudinally disposed oxea.

(For examples see Part 3 of the present paper.)

* Loc. cit., pp. 137, 138, 139.

76 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Genus XIV. — Heteropia (Carter, emend.)

Diagnosis. — The distal ends of the elongated radial
chambers are covered over by a well-developed dermal
cortex, consisting principally of large oxea arranged parallel
to the long axis of the sponge.

I propose to retain this generic name for Carter's Apltvo-
ceras raniosa,* which he observes belongs to his genus
Heteroina. No species are yet known from Australia.

Genus XV. — Vosmaerop.sis, nov. gen.

Diagnosis. — Flagellated chambers spherical or sac-shaped,
never truly radial. Dermal cortex composed principally of
triradiates, without longitudinally disposed oxea.

(For species see Part 3 of the present paper.)

Family 5. — Amphoriscid^.

There is a distinct and continuous dermal cortex covering-
over the chamber layer. Subdermal quadrii-adiates are pre-
sent. The flagellated chambers var}^ from elongated and
radially arranged to spherical and irregularly scattered.

Genus XVI. — Heteropegma (PolejaefF, emend.)

Diagnosis. — The flagellated chambers are elongated and
arranged radially around the cential gastral cavity. There
is a vestigial tubar skeleton of minute radiates. The dermal
coi'tex is very thick, composed principall}' of large triradiate
spicules.

(For species see Part 3 of the present paper.)

Genus XVII. — Amphoriscus (Hreckel, emend.)

Diagnosis. — The flagellated chambers are elongated and
arranged radially around the central gastral cavity. The
skeleton of the chamber layer is composed exclusively of the
apical rays of subdermal and subgastral quadriradiates.

(For examples see Part 3 of the present paper.)

Genus XVIII. — Sycidmis (H?eckel, emend)

Diagnosis. — The flagellated chambers are elongated and
ari-anged radially around the central gastral cavity. The

* Proc. Lit. PhiL Soc. Liverpool, VoL XL, Appeudi-N:, 1886, p. 92.

synopsis of the Ausfrdllaii Calcarea Heterocwla. 77

skeleton of the chamber layer is composed of the apical rays
of subdermal and subgastral quadriradiates. There is a
root-tuft of oxea and anchoring quadriradiates.

The only known species of this remarkable genus is
Hiieckcl's Sijculmis suYKipla,^' from Bahia.

Genus XIX. — LcuciUa (Ha^ckel, emend.)

Diagnosis. — Flagellated chambers spherical or sac-shaped,
never truly radial.

(For examples see Part o of the present paper.)

Genus XX. — Faraleucilla, nov. gen.

Diagnosis. — Chambers spherical or sac-shaped (?). Be-
neath the dermal cortex a series of subdermal cavities
supported by an outer and inner layer of quadriradiates
whose apical xixya cross each other in opposite directions.
Beneath these comes the chamber layer, whose skeleton
consists ot irregularly arranged quadriradiates. Large,
longitudinally arranged oxea occur between the triradiates
of the dermal cortex.

(For species see Part 3 of the present papei'.)

o. Synopsis of the Australian Species of Calcarea
Heteroccela.

1. Leucascus simplex, n. sp.

Sponge usually more or less flattened, cushion-shaped,
spreading, with convex upper surface ; sometimes becoming
almost globular. Oscula irregularly scattered on the upper
surface, one or several, varying in size, naked. Surface
smooth. The largest specimen is a rather thin, ovoid,^
flattened ci'ust, which, from its shape, appears to have
grown on a crab's back ; it is about 3o mm. long, 20 mm.
broad, and only about 2 mm. thick in most parts ; the other
specimens, though smaller, are much thicker, one being
nearly spherical. The surface is covered by a thin, pore-
bearing dermal membrane.

* Die Kallvschwamme, VoL 11, p, 288.

7«S Froceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

The flagellated chambers (if one may use the term) are
greatly elongated, tubular and copiously branched ; their
terminal branches end blindly beneath the dermal mem-
biane. I'heir walls are thin and pierced by numerous
})rosopyles. There is no central gastral cavity but the
chambers open into exhalant canals, devoid of collared cells,
which convei'ge towards the oscula. The scattered dermal
pores lead into wide, irregular sjjaces between the tubular
chambers.

The skeleton is extremely simple, consisting of small,
regular triradiates, irregularly scattered in the walls of the
chambers and exhalant canals, and in the dermal membrane.
All the spicules are alike, except that some exhibit an
incipient apical ray. The rays aie stiaight, conical, fairly
sharply pointed ; measuring about ()"1 by 001 mm.

Localities. — Near Port Phillip Heads (Stations 1 a)id 5,
coll. J. B. Wilson) ; Watson's Bay, Port Jackson (coll. T.
Whitelegge).

2. Leucasciis clavatus, n. sj).

The t3'pe specimen of this species is a sub-globular sponge
about 14 mm. in maximum diameter, with a single rather
wide osculum. It very closely resembles L. simplex in
general appearance, canal system and skeleton, and the only
point of distinction of any importance which I have been
able to find consists in the presence in L. clavatus of large
club-shaped oxea lying at right angles to and with the
club-shaped extremity projecting slightl}' beyond the dermal
surface. These spicules attain a length of about 07, and a
diameter, in the thickest part, of about Ol mm. The outer
end of the spicule is usually more or less rounded off and
slightly curved, while the inner portion is straight and
tapers gradually to a sharp point. The triradiates are like
those of L. simplex, and of nearly the same size, perhaps a
little larger on an average,

A second specimen is ii-regularly lobate, and differs from
the type in its much denser texture, which is due to the
stronger development of the mesoderm. It contains very
numerous etnbryos, which fact may be associated with the
strong development of the mesoderm.

Locality.— 'Nenv Port Phillip Heads (coll. J. B. Wilsoii).

Synopsis of the Australian Calcarea Heierocoila. 79

3. Sycetta primUiva, Ha?ckel.

Si/cetta prlmitiva, Hseckel, Die Kalkscliwanime, Vol. II,
p, 237.

Locality. — Bass Straits, Gulf of St. Vincent (Hasckel).

4. Sycon coroiiatum, Ellis and Solaiider, sp.

Spongia coronata, Ellis and Solander. Zoophytes, p. 190.

Grantia ciliata, auctoruni.

Sycandra coronata, Hseckel. Die Kalkschwamme, Vol. II,
p. 804..

Locality. — East coast of Austi-alia (Hc>3ckel. Also recorded
from the Mediterranean, Atlantic and Pacific).

5. Sycon carteri, n. sp.

Colonial; consisting of very many small Sycon individuals
united in a copiously branching, bushy mass ; branching
irregular. Sycon individuals about 5 mm. in length b}'
15 mm. in diameter; cylindrical; with minutely conulose
surface and naked, terminal oscula.

Canal-system typical ; chambers thimble-shaped, rather
short, with freely projecting distal cones.

Skeleton ai-ranged in typical manner-. Spicules as
follows: — (1) Gastral quadriradiates ; sagittal; oral rays
shorter and stouter than basal, slightl^y recurved, gradually
sharp-pointed, measuring Oil x 0()07 mm.; basal ray
rather more slender, straight, very gradually sharp-pointed,
about 0"2 mm. long ; apical ray variable, stout, more or less
curved, often angulate, gradually sharp-pointed, about
0'077 nim. long. (2) Gastral triradiates ; like the quadri-
radiates but without the apical ray. (3) Subgastral sagittal
triradiates ; oral rays extended almost in a line, gradually
sharp-pointed, measuring about 0*06 x 0007 mm. ; basal
ray veiy long (0175 mm.), straight, gradually sharp-pointed,
extending for more than half the length of the chamber and
forming by itself about half of the articulate tubar skeleton.
(4) Ordinary tubar triradiates ; like the last but with
shorter basal ray and oral angle diminishing towards the
distal cone. (o) Oxea of the distal cones ; rather shoi't
and stout, angulate, with shorter and stouter outer, and
longer and slenderer inner segments ; fairly sharp-pointed at
both ends ; measuring about 0 15 x 001 mm.

Locality. — St. Vincent's Gulf, S. Australia, (coll. Adelaide
Museum).

80 Proceediiif/s of the Royal Society of Victoria.

6. Sycon minutum, ii. sp.

Solitary; sessile, or with very short stalk; sub-cylindrical
or sausage-shaped, with naked terminal osculum surrounded
by a membianous extension cxf the wall of the gastral cavity.
Texture characteristically soft and s])ongy; surface minutely
conulose. Usually only abotit 5 or 6 mm. in height by
2 mm. in breadth.

Canal system typical ; chambers rather short, thimble-
shaped, often octagonal in transverse section, with low
rounded distal cones ; inhalant canals usuall}' square in.
transverse section.

Skeleton arranged as usual. Spicules as follows : —
(1) Gastral quadriradiates ; facial rays straight, subequal in
length, very long, slender and gradually sharp-pointed,
measuring about 012 by 00035 mm. ; oral angle somewhat
smaller than the paired angles; apical ray short, relatively
stout, slightly curved, sharp-pomted, about 0-03 mm. long.
Towards the osculum these spicules become much more
markedly sagittal. (2) Gastral triradiates ; like the foi'e-
going, but without apical ray. (3) Subgastral triradiates,
not distinguishable in form from the ordinary tubar spicules.

(4) Tubar triradiates ; varying from sagittal, with very
widely e::tended, slightly curved, oral rays, to sub-regular;
rays long and slendei', gradually sharp-pointed, the basal
not much longer than the orals, measuring about O'l by
0006 mm. ; these spicules are rather irregularly arranged.

(5) Oxea of the distal cones ; not very numerous ; long,
slender, straight or very slightly curved ; fusiform and
gradually sharp-pointed at each end ; measuring about 0'28
by 0007 mm. ; arranged in loose tufts which project
obliquely upwards from the distal cones towards the
osculum.

Locality. — Watson's Bay, Ft. Jackson (coll. T. Whitelegge).

7. Sycon raphaiius, 0. Schmidt.

Sycon raphanus, 0. Schmidt. Spong. Adriat. Meer., p. 14.

Abundant in the collection. Solitary, usually about half
an inch in height, with well developed stalk, markedly
conulose surface and small oscular fringe. In spiculation I
can find no tangible distinction between this common
Victorian species and the European S. raphanus as described
by Hajckel in " Die Kalkschwamme."

Synopsis of the Australian Galcarea Heterocosla. 81

Localities. — Near Port Phillip Heads (Stations 1, 8, 14,
and outside the Heads, coll. J. B. Wilson) ; King Island
(coll. Profe.ssor Si)encer). Ha:jckel also records the species
from Bass Straits and the Gulf of St. Vincent.

8. Sf/con setosum, 0. Schmidt.

Sycon setosum, 0. Schmidt. Spong. Adriat. Meer., p. 15.

I identify two specimens in the collection with this
species. They differ from the typical 8. rwphanus in the
more hairy surface, due to the greatei- length of the dermal
oxea, and also in the elongation of the apical rays of the
gastral quadriradiates. Probably it is merely a. slight
variety of S. raphanus. The species has hitherto only been
recorded from the Mediterranean.

Locality. — Near Port Phillip Heads (Stations (J, 9, coll.
J. B. Wilson).

9. Sycon ensiferum, n. sp.

Solitary, stipitate, closely resembling S. rapkanus ; with
very markedly conulose surface and little or no oscular fringe.
The two specimens are rather larger and especially stouter
than most Australian specimens of >S'. raphanus which I
have seen.

Canal-system typical ; chambers of good length, termi-
nating in low, rounded distal cones.

Skeleton arranged in typical manner. The species is
distinguished by the following characters in its spiculation,
which in general characters resembles that of 8. ra/phanus
closely : — (1) The apical rays of the gastral quadriradiates
are very strongly developed, swelling out into long club-
shaped foi-m (sword-shaped in longitudinal section), but
fairly sharply pointed and only very slightly curved, very
much broader in the distal than in the proximal half.
(2) The ordinary tubar radiates very frequently have a
small apical lay developed. (8) The basal rays of many of
the most distally situated tubar triradiates are very strongly
bent outwards from the wall of the chamber, so as to curve
over and protect the entrances to the inhalant canals.
(4) The oxea at the distal ends of the chambers are of
moderate length and thickness, straight or nearly so,
symmetrical and fairly gradually sharp-pointed at each end.

Locality. — Near Port Phillip Heads (Station 9, coll.
J. B. Wilson.)

82 Proceedings of tJte Ro/jal Sucieiy of Victoria.

10. Sy con .suhkispidum, Cavtev, s[).

Grantia siibldnpida, Carter. Annals and Magazine of
National History, July 1886, p. 36.

This species, described by Mr. Carter from Mr. Wilson's
collection, evidently belongs to the genus Sycon, but I have
not been able to identify any of my specimens therewith.

Locality. — Near Port Phillip Heads (Carter).

1 1 . Sycon rcmisayi, von Lendenfeld, sp.

Sycandra ramsayi, von Lendenfeld. Proc. Linn. Soc,
N.S.W., Vol. IX, p. 1097.

I have only seen specimens of this species from Port
Jackson. Mr. Carter, however, records it amongst Mr.
Wilson's sponges from Port Phillip. The gastral cavity
is, according to my experience, widely dilated, and not
comparatively small, as stated in the original desci-iption.

Localities. — Port Jackson (von Lendenfeld, &c.) ; near
Port Phillip Heads (Carter).

12. Sycon boomerang,'^ n. sp.

Solitary, stipitate ; of slightl}^ compressed, ovoid shape,
tapering gradually below to form the narrow stalk, which is
about equal in length to the main body of the sponge ; with
a rathei- small, terminal, naked osculum. Total height of
the specimen about 37 mm., greatest breadth 12-5 mm. The
dermal surface is smooth and even, but with a characteristic
porous appearance. The wall of the sponge is very thick
and the gastral cavity correspondingly narrow.

The radial chambers are very long and nari-ow and branch
re])eatedly, the branches running parallel and becoming-
much narrower as they approach the dermal surface. The
itdmlant canals are correspondingly long and narrow, and
their outer ends are covered over by a delicate pore-bearing
membrane which stretches between the rounded distal
ends of the chambers. The gastral cortex is thin. The
skeleton is arranged in typical manner, the spiculation
being as follows : — (1) Gastral quadriradiates ; sagittal ;
with very long, slender, hastate basal ray, measuring
about 0'2 X 0007 mm., sometimes longer ; paired rays
about one-third to one-half the length of the basal ray
and somewhat stouter, straight, conical, gradually sharp-

* So called from the shape of the apical raj's of the gastral quadriradiates.

Si/noim6 of the Australian Galcarei, Heterocoela. (So

pointed ; rti)ical ray very strongly developed, gradually
thickening tor about two-thirds of its length, wliere
it is extraordinarily stout, then bending shaiply and
tapering more suddenly to a sharp ])oint, length about
O'loo mm., greatest tliickness up to ()()28 mm. though
generally less. (2) Gastral triradiates ; sagittal or suli-
regular, with long, slender, gradually sharj)-pointed rays,
the oi-al rays often somewLat curved. (3) Subgastral
sagittiil triradiates, not clearh^ differentiated from tlie
ordinaiy tubar spicules. (4) Tubar triradiates ; with very
long, straight, slender, conical basal ray and shorter, widely
■extended, often slightly curved oiul rays. In spicules
taken from about the middle of the length of the chamber
the basal ray measures about 0"17 by ()-07 mm., and the
-orals about ()-l by 0'07 mm. ; but there is a good deal of
variation. In some of the tubar spicules a fairly well
developed apical ray is found. In some of the most distal
triradiates the basal ray, now much shortened, is curved
outAvards so as to lie in tlie pore-bearing membrane,
which is also supported b\- small, scattered tiiradiates and
oxeotes like those found at the distal ends of the chambeis.
{5) Oxea of the distal ccmes ; short but i'airly stout, more
or less club-shaped, usually with the thick distal portion
bent at an angle to the remainder; measuiing about 0()<S
by 0-008 mm. ; these characteiistie little spicules are
arranged in dense tufts at the distal ends of the chambers.
Locality.— ^e-Av Port Phillip Heads (coll. J. B. Wilson).

13. Si/con (jcldinosum, Blainville, sp.

Alcijojicelluriif/elatino.sinn, Blainville. Actinologie, p. 52!.).

Sycandra alcyoncellum, Hjeckel. Die Kalkschwamme.
Vol. 2, p. 333.

Sycandra arhorca, Ha^ckel. Die Kalkschv/anime, Vol. 2.
p. 331.

This common Australian species is veiy variable in foi'uj,
being eithei- colonial (generally richly blanched) or solitary,
with the oscula sometiiues naked and sometimes provided
with a fringe of .spicules. The shape of the dermal oxea also
varies greatly, from club- or nail-shaped to sharply-pointe'd
at each end. The extensive series of specimens in my col-
lection, from various parts of Australia, shows that it is quite
impossible to separate Hiieckel's two species, arborea and
alcyoncellwni, from one another, and I revert to Blainvilie's
■original name, gelatinosuni, for both.

C4 2

84- Proceedimjs of lite Royai Society of Vicforia.

Localities. — Port Jackson ; Port Phillip ; Bass Straits; St.
Vincent's Gulf; west coast of Australia (various authors and
collections ; Hseckel also records the species from Java).

K3a. Sycon [jelatinosum var. whiteleggil, nov.

I propose to distinguish by the above name a very
beautiful variety of the foregoing species found by Mr. T.
Whitelegge at Watson's Bay, Port Jackson. There are nine
specimens, all solitary and with a well-developed oscular
fringe of long silky spicules. In addition to this oscular
fiinge, however, all have a beautiful frill or collar of
long, silky spicules, projecting like a halo from the base
of the oscular fringe and at right angles to the long-
axis of the sponge. In external form this variety closely
i'(>.sembles Hpeckel's beautiful figure of S. (SycaviuTYi)
clegaDS. The dermal oxea are long and slender, and gradu-
ally sharp-pointed at each end, and the more distal tubar
triradiates are greatly enlarged, with long and stout, but
still straight basal rays. These peculiarities in spiculation
are, however, found in some specimens of ;S^. gelatiiwsum,
horn which the present variety cannot be sharply
distinguished.

Locality. — Watson's Bay, Port Jackson (coll. T. White-
legge).

14. Sycon glganteum, n. sp.

Solitary, with very short stalk or none at all. Tubular,
greatly elongated, in parts more or less compressed, but not
varying greatly in diameter throughout ; with a single,
wide, naked osculum. Both specimens are curved or bent.
The largest is nearly 100 mm. in length by 14 mm. in
breadth ; the other is only a little shorter. The wall of the
sponge is about 3 mm. in thickness. The dermal surftice is
in part quite smooth and in part tessellated.

The radial chambers are narrow and gi-eatly elongated, they
branch repeatedly and the branches run parallel with one
another to the dermal surface. They communicate with the
gastral cavity by long exhalant canals, from which they are
separated by diaphragms. These exhalant canals appear
like continuations of the chambers only without collared
cells, they may unite together before opening on the gastral
surfiice. The chambers are approximately circular in trans-
verse section. The inhalant canals are irregular and very

Syno2Jsis of the Australian Calcarea Heteroc<ela. 85

narrow, o})ei\ing on the dermal surface tlir(3Ugli narrow,
irregular chinks between the tufts of oxea.

The skeleton is arranged as usual, the spiculatioii heing
as follows: — (1) Gastral quadriradiates; small, very irregu-
hirly and confusedly arranged, so as to form a dense though
not very thick cortex ; usually more or less strongly sagittal,
but very vai-iable in the proportions of the rays. The basal
ray varies from two or three times the length of the orals
to about the same length or even shorter ; it is straiglit and
conical. The oral i-a^'s are usuallj' slightly curved towards
one another, conical and sharp-pointed, averaging about
O'Oi by 0005 mm. at the base ; apical I'ay conical, very
slightly curved, sharply pointed, about O'Oo mm. long.
(2) Subgastral sagittal spicules, indistinguishable. (3) Tubar
triradiates, with rather short and stout, conical, sharp-
pointed rays ; the oral rays very widely extended, often
nearly at right angles to the basal, nearly straight, averag-
iiig about 0 084 mm. by 0-0U9 mm. at the base ; basal ray
varying from about the same length to considerably longer
than the orals, the disproportion being greatest at the
distal ends of the chambers. (4) Tubar quadriradiates,
differing from the foregoing in tlie development of a sliort,
stout, curved and sharply pointed apical ray ; abundant,
especially towards the gastral surface, where the tubar
skeleton becomes very irregular. (.5) Oxea, short, straight
oi- rather crooked, slender, tapeiing to a sharp point at the
proximal end and with the di.stal end swollen out into an
ovoid head, like that of a spermatozoon, length about Oiv,
thickness below the head 0007 mm., head nearh^ twice as
tliick. These spicules are arranged in XQvy dense tufts at
the dittal ends of the chambers and their thickened ends
form an almost continuous crust over the dermal surface of
the sponge. The whole skeleton is \evy dense and compact,
so that the texture of the sponge is very firm, as in
S. (jelatlnosuon, which it closely appi'oaches in spieulation.

Locality. — St. Vincent's Gulf (coll. Adelaide Museum).

15. Sycon compres^iim, auctorum.

Graiitia compvessa, various authors {exj., Bowerbank).

Sijcandra compressa, Hiieckel. Die Kalkschwamme, Vol.
11, p. 3G0.

This common European species is recorded from Australia
both by von Lendenfeld and Carter, but 1 have never

«0 P roceedlngs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

myself seen specimens from Australian seas. Yon Lenden-
feld* states that all the specimens in Australian waters are
cylindrical and must be referred to Hseckel's variety lohata,
which he j)i-oposes to erect into a species under the name
(iraittki lohata. Carter-|- simply records Grantia conprcfisa
amongst Mr. Wilson's sponges, and also a tubular variety
which he terms fistulata, and which is probably identical
^^ ith von Lendenfeld's lohata.

T include the species in the genus Sycon on account of the
tufts of oxea which crown the radial tubes. The dt-rmal
cortex is ver}^ thin.

Localities. — Port Jackson (von Lendenfeld) ; near Port
Piiillip Heads (Carter).

16. Grantia lahyrinthica, Carter.

TeiclioneUa lahyrinthica, Carter. Annals and Magazine of
Natural History, July 1878, p. 37.

Gra)itia lahyrinthica. Carter. Annals and Magazine of
Natural History, July 1880, p. 38.

I have already given a detailed account of the history and
anatomy of this remarkable species in my memoii' " C)n the
Anatomv of Grantia lahijrintltica. Carter, and tlie so-called
Family Teichonidte," published in Vol. XXXII, N.S., of the
Quarttn-ly Journal of Microscopical Science. The species
appears to l)e fairly common near Port Phillip Heads, the
largest specimens which I have seen measure no less than
live inches across the top, a truh' gigantic size for a single
Sycon individual.

Localities. — Fremantle, W.A. (Carter) ; near Port Philli})
Heads (Station 5 and outside the Heads, Carter and coll.
J. B. Wilson).

17. Grantia extusarticulata, Carter, sp.

Hypof/i'antia extusarticulata. Carter. Annals and Maga-
zine of IS'atural History, July 1880, p. 43.

Solitary, sessile, sac-shaped, broadest below and tapei'ing-
gradually to the terminal o.sculum, which is naked. The
single specimen is markedly compressed, and measures 25
nnn. in height and 11 mm. in greatest width. The wall of
t!ie sac is not much more than 1 mm. in thickness and the
gastr.il (^•lvity is correspondingly spacious. The dermal

* Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W. Vol. IX, p. 1106.
I Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. July 1886, p. 37.

Synopsis of the Australian Calcarea Heievocada. 87

SLirfoce is very smooth. The anatc^uiy is very typical. The
radial chambers are straight, cylindrical and only slightly
branched, and extend from gastral to deimal coitex. The
inhalnnt pores are irregularly scattered through the dermal
cortex, which is well developed and about 007 mm. thick.
The gastral cortex is of about the same thickness and is
perforated by the short, wide exhalant canals, one coming
from each chamber and separated from it by a constricted
diaphragm.

The skeleton is arranged in typical manner, the spicnlation
being as follows : — (1) Gastral quadriradiates ; sagittal, oral
angle a little wider than the laterals ; facial rays straight,
conical, graduall}' sharp-pointed; basal ray about 0-5 by O'Ol
mm. ; oral rays 012 by 001 mm. ; apical ray short, fairly
stout, only moderately sharply-pointed, slightly curved,
about 0-06 mm. long. (2) Gastral triradiates ; similar to the
foregoing, luit with no apical ray. (3) Subgastral sagittal
trii-adiates ; stronyly developed, with widely extended,
slightly recurved, gradually sharp-pointed oral rays and very
long, straight basal ray gradually tapering to a sharp point;
oral rays about Oi5 by 0-014 mm. ; basal ray about 0-35 by
0-0 1 4" mm. (4) Tubar triradiates ; somewhat smaller than the
foregoing but well developed, with straight or nearly straight
rays, gradually sharp-pointed, the basal considerably longer
than the other two. (5) Dermal tri'-adiates ; sagittal, very
similar to the tubar tru-adiates but perhaps a little longer
and placed horizontally in the dermal cortex. (6) Oxea of
the dermal cortex ; very small, straight, graduall^y sharp-
pointed at the inner end and beautitully hastate or lance-
pointed at the outer ; about 0-04.3 by O'OOS mm. ; arranged
at right angles to the dermal surface. Occasionally a large
oxeote s[)icule is found around the margin of the osculum,
but these are extremely rare.

Mr. Carter's specimen, described from Mr. Wilson's collec-
tion, was " agglomerated." I have little doubt as to the
specific identity of the two, but there are sufficient points of
distinction between my specimen and Mr. Carter's original
description to render a fresh description desij-able.

Locality. — Near Ft. Phillip Heads (Carter; and Station 9,
coll. J. B. Wilson).

1 8. Granfia gracilis, von Lendenfeld, sp.
Vosniaeria gracilis, von Lendenfeld. Proceedings of the
Linnean Society of New South Wales, Vol. IX, ]>. 1111.

88 Froceediiuj^ of the Royal Society of Victoria.

In canal system, so far as we can judge tVom the author's
description, this species appears to ieseml)le my Grantia
vosmaeri, the radial chambers communicating with the
gastral cavity by elongated exhalant canals.

Locality. — Port Jackson (von Lendenfeld).

19. Grantia votsmaerl, n. sp.

Specimen solitary, sessile (?), sac-shaped, tapering gradually
above to the naked, terminal osculum ; 15 mm. high and

7 mm. in greatest transverse diameter. Texture hard,
dermal surface echinated by the large, projecting oxea.
Wall of sac only about 1 mm. thick.

The dermal cortex is very strongly developed, about

008 mm. thick ; the gastral cortex is two or three times
as thick, but less dense and not so well-defined. The radial
chambers are rather short and moie or less branched. Their
distal ends abut against the dermal cortex, while proximally
they communicate with the gastral cavity by means of long,
wide, exhalant canals, which penetrate the gastral cortex
and may unite together before opening onto the gastral
surface. The chambers are sepai-ated trom the exhalant
canals by constricted diaphragms. The inhalant pores take
the form of irregular canals penetrating the dermal cortex.

Except for the unusual thickness of the cortex and the
great size of the oxeote spicules the skeleton is ari'anged
in the ordinary manner. The spiculation is as follows : —

(1) Gastral quadriradiates ; usually more or less sagittal,
but very variable ; rays straight or paired raj's slightly
curved, stout, conical and gradually sharp-pointed ; size
very variable ; paired rays averaging, say, about 0 2 by
0-02.5 mm. ; basal ray about the same thickness and usually
somewhat longer ; a})ical ray thorn-like, short, stout, conical,
u.sually slightly curved, finely pointed, about 0"07 mm. long,
projecting into the gastral cavity and exhalant canals.

(2) Gastral triradiates ; usually like tlie foregoing but
without the apical ray ; towards the osculum, however,
they become much more strongly and regularly' sagittal,
the widespread, slightly recurved oral rays being much
longer and stouter than the basal ray ; amongst these
suboscular spicules quadriradiates are very rare. (3) 8ub-
gastral sagittal trii-adiates ; indistinguishable from the
remainder of the tubar skeleton, which merges somewhat
gradually into the gastral cortex. (4) Tubar trii-adiates ;

Syyiopsis of the AudraJUui Calcarea Heterocmla. 89

strongly sagittal ; with widely extended, short, straight,
conical and gradually sharp-pointed oral rays, and much
longer, straight, gradually sharp-pointed basal ray; oral
rays about Ol by 0-()]5 mm.; basal ray about 0-28 by
0-0 15 mm. (5) Triradiates of the dermal cortex; usually
slightly sagittal but uearly regular ; rays stout, straight
or slightly curved, conical, gradually sharp-pointed ; about
0"24? by 0 028 mm. ; arranged in several layers parallel
with the dermal surface. (6) Oxea ; very lai-ge, stout,
fusiform, usually gently curved, gradually sharp-pointed at
each end; varying in size up to about 1'8 by 007 mm.
The outer ends of these spicules project far teyond the
dermal surface, while their inner ends extend through the
chamber layer into the gastral cortex.

Locality. — Watson's Bay, Port Jackson (coll. T. Whitelegge).

20. Grantia (.^) infreque^ni. Carter, sp.

Ilypogmntia infrequens. Carter. Annals and Magazine
of Natural History, July ]886, p. :39.

The chief peculiarities of this species appear to be the
presence of a very strong dermal cortex and tlie fact that
the tubar skeleton is made up entirely of the V)asal itxya of
subgastral sagittal triradiates. I have not seen the species
myself, and Mi'. Carter apparently had only a single small
specimen, collected by Mr. Wilson. I include it provisioiially
in the genus Grantia.

Locality. — Near Port Phillip Heads (Cartel-).

21. Grantia (}) IcBvigata, Hteckel, sp.

Sycortii^ kevigata, Hseckel. Die Kalkschwamme, Vol. II,
p. 285.

In his description Hseckel distinctly states that in the
case of the tabar trii-adiates the basal ray is always directed
centrifugally outwards, while in the dermal trii-adiates it
lies parallel to the long axis of the sponge and points to the
aboral pole. No mention is made in the text of any
subdermal sagittal triradiates with inwardly directed basal
ray, but in the figure (Plate 49, Fig. 3) such appear to be
present. Hence if the figure be correct we should have to
place the species in the genus Grayitessa, but the evidence is
hardly strong enough to justify us in so doing at present.

Locality. — Gulf of St. Vincent (Hseckel).

90 ProceediiKj.s of the Royal Society of Victoria.

22. GrayitiopHis cyliiuirica, n. sp.

Sponge forming long, cylindrical tubes, which may branch,
with single, terminal, slightly constricted, almost naked
oscula. Sui'face not hispid but slightly roughened by the
large triradiate spicules of the cortex. Tlie largest tube in
the collection is unbranched and slightly crooked, 57 mm.
long and with a nearly uniform diameter of 5 mm.

'i'he wall of the tube is about 1 mm. in thickness, and is
divided into two sharply defined concentric laj^ers of about
equal thickness. The outer of these layers forms a firm
cortex with a very strongly developed skeleton. , The inner
la3'er is soft and spongy, consisting almost entirely of the
radial chambers, which have but a feebly developed tubar
skeleton.

The iidialant pores, scattered in groups over the dermal
surface, lead into veiy sharply defined, wide inhalant canals,
which penetrate the cortex, uniting into larger trunks which
conduct the water to the ordinary' " intercanals" between
the radial chambers.

The radial chambers ai'e ari-anged side by side with great
regulaiity. Each is a straight, wide, unbranched (or very
sliglitly blanched) tube, extending completely through the
chain] )er layer. In cross section they vary from nearly
square to neai-l_y circular. Each o])ens directly and separately
into the gastral cavity, the gastral cortex being so tliin tliat
no special exhalant canals are required. Kacli is provided
at its i)roximal end with a membranous diaphragm, which,
in the s]nrit specimen, almost closes the Oj)eniiig.

The arraiigement of the skeleton is a slight modilication
of t!)e Gravtia type, but the spiculation is xevy peculiar, as
follows: — (1) Gastral quadriradiates ; sliiilitly sagittal, with
small facial and enormous apical rays ; the oral angle is rather
wider than die lateral angles, but tliere is not much difference
in the length of the facial ra_ys, which are nearly straight
(the orals may be sliuhtl}' curved), fairly stout, conical and
graduallj' sharp-pointed, about 0-056 by O'OOT mm. The
apical ray is slightly curved, very .stout, sword-shaped in
optical section, thickest hi about the middle, gradually
sharp-pointed, about 014 by 001 4 mm. These apical
rays thickly echinate the gastral surface. (2) Subgastral
quadriradiates; strongly sagittal; the oral rays very widely
extended and parallel to the gastral surface ; the basal ray
extending centrifugally towards the dermal surface through

Synojisi'^ of the Australian Galcarea Heterocoela. 91

about half the thickness of the chamber layer ; the apical ra\'
projecting into the gastral cavity, almost in a line with the
basal ray. The basal ray is long, straight, and gradually
sharp-pointed, about ()"28 by O'Ol mm. ; the oral rays are
short, straight, conical and gradually sharp-pointed, about
0*056 by 0008 mm. ; the apical ray is slender, conical,
elongated, slightly curved and finely pointed, about 0O9 by
0-007 mm. (3) Tubar triradiates ; consisting almost entirely
of the strongly developed, centrifugaliy directed basal ray^
which is straight, fusiform, gradually sharp-pointed at the
distal end, and at the proximal end provided with a pair of
minute, widely divergent, conical teeth, which represent the
extremely reduced oral rays. The basal ray measures about
0-3 by O'OOS mm., while the teeth representing the oral rays
are only about 0 003 mm. in length. The entire tubar
skeleton is made up of these spicules and the basal rays of
the subgastral quadriradiates, arranged usually in single
series but with overlapping ends, each series comprising only
about three spicules. (4) Triradiates of the dermal cortex ;
very lai'ge and stout and regularly sagittal, the oral angle
being very considei-ably wider than the paired angles ; all
the rays are straight, conical and gradually sharp-pointed,
the oral rays measuring about O'o-t by 0-07 mm., and the
basal ray somewhat shorter and slenderer. These spicules
are arranged in many layers, parallel to the dermal, surface
and extending through the entire thickness of the cortex.

(5) Dermal oxea ; short, slender, slightly crooked, sharply
pointed at each end, about 01 by O'OOO mm. These spicules
occur in large numbers on the dermal surface, projecting at
right angles from the outermost portion of the cortex.

(6) Oxea of the oscular fringe ; long, straight and slender,
gradually sharp-pointed at each end though hastate at the
outer end. These spicules form a kind of vertical palisade
inside the margin of the osculuin, their outer ends project-
ing to form a feebly developed oscular fringe. (7) Oscular
triradiates : closely resembling the remarkable tubar tri-
radiates, but A\-ith the oral rays not quite so much reduced.
These spicules occur mixed with the inserted portions of the
oscular oxea, and assist the latter in forming a dense
]:»alisade ; the paired raj'S are directed towards the osculum,
and no part of the spicule projects freely like the oxea do.

This sponge is decidedl}^ the gem of Mr. Wilson's collection.
The exquisite symmetry of the skeleton and canal-system,
combined with the remai-kable spiculation, render it one of

02 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

the most beautiful and interesting sponges which I have
ever seen, although the external t'oim is not particularly
attractive.

Locality.— ^eav Port Phillip Heads (coll. J. B. Wilson).

23. Ute syconoides, Carter, sp.

Aphroceras syconoides, Carter. Annals and Magazine of
Natural History, August 1886, p. 135.

I identify with this species a single specimen collected by
Mr. Wilson and a number of very beautiful examples sent
to me from Port Jackson by Mr. T. Whiteiegge. As pointed
out by Mr. Carter, the species closely resembles Schmidt's
Ute glabra, having the same characteristic silvery sheen on
the surface, due to the presence of the huge, longitudinally
disposed oxea. The Port Jackson specimens are shortly
stipitate and one of them consists of two individuals united
below for about half their length, or one might regard it as
a branched individual.

Localities. — Near Port Phillip Heads (Carter, and Station
14, coll. J. B. Wilson) ; Watson's Bay, Port Jackson (coll.
T. Whiteiegge).

24. Ute argentea, Polejaeff.

Ute argentea, Poldjaeff. Report on the Calcarea of the
Challenger Expedition, p. 43.

This species is also very similar to Schmidt's Ute
fjlabra. Although the skeleton is, as PoJejaefF points out,
" inarticulate," there are no subdermal sagittal triradiates
with inwardly directed basal ray. From personal examina-
tion of Polejaeff 's type I believe this species to be quite
distinct from Ute syconoides, the latter differing, amongst
other things, in its much longer radial chambers, with many-
jointed tubar skeleton, and in the much slenderer and less
densely packed longitudinal oxea.

Locality.— Oft' Twofold Bay (Polejaeff).

25. Ute ."ipicidosa, n. sp.

Sponge colonial, consisting of a number of individuals
(about twent}^ in the specimen under examination) united
together by their bases so as to form a spreading colony.
The individuals composing the colony are sessile, ovoid,
narrowing above to the small terminal osculum, which has

S)jiiopsi's of the Aadrailau Oalotrea Heterucwla. 93

a very inconspicuous fringe ; they attain a height of about
15 mm. and a maximum diameter of about 5 mm. The
texture is dense and firm, and the sui-face is roughened
by the projecting ends of some of the large oxea.

The gastral cavity is narrow and cylindrica], occupying
only about one-third of the total diameter of the sjionge.
The flagelUited chambers are long and naiTow and more or
less radially arranged with regard to the central gastral
cavity ; they do not extend nearly through the entire thick-
ness of the sponge wall, and they communicate with tlie
gastral cavity through long, sometimes branched exhalant
canals. The inhalant canal system consists of scattered
pores on the dermal surface leading into elongated canals
which lead down between the chambers, but the typical
syconoid arrangement of the canal system is greatly
obscured by the strong development of the mesoderm
and the dense, irregular skeleton. There is a ver}- thick,
dense cortex on both dermal and gastral surfaces.

The skeleton of the gastral cortex consists of a densely
felted mass of irregularly arranged triradiates, mostly lying-
parallel to the gastral surface. These spicules are sagittal,
with fairly stout, sti-aight, conical and graduall}' shar})-
pointed rays ; the oral rays are longer than the basal and
the oral angle wider than the other two ; oral ra3'S about
()-lS mm. by 002 mm., basal about 012 mm. by 0010 mm.
The skeleton of the chamber layer is dense and irregular,
but shows traces of the articulate tubar arrangement in the
usually centrifugal direction of the basal rays of the tri-
radiates. These spicules are smaller than those of the
gastral cortex, and of different shape ; there is not much
difference in the length of the rays, though the basal may
be slightly longer or shorter than the others ; all the rays
are fairly stout, conical and gradually sharp-pointed ; the
basal is straight but the orals are more or less curved
towards one another; dimensions of rays about 012 by
0-OlGmm.

The skeleton of the dei-mal cortex consists of a dense,,
confused mass of triradiates, resembling those of the
chamber layer but becoming markedly smaller towards
the outside, where they lie parallel to the surface ; amongst
which are found oxea of two kinds : — (1) Very large, stout,
fusiform, slightly curved and sharply pointed at each end ;
measuring about 18 mm. by O'l mm., and arranged parallel
to the long axis of the sponge, with the upper end often

i)! I'nn'ccdhnjH of I la: Hoijal Sociel// of Victoria.

slightly projc'ctJnii-. (2) Sinn]], lung and slender, neaih'
straight, gradually sharp-pointed at the inner end and
usually more or less hastate or lance-pointed at tlie outei- ;
measui'ing about ()-24 hy 0"008 mu). These spicules occur
in the outermost portion of the cortex, and their outer ends
])roject well beyond and more or less at right angles to the
dermal surface. A number of similar but longer spicules
insei'ted around tlie inside of the osculum form a dense but
not pi-ominent oscular fringe.

/>of«?//v/.— Watson's Bay, Pt. Jackson (coll. T. Whitelegge).

•20. Ufe spenceri, n. sp.

Sponge solitary, sessile, globular or sub-sphericai, with
correspondingly dilated gastral cavity and nari'ow, naked
osculum. The texture is lirm and harsh to the touch, the
dermal surface being rather uneven and slightly i-oughened
by the projecting apices of some of the large oxea, but not
hispid. Diameter of entire sponge about 11 mm.; thickness
of wall about 2o ujm. Tlie dermal cortex is very thick,
occupying more than one-third of the entire thickness of the
wall.

The inhalant pores, scattered over the surface of the
sponge, lead into wide, ii-regulai-, sub-dermal cavities, lying
in the coitex, from which narrow inhalant canals lead down
between the radial chambers. The radial chambers aie
arranged w^ith considerable I'egularity parallel to one anothei".
They are long and narrow^ (about 1 •() mm. by ()"14 mm.),
and at their distal ends they branch in a curiously iri'egular
manner, the branches scmietimes penetrating for some little
distance into the dermal cortex. The proximal ends of the
chambers are all situate about at the same level, which is
some little distance from the gastral cavity and even fron;
the gastral cortex, which latter, though dense, is very thin
as compared with the dermal cortex. Hence we find a
number of rather short, cylindrical, radially-arranged
exhalant canals, which look like continuations of the i-adial
chambers without the collared cells, and which may unite
together in groups before opening on the gastral surface.
The I'adial chambers are separated from the exhalant canals
by well-marked diaphragms.

The .skeleton is very dense and very complicated and
consists of the following parts: — (1) Quadriradiates of the
gastral cortex ; sagittal, with straight, conical, gradually
sharji-pointed facial ra3's ; the oral angle is wider than the

Si/nopsls of the Australian Calcarea Heterocosla. 95

paired angles and the basal ray may be either longer or
shorter than the other two, which measure, say, abont 0"09
by ()0()8 mm. ; tlie apical ray is well developed, conical,
gradually sharp-pointed, slightly curved, and nearly as long
and thick as the oral ray.s. These spicules form such a
dense feltwork that it is difficult to make out the details of in-
dividual form in situ, while the projecting apical rajs thickly
echinate the gastral cavity. {'2) Quadritadiates of the exha-
lant canals ; these are extremely characteristic and peculiar
spicules ; the basal ray is reduced to a mere rounded
tubercle, while the oral and apical rays are long, straight
and very slender, and finely pointed ; the oral rays diverge
at an angle of about 120" and the apical comes off between
them and appears to lie nearly in the same plane ; the
oral rays measure about 008 by 0 0027 mm., though
occasionally stoutei*, and the apical ray is about one-third
as long ; these spicules ai'e found around the exhalant canals,
with the apical ray projecting into the cavity. A few lai-ger
and stouter quadni-adiates, with normal basal ray, also
occur around the exhalant canals. (3) Inner sagittal tri-
radiates ; under this term we may pei'haps, in this species,
include all those triradiates which lie in the zone between
the gastral cortex and the commencement of the flagellated
■cliambers, although they lie at varying depths beneath the
gastral cortex. The oral rays are straight or nearly so, conical
and gradually sharp-pointed, about 0-09 by 0-0085 mm.; the
basal ray is long, straight, conical and gradually sharp-
pointed, measuring about 0- 1 6 by 0-0085 mm. ; the oral angle
is wider than the paired angles. (4) Tubar triradiates ;
very similar to the foregoing but the basal r;iy gradually
diminishes in length towards the dermal cortex. These
spicules form an articulate tubar skeleton of many joints,
which is continued, as already indicated, within the inner
limits of the chamber layer to the gastral cortex, while
towards the outside it becomes irregular and gradually
passes into the skeleton of tiie dermal cortex. (5) Triradiates
of the dermal cortex ; slightly sagittal or sub-regular,
mostly larger and stouter than the tubar triradiates, with
conical, sharp-pointed rays measuring about O'l 6 by 0-02 mm.,
but very variable ; towards the outside they lie parallel to
the dei-mal surface, but otherwise they are very irregularly
arranged. (6) Large oxea of the dermal cortex ; fusiform,
slightly curved, gradually sharp-pointed at each end ;
measuring about 1-4 by O'l mm., but sometimes more or

90 Froceeclin<i6 of the Royal Society of Victoria.

less. These spicules are imbedded in large numbers in the
dermal cortex at various levels ; they mostly lie more or
less parallel to the long axis of the sponge, but there is a
good deal of irregularity in their arrangement and not
infrequentl}" one end of the spicule projects slightlj'- beyond
the dermal surface. (7) Minute oxea of the dermal surface ;
short and slender, usually slightly curved ; the inner end
gradually tapering to a fine point, the outer end thicker,
more or less hastate, minutely toothed or roughened. These
spicules measure only about 004 by 0'003 mm.; they occur
in large numbers on the dermal surface. (S) Minute oxea
of tlie gastral surface ; similar to the foregoing but not so
numerous.

One of the two specimens in the collection was attached
to a crab's back, which it completely covered like a thick
crust ; it resembled a specimen cut in half longitudinally,
with the concave gastral surface turned towards the crab's
back. Hence, as the gastral cavity was no longer an
enclosed space, there was no oscuium in the ordinary sense
of the word. The crab, of course, occupied the gastral
cavity, and the exhalant canals of the flagellated chambers
must have discharged their contents on to the crab's back.
One often finds sponges growing on crab's backs, but I
never before saw a case in which the essential torm of the
sponge was so strangely modified in accordance with this
habit. Had it not been for the presence of the other and
normal specimen in the collection I should have been inclined
to regard this strange modification in form as of at least
specific value. The species, is, however, so well characterised
by spiculation, &c., that there can be no doubt as to the
identity of the two specimens.

I have much pleasure in dedicating this remarkable species
to Professor W. Baldwin Spencer.

Locality. — Watson's Bay, Port Jackson (coll.T. Whitelegge).

27. Synute pulchella, Dendy.

Synute 'pulchella, Dendy. Proceedings of the Royal
Society of Victoria, Vol. IV (New Series), p. 1.

I have nothing to add to my description of this remark-
able sponge until such time as I ma}^ be able to publish
illustrations of its anatomy.

Locality. — Near Port Phillip Heads (Dendy).

Si/iiojJ'sis of f/tc A a,>ifn(lla)i Cdlcarea Heterocfelit. 97

28. Anainixilla torresi, PolejaefF.

Aiiainixilla torresi, Polejaeff. Report on the Calcarea of
the Challenoer Expedition, p. 50.

I liave seen no specimen of this s[)onge except a portion
of the type from the British Museum.

Locality. — Torres Straits (Polejaeff).

29. Leucandra australiensis, Cartel-, sp.

Leuconia Jistulosa, var. australiensis, Carter. Annals
and Magazine of Natural History, August J 886, p. 127.

There is one specimen in the collection, belonging to the
National Museum, which closely resembles in external
characters and spiculation that described by Mr. Carter.
The sleiiclerness of the radiate spicules gives to the sponge
a soft and yielding texture, while the dermal surface is
densely hispid from the long, slender, projecting oxea. At
first sight the specimen looks like a large example of
Grantessa hirsuta, but it differs markedly in the arrange-
ment of the canal system and in the absence of the
subderinal sagittal triradiates. The chambers are large and
irregularly sac-shaped, averaging say about 0'3 by 0"1 mm.
(but very variable) ; not arranged radially around the
central gastral cavity of the sponge, but around wide
exhalant canals which penetrate the thickness of the wall of
the sponge and are, like the gastral cavity itself, echinated
by the apical ravs of quadriradiate spicules.

Locality. — Near Port Phillip Heads (Carter, and Station 1 4,
coll. J. B. Wilson).-

30. Leucandra alcicornis, Gray, sp.

Aphroceyas alcicornis, Gray. Proceedings of the Zoolog-
ical Society of London, 1858, p. 114.

Leucandra alcicornis, Hseckel. Die Kalkschwamme,
Vol. II, p. 184.

I have not j^et had an opportunity of examining this
widely distributed and very remarkable species.

Loccdity. — -Bass Straits (Hteckel). Also recorded from
various localities in the Pacific and Indian Oceans and from
the Cape (^vide Hreckel).

31. Leucandra catcqjhracta, Hseckel.

Leucandra cataphracta, Hseckel. Die Kalkschwamme,
Vol. II, p. 203.

i)8 Proceedings of ike Roijal Society of Victoria.

Leucandra catcqjhracta, von Lendenfeld. Proceedings ot"
the Liiiiiean Society of New South Wales, Vol. IX, p. 1129.

I am indebted to Mr. T. Whitelegge for a considerabh;
number of tine specimens of this sponge from Watson's Bay,
Port Jackson. Neither Hteckel nor von Lendenfeld have
described the flagellated chambers, which are small, appioxi-
matel}^ spherical and scattered abundantly in the thick
wall ; measuring about 0 09 mm. in diameter.

Loc(dities. — Port Jackson (Heeckel, von Lendenfeld, &c.) ;
Port Denison (von Lendenfeld).

32. Leucandra typlca, Polejaeff, sp.

Leuconia typica, Polejaeff. Report on the Calcarea of
the Challenger Expedition, p. 56.

Leucandra typica, von Lendenfeld. Proceeding of the
Linnean Society of New South Wales, Vol. IX, p. 1130.

Locality. — Port Jackson (von Lendenfeld. Recorded by
Polejaeff from the Bermuda Islands).

33. Leucandra "tneandrina, von Lendenfeld.

Leucandra meandrina, von Lendenfeld. Proceedings of
the Linnean Society of New South Wales, Vol. IX, p. 1128.

I identify with this species a somewhat mas.sive but not
large specimen collected by Mr. Wilson, which seems to
agree closely with a fragment of the type from the British
Museum, but the species is by no means an easy one to
characterise.

The chambers are approximately spherical and about
009 mm. in diameter.

Localitieti.— '^OYt Jackson (von Lendenfeld) ; near Port
Phillip Heads (coll. J. B. Wilson).

34. Leucandra vaginata, von Lendenfeld.

Leucandra vaginata, von Lendenfeld. Proceedings of the
Linnean Society'of New South Wales, Vol. IX, p. 1133.
Locality. — Port Jackson (von Lendenfeld).

35. Leucandra conica, von Lendenfeld.

Leucandra conica, von Lendenfeld. Proceedings of the
Linnean Society of New South Wales, Vol. IX, p. 1 1 26.
Locality. — Port Jackson (von Lendenfeld).

Si/no^jiii'^ of fke Aitstiullan Galcarea Heteroccela. JJi)

36. Lcncandra Jtisplda, Carter, sp.
Leuconia hlspida, Carter. Annals and Magazine of

Natural History, Auo-ust 1880, p. 128.

This species is abundant in the collectiou. It is distin-
guished by its elongated cylindrical form, hispid surface, and
the long-ra37ed, slender triradiates of the main skeleton. All
the specin'iens are solitary and sessile, of moderate size and
with a well-developed oscular fringe. The large oxea of the
dermal surface are long and comparatively slender, slightly
curved. The flagellated chambers are approximately spherical
and average about 0'09 mm. in diameter.

Mr. Carter appears to have had oid}- a single specimen
(collected by Mr. Wilson), which was exceptionally short and
" conoglobular ; " I judge from his description and manu-
script illustrations of the spiculation that it is speciticalh'
identical with the specimens described above.

Localities. — Near Port Phillip Heads (Carter, and Stations
0, 10, 14, coll. -J. B. Wilson) ; Port Jackson (coll. Professor
Spencer).

37. Leucandra echiwda, Carter, sp.
Leuconia echiimta, Carter. Annals and Magazine of

Natural History, August 188G, p. 129.

This species is abundant in the collection. The sponge
usually has the form of a rather small, ovoid, sessile, thick-
walled individual, with terminal fringed osculum and coarsely
echinated dermal surface. The species exhibits a good deal
of variation in spiculation, especially in the size of the
irregularly arranged triradiates of the main .skeleton, which
are often very much larger than those of the deimal cortex.
The other forms of spicule present are gastral quadriradiates,
large dermal oxea (echinating the sui-face), and long, slender,
hair-like oxea of the oscular fringe. The flagellated chambers
are approximately spherical and densel}" scattered through-
out the thickness of tlie wall ; they measure about 009 mm
in diameter.

Locality. — Near Port Phillip Heads (Carter, and Stations
1,9, 10 and outside the Heads, coll. J. B. Wilson); Watsons
Ba^^ Port Jackson (coll. T. Whitelegge).

38. Leucandra. niultifida, Carter, sp.
Leuconia iiiidtijida, Carter. Annals and Magazine of
Natural History, August 1880, p. 1-il.

Localitij. — Near Port Phillip Heads (Carter).

H 2

100 Froceediri<js of the Royal Soeietij of Vicforia.

3!). Leucaiuira lohata, Carter, sp.

Leuconia lohata, Carter. Annals and Magazine of Natural
History, August 188{i, p. 14o.

Loealiti/.—^eaY Port Phillii) Heads (Carter).

40. Laacajuhxi compacta, Carter, sp.

Leuconia compacta, Carter. Annals and Magazine of
Natural History, August 1886, p. 144.

Locallfi/.—Neav Port Phillip Heads (Carter).

41. Leucandra ■phUlipensls n. sp.

The single specimen in the collection is a solita)-y, sessile,
irregularly sac-shaped sponge, with a constricted terniinal
osculum provided with a feebly developed oscular fringe.
The outer surface of the sponge is slightly hispid and the
wall of the sponge is ratlier thin, enclosing a wide gastral
cavity. The height of the spoiige is about 40 mm., the
greatest width 20 mm., and the thickness of the wall nearly
;] mm. There is a very thin dermal and gastral cortex.
'J'he canal-sj'stem is very typical ; thickly scattered groups
of dermal pores lead into wide, more or less lacunar inhalant
canals, which penetrate dee]> into the substance of the wall.
The exhalant canals are also wide and deep and unite to-
gether in groups before opening into the gastral cavity.
Between these wide inhalant and exhalant canals the
tiagellated chambers are thickly scattered ; these are
generally more or less ovoid in shape but onlyaboi.it 0-14
mm. in longer diameter.

The skeleton is rather weak owing to the prevailing
slenderness of the spicule-rays, the spiculation being as
follows: — (1) Gastral quadriradiates ; usually more or less
sagittal ; with very long, slender, straight or neai-ly straight,
sharp-pointed facial rays ; the oral angle wider than the
paired angles and the oral rays somewhat longer than the
basal; oral rays about 04 by O'Ol mm.; basal ray about 0'3
by O'Ol mm. The apical ray is straight or slightly cui'ved,
conical and finely pointed, measuring about 01 (i by O'Ol nun.
These spicules are very abundant and form a thin gastral
cortex, the apical rays projecting into the gastral cavity in
large numbers. The walls of the larger- exhalant canals are
aJso provided with very similar spicules. Near the osculum
tlie gastral spicules become much more strongly sagittal and

Si/riopsis of the Australian Calcarea Heterocada. ]()]

the a[)ical ray is often absent. (2) Triradiates of tlie main
skeleton ; varying from nearly regular to slight!}' sagittal ;
with ver}- long, slender, straight or slightly curved rays,
sharply pointed and measuring about Oo'i by 0()](j nma.
These spicules ai-e veiy irregularly arranged but many of
them have one ray pointing centrifugal!}^ towards the dermal
surface. In many of them a small apical ray is developed.
(3) Triradiates of the dermal surface ; similar to the fore-
going but decidedly smaller ; arranged parallel to the surface
to form a thin dermal cortex, (i) .Large dermal oxea ;
rather slender, fusiform, symmetrical, very slightly curved,
gradually sharp-pointed at each end; measuring about 1 '4
by 0 03 mm.; occasionally however they are much largei-
and they may then have a hastately pointed inner end.
These spicules are scattered singly and irregularly at right
angles to the dermal surface, with the outer end projecting
for a short distance. (5) Long, fine, hair-like oxea'; these
are arranged in loose, iri-egular, scattered bundles between
the large oxea and they also form the feebly developed
oscular fringe.

Locality.— ^e-Av Port Phillip Heads (coll. J. B. Wilson).

42. Leucandra gladiator, n. sp.

The single specimen in the collection forms an extremely
irregular, contorted crust, with a number of deeply convex
surfaces, bordered by prominent margins, as if it had grown
over some irregularly cylindrical body. A few small oscula
are irregularly scattered over the convex upper surface. The
surface is slightly hispid, the hispid character becoming
mucli more strongly developed at the margins of the crust.
The .specimen has been broken, but it must have Ijeen about
50 nan. in greatest diameter. The growth has been
extremely irregular, and it has enclosed various foreign
objects. The texture is coarse and fragile. The dei'mal
cortex is strong, but not very thick.

The canal-system is difficult to work out in detail, owing
to the strong development of the skeleton, wdiich renders
section-cutting very difficult. There is no large, ct.;ntral,
gastral cavity, but a number of tolerably wide exhalant
canals converge towards each osculum. The flagellated
chambers are irregularly scattered, approximately sjiherical,
and about 0 09 mm. in diameter.

The skeleton is composed of the following spicules : — (!)
Gastral quadriradiates; minute, cruciform or dagger-sha[>ed ;

102 ProceediiKjs of the Royal Societi/ of Victoria.

till' ;n)ii'al luy long, slender, .straight and graduall}' sliarp-
])ointed, nearly in a line with the basal ray ; the facial rays
short, stout, conical and sharp-pointed, the basal rather
longer than the other two and often slightly crooked, the
orals being straight; basal vav about 003 by 0007 mm. ;
orals 002'by 0007 mm. ; apical 008 (or le.ss) by 0000 mm.
These spicules are found in the walls of the larger exhalant
canals, but they are not very abundant. (2) Enoi-mous
sub-regular or ii-i-egular triradiates, with conical, gradually
shar})-pointed rays which measure, when fully developed,
about ] -8 by 0-16 nun. These spicules form the bulk of the
skeleton and are irregularly and abundantly scattered
throughout the thickness of tlie sponge ; they vary con-
siderably in size. (3) Small, straigiit oxea, of hair-like
fineness and up to about O'l mm. in length ; scattered
through the interior of the sponge, either separately or in
dense sheaves (trichodragmata). (4) Triradiates of the
dermal cortex ; strongly sagittal, with long, nearly straight,
very widely extended, gradually sharp-pointed oral rays,
and much shorter, straight, gradually sharp-pointed basal
ray ; these spicules form a dense feltwork, the\^ are quite
irregularly arranged, excejjt that they all lie parallel to the
dermal surface. They vary greatly in size, the oi-al rays,
which are extended almost in a line, measuring up to about
O-tio by 0-()3G mm., with the basal about 0-3 by 0036 mm.
(5) Dermal oxea ; straight, .slender, gradually sharp-pointed
at each end. In most parts of the surface these spicules
are comparatively few in number, projecting at right angles
from the dermal cortex and measuring only about O'-t- by
O'Ol mm. They viivy greatly in size, hovvevei", and around
the margins of the sponge they become very greatly elong-
ated, forming a thick, den.se fringe.

This veiy remarkable species is obviously very closely
i-elated to the European Leucandra nivea, as described by
Hfeckel in " Die Kalkschwamme " ; in both we find colossal
triradiates, smaller dermal triradiates, dagger-shaped quadri-
radiates and trichodragmata (which ai-e extremely rare in
calcareous .sponges), and in botli we meet with the character-
istic encrusting habit. There are, however, certain marked
differences in spiculation, as in the shape of the dermal
triradiates and of the dagger-shaped quadradiates, and
especially in the presence in L. gladiator of the projecting
dei'mal oxea, which seem to be entirely wanting in
L. inrea.

Si/nopsis of tJie Avf;fr(dia)i Calcarea Hetevocaela. 103

It is important to notice that Mr. Carter's Leuconia
iiivea var. austra.Heiislfi appears to be totally distinct both
from the true Li'ucavdra nivea and from L. gladiator. It
is carious that Mr. Cai'ter should have chosen tliis name for
onej^of Ml'. Wilson's sponges and that later on Mr. Wilson
should have obtained from the same locality another s})ecies
which really is ver}" closely related to the remarkable
Leucandm nivea.

Localitfj.— OntH'xde Port Philli}) Heads (coll. J. B. Wilson).

43. Leucandra carteri, n. sp.

Leucaltis Jioridana, var. australiensis, Carter. Annals
and Magazine of Natural History, August 1886. p. l-io.

This species appears, from Mr. Carter's description, to be a
large, massive Leucandra, resembling L. microrapkis in
form but distinguished by the presence of minute oxea on
the surface. As the name australiensis is already occupied
in the genus I pi'opose to call the species Leucandra carteri.

Locality. — Near Port Phillip Heads (Carter).

44*. Leucandra schuhei, Polejaetf, sp.

Eilhardia scJudzei, Polejaetf. Report on the Calcarea of
the Challenger Expedition, p. 70.

Localities. — Otf Pt. Jackson and Twofold Bay (Polejaeff).

4-5. Leucandra loricata, Polejaetf, sp.

Leuconia loricata, Polejaeff. Report on the Calcarea of
the Challenger Expedition, p. 03.

Leiicoriis loricata, von Lendenfeld. Proceedings of the
Linnean Society of New South Wales, Vol. IX, p. 1123.

Locality. — Off P(n-b Jackson (Polejaetf).

46. Leucandra palvinav, H^eckel, sp.

I^eucortis irulviuar, Hieckel. Die Kalkschwamme, Vol. II,
p. 162.

This species ranges, according to Hasckel, from the Red
Sea to the west coast of Australia. I have not yet met
with it.

Locality.— West coast of Australia (Hfeckel. Also recorded
from the Red Sea and various paits of the Indian Ocean).

104 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

47. Leucandra Jtelena, von Lendeiifeld, sp.

Leucaltis helena, von Lendenfeld. Proceedings of the
Linnean Society of New South Wales, Vol. IX, p. 1119.
Locality. — Port Jackson (von Lendenfeld).

48. Leucandra puiuila, Bowerbank, sp.

Leacoma pumila, Bowerbank. Monograph of British
Sponges, Vol. 2, p. 41.

Leucaltis 'pumila, Hpeckel. Die Kalkschvv'amme, Vol. '2,
p. 148.

Locality. — Bass Straits (Ha?ckel. Also recorded from
various localities in the Atlantic Ocean, vide Bowerbank and
Haickel).

49. Leucandra hatkybia, Hai-cke], sp.

Leucaltis batJtybia, Hpsckel. Die Kalkschwamnie, Vol. 2,
p. loG.

Leucaltis bcdkybia var. australiensis, Ridley. Zool. Coll.
H.M.S. '^Aleit," British Museum, p. 482.

Leucaltis bathybia, von Lendenfeld. Pi'oceedings of the
Linnean Societ}^ of New South Wales, V^ol. IX, p. i]21.

Loccdity. — Port Jackson (Ridley. Recorded by Hseckel
from the Red Sea).

50. Leucandra pandora, Hpeckel, sj).

Leucetta pandora, Hseckel. Die Kalksehwarnme, Vol. 2,
p. 127.

Localities. — Bass Straits and Gulf of St. Vincent (Hseckel).

51. Leucandra microraphis, Hjieckel, sp.

Leucetta microraphis, Hseckel. Die Kalkschwamme,
Vol. 2, p. 119 {= Leucetta primigenia var. microraplt.is).

Leucetta microrapJiis, von Lendenfeld, Proceedings of the
Linnean Society of New South Wales, Vol. IX, p. 1J17.

Leuconia dura, Polejaeff. Report on the Calcarea of the
Challenger Expedition, p. 65.

I identify with this species a number of large specimens
of very irregular external foi-m. They are sometimes com-
pressed, sometimes massive and sometimes sac-shaped, with
thick walls ; usually Mnth wide naked oscula and large

Synopi:ils of the Au'^irallan Calcarea Heterocwla. 105

exhalant canals. The texture is very coaise, bard and dense;
the surface is irregular, and often characteristically ridged ;
frequently the huge triradiate spicules can be seen with the
naked eye on the dermal suiface. Some specimens have a
few quadriradiate spicules, while in others I cannot find any.

Some of the s])ecimens measure four or five inches in their
longest diameter, and one was remarkable from having been
of a green colour in life, probably due to symbiotic algre.

The flagellated chambers are approximately spherical ;
thickly scattered through the sponge, and about ()'12 mm.
in diameter. In some specimens the mesoderm around the
chambers is very strongly developed, giving to the sponge a
very dense texture. The inhalant pores are scattered thickly
over the dermal surface, at any rate in parts.

The skeleton is dense and very irregular, consisting of
scattered triradiates of two very different sizes, i-ather small
and enormously large, the former being most abundant.

I ccuisidor Pol^jaefi's Leuconia dura to be identical with
this species, because I do not think the presence of sagittal
spicules in the neighbourhood of the osculum is a specific
character, as it is of such extremely general occurrence.

Localities. — Near Port Phillip Heads (Stations 1 and .9
and outside the Heads, coll. J. B. Wilson) ; Torres Straits
(Ridley, Pol^jaefi) ; Port Jackson (von Lendenfeld).

52. Leucandra Jimtkeliaiia, Polejaefi", sp.

Leucetta hceckeliana, Polejaeff. Rejiort on the Calcarea
of the Challenger Expedition, p. 69.

Voamaeria hceckeliana, von Lendenfeld. Proceedings of
the Linnean Society of New South Wales, Vol. IX, p ] 1 14.

Loc(ditj/.—Oii' Port Jackson (Polejaefi).

53. Lelapia aastralis, Carter.

(?) Lelapia austral is, Gray. Proceedings of the Zoological
Society of London, 18G7, p. 557.

Lelapia austrcdis, Carter. Annals and Magazine of
Natural History, August 1 88G, pp. 1 38 and 1 48.

This sponge appears tt) be of exce|)tional interest, and I
greatly regret that I have never had an opportunity of
examining it.

Localitij.—]<leAv Port Philli)) Heads (Carter).

lOG Proceeding.'^ of flie Royal Society of Victoria.

54". Gvantesfia^ sacca, von Lendenfekl.

Gninies.'ia aucca, von Lendenfekl. Proceedings of the
Linnean Society of New South Wales, Vol. IX, p. 1098.

Hypoyi-antia aacca. Carter. Annals and Magazine of
Natural History, July 188(), p. 42.

This very beautiful sponge is well represented in the
collection. All the specimens which I have seen, six in
number, are more or less compressed, in the case of large
specimens veiy^ much so. The finest specimen is GO mm. in
height by 50 mm. in greatest breadth. Von Lendenfeld
repi-esents the radial chambers as being perfectly straight
and unbranched, whereas, in the Victorian specimens, they
l)rancli ie))eatedly, the branches running parallel with one
another to the dermal surface. This may possibly constitute
a specific difference, but I am more inclined to think that
the tigui-e leferred to is incorrect.

Localities. — Port Jackson (von Lendenfeld) ; near Port
Pliillip Heads (Carter, and outside the Heads, coll. J. B.
Wilson).

55. tirantes.sa hlrsuta, Carter, sp.

Hyp()</faiiti'i hlrsuta, Cartel-. Ann-ils and Magazine of
Natural History, July 18S(i, p. 41.

In an;itomical chaiacters this species closely i-esembles
G. sacca, but differs markedly in external appearance and in
the less regularly arranged tubar skeleton, which, though
composed of slender spicules, is very dense and confused.
The suiMlermal sagittal triradiates, with inwardly directed
basal r; y, are not mentioned by Mr. Carter; they are clearly
present in my specimens thougli less obvious than in G.
sacca on account of tlie somewliat confused character of the
tubar skeleton. The oxea of the dermal tufts are straight,
or only very slightl}^ curved. The manuscript illustration
which Mr. Carter has kindly sent me shows only a very
slight curvature, though he describes them as " curved."
The species is abundant in the collection. '

Localities. — Near Port Phillip Heads (Carter; and Station
1 and outside the Heads, coll. J. B. Wilson) ; King Island
(coll. Prof Sjiencer) ; Holiart, Tasmania (coll. A. Dendy).

5(). Gratitessa klsplda, n. sp.

Small, cylindrical or slightly compressed, solitary persons,
with moiv or less distinct fringt- around the terminal oscu-

Sijnojms of the Austr-dian Calcarea Heterocoelc. 107

lum and strongly hispid surface. The largest specimen .in
the collection is about 40 mm. high by 4 mm. in greatest
diameter, the wall of the sponge being only about O'oG mm.
thick. The canal system closely resembles that of G. sacca,
but the chambers are shorter and less branched. Tlie skele-
ton is arranged as in G. sacca, but the dermal tufts of oxea
are less definite and less regularly aiTanged, and the tubar
skeleton is composed of much fewer joints. The spiculation
is as follows:— (I) Gastral quadriradiates ; very rare, with
short apical ray. (2) Gastral triradiates ; strongly sagittnl,
with very long and slender rays ; gradually sharp-pointed •,
basal ray straight, about 0-3 by O'OOSS mm. ; oral rays
straight or slightly crooked, often unequal in length, about
0-2 by 0008 mm. " (3) Subgastral sagittal triradiates ;_ oral
rays widelv extended, slightly recurved, sharply-pointed,
about 0-12'by 0-0082 nun. ; basal ray long, straight, sharp-
pointed, varying in length up to about 0-3 mm., and about as
thick as the orals, extended in a centrifugal direction through
the chamber layer. (4) Tubar triradiates, resembling the
foregoing, with similar very long basal rays. (5) Subdermal
sagittal triradiates ; with veiy widely extended oral rays
lying in the dermal cortex, and long straight basal ray
extending inwards through the chamber layer ; oral rays up
to about 0-2 by O'Ol mm. ; basal ray up to about 0-32 by
001 mm.; all sharply-pointed. (6) Dermal triradiates;
sagittal, resembling the foregoing, but often very irregular
and with shorter basal ray. "(7) Dermal oxea; long, straight
or slightly curved, spindle-shaped, gradually sharp-pointed
at each end, length variable, up to about 07 by 0-UlG mm. in
the largest specimen, but much longer and slenderer in one of
the smaller ones. The spicules of the oscular fringe do not
<lifFer markedly from these.

Locality.— i^ em- Port Phillip Heads (Station 9, coll. J. B.
Wilson).

57. Gmnte.ssa j^oculum, Polejaeff, sp.

AmijhorisciDi pocidum, Polejaeff. Report on the Calcarea
of the Challenger Expedition, p. 46.

Hetero^na patulosculifera, Carter. Annals and Magazine
of Natural History, July 188G, p. 49.

A. careful examination of portions of Carter's and
Polejaeff 's type specimens from the British Museum has
convinced me that the two are specifically identical, and

108 Proceedings of the Royal Sockty of Victoria.

I therefore revert to the earlier specific name. I have also
two other specimens collected by Mr. Wilson, one of which
exhibits very beautifully the " agglomerated " character
mentioned by Carter, while the otlier is only a fragment.
The quadriradiates mentioned by Carter are scarce and
inconspicuous, and I have not noticed them in the other
specimens.

Localities. — Off Port Jackson (Polejaeff ) ; near Port
Phillip Heads (^Carter and coll. J. B. Wilson).

58. Grantessa eriiiaceus, Carter, sp.

Leuconia erinaceus, Cartel'. Annals and Magazine of
Natural History, August 1886, p. 180.

This species is readily recognised by its external appear-
ance and the peculiar arrangement of the dermal oxea. The
flagellated chambers are elongated and radial, but very
irregular and branching, and they communicate with the
gastral cavity by unusually long exhalant canals, which
unite together in groups. The tubar skeleton is very
iriegular, but still presents clear traces of the ty])ical
" articulate " arrangement. Subgastral sagittal triradiates
are present, and the subdermal sagittal triradiates, with
inwardly directed basal rays, are very conspicuous. There
is a dense dermal cortex of much smaller triradiates, and a
less well-developed gastral cortex. Endogastric septa, with-
out spicules, are pi-esent in both my specimens, and, as Mr.
Carter also mentions them in his, they would seem to be
characteristic of the species.

Locality. — Near Port Phillip Heads (Carter, and Station 7,
coll. J. B. Wilson).

59. Grantessa intusariicidata. Carter, sp.

Hy pograntia intusarticulata, Carter. Annals and Maga-
zine of iS^atural History, July 188G, )). 45.

Hypograntia medioarticidata, Carter, loc. cit. p. 46.

I have eleven specimens which I believe to be all referable
to this species, and I am strongly of opinion that Mr. Carter's
Hypograntia mecUoarticukUa is specifically identical with
his intusarticulata. The minute details of spiculation vary
considerable in different specimens, the most charactei'istie
features being the dermal ci'ust of minute oxea or " mortar
spicules," and the subdermal sagittal triradiates. The

Si/nopfii-'s of tit e AuMvuVian Calcarea Heterocuda. 109

radial chambers are laucli Viraiiclied, which I believe is
what Mr. Carter means when he says that they intercom-
municate by lai-ge holes. The branches run parallel with
one another to the dermal cortex ; the exhalant canals are
short.

Localities. — Near Port Fliillip Heads CL'ai'ter, and Stations
3, 5, cS, 9 an.l outside the Heads, coll. J. B. Wilson) ; Wat-
son's Ba3% Port Jackson (coll. T. Whitelegge).

60. GntntessK (?) polupeyhtoraia, Carter, sp.

Heteropia polype listoinUt, Carter. Annals and Magazine
of Natural History, July 1 886, p. 4-7.

Locality.— ^en.Y Port Phillip Heads (Carter).

61. Grantessa (?) compressa, Cartel', sp.

Heteropia compressa, Carter. Annals and Magazine of
Natural History, July 1886, p. ol.

Locality. — Near Port Phillip Heads (Cartel-).

62. Grcmtessa (?) plwrloscidifeva, Carter, sp.

Heteropm pliirloscullfera. Carter. Annals and Magazine
of Natural History, July 1886, p. o2.

Locality. — Near Port Phillip Heads (Carter).

63. Giuntessa (?) ei-ecta., Carter, sp.

Heteropia erecta, Carter. Annals and Magazine of Natural
History, July 1886, p. 53.

Locality. — Near Port Phillip Heads (Carter).

64. Grantessa (?) splssa, Carter, sp.

Heteropia splssa, Carter. Annals and Magazine of
Natural History, July 1886, p. 54.

Locality. — Near Port Phillip Heads (Carter.)
The last five species are described by Mr. Carter apparently
from single specimens, all collected by Mr. Wilson. It appears
to me very doubtful whether they are all specifically distinct,
and also whether some of them at any rate are not mere
varieties of G. inoculum or Vosmaeropsls macera, which
they resemble in spiculation. Unfortunately, I have not
seen any of the types.

110 I'rocccOi iKjs of the lh>ij(i.l Socicfij of Vlcfori'i.

Go. Vo.smacfoihsi.s laoct'rd, Carter, sp.

Hetei'opla macerd, Carter. Antials ami Magazine of
Natural History, July J 880, p. oO.

This species is well represented in the collection I have
been able to convince myself of the correctness oi the identi-
fication by a niinnte comparison of a piece of Mr. Carter's
type fi'oni the Britisii Museum. It is remarkable for its
densely agglomerated or colonial habit. Specimens may
attain a large size, consisting of veiy numerous individuals
almost completely fused together, usually in linear series,
which are inter-connected by cioss-bars. The oscula are
i-aised on conical prominences, and each indicates a separate
gastral cavity. The canal system is remarkable. The
chambers are thimble-shaped and mostly widely separated
from the gastral cavity, with which they conuiiunicate by
a strongly developed system of exhalant canals, each being-
separated from its exhalant canal by a well developed
diaphragm. Those chambers which lie next to the dermal
suriace still exhibit a radial arrangement with regard to
the long axis ot the individual. Both subdermal and
subgastral sagittal trii'adiatcs arc strongly developed.

Locality. — Near Port Phillip Heads (Cartel', and coll.
J. B. Wilson).

06. Vosmaeropslti (Jepreaaa, n. sp.

Specimen flattened, cushion-shaped, with flat under and
convex up])er surface. About 12 mm. in horizontal diameter,
and only 4 mm. thick in the middle. Maigin rounded,
i-OLighly cii'cnlar in outline. There is no wide gastral cavit}',
but several large, branching exhalant canals converge to a
single small osculum situate near the middle of tlie uppei'
surface. Sinface smooth ; no distinct oscular fringe.

The inhalant canal-sy.stem is quite irregulai-, commencing
in wide lacunar spaces situated beneath the thin, pore-bear-
ing dermal cortex. The flagellated chambers are irregularly
but thickl3' scattered throughout the thickness of the sponge,
with no trace of radial airangement around a central gastral
cavity. They are irregular-ly sac-shaped or thimble-shaped,
measuring about 0'2 by 009 mm.

The bulk of the skeleton is made up of fairly large, sub-
regular or slightly sagittal triradiates, scattered witliout
definite ordei- throughout the thickness of the sponge, but
many with one .slightly longer ray jiointing towards the

SynojJsi.i of the Australian Calcarea. Heterocada. Ill

dermal surface. Beneath the dermal surface, but apparent
only on the upper surface of the sponoe, is a distinct lawyer
of subdermal sagittal triradiates with inwardly-directed
basal ray. The dermal skeleton is made up principally oi"
subi-eguiar triradiates of various sizes, placed horizontally,
but with no definite ariangement ; amongst these very
minute, slender oxea are scattered, rare on the upper surface
of the sponge but abundant on the lower ; around the
osculuin these oxea are numerous and a few are much lai-ger
than the rest. Around the main exhalant canals there is a
layer of small sagittal triradiates. The forms and dimen-
sions of the different spicules are as follows: — (1) Triradiates
of the exhalant canals ; sagittal, rays conical, fairly sharply-
pointed ; basal straight, orals usually slightly incurved or
recurved ; basal commonl}^ somewhat shorter than orals,
which measui-e about ()i6 b}' 0012 mm. Just below the
osculum I have seen short apical rays in a few of the sagittal
radiates. (2) Triradiates of the main skeleton ; subregular
or slightly sagittal ; rays usually straight, conical, gradually
sharp-pointed, rathei- slender, up to about 0"3G by 0-024 mm.
(3) Subdermal sagittal triradiates ; similar to the foregoing
but a good deal smaller, and with the basal ray much longei-
than the others. (4) Dermal triiadiates ; subregular, with
long, conical, gradually sharp-pointed rays varying greatly in
size, up to about 0-54- by 0-045 mm. (5) Oxea; mostly very-
minute and slende]-, sharjdy-pointed at each end, with one
end rather thicker than the other ; straight ; often slightly^
rougliened ; usually short, but varying greatl}^ in length ;
around the osculum a few much stouter ones occur, Init still
very small.

Localhy. — Near Port Phillip Heads (Sorrento Reef, coll.
J. B. Wilson).

67. Vosmaeropsis ivilsoni, n. sp.

Sponge colonial, consisting of short, thick, sub-cylindrical
or truncatedly conical individuals united together by their
bases into smaller or larger agglomerations, which may
attain a diameter of nearly five inches. Each fully grown
individual has a circular. osculum at its summit, which may
or may not have an oscular fringe, adjacent individuals of
the .same colony sometimes differing in this respect. The
osculum is often provided with a very distinct, membranous
diaphragm, situated a short distance within its margin. Tlie

112 FroccediiHj.s of the Royal, Society of Victoria.

iiidixiduals vaiy in size, and, owing to their peculiar colonial
and bi-ancliing habit, it is difficult to give exact measure-
ments, but we may put down the average adult size as
about 20 mm. long and 5 mm. in diameter. A large colony
contains dozens of such individuals united together in a
complicated and irregular manner. The outer surface is
smooth, except for a slight unevenness due to the presence
of large triradiates, visible to the naked eye. The colour of
spirit specimens varies from pure white to pale brown, but
one specimen which I observed as it came out of the dredge
was then of a violet purple colour.

The gastral cavity is wide and cylindrical and the wall is
about 2'5 ram. thick. There is a dense, thick coi'tex on both
gastral and dermal surfaces.

The irdialant pores are thickly scattered over the surface
of the sponge ; each leads separately into a .shoi't, narrow,
cylind]-ical canal, situate in the outer portion of the dense
dermal cortex ; these canals soon unite to form lai'ger, but
still very well-detined, cylindrical canals, which anastomose
with one another by cross-branches and finally lead down to
the chamber layer between the dermal and gastral cortex,
where the canal system becomes more or less lacunar. The
flagellated chambers are thickly scattered through the meso-
derm of the chamber layer ; they vary much in shape and
size, from approximately spherical and only about 0"072 mm.
in diameter to elongatedly sac-shaped and as much as O'oT
by 013 mm.* The exhalant canals unite together into
tolerably large trunks, which penetrate the gastral cortex
and open into the gastral cavity.

The skeleton is divisible into four portions, that of the
gasti'al cortex, that of the chamber layer, that of the dermal
cortex and that of the osculum. The gastral cortex is about
0'3 mm. thick and its skeleton consists entirely of a
dense feltwork of medium-sized triradiate spicules, arranged
irregularly but parallel to the gastral surface. These
spicules are sagittal, the oral angle being rather wider than
the paired angles and the oral rays rather longer than the
basal; oral rays straight or very slightly curved towards one
another, conical and gradually sharp-pointed, measuring
about 03 by 0'024 mm. ; basal ray straight, conical,
graduall}^ sharp-pointed, a little shorter than the orals. The

* These measurements were taken from different specimens, but it would be
difficult to make a mistake as to the species in this particular case, and we
also find considerable variation in the chambers even in the same section.

Sijnop.si'^ of the A ((■^fralian Cahiarea Hefevocud't. 113

skeleton of tlie chamber l;t3^er is nuule up of lai-ii'e Mib-
dermal and subgastral .sagittal tri radiates, whose basal rays
penetrate the chamber layer in opposite directions. These
spicnles vary greatly in size, the basal rays often extend
completely through the chamber layer aiicl are very thick;
the oral rays are shorter, more or less curved and widely
extended. Frequently many of those which have centrifugal
basal rays are not strictly subg.istral but ha\-e the oral i-ays
situate at various levels in the chamber la^^er. The i-ays
are conical and gradually sharp-pointed. The dermal cortex
is about 0-i mm. thick and its skeleton is rande up almost
entirely of triradiate s{)icules ot various shapes and sizes.
Towards the inside we find large, I'eguiar or subregular
triradiates, arranged parallel to the dermal surface, with
conical, gradually sharp-pointed rays which measure up to
about 10 by 0' 17 muj.; man\^, however, being much smaller.
On the outside is a much thinner layer of veiy different,
small triradiates. These spicules are irregular in sha])e and
irregularly arranged ; their rays are conical and gr;iduall\'
sharp-pointed, but crooked ; one of them commonly projects
inwai'ds at right angles to the <lermal surface ; the rays
measure about ()-083 bv 000'i2 mm. We also find in tlit'
outermost part of the dermal cortex a few very minute,
straight, slender oxea, whose exact size and shape are ver\^
difficult to determine. The osculai- skeleton consists of a
fringe (not always visible to the naked eye but sometimes
strongly developed) of very long and veiy slender oxea.

I i)ave much pleasure in dedicating this very remarkable
and abundant species to Mr. J. Biucebridge Wilson, who lias
collected all the specimens at present known.

Locality.— OntHide Port Phillip Heads (coll. J. B. Wilson).

08. IJ('ieroj)egin(i nodus <jordii, Polejaeff.

Heteroperpmi /^(^tl((NW/u/'(7//, Polejaefi! Re[)ort on the Cal-
carea of the Challenger Expedition, p. 4-."3.

The only specimen which I have seen of this species,
unless indeed H. latitubulatd, be considered specifically
identical, is a portion of Pol^jaeff's type specimen in the
British Museum. I have nothing to add to Polejaeff 's
excellent description.

Locality. — Torres Straits (Polejaeff. Polejaefi" also records
the species from the Bermudas).

114 Proceediiui-s of the Roi/(U Society of Victoria.

(59. Hetcropeijma lutitulnildta, Cartel', sj).

Clafhrina latitubidatd (|)i-ovi,sional, iiicertie sedis), Carter.
Annals and Magazine of Natural History, June 188G, p. 515.

After describing the external form and spicnlation of this
lemarkalile sponge, Mr. Carter remarks that in general form
it is very nuich like Vo]eyAeii''i<. IIefero2'egnta itodtts gordii,
l)ut totally different amitomieally. I have fortunately been
able, owing to the kindness of the authorities of the British
Museum, to make a minute anatomical examination both of
Polejaeff's type of Hcte ropegina 'nodii^i gordii, and also of
Carter's type of Cldthriiui liitituhvlata, and I have also
received the latter species direct from Mr. Wilson. I find
that in external forn), canal-system, and also in the ari-ange-
ment of the skeleton, the two species are identical, agreeing
with the admii-able figures given by Polejaeff'in his Challenger
Rc[>oit. The only difference which I have been able to
detect concerns the size and shape of the minute quadriradiate
spicules of the chamber layer, which are even further reduced
in //. liditnhuhda than thev are in li. nodus gordii.

Locality.— l^em- Port Phillip Heads (Carter, and Station 1,
coll. J. B. Wilson).

70. Amphorisciis cyathiftcus, HaH:kel.

Arui>horiscus cyatJd-scas, Hseckel. Prodromus cines
Systems der Kalkschwamme. Jenaische Zeitschrift, Vol. 5,
part 2, ]\ 238.

Sycilla cyatJrii<cus, Hai^ekel. JJie Kalkschwamme, Vol. 2,
p. 250.

Locality. — South Australia (Haickel).

71. Aiiiphorimns cylindrus, Hseckel, sp.

Sycilla cylindrus, Hajckel. Die Kalkschwamme, Vol. 2,
p. 254.

Amphoriscus cylindriL^; von Lendenfeld. Proc. Linn.
Soc. N.S.W., Vol iX, p. 1103.

Locality. — Port Jackson (von Lendenfeld. Recorded by
Hoeckel from the Adriatic).

72. Leucilla uter, Polejaefi".

Leucilla uter, Polejaefi". Report on the Calcarea. of the
Challenger Expedition, p. 53.

Folejna uter, von Lendenfeld. Proceedings of the
Linnean Societ}' of New South Wales, Vol. IX, p. 1115.

Si/nopsis of the ALudfallan Calcarea HeterocmUi. 115

Localities. — Torres Strjiits (von Lendenfeld. Recorded by
Polejaeff f roui the Phillipine Islnuds and the Bermudas).

73. Lev,cill(i imperfecta, Polejaeft', sp.

Leueetta irtvpevfecta, Polejaeft'. Report on tlie Calcarea of
the Challenger Expedition, p. 67.

Vosriiaeria imperfecta, von Lendenfeld. Proceedings of
the Linnean Society of New South Wales, Vol. IX, p. 11 13.

Localitii.—O^^ Port Jackson (Polejaeft).

7-t. Leucilla audraliensis, Carter, s[).

Leuconia johnstonii, var aiistraliensis, Carter. Annals
and Magazine of Natural History, August 1886, p. 133.

This beautiful little species nearly always presents itself
under the form of a small, ov(Md, sessile, solitary person, with
single, circular, naked, terminal osculum. The sponge-wall
is comparatively thick, and the dermal surface smootii and
iiard owing to the large quadriradiates. One very large
specimen in the collection, hoAvever, is conical in shape, and
has a very irregular surface, but this is very exceptional.
The species is sometimes social, and rarely consists of two
or more individuals united together, or of a single branched
individual ; but the small egg-like form is highly character-
istic. There are numerous specimens in the collection.

The ftagellated chambers, thickly scattered through the
thickness of the wall, are usually approximately spherical,
and about O'l mm. in diameter ; immediately l^eneath the
dermal cortex, however, they are commonly rather lai'ger
and more or less sac-shaped.

Locality. — Near Port Phillip Heads (Carter, and Stations
1, 5, 6, 9, coll. J. B. Wilson, and oft" Geelong, coll. H.
Grayson).

75. Leucilla prolifera. Carter, sp.

Telchouella prolifera, Carter. Annals and Magazine of
Natural History, July 1878, p. 85, and August 1886, p. 146.

This beautiful sjjecies is represented in the collection by a
number of hue examples, one of which I have already ftgured
in n)y paper " On the Anatomy of Gixtntia labyriiifhica,
Carter, and the so-called Family Teichonidse " {Quarterly
Journal of Microscopical Science, Vol. 32, N.S.) The
ftagellated chambers are approximately spherical and about
0-09 mm. in diameter, thickly scattered through the sub-
stance of the sponge. With the exception of the small
quadrii-adiates in the walls of the oscular tubes, and the very

I 2

116 Proceedinfjs of ihe Rojjdl /S'oc/VV// of Vlctorld,.

large quadriradiat.es of tlie dennal surface, the skeleton is
quite irregularly an-anged, consisting of scattered triradiate
spicules. On account of the large subdermal quadriradiates,
thougli the inwai'dly-directed apical ray is but short, i
propose to include the species in the genus Leucilla.

LocaUtie.s. — Near Port Phillip Heads (Cai-ter, and outside
the Heads, coll. J. B. Wilson) ; Freemantle, W.A. (Carter).

70. Leucilla saccharata, Hseckel, sp.

Leucandi\t saccharata, Hseckel. Die Kalkschwiimme,
Vol. 2, p. 22S.

Leucandra saccharata, von Lendenfeld. Proceedings of
the Linnean Society of New South Wales, Vol. IX, p. 1137.
'■ This remarkable species exhibits a singular irregularity in
external form, varying from com])ressed, irregularly-folded
plates to elongated C3dindrical tubes, and often attaining a
large size. It is common in Port Jackson, whence 1 have
received specimens from Professor Spencer, but I have only
seen a single specimen from Port Phillip, collected by Mr.
Wilson.

The flagellated chani])ers are a])pr(jximately spherical,
scattered irregularly, about OOD mm. in diameter.*

Localities. — Bass Straits (Hseckel) ; Port Jackson (von
Lendenfeld, and coll. Prof. Spencer) ; Port Denison (von
Lendenfeld) ; Port Phillip (Station 14, coll. J. B. Wilson).

77. Leucilla rillom, von Lendenfeld, sp.

Leucandra villosa, von Lendenfeld. Proceedings of the
Linnean Society of New South Wales, Vol. IX, p. 1131.

The only s})ecimen of this sponge which I have seen is a
piece of the type from the British Museum, in which sub-
dermal quadriradiates, with long, inwardly-directed apical
ray, are abundant. I therefore include the species in the
genus Leucilla.

Ijocality. — Port Jackson (von Lendenfeld).

78. Parcdeucilla cucuriiis, Hreckel, sp.

Leucandra cucuinis, Hasckel. Die Kalkschwiimme, Vol.
2, p. 205.

Localities. — Bass Straits and Gulf of St. Vincent (Haeckel.
Also recorded by Htekel from Ceylon).

• Von Lendenfeld gives tbe diameter as 0-04 mm., but this is probably an
error, for ho also says that in Leucandra ti/pica tbe chambers "are smaller
than in any other ease, their diameter rarely exceeding 0-04 mm." (loc. cit.,
p. 1130.

Art. VII. — On Two Nein Tertiary Stylasterids..

(With Plate XIII.)

By T. S. Hall, M.A.

[Bead October IS, 1892.]

No members of the family Stylasteridm have, I beheve,
been recorded as fossil.s in Austi-alia, then- small size having
caused them to be overlooked by collectors. The specimens
I have found, were obtained by washing the clays which
are so characteristic of our Eocene deposits.

The airangement of the pores in the cyclosystems of both
species seems to warrant the formation of new genera for
their reception ; at any rate, they will not fit into any of
the genera defined by Mosele3^

Genus, Deontopora (gen. nov.)

Dactylopores arranged in an arc of about three-quarters
of a circle round a gastropore at the centre, and absent on
the inner or attached edge of the c\'closystem. There are
no styles visible on a superficial examination in the dactylo-
pores, and the presence of matrix in the gastropoi-es pre-
vented the seai'ch for them there without mutilation of
what is at present, the oidy specimen I have.

D. mooraboolensis (sp. nov.)

The coenosteum is branched, but its general form is as
yet unknown. The portion found is about 1 cm. long and
2 mm. in diameter. The surface is composed of dense cal-
careous tissue, and, as in Astylas suhviridis (Moseley),*
is marked by conspicuous longitudinal rounded ridges,

* " On the Structure of the Stylasteriche." Phil'. Trans., 187S, p. 4.57.

118 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

sepaj'sited by grooves. The ridges are pai-allel and can be
traced separately for some distance. In sonje places, brandl-
ing and anastonu/sing of the ridges takes place. Over the
.surfaces of the ampulla^ the ridges are contorted very much,
and tlieir individuality is preserved for a very shoit distance.
In the groo\es between the ridges, under a strong light,
narrow slit-like pits can be seen with a hand lens. Pourtales,
as quoted by Moseley,* mentions small linear pores arranged
in rows and scattered over the whole coenenchyma in
Pliobothrus symmetricus (Pourtales). These pores, Moselej'
states, are occupied by canals of the coenosarcal meshwork
in the recent condition. The pits in Deontopora are
probably the mouths of pores with the same function, as
the mici-oscope shows they have considerable depth. In
two places, where smaller branches had been broken off, the
ccenosteum had a cellular appearance, but this was not
visible on the ends of the specimen.

The cyclosystems are arranged alternately on opposite
sides of the branch, and are a little over 1 nnn. in diameter.
The axis of the system and that of the bi'anch, form an angle
of about 45°. The inner wall of the gastropore is confluent
with the side of the branch, and the cord-like ridges
mentioned above, run right down into the mouth of the
pore. The dactylopores are placed on an elevated flattened,
horse-shoe-sha[)ed ridge overlooking the gastropore. Each
dactylopore is situated in a broad, deep gi-oove, at about
one-third of its length from the outer end of the groove.
This groove cuts the outer wa\\ of the cyclosystem, wliile
its inner end runs out on to the level floor pierced by the
gastropore. As in Astylus isiibvirldis,-\- the upper edge of
the system slightly overhangs the outer wall, and shows
marginal indentations corresponding with the centres of the
outer ends of the pseudosepta, or walls between neighVjouring
dactylopores. The broken edges of the pseudosepta are
cellular in appearance. The number of dactylopores in each
S3^stem is variable, twelve or thirteen usually occurring.
In one place, where a small branch is given off", a gastropore
is in the axil, and four dactylopores are placed on eacli of
the opposite sides, none being found on the sides of either
the main or the secondary branch. In another case, the
cyclos3^stem is at one side of the base of a small branch,
slightly below the level of the axil, so that the position of a

III, p. 440. + Moseley, op. cit., p. 457.

Oil Two Neiv Tertlari/ Sfijlasterids, 111)

branch, in reference to a cyclosystem, is not quite constant.
In the latter case, six dactylopores are present. In botli
tliese cases the dactylopores are rather indistuict, and the
systems are possibly in process of obliteration, such oblitera-
tion being recorded by Moseley, as occurring in oldei" portions
of colonies oi' £!rrina*

The gastropore is approximately circular in outline, slightly
funnel-shaped above, and cylindrical below. The presence
of the matrix prevented a closer examination of its deeper
parts.

The ampulla; form comparatively large hemispherical pro-
jections above the surface of the coenosteum. Their position
is not constant, though they lie near the base of a cyclo-
system. Some systems have no ampulla near them, while
one has two, placed one on each side of the base, tho\igh one
seems the usual number. In some cases, a small aperture
at the base leads through the outer wall of the ampulla,
which, as a fractured portion shows, is thin. In one instance,
this aperture is surrounded by a slightly projecting neck,
with a thick, definite wall. The only external openings
leading into ami)ulliTe mentioned by Moseley, -f* occur in male
colonies of Sporadopora, where the}^ are small and olit-like,
and are placed at the bottom of irregular depressions, which
are seen with difficulty.

In Cryptokella the female colony has but one ampulla
associated with each cyclosystem, but in what are, perhaps,
male colonies, several ampullre occur with each.^ In the
female colonies of most of the stylasteridtie desctibed by
Moseley, there is only one planula developed in each ampulla,
and tiie only means of escape seems to be by absorption and
breaking down of the outer wall of the ampulla.§

In Cryptokella, however, there are several gonophores
present in each gonangium in all stages of deve]opment.||
In the latter case, a definite constant means of escape for the
planulse would seem to be necessary, though I can find no
mention of this. The large size of the ampullfe in the
present example <d1 Deontopora, would be a strong argument
in favour of the colony being a female one, and the ])resence
of such a definite opening into the ampullae would, I think,

* Op. cit., p. 444. t Op. cit., p. 431.

: Op. cil., p. 46H. . § Id., p. 441.

il Op. cil., p. 477.

120 Proceed uif/s of tli.e Royal Society of Victoria.

.show tliut it would be requii-ed frequently. Possibly then,
vvc have in this instance a near ap]»roach to the conditions
found in the gonangia of Cryptohe/ld.

When other specimens of this stylasterid are available for
examination, the exact position of the genus in the group
will, probably, be determinable. The suppression of some
of the dactylozoids of a c3'closystem on one side of a
gastrozoid, occurs at times in Stylaster, and is constant in
GryptoJielia. In the latter case, however, the suppression
is accompanied by the production of a calcareous lamina
overhanging and pi'otecting the cyclosystem ; but it must
be noted that the abortion occurs on opposite faces of the
system in Cryjifohelia and Beontopora. In the formei-, it
occurs on the side of the system towards the proximal end
of a branch, while in the latter, it is towards the distal end.

In Astylus, which is ])robably the nearest ally of Crypto-
hclia, the hoinologue of the external lid of the latter is a small
tongue-like projection placed somewhat deeply in the gas-
tropore, and dividing it into an inner and an outer chamber.*
Sections would, of course, require to be rubbed down to
settle wlietiiei- or not such a process is found in Deonfopora,
or whctlie)-, on the other hand, a style is developed, in the
former c;ise its nearest ally would be Asfylas, and in the
latter Stylaster. If neither stjde nor process occur, its
affinities would be with (Jonopora .-^ The external characters
point, I think, to an alliance with Astylus and GryptoheUo.

Locality. — Grey clays, Orphanage Reserv^e, Fyansford,
Geelong. Only one specimen found.

Genus Lsptobotlu-as (gen. nov.)

The poi'es are grouped in cyclosystems ; dactylopores not
in radial grooves.

The absence of grooves containing the dactylo[)ores is a
feature not ap})arently occurring in any genei'a in which
cyclosj'stems are found, though it occurs in Sporadopor a and
Disticliopora.

L. spenceri (s[). nov.)

The specimen tigiu-ed consists of a portion of a branfli
which is circular in section. Length b mm., diameter 1 mm.

Moseley, op. cit., p. 458. t Id-, V- 503.

On Two iS'eiv Teiihu'H Shjh(derid.s. 121

The regularity of its forui is disturbed by cyclosy.steins,
which are scattered irregularly over its surface. The surface
is marked by minute pores, which are slit-like, oval, or
circular. They are larger and more distinct than the
corresponding pores of Deontojiora, and are irregularly
scattered.

The cyclosystems appeal" as cylindrical elevations at right
angles to the axis of the branch, and irregular in position.
The gastropores have well defined walls of similar texture to
the surface of the branch. They are cylindrical in shape,
and maintain the same diameter right to the top of the
cyclosystem, not as in most other genera, opening into a
basin-shaped depression. The dactjdopores are about eight
or nine in number, and open directly on the surface ot the
ring which forms the boundar}' of the gastropore, not V)eing
placed in radial grooves. The apertures are about midway
between the inner and the outer walls. No styles were seen
in either kind of pore.

The ampullae are not noticeable externally, but a large
distinct pore, with a slightly expanded external opening, is
present at a small distance below the cj'closystem in nearly
every instance. In Cryptohelia* the ampullae are always
developed in connecticjn with the cj-elosy-stems, and the
invariable presence of a pore in this position in the present
specimen, renders it probable tliat it leads into an ampulla.
One or two pores which, though somewhat smaller, have a
similar appearance, are placed without relation to any
cyclosystem. Named as a compliment to Professor W.
Baldwin Spencer.

Localities — A well-sinking in the Eocene beds at Belmont,
near Geelong, and at Schnapper Point.

My thanks are due to Protessor Spencer for suggestions,
and for the loan of works, without which this paper could
not have been prepared.

* Moseley, ojj. cit., p. 477.

122 Proeeedinc/.s o/ tJte Royal Socletij of Victoria.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE.

Fig. 1. — Deoiitopora mooraboolensis, enlarged.

Fig. 2, — Two ainpulLie seen somewhat from below.

((. — Broken end of a small bx-anch showing-
cellular appearance, due to the cut
ends of the coenosai'cal tubes.

b. h. — Ampul l?e, the one on the left being

broken.

c. — Pore of ampulla, with detinite ring-like

wall.

d. d. — Slit-like pores in gi-ooves on surface of

coenosteum.
e. — Pore of ampulla, its wall being broken.

The pai't shown in this Figui'e is seen from above in the
lowej- left-hand corner of Fig. 1.

Fig. 3. — Diagram of cyclosystem of Deonto'pora.

Op. — Gastropore.

Dp. — Dactylopore in groove.

Ps. /-**%— Pseudose})ta.
Fig. 4. — Leptobotkrus spenceri, enlarged.
Fig. o. — Diagram of cyclosystem of the same.

(t/). — Gastropore.

Dp. — Dact3dopore.

Fie, 1.

Proc. R-5. Victoria Plale

' i^

^ rV'U\'i::;;;'iy

Piy 4.

Fig. 3.

f I

RWenddUth. C Troedel iC? print.

Art. VIII. — Three, rare Species of E<j(js liliherto only
described from the Oviduct of the Bird.

By A. J. Campbell, F.L.S.

(Coininuiiicated by Professor W. Baldwin Spencer, M.A.)

[Read September 8, 1892.]

1. Serici^^us melinus, Latham (Regent-bird).

Localiijj. — Somewhat restricted, being ehietly confined to
the sub-tropical coastal scrubs of the Northern portion of
New South Wales and Southern Queensland ; but its
extreme limit appears to be Port Jackson in the South,
where the' bird has been occasionally observed, and the
Fitzroy River in the North. I have recorded having
received a skin of a young male from Duaringa, near that
Rivei-.

Observations. — The Regent-bii-d, especially the adult male
with glorious black and yellow plumage, Gould has well
said is one of the finest of Australian Fauna. Last
November I undertook an excursion to the Richmond River
District, New South Wales, with a view of obtaining,
amongst other items, the eggs of the Regent-l)ird. I found
the luxuriant scrubs abounding with Regent-birds, in fact,
they were as plentiful there as the Wattle-birds about the
Banksia groves of our Southern coast. We experienced no
difficulty in yjrocuring our few specimen skins. All that
was necessary was to select a balmy day and recline under
a Canthium tree, wliere the birds (males in various stages of
plumage and females) came to regale themselves on the
bunches of hard yellow berries. Nevertheless, although
well aided with a hardy companion, I prosecuted a
vigorous and toilsome search through dense labyiinths
of hot scrub and thorny brakes of prodigal growth,
whei'e the thick foliage of the trees caused a perpetual
twilight underneath, but returned without the eggs. It
was an experience akin to seeking for the proverbial
needle in a haystack. From evidence gained by dissection

124 Proceedings of ihe Royal Society of Victoria.

and otherwise, it appears that November was too early for
the ninjority of the birds. However, just prior to leaving
(19th ^'ovember) we detected a female carrying a stick, and
after much laborious work we succeeded in tracing her
through an entanglement of wild ras[)beri-ies and stinging
trees, and were satisfied that she was building in a certain
bushy Buoyong {Tarrietia) tree, after seeing her return
sevei-al times, each time with a twig in her bill. Marking
the tree, we {pointed it out to two young farmers, directing
them to send the eggs after us. Some weeks afterwards, I
received a doleful letter stating they were unable to climb
the tiee. However, the next month another farmer, whose
scrub paddock I had scoured, following up my instructions,
fnind therein a Regent's nest containing a pair of fresh eggs,
which I now have pleasure in describing.

The Eyg.s. — {a) A beautiful, well-shaped s[)ecimen, with a
fine texture of shell of a light yellowish-stone colour, with a
fvint green isli tinge, and marked with blotches and spots of
sienna, but principally with hair-like markings of the same
colour in I'anciful shapes and figures, as if a person had
painted them on with a fine brusli. Intermingled are a few
gre3dsh streaks, dull, as if under the shell's surface. All the
markings are fairly distributed, but are more abundant
around the upper quarter of the egg. The dimensions are
1 cm. long hy i\ breadth of 2'8 cm., somewhat large compared
with the size of the jjarent. The character of the markings
resemble nnich the egg of its close ally, the Spotted Bower-
bird (Ohlamydodera nuicidata), which 1 ibund near
Wentworth, River Darling, October 1887, with the difference
that the ground colour of the Regent is more yellowish and
not of tiie greenish shade of the Bower-bird, (fj) Similar to
the other s[)ecimen, but markings less pi'onounced and finer
in charactei', with a g'eater proportion of the dull greyish
hair-like streaks, also a little smaller; length .S-9o cm. by
a breadth of 2 75 cm.

The jS'ed. — It was discovered during the last week in
December, was placed about 15 feet from the ground, and
was observed by the bird sitting thereon. The structure
was of such a loose nature — merely a few twigs forming a
flat shelf about five inches across — that it fell to pieces on
removal from the tree. It was accounted remarkable how
the eggs could retain their position in it. The description
of the nest verifies the statement found in Gould, that " it is
rudely constructed of sticks ; no other material being

Three Rare Species of Efifj^. 125

einploj'ed, not even a lew i-oots as a lining," Ijut is at
variance with Mr. North's statement, which precedes his
description of the egg taken from the oviduct of a bird by
Mr, C'ockerell, the collector, the only other egg at present
known.

Incidentally,, the sti'eaky markings of the eggs o})en np a
speculation in reference to coloration. A clever paper read
before this Society some time ago, suggested the bowers or
pla}^ houses of the birds as attributive to the cause. Perliaps
Mr. Lucas had in his mind Jacob and the flocks that con-
ceived before the rods and bi'ought fortli cattle,
" ringstreaked, speckled, and spotted." But all bower-
building birds do not la}^ streaky-coloured eggs, to wit, the
Satin Bower-bird {Ptilonorlcy ncltits) . I succeeded in taking
a good |)hotograph of the Regent-bird's bower.

2. ScYTHROPS N()V.E-HoLLA.NDLE, Latham (Channel-bill)

Locality. — This bird is a wanderer over the whole of
Australia, but has not yet been received from the South
West ])ortion, and sometimes reaches Tasmania. Is recorded
from New Guinea.

Observations. — Th. Channel-bill is manifestly interesting,
because it is the lai'gest of Australian Cuckoos. It is some-
times known inland as the "flood" bird, ai'riving with such
occurrences. Gould described an egg from the oviduct. Mr.
North described a similar immature egg from a bird shot on
the Macleay River during the first week in November 1884.
An egg collected for me (taken from a crow's nest, if I
recollect rightly) at Coopei-'s Creek, was unfortunately
broken in transit.

The Egg. — A mature example, in tiie possession of Mr.
D. Le Souef, Zoological Gardens, Melbourne, may be
described as light Vjufl'or pinkish-brown in colour, mediumly
spotted with pinkish-red and chestnut, with a number of
light purplish markings under the shell's surface. In shape
and in general coloration, it is not unlike a Strepera's (Crow-
shrike) small egg. Texture of shell a little coarse ; surface
almost lustreless ; length -t-2 cm. by a breadth of 2'84 cm.
The egg was taken in October 1880, near Inglewood,
Queensland, where the Channel-bills were fairly numei'ous,
by Mr. Herman Lau, an observing naturalist, and, as
remarkable as it may appear, from the nest of the Sparrow-
hawk {Accipiter), together with an egg of the bird of prey.

12(5 Proceeding:^ of the Roynl Socieftj of Victoria.

On anotliei- occasioi), Mi-. Lau took a pair of Channel-bill's
eggs, together with a ])air of the common magpie's
Gi/mno)'hlng tlhiceu), all fresh from the nest of the latter;
wliile the previous season he took a pair of young Channel-
bills from a Strepera's nest, and forwarded them to the
Queensland Museum. It would be interesting indeed to
learn if the same Channel-bill deposit two eggs in the foster
bird's nest, or were they laid b}' separate birds.

3. LoPHOLAiM[Ts Antarticus, Shaw (Topknot Pigeon).

Locality. — The coastal scrub generally from Cape York to
Gippsland Lakes. Occasional stragglers reach Tasmania.
This handsome bird is persistently omitted from the
Victorian list, notwithstanding it has been recorded from
Eastern Gippsland, and I possess a note of a flock having
appeared at Tyrell Creek, near Charlton, ISovember 1889.

Observations. — T enjoyed am])le opportunity of ol)serving
these pigeons at home in the Richmond River scrub last
November, but was much too early for their breeding season.
It was delightful as the rising sun was gilding the tops of
the taller trees of the scrub to steal along the leafy avenues
to some favoured native Tamarind tree {Diploglottis), there
to watch the Topknot Pigeons, in company with the
gorgeously dressed Magnificent and Swainson's Fruit
Pigeons, ravishing the agreeable acrid bunches of fruit.
The flight of the Topknot Pigeon is rapid and powerful. At
times they eongiegate in large numbers, hence they are some-
times called "flock " pigeons by the dwellers of the scrub.
The egg I am jiermitted to describe is in the collection of
Mr. Le Souef It was taken from the nest at the end of
January 1887, by Mr. Herman Lau, Vandilla, Queensland.
Incubation was about a week old, therefore it is probable
that this species lays one egg only.

Tlce Egg. — Is dull white, somewhat granulated. In shape,
inclined to oval, with peculiarly pointed extremities,
especially the smaller end which nips ofl' suddeidy. Length
4-5 cm. by a breadth of S'OO cm.

The Nest. — The bird was shot, not knowing it flew from
the nest, which was immediateh- discovered about forty
feet from the ground on a thick branch of a Eucalypt, near
the outskirts of the Bunya Mountain scrub. Like those of the
majoritj' of pigeons, the nest was of the usual scanty nature
of coarse sticks, a few finer inside.

Art. IX. — Notet^ on the Mode of Reprodactlov of Geone-
■mertt's austraHenNis.

By Arthur Dendy, D.Sc, Univevsit}' of Melbourne.

[Read October 13, 1892. j

In the paper on Geonemertes austral lens Is* which I had
the honour of reading before this Society hist year, I shewed,
by anatomical examination, that in this w^orni the sexes ai'e
not united in the same individual, but that distinct males
and females exist. The males, however, appeared to be
much less common than the females and the single one which
I obtained was considerably below the average size, though,
from the insufficiency of the data, it was impossible to found
any generalization upon this fact. At the time when I wi'ote
I had made no observations either as to the mode of copula-
tion of male and female or as to the manner in wliich the
eggs are deposited. Relying upon m}^ anatomical investiga-
tions, however, I ventured to indulge in certain speculations
on these points, which ai'e contained in the following
paragraph : —

" The ova, as already stated, grow to a very large size,
Ineasuring up to about O'G mm. in diameter. It seems to me
ahiiost impossible that they should be discharged through
the narrow, preformed genital ducts. I believe that they
escape by rupture of the body wall and that the ducts merely
serve to convey spermatozoa to them. That these ducts do so
convey the spermatozoa I conclude from the fact that I have
found spermatozoa in them. Probably the process of
fertilization is effected by the male crawling over the female
and passing out the sperm as he crawls."-f-

Since this was printed my friends Messrs. C. C. Brittlebank
and H. Giles have collected specimens of Geonemertes
australiensis and also made some extremely interesting
observations upon the method of copulation and egg-laying.
I have to thank these gentlemen, not only for an account of
their observations, but also for sending me the specimens

* " On an Australian Land Nemertine {Geononcrtes aii^traUensix, n. sp.)"
Proc. Koyal Soc. Victoria, Vol. IV, N.S., p. 85.
+ Loc. cit., p. 115.

12(S Proceed ill (js of liie Roijol SocieJi/ oj Victoria.

n|»()ii vvliicli tliese o1).servati()iis wei'c based, so that, in the
case of the egg-laying liabite, I was able to continue the
observations on 1113^ own account. It will be seen in the
sequel that my suggestion as to the manner in which the
eggs are discharged from the body was incorrect, while, on the
(jtljcr hand, m_y views as to the method of copulation receive
support. The new oltservations reieried to above are as
follows: —

On the 22nd of May last Mr. Brittlebank found, near
Myrniong, two specimens of Geovemertes, apparently male
and female in copulation. The supposed male was very
much smaller than the female, and was riding on the back of
the latter. The female was about three-quarters of an inchand
and the male only about one-quartei' of an inch in length when
ci'awling. Mr. Brittlebank observed the specimens for an
hour and then posted them to me, but unfoitunately tliey
were lost in the post, so that I M^as unable to determine the
sexes by microscopical examination. The notes and sketches
made by this careful observer, however, point strongl}' to
the conclusion that the specimens were really male and
female. Again, on August 5, Mr. Brittlebank wrote to me
that he had found anothei' })air coujiled and he adds " the
male onl}^ crawled over the dorsal surface of the female."
Unfortunately tliese specimens also are not forthcoming for
microscopical examination, but Mr. Brittlebank informs me
that he watched them for a long time.

The above evidence, though not absolutely conclusive,
points stT'ongly to the conclusion thah mj^ suggestion as to
the manner in which the eggs are fertilized is correct. "We
have next to deal with the manner in wliich the eggs are
deposi ted .

On July 4th Mr. H. Giles, of Oreekside, Nar-Nar-Goon,
found a very fine specimen of Geoiieoiiertes, which he kept,
intending to send it to me alive. He forgot, it, however, for
some days, and meantime, on July 7th, it de])Osited a mass
of eggs, and on the J 3th it was found coiled around a second
mass of eggs. On the loth July I i-eceived from Mr. Giles
the parent worm and the two masses of eggs which it had
laid, the woi-m apparently in good health, and without any
signs of I'upture of the body wall, and still containing a
number of eggs visible through the integument. I kept this
specimen under observation foi- a long time, and on August 1 st
found it lying by the side of yet a third mass of eggs which
it had evidently just deposited underneath some moss in the

Mode of Reprodncthnt of Geonemerte.^ australiensls. 120

vivarium. Tlie parent animal survived, apparently in
perfect iiealtli and condition, until September lOtli, when I
killed and preserved it lor future reference.

It will be obsei-ved that all these three lots of eggs (whifh
I shall describe presently) were laid by an animal in
ca|itivity, and if this wei'c all the evidence forthcoming some
critic might perhaps suggest that the laj'ing of the eggs was
due to the abnoi-mal conditions ot life, as has been suggested
in the case of Feripatus. Fortunately, howevei-, about the
same time two other observers, Mr. Hennel and Mr. Fiddian,
found similar masses of eggs in a state of nature, which they
kindly brought to me, and which subsequently proved to be
undoubtedly eggs of Geonemertes. Mr. Hennel obtained
his specimen on July 18th, in the damp bark of a gum tree
on the Dandenong Creek, and Mr. Fiddian's specimen was
found beneath a stone, at Creswick, at the end of July.

The newly deposited eggs of Geoncnierfe.s austraUensls
are opaque spherical bodies about O'O mm. in diameter and
of a white or nearly white colour. Some thirty of these eggs
are enclosed together in a sausage-shaped mass of colourless
transparent jelly, about half an inch in length, the
individual eggs being scattered through the jelly. The
surface of the gelatinous matrix is smooth, and the jelly
appears to be common to all the eggs, instead of forming a
special envelope around each, as in the case of frog-S}uiwn.
One such mass of eggs is deposited at a time, and, as is
evident from the observations recorded above, at least three
can be deposited in succession by the same animal, at
intervals of several days, the animal itself remaining perfectly
uninjured. Hence it appears almost certain, although the
actual deposition of the eggs has not been (observed, that
they leave the body separately, each by the narrow duct
which leads from the sac or capsule containing it to tlie
exterior. This duct, then, appears to serve both for the
admission of the speraiatozoa and for the extrusion of the
fertilized eggs. The source (jf the gelatinous material in
which the eggs are deposited, and also the manner in which
the whole mass is moulded into shape, have yet to be
discovered. Probal^ly the animal discharges the eggs and
pours out the jelly as a secretion from the surface of the body
simultaneously. If this were done while the animal was
slowly crawling along the result would certainly be one of
the curious egg-masses described above. We may con) pare
this hypothotical process with the formation of the slimy

130 Proccedinys of ike Royal Society of Victoria.

track wliicli viiider ordinary circumstances the animal leaves
behind it wlien it crawls, only in the latter case the secretion
of slime, and consequently the slimy track, are continuous.
1 do not mean to suggest by this comparison that the
gelatinous matrix is identical witli the ordinary slime, for
that I think highly impi-obable.

With regai'd to the development of the eggs my observa-
tions have been attended with very little success. The
o))acity of the embryos, due to the pi'esence of a large
quantity of food yolk, renders investigation of them in the
living state extremely difficult, and the cutting of sections,
which I also attempted, has not so far yielded satisfactory
results either. As might have been expected, I have not
foimd any ti'ace of the Pilidium stage so characteristic of
some marine nemertines. 80 far as I can judge at present
the development appears to be direct.

On August Sfith I examined some of tlie embiyos from
the mass of eggs which was found freshl)' deposited in the
vivarium on August 1st. It was easy to distinguish, two
stages of development. In the first the embrj-os were
spherical and eacli enclosed in a very delicate transparent
membrane. Each was about 0'6 mm. in diameter, opaque and
solid-looking, and clothed with short cilia. They revolved
slowly inside their delicate envelopes and sometimes slightly
changed their shape. In tlie second stage the embryos had
emerged from their delicate envelopes and under the
microscope they slowly crawled about, constantly changing
their shape in an amoeboid fashion, elongating as they crawled.
They were clothed with short cilia and were still perfectlj'
opaque. No eye spots were yet visible.

The next stage observed was in the mass of eggs collected
by Mr. Fiddian at Creswick, some of which I examined on
August 26th, about a month after they had been found.
When removed from the soft, investing jelly these embryos
elongated themselves greatly and crawled about pretty
freely, much after the fashion of the adult worm. A single
pair of eye s|)ots was visible at the anterior end. Micro-
scopic examination, by means of sections and otherwise,
showed that the proboscis, alimentary canal and nervous
system were all well developed, even the characteristic
stylets of the proboBcis being present. Hence, although these
animals had not yet left the investing jelly, the development
was nearly complete. The alimentary canal still contained,
however, a ver}^ large quantity of unabsorbed yolk-granules.

Art. X.—The Bluff at Bariuon Heads.

(Witli Plate XIV.)

By G. S. Griffiths, F.G.S.

[Read November 6, 1891.]

This bold headland, at the uioutli of the Riv^er Barwon,
presents some features of geological interest. A crag of
grey sandstone, it owes its preservation to the circumstance
that its seaward extremity stands upon a basement of hard
lava, which rises just above the level of high-water. The
result of such an arrangement of the rocks is illnstrated bj-
the profiles of two of the cliffs, one of which consists wholly
of calcareous sandstone, the lava foundation being wanting.

Where the base is of lava, as it is in the cliff at B in
Section A B, the profile has an inclination of about 45°, and
can easily be scaled. This shows that the rate of recession
of the face of the cliff is much faster than that of the foot.
Now, the foot of such cliffs is cut back b}^ both the sea and
the weather, while the face is cut back by the weather alone.
As the waves and weather together work into the cliff much
more quickly than the unaided atmospheric agencies can, we
seek for some special condition in the cliff itself, to explain
the slanting profile, and we find it in the toughness of the
lava base, which here retards the encroachments of the
waves.

If we now turn to the cliffs near D, we see that one is
vertical, and another, which I have not drawn, is deeply
undercut at the sea level, so that it continually falls in great
slabs, which encumber the beach. Here the entire face of
the cliff is of homogeneous material, and the greater wasting
jiower of the sea over the atmosphere shows itself in the
profile, which is vertical where it does not overhang its foot.
The aerial destruction is not less here, but the sea scour is
much greatei'. Hence the difference between the profiles of
the two cliffs.

K 2

1*32 Proceedings of the Jio;/al Society of Victoria.

The next circumsiraiice illusti-ated by the local features
is the effect of a lava flow upon tlie distribution of shallow
v/ater deposits.

Tlie tongue of rock projected in a molten state across a
submarine plain of shifting sands, forms a permanent ridge
against which the swift currents at once heap up bai-s of
sand. When these become very thick, so that the lower
portions are not disturbed for long periods, the base of the
ma&s may become cemented into hard rock by the percolation
of lime in solution, or from the moment sand is heaped over
the vincooled lava, the gases and acidulated waters may slake
the mass into compact strata. This has occurred here, and
thus a spit seems to have been formed, over which is spread
a bed of clay which may be volcanic ash decomposed in -situ.
or an ordinary littoral deposit. Upon the top of this clay
bed is a very horizontal soil bed ; just such a sandy loam as /
is now seen to be capping the clitfs, very fine, and darkened
with abundant carbonaceous matter. The next stage is that
this land surface — which may have been no more than the
muddy fore-shore of the Barwou, or Lake Connewarre — gets
covered with sand, which is false bedded, and as far as I can
see, unfossiliferous. Whether then this is a sedimentary (ji-
an eblian deposit it is hard to say, as false bedding occurs in
rocks originating in either way. There aie, however, thin
beds of watei'-worn conglomerates intercalated between these
false bedded sandstones, which lead me to believe that the
coast was sinking and that the sands were spread over this
sf»it by the sea currents. The old land surface humus,
although it has been compressed by the overlying sandstone,
IS still about two feet thick, and its upjier margin is very
sharply marked off from the dejx^sit above it. This latter
rises as a cliff face to a height ot from seventy to ninety feet.
]t is divided into at least three greater divisions, and these
again are resolvable into lesser beds, all current bedded.
There are differences to be observed which distinguish the
l;u-ger masses from each other. The middle bed at one part
of the cliff especially, contains so much lime that every
piojection of the rock wall carries its group of stalactites.
At a considerable height up the cliff face there is a bed of
conglomerate, or breccia, marked E in the sections. The
stones are small sized, some are basaltic pebbles water-worn,
the rest are of sandstone, some loUed and some not, many
having a black burnt look. The whole mass is very strongly
cemented together by carborate of lime. It is worthy of

Proc. R S Victoria. Plate XIY.

The Bluff at Barwon Heads. 133

notice, that while the old land .surface at the base is quite
level, the conglomerate bed rises from A to B in that section.
Other similar- beds lie above this one, none lying horizontal^.

The lava flow is not seen to the west of the Barwon Head-
land (B), but some beds of clay, of volcanic origin probably,
though destitute of basalt boulders, are to be seen at two
levels.

On the beach at t\ which is about three hundred yards
distant west of the last clitf, a bed of rough conglomerate
is being broken up by the waves. This is beneath the
horizon of the lava flow at B, but it nevertheless contains
plenty of basalt boulders. Amongst other rocks there are
quartz pebbles, and broken shells are plentiful. The stratum
is about three feet thick, ami it lies between beds of sand-
stone. Where the scour of tlie .sea has worn down the
conglomerate to a smooth flat floor, its varied materials set
in a hard matrix give to it the appearance of a gigantic
brawn.

The Barwon Head beds must be either late Tertiary or
Pleistocene. When they were forming, Bass's Strait extended
northwards of the present coastline. Subsequently the area
rose again, and when the present clifl" tops were probably
.seventy to ninety feet lowei' than they are now, one extension
of Lake Connewarre southward covered them, and the silt
from its floods spread their soil over the barren sand rock.
More tilting up of the strata drove back the lake waters to
the north ; or it may be that the Barwon cut through the
sandstone ridge that lay between the lake and the sea, and
thus let out and lowered the waters of Connewarre, until
they approximated their surface levels to that of the ocean
into which thev were di.scharo;ed.

Art. XI. -On the Conductivlf^/ of o Solution of Copper
Sulphate.

(With Plates XV and XVI.)

By W. HuEY Steele, M.A.

[Read August 11, 1892.]

The following observations were made with the intention
of examining, under various conditions, the conductivity of
a salt solution, which is of some impo)'tance at present,
owing to the attention being paid to solutions now by
Ostwald, van't Hoft, and others. I chose copper sulphate
(CuSO^+S HjO) to work with, as that was the most con-
venient. It is plentiful and easily purified, and cojjper is a
convenient metal to use for making the electrodes.

All the methods of measuring electrolyte resistance by the
ordinary Wheatstone bridge and galvanometer are more or
less unsatisfactory, the only satisfactory method being that
suggested by Kohlrausch, namely^ of using rapidly alternat-
ing currents and a telephone, instead of steady currents and
a galvanometer. The alternate current may be produced by
a small dynamo, but much more conveniently by an
induction coil maintained by a few cells. A small coil
is preferable to a large one, as the statical charge on the
electrodes, especially it they be small, is liable to introduce
a sei'ious error, besides which is the annoyance of receiving
shocks on touching exposed ]mrts of the circuit, if one
works with such high E.M.F.'s as ai'e produced in a large
coil. The coil I used, when maintained by fou^- freshly
charged Grove cells, gave a spark of rather more than a
centimetre, but I generally used a much weaker primaiy
current. A slide wire bridge is generally recommended, but 1
found a resistance box more sensitive and more convenient.
The greatest sensitiveness I ever obtained was about 1 in
1500, that being with a resistance of 1500 ohms. The dis-
tribution of resistances which is most advantageous in the
arms of the ordinary Wheatstone bridge is by no means the
best in Kohlrausch's ari-aiiuement. In the former, it is

Conduct I vliy of a Solution of Copper Sidphate. 135

necessary to ari-ange the aims so that when the resistances
are balanced, the niaxiimnn current shall pass through the
galvanometer, and generally the variable aim can be so
arranged that there is no perceptible deflection of the needle.
But in Kohlrausch's method, one cannot get complete silence
in the telephones, and a variation of say 1 per cent, is moie
noticeable in a feeble sound than in a loud one, and so
(unless the currents be very weak) the arms have to be
arranged to send the minimum current through the
telephones. This method also differs from the ordinary in
its inability to measure with accuicicy low resistances, less
than 10 ohms, neither can it measure very high resistances
more than 50,000 ohms, although, with the box I had, I conld
otherwise have measured 1,000,000 ohms. Where one tries
to measure these high or low resistances, it is found that
when the resistances are approximately balanced, it takes a
considerable alteration, say 5 per cent, in the variable arm, to
produce any perceptible change in the sound in the telephone,
and when the change is produced, it is not so much a change
in intensity as in quality — it almost seems like an alteration
in pitch, though that could not be. Besides overcoming the
ditHculty introduced by polarisation, there is an enormous
advantage in Kohlrausch's method in the way of rapidity.
Making an observation is the matter of seconds, instead of
minutes.

The cell I used to examine the effect of change of tempera-
ture on conductivity was a glass tube (see Fig. 1), about
20 cm. in length, and 1 cm. in diameter, slightly bent. The
ends of tliis fitted into twi^ flat copper cups, with holes in the
sides, fitted with slightly conical necks. These cups were
about 7 cm. x 5 cm. x 2 cm. The space between the
glass and the copper necks was tightly packed with loose
hemp, and formed a perfectly water-tight joint. Wires
soldered to the cups gave a means of connection, the cups,
or rather their iuterioi- being the electrodes, the surfaces
exposed to the solution being about 80 square cm. The
cups were closed at the tops b}^ blocks of indiarubber cut to
fit. I had some diflticulty, however, in making tliese quite
water-tight, and tried several methods of stopping up the
cracks. It was -easy enough to stop them at ordinary
temperatures, but the difficulty was to find some cement
that did not soften at 100° C. Sealing-wax and putty were
among the things I tried, but neither remained water-tight
at 100° C. A solution of indiarubber in naptha was finally

18o Proceedinys of the Royal Society of Victoria. .

tried, and with ccmplete success, and I found the wliole cell
now water-tight even under considerable hydrostatic
pressure. Glass tabes were passed through the indiarubber
blocks, and Liebig condensers were attached to these by
pieces of indiarubber tubing. The inner tubes of the
(U)ndensers were closed at the top b}^ corks. The condensers
were held vertically by clamps, and the cell was thus
sus])ended. It was inunersed in oil to a depth of about
() cm. (dotted line in figure). I had to keep it hung, as my
bath was copper. I tested the insulation of the oil, and
could get no current through a very slight thickness of it.
When heating" a solution, air bubbles began to form aJfc
about 75° C. The bending of the tube was to allow" the
escape of these when they became large enough, as well as
to allow the steam to escape more readily when the temi>era-
ture rose to boiling-point. The conden.sers were, of course,
intended to keep the solution at a constant strength.
Observations of the resistance above 70° were made after the
solution had been well boiled, so that there were no air
bubbles to increase the resistance of the system.

To observe the temperature, I took a glass tube of the
same section and thickness as that of the cell, and corking
one end, I partially filled it with the same solution as that
with which I was working, and putting the thermometer
into this, I put the tube in a slanting ].)Osition in the bath.
Under tliese conditions, I considered tliat tlie temperature of
the solution in the second tube ought not to differ much
from the temperature of the solution in the cell. For extra
security, however, I always kept the temperature within a
degree or two for several minutes, and within i degree for
about half a minute before taking a reading of the resistance.
The salt I used was ordinary commercial copper sulphate
which I purified by making strong super-saturated solutions
in distilled water, and taking the crystals which were
deposited before the .solution became cold. I obtained the
strength of each solution by weighing the amounts of salt and
water in it, and checked the results by taking the density
with hydrostatic balance, using a glass sinker, and then
comparing these values with a series previously obtained and
l>lMtted.

I made a very great number of obsei'vations altogether,
but finally have drawn my conclusions from eight sets,
which were the last made, and on which I spent more time
and pains than on the others. In the results which follow.

ConductiviUi of a Solution of Copper Sidpli.ate. 137

T is the temperature centi<^ia(]e, R the observed resistance of
the system in legal ohms, aiul /.• is the conductivit}', i.e., the
rrciproeal of the specific resistance. Taking « as the specific
resistance r = ^^. where r is the mean radius, and I is the
length increased by "8 /■ at each end, ^72 i« a constant for
tile instrument determined by measurement once for all.
Thus k =

logl

loo- R = l-2:)4()

j, and log

log R^ so tliat the calculation of /• from the observed resist-
ances is veiy simple. The following tables show all the
observations used from whicli I calculated my results : —

5-98

1155

•0155i ;

887

2025 i

2335 [

C7.9

2615 !

629

2855 j

305 i

589

5a7

3343 i

537-5

334 1

5^0

332 i

0-18

328 [

556

323 1

581

309

3-34 %

2-51 %

1^258 ;

;

1800

-00997

18-9

18-3

2290

-00784

15-S

4030

•00445

1459

•012.30

:U)

1837

•00977

35^2

2800

641

1225

1465

1598

•01123

2350

764

(iO

1066

1684

1410

•01246

21^20

847

999

1796

1335

1344

1990

902

962
928

1866
1934

70
81)

1266
1218

1118
1474

100

1957

917

99-7

929

1932

1174

1529

1915

937

98-6

930

1930

1175

1528

1925

932

1926

11S2 ;

1519

1915

937

933

1924

1192

1506

100

1901

944

935

1920

1212 i

1481

1903

943

940

1909

1901

944

943

1903

957

1875

138 Pfoceediiif/s of ike RoyaL Society of Victoria.

•597 %

■262 %

3270

•00549

6270

•00286

'.17

3250

552

96^5

6260

287

3235

555

6260

287

9;5

3230

556

6J80

286

3230

556

86-5

6330

283

3235

555

80-5

6430

279

3250

552

70-3

6740

266

3260

550

IS i

13850

1296

3280

547

30-5

10870

1651

3400

528

8900

2017

16-3

6650

270

60 1

7550

2377

30-2

5060

355

70 ,

7000

2564

4130

435

6550

2740

6'J

3650

492

70 ,

6900

2601

3380

531

I had now to find, first, the law of variation of conduc-
tivitj'- with temperature, and second, its variation with
streno-th of solution. In working out the former, I took
20° C. as my standard, and in what follows, t is the excess
of temperature over 20°. I found that each set of observa-
tions was given within the limits of errors of observation
by the foiinula k^ = h^^ (I + at — /3 t'^) l\ and l'^^ being
the conductivities at 20° + f C. and 20° C. respectively. Tn
determine a and /3 as accurately as possible, I worked it out
in each case by the " method of least squares," working
from the conductivities at 20, 30, 40, 50, 00, 70, 80, 9('),
and 100° ('. found by interpolation from the results given
above.

The values I found are shown in the foUowinu' table : —

(Solution

Conceutration).

25-7 %

•0458

•0254

•000100

9-24

•0224

•0237

140

5-98

•0165

243

144

3-34

•0102

211

125

2-51

•00808

221

136

1-26

•00482

231

138

•597

•00293

215

115

•262

•00135

220

Coiidactlult)/ of a Solution of Copper Sulphate. 189

From this table it will be seen that a. and /3 are fairly
constant for all solutions, though perhaps a increases slightly
with the concentration. The errors in ^ aie too great and
too irregular to indicate any law of variation. Assuming
then that a and /? are constant, we find the mean values are,
a = 022!) ; (i = 000121. In a the probable error of the
result is -OOOo^, or a little less than 2| per cent, of the whole.
Although the values of a and /S thus found give the conduc-
tivity with ftiir accuracy, yet they fail in one particular. It
will be seen on examining the results in the case of the last
two solutions, that there is a temperature of maximum con-
ductivity somewhere between 90 and 100° C. In previous
experiments, however, I got maxima between 90 and 100°,
with solutions of 3 and 0 per cent., it being very marked in
the latter case. It is possible that there may be a maximum
in every case, but generally above 100° C, and that its
position may vary considerably with veiy small impurities
in the solution, though I do not know what impurity I could
have introduced in the one case and not in the other, as in
each case I used water distilled in the same way, and salt
from the same vessel.

I should remark that, in calculating a and (3 in the case of
the solutions that have a maximum under 100°, I only used
the results between 20° and 80°.

It now remained to determine the law connecting con-
ductivity and concentration {k and n). After trying various
formuhe and plotting sevei-al functions of k and n, I at last
suspected that k varied as some powei- of n, and on taking
logai-ithms and plotting them, I found the resulting curve
very nearly a straight line, the deviations from it being sucli
as might arise from errors of observation. Putting tc ^ a n'',
we have log A; = log a + h log n. This is a very simple
form to work out by "least squares," and I found the
constants were a = -OOiOS, b = -700, the avei-age error
being 34 per cent. The general expression for the conduc-
tivity thus becomes k = -00403 X ii^'^ (1 + -0229 t -
•000121 t^). The curves I, II, and 111 show the relations
between the conductivity and temperature for three different
solutions, and may be taken as typical. The curves them-
selves are plotted from the mean values of the temperatuie
coefficients, and the crosses show the actual observations.
As I remarked previously, the coefficients are probably some
function of the concentration, but my results are not accurate
enough to determine it. Curve IV shows the logarithms of

140 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

the diffl^rent values of tlie conductivity and concentration ;
as before, the curve showing the mean calcuhited vaUies, and
the crosses the observed vakies.

The following table gives the conductivities for several
concentrations and temperatures, and may be useful for
reference : —

CONCENTEATION.

Tejip.

•1%

•5 %

10%

20%

30%

•000690

■00237 !

•0040;!

•013W

•0235

•0398

•0543

•000840

403 i

490

168

286

484

661

•000975

335

569 '

195

332

562

767

•001090

374 1

6H5

•218

371

628

857

•00119

4(.8 !

693

238

405

685

936

•00127

436

741

254

433

733

1000

•001.^3

459 !

780

267

455

771

1050

472

800

1090

100

483

819

1120

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES XV AND XVI.

cups ; c c, indiarubber
e e, Liebig condensers ;

Fig. ]. — a, glass tube; b 6, copper
blocks; r?, h«^iiip Packing
/, level of solution in cell ; (/, level of bath in
which cell is immersed.

Fig. 2. — Curves I, II, III, showing agreement between
mean value of temperature coefficients, and
values in typical cases. Abscissae represent tem-
perature centigrade ; ordinates, conductivity.

Fig. 3. — Curve IV, showing that the connection between the
logarithms of tlie concentration and conductivity
is linear, and consequently, that the conductivity
varies as a power of the concentration. Abscissae,
logarithms of conductivity; ordinates, logarithms
of concentration.

Proc- R S Victoria Plate XV.

Frg.l

Froc R S. Victoria Plate XV/.

^^-^

--r-

.03

Ji^

__E— — r

0 3

0 4

C 5

0 6

0 7

0 so 9

0 !00

Fig. 2.

1 1 1 I I ^

Fig. 3.

Art. XU.—The Lichens of Victoria. Part I.
By Rev. F. R. M. Wilson.

[Eead November 10, 1892.]

INTRODUCTION.

1.— Thk Structure ov Lichens.

Lichens are cellular plants, and consist generally of
thallus, apothecla, and spermagones.

1. The thallus is usuall}^ composed of layers (a) cortical,
(6) gonidial, (c) medullar^/, and (d) hypothaUine.

(a) The cortical layer, which occurs on the upper surikce
of most, and also on the under surface of mau}^ lichens,
varies in composition, but is generally formed of closely
compacted cellules. It varies also in colour, in thickness,
in degree of tenacit}^ and in smoothness of surface. The
inferior cortex of many lichens is furnished with vhizincB, or
root-like filaments, by which the plants are attached to their
substratum.

(6) The gonidial system, which generally occurs immedi-
ately under the cortex, is specially characteristic of this class
cf plants. When the gonidial cells are completely filled
with bluish or olive-green matter, they are called granula
gonlma; but when the yellowish-green contents are
suiTounded by a hj-aline .space within the cell, they are
called gonidia. Both kinds are usually sphteroidal. In
some genera the gonidia are flat and irregular in outline,
chroolepoid. Some lichens are chrysogonimic, with golden
yellow gonidia.

(c) Tiie medulla, which is found beneath the gonidial
sj'stem of many lichens, consists of colourless, tubular, and
articulate filaments, more or less closely compacted or
interlaced.

(d) The hypothallus, which is spread under the thallus of
some lichens, is usually (jf a dark colour, and is formed of
the filamentous growth arising from the germinated spores,
on which the other parts of the thallus are deposited.

142 Froceedinrjs of the Boy a I Sociefy of Victoria.

2. The apotliecium, or reproductive oi-gan, coDsists of
(1) an exci]}ulum , either pale or dark, on whicli lies (2) the
hyjjothechim, also either dark or coloiu-less. From the
surface of the latter rises (3) the thechnrt or Itymenium,
which contains tlteccv, generally sniroiinded by 'jniva/physes
or club-shaped filaments, all which are usually' glued
togethei- by the (/elathut liymenia. The surface jormed by
the conglutinated apices of the paraphyses is termed the
epitlieciwni or disk. The hypothecium of nucleated apothecia
is styled a i^evithecmnt.

The various forms of apothecia are («) leco/norhie, i.e.,
orbicular and bordei-ed by a tli; Uine margin ; (h) lecideine,
i.e., orbicular with no thalline margin, but often bordered
l)y the edge of the excipulum or hypothecium, which is
called a proper margin, i.e., a margin propei- to the apothe-
cium ; (c) graphicline, i.e., like writing, iiTegular in form,
l)ut typically naiTow and horizontally lengthened ; and {d)
pyo'etwdiiw, i.e., globular and nucleated.

The theca? contain spores, usually 8, but sometimes 1, or
2, or 4, or (3, or sometimes innumerable. The spores vary
much in size and form and colour and contents. Home are
divided into two or man}^ cells, and some are simple. The
outer and inner walls are called the e^yispjore and evdospore.

8. The spermagones are small thalline tubercles, containing
a colourless receptacle, within which there arise minute
filaments, eithei- simple, when they are termed sferigmata,
or articulate, when they are termed arthrosteri(/viata.
These filaments carry upon their apices very minute bodies,
called spermatio, which are of various shapes, but generally
(ylind)-ical, and which are readily separable and pressed
foi'th in great numbeis through a pore in the a[)ex of the
spermagone. The spermatia are supposed to fertilise the
apothecia, but their function is not known.

There are also other bodies occasionally found on the
thallus. Pycvidei< are small organs of a dark colour,
(■oniaining filaments called hasidia, which bear, singly at
their summits, minute, generally oblong, bodies, called
dylospores. These are by many authors supposed to be a
sort of secondaiy fructification, and by others affirmed to be
minute fungi. Cyp)heJla; are minute excavations in the
under surface of certain lichens. Their function is unknown.
When the}' are ap])arently filled with white or yellow
powder, they are called ph<e;vdoryp)hella'. CepliaJodia are
tubercles of various shapes, which are found on many species.

TJw. Lichens of Victoria. 143

and contain cells or granula gonima. Their functions are
unknown. Soredia are powdery protrusions of gonidia and
I >f portions of the interior through the surface of the thallus.
In some species, the npothecia are often conv^erted into
soredia and are sterile. This formerly constituted a genus
Vrriolaria, from which this formation is styled vaviolarioid.
The surface of the thallus is often roughened by minute
tlialline excrescences, which formerly gave rise to a genus
Isidium, by which name this formation is still distinguished.
The obsolete genus Lepraria was formed of lichens whose
thallus is s'terile and pulverulent. The obsolete genus
Spiloma has been foinid to consist of certain small fungi
parasitic on lichens. Various other foreign growths are
occasionally detected on tneir thallus and apothecia. Some-
tijnes minute alga?, or fungi, or portions of mosses will come
into view under the microscope; but their structure is
exidentl}' very different from that of the lichen with which
they are found.

2. — The Usks of Lichens.

Their chief design in nature seems to be to- form a
vegetable soil for the growth of higher plants. It is
lemarkable that no ])oisonous principle has ever been
found in any species of lichen ; yet, with the exception
oi a few kinds, they are seldom eaten by animals. Snails
devour them, and there are microlepidopterous larvae which
feed upon them. On a coi-al island in the Indian Ocean,
I found lichens with the traces of the claws of crabs, which
had evidently sought nourishment from them, especially
from their apothecia. 'J^he omnivorous Acarus destructor
seems to infest lichens, both in the field and in the herbarium.
.Some species afford nourishment to the higher animals.
What is called the reindeer moss is a lichen, and is well-
known as the chief food of the reindeer in Lapland. There
are also species in other lands, which are useful as fodder for
domestic animals. Even human beings occasionally use
some kinds for food, others are employed for medicine, and
others again have proved valuable for the dyeing of cloth.

3. — The Geographical Distribution of Lichens.

The growth of lichens in Victoria depends chiefly on the
moisture of the various districts of the colony. On the

1+4 Proceed iv(/s of the Royal Society of Victoria.

plains, and even on the hills, north of the Dividing Range,
they are much fewer than on the southern slopes of tlie
Range, and on the hills and in the forests towards the coast.
Suh-A]i)ine species are found on the lofty mountains of
the Victorian Alps, and sub-tro])ical species in east Gip])s-
land. This latter district, indeed, from its position near the
warm currents of the Pacific Ocean, and sheltered from the
.Southern Ocean by Tasmania, is physically, rather a part of
New South Wales, thari a province of Victoria.

The annual firing of the forests has destroyed, and is
destroying, many spots which used to be good collecting
grounds. As lichens live only by the influence of air
and moisture, their growtli is intermittent ; and man 3^ of
them increase verj^' slowly, pi'obably continuing in life foi'
centuries, and their reproductive organs are supposed to
remain fertile for ages. The destruction of such plants is a
loss which cannot be readily made good. Many of them
are of more rapid growth, and some of them are ainiual.

In favoui-able localities they are found on the earth, on
stones, on rocks, on the bark and leaves of trees, and on
other plants, even on other lichens, on dead wood, on
decayed moss, on fallen leaves, &c., on dry bones, on leather,
on glass. Some prefer one substratum and some another,
and some grow indifferently on an}'. Some saxicole lichens
gi'ow only on calcareous rocks, some on siliceous rocks, and
some on any. Certain kinds love the mountain, and some
grow oidy on Alpine or sub Alpine heights ; others love the
plain. Some grow only in wet places, others in the dens«^
sunless shade, either on trees or in caves, or under ovei-
hanging rocks. Some like the neighbourhood of the sea.
othei'S of rivers or lakes. Some live in the water, either
constantly or occasionally submerged, in the channels of
streams, or on the seashore ; and some flom'ish on the slate
roofs of houses.

4. — The Collecting <jf Lichens.

The collecting of lichens is best done in tine, but not too
dry, weather. Those which grow closely attached to the
bark of plants, may be secured by cutting off the bark with
a strong sharp knife. If a piece of wood is taken along
with th.e bark, so much the better, as it v/ill prevent the
bark curling up when dried. The tough timl)er of our
fences and decorticated hardwood trees, on which some

Tlie Lichens of Victoria. 145

grow, will need the use of cold chisel and hammer. Rocks,
especially granitic and basaltic, require a light well-tempered
steel chisel, by which tolerably thin pieces can be detached
from almost any rock by the exercise of a little skill.

All that is necessary to preserve the specimens is, to fold
them up at once in soil ])aper (newspaper will do), to prevent
them rubbing against one another in the bag in which they
are carried home. Those which grow on earth require more
careful management. They need to be collected with a
sufficient piece of earth, and tenderly wrap})ed up. When
brought home, the earth needs to be pared off under the
specimen to a level surface, and then solidified by the
application of a solution of isinglass in spirits of wine. The
solution, when liquefied in a bottle under a heat of 25°
to 80^ C, or 77° to 86° Fahr., is dropped with a camel hair
pencil on to tlie earth till saturation, taking care not to let
it touch the thallus, which it would discolour. It should he.
applied underneath. When, after a day or so, the earth,
thus saturated, has become dry on the surface by exposure
to the air, the specimen should be placed for a few days
under sufficient pressure to keep it in shape ; it will thus
harden into a form suitable for glueing on to jniper, as
described below.

5. — The Herjurium.

The mounting and arrangement of lichens will be most con-
veniently carried out by glueing each specimen (with Russian
glue) on to the centre of a piece of writing-paper, with a space
below to record the name of the ])lant, the substratum on
which it was found, the place and date of finding, and the
name of the collector, and with a space above to record notes
of examination. These pieces of writing-paper may be then
pinned at each end on to quarto single sheets of white
cartridge paper with " lill " |)ins, six specimens of the same
species to tlie sheet, if small, or two if larger. They can
thus be easily detached for special examination. The largest
specimens may be glued on to the cartridge paper itself
These sheets of specimens should be enclosed in a quarto
cover of ca.rtridge paper, one species, or even one variety to
each cover, and the covers, put loose, with the open side
inwards, into a quarto book covei of pasteboard (three ply),
joined together by a strip of strong white binder's cloth, of
such width that each cover, when filled, is two inches thick.

146 Proceed'nigH of the Royal Society of Victoria.

For convenience of moving them to fumigate, &c., the book*
should be arranged in open boxes in an upright row. The
most convenient size of box is that of J.D.K.Z. Geneva cases.
The boxes being arranged like shelves, the names of the
family, series, genus and sub-genus are written in large
characters on the backs of the bo!ok covers, and thus at a
glance down the herbarium, the needed book can be readily
seen and easily taken out. The names of the specie.'i
enclosed in the books should be written on the left hand
lower corner of each doubled cover, and thus any specimen
can be conveniently found and re]')laced without delay.

To preserve tlie specimens from the ravages of insects,
they need to be occasionally exposed to the fumes of bi-
sidphide of carbon in a covered water-tight case. The
quantity of fluid required depends on the completeness with
which the case is tilled by the boxes. A few ounces in a
small c\\\) will serve for a case measuring inside 3 ft. x 2 ft.
X 1 ft. 8 in., which will contain three boxes.

6. — The Examination of Lichens.

The examination of lichens for ordinary purposes is most
simply and expeditiously carried out b}^ detaching a small
portion of thallus or apothecium, or a spermagone, and
]>utting it with a drop or two of water on a glass slide for a
short while to soak, then bruizing it down gently with a
pen-knife, till it is apparently dissolved. A dry cover is
applied, and gently pressed down with a dry knife. The
slide is then put under a micro.scope having a good | inch
object glass, and an eye piece magnifying from 250 to 300
diameters. When more careful examination is needed for
drawings of structure, a fine section will need to be made
of the moistened apothecium, &c., M'ith a section cutter, or
with a sharp surgeon's knife, under a watchmaker's lens.
It will require great nicety to make a good section, neither
too thick and opaque, nor too thin and depri\'ed of large
spores. Drawings and measurements may be made with a
camera lucida and a micrometer. A home made camera
lucida can be easily constructed by cementing a half of a
glass cover on to the end of a thin plate of brass, having at
the other end an aperture to correspond with that of the
eye piece, and bent in the middle at an angle of 45
degrees.

The Lichens of Victoria. 147

The chemicnl le-agents used in examining specimens are
tlecrieil by some liclienologists as being unreliable. Tliey
are, however, v'aluable assistants in determining species,
although they may not be absolutely conclusiv^e taken b}'-
themselves. The usual formula by which the solution of
iodine (signified by the lettei- 1), is prepared is — iodine, 1 gr.,
iod. potass., 3 grs., distilled water, | oz. For all practical
purposes, however, a strong enough solution is made by
j)utting a few grains of i(xline into a small phial of water
and allowing it to stand a day or so. The solution needs to
be kept in a glass-stoppered bottle of dark colour, or covered
with tin foil to exclude light. Hypochlorite of lime (signi-
fied by the letter C), is prei-»ared by putting a small j»ortion
of chloride of lime into a phial of water, and shaking it.
When the fluid clarifies, it is read}^ for use. Hydrate
of potash (signified by the letter K), is composed of equal
weights of water and caustic potash. It may be well
to intorm the beginner that when the water is added
to the caustic potash, a good deal of heat is evolved. It is
well, therefore, to previously warm the bottle, lest the
sudden heat should break it. The supply of caustic potash
needs to be kept from the air by beeswax round the stopper
of the bottle in which it is preserved. The hydrate should
also be kept in a stoppei-ed ]ihial, and must be used care-
fully, as it corrodes clothing, »Scc. These re-agents may be
applied, a drop at a time, by means of thin rods of glass ;
keeping each rod for its own solution, and wiping them dry
on an old rag after using them.

The application of C and K is either to the surface of the
plant or to the medulla. The younger part of the thallus is
the best for examination. In cold weather, a little heat
needs to be applied to hasten the action. This may be done
either by placing the ])hial with the solution in a cup of
warm water, or by putting the ])art under examination close
to the mouth and breathing heavily and repeatedly on it
after touching it with the solution. First apply C to a
portion of the thallus, and note the result. Then to another
portion apply K, and, after watching the effect a short
while, add C and note the results. To examine the action
on the medulla, scrape off' a portion of the cortex from
another part of the thallus, and apply K and C in the
same manner. The more freshly made the solutions are,
and the more carefully they are kept from the air, the more
reliable are the results.

L 2

]4<S Proceedings of the Roijal Socieft/ of Victoria.

7. — The Classification of Lichens.

The dassificatiou of lichens adopted in the following
])ages, is that of Njdander, as the most natural, being based
upon the consideration of all tlie parts and organs of the
plants, and exhibiting their place in reference to the neigh-
i)ouring classes of Algas on the one side, and Fungi on the
other.

8. — The History of Victorian Lichenology

Begins with this century. The first lichens collected in
Victoria ai-e recorded in an a})pendix to Flinders' Voyage
to Terra Austraiis, published in 1814. The collection was
made in various parts of Australia and Tasmania by
Mr. Robert Brown, who accom|)anied Captain Flinders in
his investigation of the coasts of New Holland in 1802.
Brown's specimens were afterwards re-examined by Rev. J.
M. Crombie, and the result recorded in the Jouinal Lin.
Soc, 1880.

In 1848 and 1849, Dr. Ferdinand Mueller, now Baron
von Mueller, collected a number of lichens in Victoria, and
sent them to Dr. Hampe, who determined the species. The
list appeared in the Report of the Government Botanist to
the Victorian Council, 1854. A second parcel of specimens
collected in Gippsland and the Australian Alps, was sent to
Dr. Hampe, and enumerated by him in Schlechtendals
Linnpea, 1856. This list was transcribed into the Govern-
ment Botanist's Report to the Victorian Legislative
Assembly, 1858. These namings by Hampe need revisal,
in view of the more minute examination of later lichen-
ology.

A few lichens collected by a visitor from Glasgow, Mr.
Hugh Paton, were named by Dr. Stirton, and published l)y
him in the Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria,
September 1880. They are five in number, and all new to
science.

Collections have been made bv Messrs. R. Wilhehni,
D. Sullivan, C. Walther, MerralC C. French, and Mrs.
McCann, and forwarded by Baion von Mueller to Europe.
The earlier collections were sent to Dr. Krempelhuber, of
Blankenberg, on the Hartz Mountains, by whom their
names and the descri])tions of new species weie ]iublished
in Ben Verhandl. des Kois. Keen. Zool. Bat. OeseL in Wien.,

The Lichens of Victoria. 149

1880. A list of the names was printed in the Supplement
to the eleventh volume of the " Fragmenta Phyt. Austral."
Authentic named sj)ecimens of most of these are pre.served
in the Melbourne Botanic Museum. These determinations
of Krempelhuber have been revised by Professor Jean
Mueller, of Geneva, in the Ratisboii Flora or Bot. Zeit.
1887. The later collections received by Baron von Mueller
were sent to Professor Mueller, by whom their names and
the descriptions of new species are recorded in the Ratisbon
Flora from time to time. Authentic named specimens of
most of them are preserved in the Melbourne Botanic
Museum, and a list of those named from 1881 to 1887
is given by Baron von Mueller in the Victorian Naturalist,
October 1887.

Collections made by Miss F. M. Campbell (now Mrs.
Martin), by Mr. F. Reader, and by Rev. F. R. M. Wilson
were sent for determination to Dr. C. Knight, of New
Zealand. Subsequently, some have been named and des-
ciibed by Rev. F. R. M. Wilson, and lists of them have
appeared from time to time in the Victorian Naturalist,
October 1887, June 1888, August and September 1889, and
April 1890 ; and latterly many, especially of the crustaceous
kinds, have been submitted to Professor Mueller, whose
determinations have not yet been published.

In 1891, a paper entitled "Lichens Collected in the
Colony of Victoria, by Rev. F. R. M. Wilson," was published
})y the Linntean Society of London. Many of the names
and descriptions there given are reproduced in the present
paper, but some are altered. The alterations of names are
noted in each case.

Those localities to which no name is appended haA'e been
ascertained by the author.

CLASS LICHENES. Micheli.

Thullus containing gonidia or granula gonima variously
disposed, and very often also crystals of oxalate of lime.
Fructification consisting of spores in theca3; gelatina hymenia
in most species becoming blue, in others reddish, and seldom
unaffected by the application of an aqueous solution of
iodine. S])ermagonia in minute thalline tubercles distinct
from the apothecia.

!•")() Proceedings of the Royal Society q/ Victoria.
FAMILY I.-COLLEMACEI.

Thallus usually dark in colour, black, brown or olive,
sometimes ashy or bluish, various in form, gelatinous in
substance, enclosing granula gonima, which are variously
arranged, moniliform or enclosed in sacs or dispei'sed.
Apothecia usually rufescent or pale, seldom black, genei-ally
lecanorine or biatorine, rarely endocarpoid.

Tribe I. — Lichinei.

Thallus blackish or brown, small, filiform, caispitoso-fruti-
culose or depresso-radiate. Saxicole.

Genus 1. — Ephebe, Fr. Born.

Tiui-llus fruticulose, filiform, branched and entangled ;
granula gonima large, arranged chiefly under the cellulose
coi-tex sub-transversely, two or four or more together.
Apotliecia endocarpoid in thickened poi'tions of the thallus.
Spermatia cylindrical.

1. E. i^uhesceiifi, Fr.

Thallus blackish brown, small (about 3 millimetres higli,
■1 mm. thick), much branched, somewhat decumbent, sligiitly
rugulose, containing brownish green granula gonin)a. Dia^-
cious. Spores 8, colourless, oblong, simple or 1 septate,
•on to OIG X -003 to -OO-t mm. (Nyl.) Paraphyses
indistinct.

Hab. on sub-Alpine rocks. Mount Macedon. Sterile.

Previously named by me (Trans. Lin. Soc. 1890) Stirjo-
nema ephebioides, Wilson, from a few small imperfectly
developed specimens. The lenticular con-colorous bodies
then noted by me as apparently connected with the plant,
were possibly foreign to it.

Genus 2.— Lichina, Ag.

Thallus brownish black, fruticulose, firm ; granula gonima
bluish ; apothecia terminal in sub-globose open thalline
receptacles. Spermatia oblong. Spores 8, colourless, ellijj-
soid, simple.

The Lichens of Victoria. 151

1. L. pygmcea, Lightfoot.

Thallus small (i inch or a little more), branches flattened
towards the apices. Spores -022 to 029 X -Oil to 01 G mm.
'^y\. Gelatina hymenia unaiiected by iodine.

Hab. on maritime rocks washed by the sea. Rep. Gov.
Bot. 1854. Doubtful ; probably the next species.

2. L. conjinis, Ach.

Similar to the preceding, but smaller, in more compact
tufts, and with terete branches. Spores 'OlOo x "Oil mm.
(Nyl.)

Hab. on maritime rocks between high and low watei',
Sandringham, Barwon Heads, Lome, Warrnambool.

Tribe 2. — Collemei.

Thallus various in form, membranaceous, lobate or laciniate
or microphylline, sometimes fruticulose, sometimes granu-
lose; rigid when dry, turgid and gelatinous wlien moist.
Apothecia lecanorine, in a few cases biatorine, in still fewer
endocarpoid.

Genus 1. — Synalissa, D.R. Nyl.

Thallus small, of various forms, incrusting, submembran-
aceous, granulose or frnticulo.se. Granula gonima in globulai-
cells. Apothecia innate, lecanorine, or rarely eudocarpoid.
Spermatia oblong.

1. S. cancellata, Wilson.

Thallus black or obscurely olivaceous, submembranaceous,
cancellate, minutely atro-granuluse, effuse at circumference
and encrusting the substratum. Granula gonima light green,
contained in gelatinous sacs (inky with I), 1-5 in each ; also
moniliform among fine elementary filaments. Apothecia
minute (to '25 mm.), prominent in the thalline granules,
one in each, at first endocarpoid, at length I'ufescent,
lecanorine, elevated, disk concave or plane, with thalline
margin withdrawn. Spores colourless, ellipsoid or ovoid,
simple, with narrow epispore, 'Ol to -012 X •OO-i to -OOG mm.
Paraphyses slender ; thecal cylindrical ; gelatina hymenia I,
vinous, then yellow.

152 Proceedings of the Ro//al Societfj of Victoria.

Hab. on sub-Alpine rocks and moss, Mt. Maoedon.
Previously named by me (Trans. Lin. Soe. 1890) aS*. micro-
cocca, Born, et Nyl.

Genus 2.— Collema, Ach. Nyl.

Thallus very various, granula gonima moniliform, no
distinct cortical layer. Apothecia ruf'escent, usually leca-
norine ; hyjjothecium distinctl}^ cellulose; spores eight,
colourless, commonly multilocular, rarel}' simple.

Sub-Genus 1. — Collema, Spores eUlptioid.

1 . G. Iceve, Ta3dor.

Thallus olivaceous, under surface paler or cinerascent,
smooth, rotundo lobate, undulate. Apothecia rufous or
fusco-rufous, plane, at length convex, with a thin entire
thalline margin. Spores fusiformi ellij)soid, -013 X '004 mm.,
o to 5 septate, and also longitudinally divided. Granula
gonima moniliform. Gel. hym. blue with iodine.

Hab. among mosses on gi-anitic rocks, M'Crae's Island.
Rep. Gov. Bot. 1854. Traawool, Beaconslield.

Previously named liy me (Trans. Lin. Soc. 1890) Leptogimn
olivaceum, Wilson.

Form gvanulatiLin, Wilson. — Thallus olivaceous or fusco-
olivaceous, here and there plumbeous : beneath paler, firm,
moderate (one inch wide), smooth, very often near centre or
wholly obscurely granulate.

Hab. on bark of trees, Wan-nainbool, Gipp.sland, Kew.

¥ovn\ Jimbriatum, Wilson.— Thallus crisped at circumfer-
ence, and isidioso fringed. Sterile.

Hab. on bark of trees, Warrnambool.

Form IskUosum, Wilson.— Thallus plumbeo coerulescent,
here and there olivaceous, membranaceous, thin, plicato
undulate, more or less covered with ccesious or obscurely
plumbeous isidia.

Hab. on bark of trees, Warrnambool, Gippsland.

2. 0. plumheum, Wilson.

l^hallus plumbeous, small, complicate, membranaceous,
rotundo-lobate, lobes undulate. Apothecia minute, often
ciowded, rufous bi'own, sessile, plane, thalline margin entire.

The Lichens of Victoria. 153

Spores ellipsoideo-fusitbrni, (Yl x OO-i mm., 5 septate, and
also longitudimilly divided. Gran. gon. oblongo globose,
•()()3 to OOo mm., monilironii : yellow with iodine. Gel. liym.
blue with iodine.

Hab. on mosses on trees, Warbuiton.

3. C. jarviun, Acb.

'J'halliis dark fuscous green oi- nigro-olivaceous, membran-
aceous, granulate, lobate, lobes coniplicate, often undulate ;
blood-red with iodine. Apotheeia fuscous, plane, thalline
margin enti)-e. S[)ores ovoid or ellipsoid, •018 to •024' x
•OOIJ to •Oil mm., 3 septate, irregularly murali-locular. — B.
V. M., Vic. Nat., Oct. 1887, p. 88.

4. 0. ((train, Wilson.

Thailus black, moderate (to 1^ inch), circumference lobate,
eomplicato squaniose, tiiick, cartilaginous, granulato-corru-
gate. Apotheeia black or dark rufous or sometimes pale,
with entire thalline margin, attaining 1 mm. diam. Spores
ovate or fusiforrni ellipsoid, acuminate at one or both apices,
•018 to •026 X •OOo to •OOG mm., 3 to 4 loculate. Thecie
clavate, intensely blue vvith iodine. Paraphyses slender,
crowded.

Hab. on calcareous maritime rocks, Warrnambool.

Sirji-GENiis 2.— Synkchoblastus, s^jores elongate.
1. S. congestits, Wilson.

Thailus black or atro-fuscous, small (to 1 inch) cartilagin-
ous, dittbi^mi-lobate, lobes i^otundate, undulate, circumference
elevated, incrassate, arcuate. Apotheeia black or jmllid or
dark red, moderate (2 mm. diam.), plane, with thickened
margin, at length convex, imuiarginate. Spores cylindrical
or ellipsoideo cylindrical, sometimes curved, often acuminate
at the apices, simple or 1 septate, containing two to five
locules, •OIT X 0035 mm. Paraphj'ses thick, inarticulate.
Gel. hym. blue with iodine, thecse intensely blue. Gran,
gon. conglomerated into sacs, two or three or more in each,
not moniliform.

Hab. on mosses, &c., on calcareous maritime rocks, Warr-
nambool.

154 PivGecdin</.s of the Royal Socktij of Victoria.

2. S. quadril ocular is, Wilson.

Thallu.s fusco olivaceous or iiigricaiit. membranaceous,
adhering, lobate, thicker at circumference, crisped. Apothecia
moderate, crowded, black or rufous black, plane or somewhat
concave, thai line margin entire. Spoi'cs cylindrical, rounded
at each apex, somewhat curved, -02 to 03 X 003 to -OOo
mm., o septate. Paraphyses slender, inarticulate. Gran,
gon. moniliform, or sometimes conglou)erated in fours into
gelatinous sacs.

Hab. on mosses on sub-Alpine granitic rocks, Mt. Macedon.

3. S. senecionis, Wilson.

Thallus green or fuscous green or olivaceous, under surface
caerulean green, thin, membranaceous, smooth, shining or
somewhat shining, or sometimes gi-anulato rugulose, moderate
(2 to 3 inches), rotundo lobate, lobes imbiicate, undulato
crispate, circtnnference ascending. Apothecia I'ufous or
testaceo rufous, about 1 mm. diam., often crowded, plane
or rather convex, thalline margin entire. Spores elongato
fusiform, straight or curved or .spirally contorted, "03 to 'Oo
X 004 to 00(S mm., 3 to 9 septate. Gel. hym. blue witli
iodine. Gran. gon. oblong or reniform (1 to 2 mm. long), or
subglobose (1 mm. diam.)

Hab. on bark of Senecio bedfordii, rarely and smaller on
bark of Prostanthei'a lasiantlms, Mt. Macedon ; Lakes
Entrance, Gippsland. When young, the thallus is tense and
vivid in colour, like a thin, glistening tilm of green paint.

4. S. leiicocarpas, Taxdor.

Thallus 1 to 3 inches diam., loliaceo membranaceous,
smooth, olivaceous, lobes rt)tundate, undulate and plicate,
margin flexuo.se. Apothecia often crowded, albocarneous ;
disk convex, pruinose ; margin entire, at length concealed.
Spores elongato fusiform, oi'ten acuminate at apices, 3 to o
septate, -03 to -Qh x '008 to -01 mm.

Hab. on trees, Cromb., Journ. Lin. Soc, XVII ; Wilson s
Promontory, Gov. Bot. Rep., 1854; Krplhbr., Vcrliandl.
Zool. Bot.'Gesell.s., in Wien, 1880; by Curdie's Creek, Mt.
Macedon, Warburton, Lome, Glenmaggie, Beaconsfield, Mt.
William, Dandenong Hills.

Var. 1 pefrcois, Wilson. — Obscurely olivaceous or nigri-
cant; lobes smaller, somewhat complicate. Apothecia small,

Tlie Lichens of Victoria. 155

nigj-iennt, seldom carneous, albo pruiiiose, disk plane. Spoi'es
pluii- (about 7) septate, -03 to '04 x •()()4' to -005 inm.

Hab. on granitic rocks in mountain streams in Tallarook
Ranges,

Var. 2 minor, Wilson. — Much less and darker than the
type ; snbmonophyllous, rotundate, often obscure!}" furfur-
aceo granulose. Apothecia minute and much crowded.
Spores as in type.

Hab. on ti-ees near Lake Wat Wat, Gippsland.

5. S. glaucophthalmus, Nyl.

Thallus olivaceo-fuscous, -| inch or more diam., here and
there fenestrato dissected, scrobiculate and often granulifer-
ous. Apothecia glaucous lilac, plane or somewhat concave,
thalline receptacle prominent, margin veiy thin. Spores as
in .S. nigrescens, to which this species is allied.

Hab. on bark of trees a.nd bushes ; Leptogium glauco-
phthalmum, B. v. M., Vic. Nat, Oct. 1887, p. 89 ; Warr-
nambool, Mordialloc, Cunninghame, Buninyong, Lake Wat
Wat.

0. (S. nigrescens, Huds.

Thalkis black green, thinly meml)riinaceous, submono-
phyllous, (jrbiculai-, depressed, rotundato lobate, radiately
rugoso plicate. Apothecia obscurely rufous, plane, crowded,
thalline margin entire. Spores fusiformi cylindrical, often
pluriseptate, 03 i to -042 x 00.5 mm.

Hab. on trunks of trees, Warrnanib')ol, Mordialloc, Cun-
ninghame, Buninyong, Metung.

Genus 3. — Leptogiu.m, Fries.

1. L. hiloculare, Wilson.

Thallus plumbeou.s, membranaceous, small (| inch) lacin-
iato lobate, lobes sinuate and undulate. Apothecia pale
rufous, minute (2- 7 mm. diam.); thalline margin prominent.
Spores fusiformi ellipsoid, bilocular, 015 x "006 mm. Gel.
hym. blue with iodine.

Hab. on the bark of a tree, Mt. Macedon.

2. L. sinuatum, Huds.

Thallus plumbeo-fuscescent, rotundato lobate, reticulato
rugulose, lobes crowded, imbricated, margin entire or crenate.

\')(j Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

sub-erect. Apotbecia brown, scattered, small, sessile, concave,
margin smooth, entire, elevated. 8pores oblongo ellipsoid,
attenuated at apices, irregularly murali locular, 02 x 'OOS mm.
Hab. on mossy rocks, Mt. Macedon, Kilmore, Lome.

3. L. lacerum, Acli. var. intcrriiediurn, Ai-n.

Thallus plumbeous, or pallido plumbeous, or fuscescenti
plumbeous, very thin, smooth or slightly rugulose, undulate
and plicate, laciniato lobate, lobes rotundate or lacerate ;
margin crisped, irregularly crenate or spatulato fimbriate,
fimbria often repeatedly branched. Apothecia pallido rufous,
not frequent, small or moderate, margin elevated. Spores
oblongo ovoid, narrow at one or both apices, murali locular
in typically 3 series, 025 x 008 nun.

Hab. on mossy rocks and bushes in bed of stream, Cobden,
Mt. Macedon, Beaconsfield, Lome.

Aspect intermediate, between lacerum and tronelloides.

Var. 2. inilvinaturn, Hftm. — Thallus dark brown, smaller,
])ulvinate, lobes minute, much crowded, denticulato laciniate;
sterile.

Hab. on earth, Kew ; rare.

4. L. tremelloide-s, L. var. azureum, Sw. = Collema
azureum. lleport Gov. Bot. 1854.

Thallus plumbeo glaucescent, here and there fuscescent,
smooth, lobate, imbricate and crispate. Apothecia rufous,
elevated, margin entire, plumbeous or pallid. Spores
ellipsoid, acuminate at apices, 5 septate and also longitudin-
ally divided, -016 X 00(3 mm.

Hab. on trees {Golleriuh azureum), McCrae's Island,
Rep. Gov. Bot. 1854 ; Cobden, Lake Elingamite, Black
Spur, Mt. Macedon, \Varl)urton, Lome, Beaconsfield, Lakes
Entrance.

Var. 2. muscite(jenf<, Wilson. — ^Darker and firmer than the
type, less undulate, ascending.

Hab. on stems of mosses on trees, Warburton, Korum-
bui'ra.

Var. 3. isidiosum, Wilson.— Much smaller than the type,
partially covered with a gianulose isidium. Apothecia
small, occasionally isidiose on margin.

flab, on mossy bush, Cunninghame.

The Lichens of Victoria. 157

5. L. philorJienma, Wilson.

Thallus more or less obscui-ely plumbeo cinereous oi-
brown, very thin, to | inch wide, sub-ascending, lobate,
plicato undulate ; margin crenate, sinuate and crisped.
Apothecia small (1 to I'o mm.), disk more or less obscurely
rufous, sometimes black, concave or plane ; thalline margin
entire, thick, rounded, elevated, at length thin, equal.
Spores ovate, 3 septate, and also longitudinally divided,
•01 o X -007 mm.

Hab. on mosses and rocks in the channels of stream^;,
Curdie's Creek, Lome, Tallarook.

Named by Dr. Knight as L. dactylinum, and so reported
by me (Trans. Lin. Soc. 1890).

6. L. victorianwin, Wilson.

Thallus obscurely plumbeous, here and there rufo-fuscous,
under surface nearly concolorous or sub-cinerascent, large
(3 inches or more diam.), more or less confusedly rugulose,
rotundo lobate, lobes undulate, firm, but in old lobes thick
and occasionally fusco-furfuraceous, as if deprived of cortex,
sometimes clothed with squamules. Apothecia moderate,
sometimes rather large I'ufous oi- . fusco-rufous, thalline
margin sometimes excluded, more generally plicate or
granulate or briefly laciniate. Spores ovoideo fusiform,
often acuminate at the apices, typically three septate, often
with the central locules longitudinally or obliquely divided,
•013 to "017 X "OOo to •00() mm. Granula goniraa moniliform.

Hab. among mosses, on trees and rocks abundantly, Mt.
Macedon, Black Spur, Cobden, Sandiingham (one specimen),
Warburton, Korumburra.

Allied to L.cklovomelum, Sw., and perhaps a variety of it.

7. L. pliyUocarpum, Pers. var. dwdaleum, Flot.

Thallus fusco i)lumbeous, here and there pallido plumbeous,
fii'm. lobate, lai'ge (three or four 'n. diameter), longitudinally
and very closely undulato rugose, or finely and acutely
corrugate, under surface paler. Apothecia dark rufous,
often large, thalline margin thick, densely corrugato rugulose,
spores ellipsoid, attenuate at each apex, five septate, and
also longitudinally divided, -03 to 034 x 012 to -015 mm.
(Nyl.)

158 Proceedhu/fi of ihe Royal Society of Victoria.

Hab. on trees and bushes, Warrnanibool, Lake Victoria,
Ounningliame, Lake Wat Wat ; abundant, l)ut rather rare
in fruit.

<S. L. pecten, Wilson.

TliaUus minute, very thin, squamulifonn, plumbeous or
brown, margin digitato crenate, often pulvinato crowded.
Apotheeia large for the size of the plant (I "5 mm. diameter),
rufescent, concave, with a thin, pallid margin, often immar-
ginate. Spores ellipsoid, three septate with central locules
often longitudinall}^ divided, -016 to -024? x 'OOS ram.

Hab. on dead or old bark of trees, not common, Mordialloc,

\). L. Burge.ssii, Lightfoot.

Thallus plumbeous or brown, laciniato lobate, complicate,
lobes variously margined, undulate and curled, under surface
cinerascent and albido tomentellose. Apotheeia dark rufous,
somewhat large, plane or concave, margin thin, entire, or
sub-foliaceo-crenulate. Spores ellipsoid, attenuate at each
apex, three septate, and also longitudinally divided, 'OS to
■04 X -012 to 015 mm.

Hab. on bushes and trees and mossy rocks, Curdie's
Creek, Warrnambool, Buninyong, Lake Wat Wat, Mount
William ; not common.

10. L. injiexum, Nyl.

Thallus plumbeous or plumbeo cajrulescent, membranace-
ous, dilated, two to three inches diameter, smooth, laciniato
incised, margin intlexo convolute, broadly sinuate and
crenulate ; under surface pallescent, very thinh- tomentel-
lose, but wide at margin. Apotheeia rufous, plane or some-
what concave, rather large, appressed, foliaceo crenulate.
Spores ellipsoid, attenuate at each apex, plurilocular, -03 to
•036 X -013 to 017 mm. (Nyl.)

Hab. on rock at Waterfall, Upper Maffra.

Var. limhutum, Wilson. — Thallus orbicular and rosulate,
margin for the most ]iart densely and minutely fimbriate.

Hab. on trees and mossy logs in sub-Alpine localities,
Black Spur, Warburton, Mt. Macedon.

11. L. dcnticulatum, Vic. Nat., Oct. 1887, B. v. M.

The Lichens of Vietoria. \oO

12. L. hi/p(>tmchi/)niiii, Mull. Arg.

Thallus about 4 ceutim. wide, lacinia^ liovizorital or
nscendiiig, obovate, obtusely lobate, mavgin entire, thinly
coriaceous, fusco olivaceous, both surfaces concolorous,
smooth above or shghtly rugulose, crowded beneath with
polymorphous prominences, obovoid, obtuse, entire or ob-
tusely lobate, exasperate or verruculose tomentellose. Apo-
thecia 2 mm. diam., spores fusiformi ellipsoid, 5 septate,
niultilocular, -02.") x "Ol mm. Mull. Lich. Beit. XII, 12,
Katisb. Flora.

13. L. mi sf vale, Hook and Tayl.

Thallus foliaceo membranaceous, thin, blackish olive,
smooth, lobes ascending, sub-imbricate, somewhat concave,
rotundate, undulate, entire, under surface paler, sub-tomen-
tose. Apothecia elevated, black, at length convex, margin
thin, entire. McC'iae's Island, Rep. Gov. Bot. 1854.

14. L. rufjatum, Hook and Tayl.

Thallus gelatinous membranaceous, 3 inches diam., fuscous
green, covered with close longitudinal plaits ; lobes crowded,
ascending, oblongo rotundate, erenate, somewhat concave,
with minute granulate stipitate isidia expanding into
rlialline lobes, sterile.

Hab. on trees, McCrae's Island, Rep. Gov. Bot. 1.S54.

FAMILY II.— MYRIANGIACEI.
GeiNUS 1 .— Myriangium, Mnt. and Berk.

Thallus black, noduloso pulvinate, cellulose, unstratified.
Apothecia sublecanorine, sphseroideo celhdose. Spores 8,
colourless, irregularly septate.

1. M. duriwi, M. and B. = M. dwrieui, of De Bary.

Thallus black, opaque, small, tuberculato glon:ierate or
nodoso confluent, often depresso pulvinate. Apothecia
minute, black, slightl}" impressed. Spores oblong or oblongo
ovoid, variousl}- septate, "(UT to "024 x "007 to '008 nmi.

Hab. on bark of trees, Mount Macedon, Sandringham,
Koruraburra, Kilmore.

!(!() Proceedhif/s of the Royal Society of Victoria.

2. M. dolicJiosponirn, Wilson.

TluiUus black, opaque or slightly shining, small (2 to
5 mm. wide and 2 mm. high), unequal. Apothecia numerous,
nearly covering the thallns and concolorous with it,
stipitate; epithecia subrufescent, plane or concave, to 1 mm.
broad, with rotundo obtuse thai line margin ; stipe some-
times 1 mm. long, tapering downwards. TheciB sphseroidal,
dispersed in the cellular sidjstance of the epithecium.
Spores cylindrical, sim[)le oi- obsoletely septate, arcuate,
someiivhat acuminate at a])ices, with minute guttse arianged
in the longitudinal axis, -04 x OOG mm. Gran, gonim.
•002 to -007 mm. diam., often conglomerate. Texture of
thallus fuscous, cellular, cells angular, OOS to '005 mm. diauj.
Cells in epithecium spherical.

Hab. on twigs of Hymenanthera banksii, Maffra.

The whole ])lant is often covered with the scyphophoroid
apothecia standing out in all directions, and of various sizes
and stages of development. The epithecium is almost
identical in texture with the epithallus, but is geneially
concave and slightly rufescent. In old apothecia it is worn
into cavities, whicli give it a granulato rugulose appearance.
Both thallus and apothecia contaiii granula gonima, usually
conglomerate. When a dried specimen is submerged iri
water, there arise from it on all sides stieams of minute air
bubbles for a considerable time, showing the porous nature
of the plant. It does not, however, appreciably increase in
size when moistened as the Collemacei do.

FAMILY III.— LICHENACEI.

Thallus various in coloui-, white, whitish, cinerascent,
flavicant, rufous, fuscous, veiy rarely nigricant, and various
in form, filamentous, foliaeeous, sijuamose, ci'ustaceous.
pulverulent or evanescent. The gonidial stratum very
geneially of ti'ue gonidia. Ajiothecia vaiious in form,
.stipitate, lecanorine, peltate, patellulate, lirellate or pyreno-
carpous.

Series I. — Epiconiodei.

Apothecia with the spi)res naked, collected into a s[)oral
mass on the surtace.

The Lichen.s of Victoria. IGl

Tribe 1. — Caliciei.

Thallus crustaceous, granulose or obsolete, yellow or flavo-
virescent, or cinerascent, or whitish, or none. Apothecia
cnpuliform, sessile or stipitafce.

Genus 1. — Sphinctkina, Fr. pr. p. D. N.

Thallus none. Apothecia parasitic on Pertusarice, globoso
turbinate, shining, black, sessile or shortly stipitate. Spores
8, nigrescent, simple.

1. S. microceplMla, Nyl.

Apothecia black, globoso turbinate, briefly stipitate, nearly
sessile, capitula small (about -1 mm. broad), spores nigricant,
fusifoiini ellipsoid, nearly globose, but acuminate at apices,
epispore thick, reddish, -01 to -012 x 'OO-i to 008 mm.

Hab. on some pertussaria, on bark of Hymenanthera
banksii, Maffra.

Form tenella, Wilson. — Like the type, but with a smaller
capitulum and longer stipe (to o mm.)

Hab. along with type, Maff'ra.

Genus 2. — Calicium, Ach, Nyl.

Thallus granulose, powdery, crustaceous, squamulose, or
altogether evanescent. Apothecia generally black, stipitate
or subsessile, capitula globose, or turbinate, or cupular.
Spores fuscous or nigricant. Spermatia short, oblong.

1. C. clirysocepJtalum, Ach.

Thallus citrine or obsolete. Apothecia small (G mm.
high), black, stipe slender (-OG mm. thick). Capitulum
small (12 mm. broad), turbinate ; beneath citrino suffused.
Sporal mass umber brown ; spores fuscous, globose, -OOS to
006 mm. diam.

Hab. on decorticated decaying eucalyptus, near river, at
Maffra, Kilmore.

YciY. jilare, Ach. — Stipe longer and more slender (to -8 x
•4r ram.) ; capitulum smaller ; sporal mass protruding upwards
to a great height.

Hab. along with type, Maffra.

162 Proceedings of the liot/al Society of Victoria.

2. G. 2)hoeocephalum, Borr. var. phfjedrosporurii, Wilson.

Tballus white, or whitish, witli pale glauceseent venucose
congested granules, which are sometimes dissolved into
citrine soredia. Apothecia atro-fuscous, with slender stipe
(about "2 mm. high, -1 mm. thick), the upper ]>art citrino
suffused ; capitulum hemispherico-turbinate or sub-globose ;
margin citrino suffused ; sporal mass from fulvous to
umbrine. Spores dilutely nigrescent, very nearly colourless,
<lelimitated by a dark line ; form variable, globose or
ellipsoid, simple, nucleated, diameter -002 to "004 mm.

Hab. on decaying decorticated eucalyptus, near Kilmore.

I am doubtful whether the granules of the tballus belong
to this liclien, or are au undeveloped form of some other.
Perhaps the plant is of a new species, which may be called
C. phmdrosporurti.

3. C. nivewni; Wilson.

Thallus snowy white, thick, or cinerascenti albid, thinner,
effuse, rimulose with convex areolse. Apothecia minute
(•5 to '8 mm. high), stipe slender (-07 mm. thick), either all
whitish or partly hyaline and partly fuscous, or all fuscous,
or ail black, sometimes furcate. Capitulum hemispherico
lenticular, black, about "25 mm. broad, sometimes divided
into two or three or more lobes. Spores dilutely nigrescent,
fusiformi ellipsoid, or oblong, compressed, simple, ■004' to
•006 X -002 to 0025 mm., paries thick. Gel. hym. with
iodine vinous yellow.

Hab. on dead bark of living eucalyptus, Cunninghame,
Maffra, Beechworth.

Perhaps a variety of 0. pusiolum, Ach.

4. C. Victories, C. Knight.

Thallus white or whitish, or cinerascent, more or less
marked, effuse. Apothecia all Ijlack, -5 to 1 nun. high,
stipe slender (•] mm. thick) and a little thicker at the base,
(vapitulum turbinate lenticular or hemispherico lenticular,
■25 to "5 mm. broad. Spores fuscous or fuscescent, fusiformi
ellipsoid, compressed, simple, -005 to '008 x "002 to -003 mm.,
when viewed from the side bacillar, -0015 mm. wide ; paries
thick, defined by a dark line on the outside.

The Lirheu.'^ of Victoria. 103

Hab. on decaying decorticated eucalyptus, Croydon, Kew,
Warrnarabool, Wan-agnl, Black Spur, Lakes Entrance, -Mt.
William, Tallarook, Mt. Macedon, Beech worth ; frequent.

Allied to C. jxirietinuiii. Somewhat variable. Cjejitiiwiii
reported by me (Trans. Lin. Soc. 1890), is now judged by
me to be a not clearly marked form of C. Victories.

o. C. /MtrruJam, Wilson.

Thallus white or whitish, sub-determinate. Apothecia all
black, 4 mm. high, stipe slender ('OS mm. thick). Capituliwn
lenticular, -KJ nnu. broad. Spores dilutely nigrescent,
ellipsoid, simple, OOo to -OOO x OOlo to •0()2o mm., paries
thin, black.

Hab. on decorticate eucalyptus, Maffra, Mt. ]\Iaced(3n,
Beech worth.

The thallus looks like a thin coat of whitewash, on which
the densely Ijlack apothecia, though ver}^ minute, ai'e clearly
visible. The outline of the spores is remarkable for its
blackness, being in this respect like G. Vldovke.

(J. C. coiitortum, Wilson.

Thallus whitish, very thin. Apothecia all black, 1 mm.
high, stipe •! mm. thick, contorted. Capitulum hemispherico
lenticular. Spores dilutely nigrescent, fusiformi ellipsoid,
simple, -004 x OOl-t to 002 mm.

Hab. on decorticate deca\'ing eucalyptus. Lakes Entrance.

Allied to G. Victoria', which it resembles in its apothecia,
but the capitula are smaller, the spores also are smaller
and narrower, and dilferent in colour.

7. G. (jracillimuTii, Wilson.

Thallus indicated by a whitish s})ot. Apothecia all black,
small ("8 mm. high) ; stipe very slender (06 mm. thick) ;
capitulum minute (1 mm. broad) ; tui-binato lenticulaj-.
Spores more or less dilutely nigrescent, ellipsoid or fusiforn)i
ellipsoid, uniseptate, 'OOS to OOl x -001 to' -002 mm., with n
locule in each cell.

Hab, on decaying decorticated Ader a/r(ji/rophyllas, Mt.
Macedon,

The apothecia are extremely minute, being visible only
under a powerful lens.

M 2

1G4 Proceedings of the Royal Sociefi/ of Victoria.

8. C. deforrae, Wilson.

Tballus cinerascent, thin, gmnulose. Apothecia black,
detbi-med by thalliue and other granules, 1 mm. high, or a
little more; stipe "2 mm. thick; capitulum turbinate
lenticular, to '5 nnn. broad. Sporal mass black, protruding,
sometimes extending fai* on one side. Spores nigrescent,
fusifoi-mi ellipsoid, uniseptate, septum often indistinct, '006
to -008 X -0025 to -004 mm.

Hal), on decaying decorticated eucalyptus. Lakes Entrance.
The apothecia have a deformed appearance, unlike the
ordinary neatness of the genus. Its surface seems to be
glutinous, readily retaining any gianules or other particles
that fall on it.

[). C. roseo-alhidum, Wilson.

I'halius rosy-whitish, thick, minutely cancellate, chr3^so-

gonimic. Apothecia minute ("7 mm. iiigh), all black ; stipe

slender ('06 mm. thick) ; ca[)ituluni lenticular ('2 mm. broad).

S[)ores nigrescent, oblong or oblongo ellipsoid, apices rotund-

te, uniseptate, '(K).") or more x "002 to -OOS mm.

Hab. on decayed decorticated eucalj'ptus, Maifra, Kilmore.
The thallus covers a good part of the tree, and when bruised,
it becomes a deep yellow.

10. C. ca/pillave, Wilson.

Tliallus white, thin, or very thin. Apothecia all black,

1 mm. high ; stipe slender (•] mm. thick) ; capitulum
turbinato lenticular, "3 to "4 mm. broad. Spores nigrescent,
oblong or ellipsoid, uniseptate, "COS x •0025 mm.

Hab. on decaying decorticated eucalyptus, Mt. Macedon,
Warburton, Maffra.

Perhaps a variety of 0. xnhtile. Pers., of which I reported
it a variety (Trans. Lin. Soc, 1890).

IJ. C.hiloculaTe,W\\HO\\.

Tliallus whitish or cinerascent, thin. A})othecia, all black,
•8 to ■! mm. high ; stipe, '1 mm. thick ; capitulum lenticu-
lar or sub-turbinato lenticular, -.3 to 4 mm. broad. Spores
iuscescent or fusco nigrescent, ellipsoid, or sub-fusiformi
ellipsoid, bilocular or obsoletely bil ocular or simple, with
septum not visible, epispore thickish, "005 to '008 x

002 to -0035 mm.

Tlie Lichens of Victor la. 1G5

Hab. on decaying decorticated eucalyptus, Warrnanibool,
Maffi-a, Bright.

Perha}).s a variety of C. suhtile, Pers., of which I reported
it a variety (Trans. Lin. 8oc., 1890).

12. G. obovatum, Wilson,

Thallus cinerascent, thin. Apothecia black, to 8 or I mm.
high; stipe to 'OS or "1 mm. thick; capituliim obovate or
turbinate, '2 to '3 mm. broad. Spores nigrescent, ellipsoid,
nniseptate, each cell, containing a globular locule, septum
not always visible, 005 to -012 x -003 to OOi mm.

Hab. on eucalyptus wood in mountain regions, Mt.
JVJacedon.

Distinct by the obovate capitulum.

13. G. piperatum, Wilson.

Thallus albido cinerascent or cinereous, thin. Apothecia
black, sub-sessile, "2 mm. higli ; stipe thick (1 mm.) ;
capitulum lenticular, disk plane, -25 mm. broad. Spores
fusco nigrescent, oblong, nniseptate, each cell containing a
globular locule, -001^ to 008 x "0025 to -005 mm.

Hab. on eucalyj^tus wood, both trees and fences, common,
Mt. Macedon, Kilmore, Beech worth.

14. G. nigrum, Sch?er var. miiiiitum, Knight.

Thallus obscurely cinerascent, granulose. Apothecia all
black, small ("o mm. high); stipe thick (-1 to -12 mm.);
capitulum turbinate) c_ylindrico], disk pruinose, "3 to 7 mm.
broad. Spores nigrescent, ellipsoid, nniseptate, constricted
in the middle, each cell containing a globular locule, '004
to -012 X -002 to -OOG mm.

Hab. on the horizontal surface of decaj'ing eucal3"ptus
fences, Kew, Maffra, Oakleigh.

15. G. quercinurii, Pers. var. bidbosum, Wilson.

Thallus albido cinerascent. Apothecia to -1 mm. high ;
stipe to "2 mm. thick, capitulum glubose, 'o mm. diam.,
cinereo pruinose beneath. Spores fusco nigrescent, subfusi-
formi ellipsoid, OOG to '012 x 003 to 005 mm., nniseptate,
septum often indistinct, cells containing each a nigrescent
locule, epis])oro distinct, rubescent.

l(i(i Proceedings of ihe Royal Society of Victoria.

Hab. on decajing decorticatpcl eucalyptus, Mt. Macedon.

Re[)orted by ine (Trans. Lm. Soc.) as C. hulbosum, and
perhaps a variety of C quercinimi.

Var. 2. mic7-ocai-puin, Wilson.— Thallus cinereous. Apo-
tbecia sraall, '3 to -4 mm. high ; stipe black, -1 to "2 mm.
high, -Oo to "1 mm. thick ; capitulum turbinate, disk flat, "1
to -2 mm. broad, margin cinerascent or albido cinerascent.
Spores fuscescent, 1 septate, paries thick, constricted in
middle ; apices ratlier acuminate, "OOS x OOS nnn.

Hab. on decaying eucalyptus stump, near Tallarook.

Var. 3. Clarensis, Wilson. — Thallus whitish or cinerascent,
of medium thickness. Apothecia black, '8 mm. high, stipe
•1 mm. thick, ca])itulum '3 mm. broad, turbinato lenticular,
margin whitish. Spores fuscous or fuscescent, ellipsoid,
narrow at apices, often constricted in middle, uniseptate or
bilocular, -00.5 to -OOS x •002 to -003.5 mm.

Hab. on decaying decorticated eucalj'ptus, Bright, Beech-
worth.

16. C. cwrtmn, Borr.

Thallus whitish, thin or evanescent. Apothecia to 1 '8 mm.
high, but often much less, stipe to "2 mm. thick, capitulum
turbinate, to 'G mm. broad, albo suffused beneath. Sporal
mass black, protruded upwards. Spores nigricaiit, ellipsoid,
uniseptate, OOo to -01 x 002 to 003 mm. "

Hab. on decaying dec(n-ticated eucalyptus and old hard-
wood fences, frequent and abundant, Lome, Mt. Macedon,
Oakleigh, Black Spur, Mafira, Bright, Mordialloc.

17. C. tracheUintm, Ach. var. elattospo7 aiH, Wilson.

Thallus obscurely cinerascent or albescent. Apothecia
very various in size, to 2 mm. liigh ; stipe at the base '25
mm. thick; capitulum globose or turbinate, to -5 mm. broad,
rufous at margin and upper part of stipe and even the disk.
Spores 003 to 008 X -002 to 004 mm.

Hab. on decaying decorticated eucalj-j^tus and fences,
Cobden, Warburton, VVarragul, MafFra, Lome, Cunninghame.

'J'he dnnensions of the spores are half of those described
by Nylander. This is in Victoria the commonest species^of
this genus, and often grows in large patches on the trees,
covering man}^ square feet with abundant apothecia, some-
times making the tree seem as thouL;h clothed with short
hair.

Tlie Liclu'UH of Victoria. 167

Var. 2. meiocarpiirit; Wilson. — Thallus whitish, thin.
Apothecia small, about '8 niui. high ; stipe about "1 mm.
thick ; capitulum turbinato lenticular "3 ram. broad; margin
and upper ]iart of stipe rutbus. Spores fuscescent, ellipsoid,
constricted in middle, uniseptate, with minute loculi in each
'•ell, -006 to -007 X 003 mm.

Hab. on decorticated lio-htwood tree, Kilmore.

18. 6'. aiu'igerum, Wilson.

Thallus white or whitish, somewhat thick. Apothecia
small, stipe black 2 to '8 mm. high, -05 to 'l ram. thick ;
capitulura wholly covered with ilavescent powder, lenticular,
■4 nmi. broad. Spores nigrescent or fuscous, ellipsoid,
uniseptate, rather constricted in middle, containing a locule
in each cell, -005 to -007 x -002 to -004^ rara.

Hab. on decajdng eucalyptus wood, Mt. Macedon.

Possibly only a variety of C. roscidum.

19. G. roscidum, Flk. var. eucalypti, Wilson.

Thallus cinerascent, here and there flavo sorediose and
then sterile. Apothecia to l"3 rara. high, stipe black, '1 mm.
thick ; capitulum turbinate, beneath more or less flavo
virescent, to '3 mm. broad. Spores fuscescent or more or
less dilutely nigrescent, defined by a black line, ellipsoid,
narrow at each apex, often constricted at middle, uniseptate,
containing a paler locule in each cell, •005 to 009 x '003 to
•005 nira.

Hab. on dead bark and decaying wood of eucalypti.
Beech worth, Mt. Macedon.

20. C. roscidulum, Nyl.

Thallus white, thick, iiere and there rufescent (query
alien ?). Apothecia •O mm. high, stipe "l mm. thick ;
capitulum turbinato lenticular, '4 mm. broad ; margin and
upper part of stipe golden green. Spores fuscescent,
ellipsoid, constricted at middle, uniseptate, -003 to '006 X
•002 to -003 ram.

Hab. on decayed eucalyptus stump, Kilmore.

Probably a mo'e variety of C. roscidum.

1G8 Proceedings of the lioijal Society of Victoria.

21. C. hijperellum, Ach.

Thallus flavo viresceut, grannlose or sub-leprose. Apo-
thecia black ; capitulum globoso-lentiform ; stipe l)]ack,
elongate ; sporal mass black or umber black. Spores
nigrescent, ellipsoid, uniseptate, 'OOO to 'OIC x "004 to
•006 mm. (Nyl.)

Hab. on bark of trees. B. v. M., Vic. Nat, Oct. 1877,
p. 89.

Var. validius, C. Knight. — Thallus yellow or sulplmreo
cinerascent, thickish, veri-ucoso unequal. Apothecia all
black ; stipe short and thick (to "5 mm. high, '8 mm. thick) ;
capitulum turbinato lenticular, disk lecideine, to "5 mm.
broad. Spores fuscous, ellipsoid, sub-acuminate at each
apex, somewhat constricted in the middle, uniseptate, "007
to -013 X -003 to -OOG mm.

Hab. on wood and decorticated decaying trunks of
eucalyptus, MafFra, Lakes Entrance, Bright, Beechworth.

Var. 2. 'pevhreve, Wilson. — Thallus flavo virescent, crust-
aceous, rugose. Apothecia very short, nearly sessile.
Sporal mass black, protruded horizontally until the apothecia
are often conjoined. Spores fusco nigrescent, ellij)soid, otten
narrov/er at each apex, somewhat constricted in the middle,
uniseptate, "007 to "015 x '003 to •0075 mm.

Hab. on decaying eucalyi)tus wood, Maflra.

22. G. tricolor, Wilson.

Thallus sulphureous, leproso grannlose. A})othecia black,
small (to "75 mm. high) ; stipe 1 mm. thick ; capitulum
turbinato globose, '2 to "5 nnn. broad, margin white. Spores
fuscous, fusiformi ellipsoid, sub-acuminate at each apex,
somewhat constricted in the middle, uniseptate, with a fusco
nigrescent locule in each cell, -008 to ^012 x "003 to -005 mm.

Hab. on decaying decorticated eucalyptus, Wariniambool.
Lakes Entrance.

23. C. flavidum, Wilson.

Thallus yellow or sulphureous, crustaceous, smooth, nearly
shining. Apothecia black, but with mai-gin, and often the
stipe tinged with the thalline colour, 1 mm. high ; stipe
5 mm. thick, tapering downwards ; capitulum globoso
turbinate. Sporal mass black, protruded. Spores fusco

The Lichen:^ of Victoria. 1G9

nigrescent, ovoid or snb-fusifornii ellipsoid, iiuiseptate,
epispore rubescent, cells fascescent, containing each one
or two nigrescent locuies, -OOH to -Ol x 'OOS to •004.
Hab. on decorticated eucalyptus, Lakes Entrance.

Genus 3. — Coniocybe, Ach. Nyl.

Thallus leprose or powdery, eifuse or evanescent. Apo-
thecia yellow or pale, not black, stipitate, excipulum very
open. Spores usually spherical, colourless or Havescent,
forming the globoso pulverulent capitulum.

1. C. citriocepkala, Wilson.

Thallus white, thin. Apotliecia minute ; stipe black,
slender, 1 mm. high, 06 thick, often less. Capitulum flavo
virescent, turbinate, at length globose, to '2 mm. diameter,
becoming fuscous and turbinate when stripped of the sporal
mass. Spores colourless or dilutely flavid, briefly oblongo
ellipsoid or spheroidal, -02 to -04 x 02 to 03 mm.

Hab. on dead wood and dead bark of trees, Lakes
Entrance.

2. G. oclivocepkala, Wilson.

Thallus whitish, often with green leprose granules.
Apothecia with slender fuscous stipe, "6 to 12 mm. high,
•06 to -08 mn). thick, often bifurcate ; capitulum globose, pale
ochre, '25 mm. diameter. Spores colourless or dilutely
fuscescent, globose, '002 to 'OOy nun. diameter, containing a
central locule.

Hab. on decaying decorticated Aster argyrophyllus, Senecit
bedfordii, and eucalyptus, Mt. Macedon and Korumburra.

3. C. rliodocephala, Wilson.

Thallus white or whitish or cinerascent or cinereous or
evanescent. Apothecia often caspitoso congested ; stipe scarlet
or hyaline, at length fuscous or black and pruinose, contorted
and compressed, to 2 mm. high, ^2 mm. thick, sometimes
furcate or two partly coalescent. Capitulum globose, obscurely
rufous or fuscous, at length rose or flesh colour, pruinose,
rarely albid, •4 to ^8 mm. diameter. Spores very numerous,

170 Froceedhif/s of the Hoi/al Society of Victoria.

colourless, ellipsoid oi- ovate -OOo to 'OOG X ■001 5 to 'OO-i mm.,
bilocular or placodine or uuiseptate, with a locale in each
cell, epispore thick. Paraphyses numerous, distinct.

Hab. on dead wood or hark of tree. Lakes Entrance.

This species is remarkable for the form of its spores. All
the genus hitherto described have spherical simple spores.

The var. rubens reported hy me (Trans. Lin. Soc), having
been since found in larger quantity, proves to be scarcely
more than a juvenile form.

4, G. (jracilenta, Ach. var. leucocephala, Wilson.

Tliallus green, conglomerato leprose. Apothecia with
stipe long and tender (lo to 2"o x i mm.), fusco nigricant,
opacpie, and ca|)itnlum small, sporal mass white, irregularly
clothing the capitulum and the upper part of the stipe.
Spores colourless, minute, sphieroidal, "002 to -003 mm.
diameter.

Hab. on earth, Fernshawe, Mrs. Martin, March 1891.

Genus -i.— Thachyija, Fr. pr. p. Ny],

Tludlus thin, granulose or subleprose, or foreign. Apo-
thecia 'black, sessile, cupulitorni, open, sporal mass black.
.S})ores nigricant or fuscous black, ellipsoid or oblong, uni-
septate, rarely ])luriseptate.

1. T. leauiorina, Wilson.

Tludlus cinerascent, verruculoso leprose, passim verrucoso
sorediate, gonidia moderate and abundant. Apothecia small
(to -5 mm. broad), crowded, elevated in thalline receptacles.
Sporal mass black, abundant, often much protruded and
connecting the apothecia Spores fusco nigricant or nigres-
cent, or nearly colourless, elli|)soid, uniseptate, Dl to '02
X -OOG to -01 nim.

Hab. on old eucalj'ptus fences, Cheltenham, Yalla-y-poora,
near Streatham.

This plant bears at first sight a great resemblance to
Lecanoiu atra.

2. T. viridilocularis, Wilson.

Thallus obscurely cinerascent. Apothecia black, some-
what elevated, '3 mm. high, -3 mm. broad. Sporal mass

The Lichens of Victoria. 171

abundant. Spores nigricant or viresceuti nigricant, irregu-
larly ellipsoid, uniseptate, 01 to -02 x -008 to Ol mm.,
with one or rarely two loeules in each cell.

Hab. on sawn eucalyptus rails, Kew.

This lichen is associated with Calicium nigaruin, var-
iiunutam, the Gallciuvi on the more decayed horizontal
tace of the squared rail, and the Trachylia on the perpen-
dicular lace. The spores ai-e tinged bottle green.

8. T. emev(jens, Wilson.

Thrtllus white or whitisli, thin, smooth, somewhat shining.
Apothecia seem to emerge fi'om among the fibres of the
wood, and at length barely stand out above the thallus,
to -o mm. broad. Sj)ores iusco nigricant, adhering closely
together, ellipsoid, about DOo x 'OOo mm., but very various
in size, uniseptate, with a locule in each cell.

Hab. on eucalj^ptus rails in sub-Alpine regions, Mount
Macedon. Found also on Mount Lofty, in South Australia,
and Mount Wellington, in Tasmania.

4. T. V I ciori< 1,11(1, Wilson.

Thallus cinerascent, Ifhin, effuse. Apothecia tj'pically
sessile, but often very briefly stipitate, to 4 mm., high, disk
generally sulphureo pruinose, to "4 mm. broad. Spores
fuscous, oblongo ellipsoid, OOo to -OOG X "OOS to -OO^ mm.,
uniseptate, with a nigrescent locule in each cell.

Hab. on old eucalyptus rails. The fuscous epispoie readily
rubs off, leaving the spore nigrescent, ellipsoid, narrow at
each apex, and smaller, •004 to •OO.') x "002 to -003 mm.

5. T. e.rigua, Wilson.

T. exifjua, Wilson (Trans. Lin. Soc, 1S.90) on further
examination proves not to be a Trachylia.

TlilBE 2, — SPH.EROPHOREI.

Thallus fruticulose, ramose and raraulose, the apices sub-
globoso-incrassate, enclosing the apothecia, which are nuclei-
form, enclosed, ultimately exposed by the bursting of the
thalline coverino-.

172 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Genus 1. — Sph/Erophouon, Pers.

Thallus casspitoso fruticulose, sniootb, polished, fragile.
Apotliecia in the apices of the thallus, receptacle irregularly
dehiscent. Spores nigricant or violaceo nigricant, spherical
or sub-globose, covered with a- black powder.

1. &. australe, Laur. = S. ceiunoides, Hampe.

Thallus to 2 inches long, pallid, ramose, branches com-
pi'essed, explanate, often distichously ramulose, beneath albi-
cant, rugose. Receptacle "6 to "12 mm. broad, lenticulari
compressed, external margin above cristato crenate. Spores
Oil to Olo mm. cliam.

Hab. Sealer's Cove, by Dr. F. Mueller ; Moe ; S. cera-
noides, Hampe, in Linnsea (1856), XXVIII, p. 217; S.
australe, Miill. Lich. Beitr., XVII, p. 1 ; B. v. M., Vic. Na.t,
1887, p. 89.

Var. proliferuin, Wilson. — Thallus cferuleo pallid on
upper surface, convex, smooth, nearly shining, under surface
white, fo.ssulato canaliculate or scrobiculato unequal, to 3
inches long, sub-yjinnatifid, blanches linear, 2 to 7 mm.,
broad, variously divided. Apothecia on the under surface
of the thallus, the margin branching and proliferous once or
twice.

Hab. on the trunks of large trees in shady woods, Black
Spur, Warburton.

The plant grows horizontally fi'om the tree, then droops
downwards, and then bends gi-acefulh- upwards, displaying
the apothecia on the under side of the thallus. The proli-
ferous branches grow, one or more, from the margin of the
apothecium.

2. S. cornpi'essum. Ach.

Thallus pallido albicant, i-amose, piano compressed. Apo-
thecia obliquely minute on the ai)ices ; receptacle lacero
dehiscent, or discoid and open. Spores nigricant, spherical,
•007 to 01 1 mm. diam. (Nyl.)

B. V. M., Vic. Nat., Oct. ] 887, p. 89.

8. S. coralhndes, Pers.

Krem})., in Verhand. Zool. Botan. Gesellsch., in Wien,
1880, p. 329. A mistake for Stereocaulon ramulosum,
according to Prof. J. Mueller, in Ratishoii Flora, 1887, No.
8.

The Lichens of Victoria. 173

4. «S\ fenerum, Laur.

Thallus palo or whitish, terete, slender, ver}' much
branched, branches tine and intricate. Apothecia small ("I
to 2 mm.) on the jirimary branches : thalline receptacle
persistent, only slightly dilated. Spores nigricant, or
smeared with a friable nigricant pigment. Diam. 'OOT to
•008 mm. (Nyl.)

Ki-emp., in Verhandl. Zool. Bot. Gesells., in Wien, 1880,
p. 329. According to Prof. J. Mueller (in Ratishoii Flora,
1887, No. 8), a specimen from Mt. Ellery is rightly deter-
mined, but specimens from Black Spur and Yarra Yarra are
Gladina aggregata.

Series 2.— Cladodpzi.

Thallus generally erect. Apothecia terminal on podetia,
rarely sessile ; biatorine, rarely lecanorine. Spores 8,
colourless, usuallj- oblong and simple, sometimes elongate
and septate. Pai-aphyses distinct.

Tribe 3.— B^omycei.

Thallus horizontally expanded, crustaceous. Apothecia
pale or rufescent, sessile or podetiiformi stipitate. Spores
simple or septate.

Genus 1. — Gomphillus, Nyl.

Thallus very thin, consisting of gonidia and filaments
irregularl}- conglutinated. Apothecia stipitate, small,
corneous. Spores filiform, multiseptate. Paraphyses in-
distinct.

1. G. hceomyceoides, Wilson = Patelkiria Wihoui,
Mull. Arg.*

Thallus cinereous or virescent, effuse, either very thin and
somewhat shining, or rather thicker and eroso isidioso
granulate. Gonidia various in size and form, conglomerated
into gelatinous globules. Apothecia of a tenacious horny
texture, biatorine, sometimes margined by the white hypo-
thecium, scattered or conglomerated, depresso globose, to
1*5 mm. diam., smooth, rufo fulvescent, pale when 5T)ung,

* Lich. Beitr., in Flora 1888, No. 1435.

174 Proceedings of tJte Royal Society of Victori'i.

and dark in age, sub-sessile or stijiitate, stipe to '5 mm. higli
and -5 mm. thick, with sometimes two or three capitiila^on
one stipe. Spores, eight in cylindrical thecse, acicuhui
filiform, about -i-i mm. long, ))luriseptate.

Hab. on roots and trunks of trees, upon mosses and bark,
and jungermannias and lichens ; also on the earth upon
dead leaves, &;c., in shady mountain forests, Black Spur,
Mt. Macedon, Warragid.

Genus 2. — B.eomycks, Pers.

Thallns crustaceous, powdery, granulose or squamulose.
Apothocia biatorine, sessile or stipitate.

]. B. rufii.'i, i). C.

Thallus albo virescent or albido glaucescent, thin, effuse,
minutely granulose or squamulose or leprose, granules
depressed (K yellow). Apothecia carneo rufescent or
carneo fuscescent, somewhat convex, immarginate, stipe
moderate or very short, whitish. Spores, 6 or 8, oblongo
ellipsoid, simple.

B. v. M., Vic. Nat, Oct. 1887, p. 8!).

2. B. fusco caruca, Wilson.

Thallus pallid, granuloso verrucose, granules sometimes
depressed. Apothecia rufo fuscescent, quasi pruinose, 1 to
2 mm. broad, convex, margined by the hypothecium. Stipe
white, nude, short (less than 1 mm. high). K. thai, and
apoth. yellow, then blood red. Spores ellipsoid, simple.
•008 to -01 X 003 to -005 mm.

Hab. on clay ground, Kilmore.

3. B. roseu.'i, Pers.

Thallus whitish, granulose, eti'use or determinate. Apo-
thecia roseo carneous, or albo carneous, nearly globose, about
2 mm. broad, stipe whiter or nearly white, subterete. Spores
six or eight, fusiformi oblong or fusiform, simple, "Oil to '02(1
X -0025 to -003 (ISIyl.) Paraphyses slender.

Hab. on bare earth, chieHv clay. B. v. M., Vic. Nat,
Oct. 1887, p. 89.

(See note on next species.)

The Lichoi.s of Victoria. 175

4. B. fuujjoides, Ach.

Thallus whitish, granulose, margin of granules spreading,
thin, continuous. Apothecia roseo carneous or albo carneous,
sub-globose, or globoso elavate, or cliff ormi clavate, moderate
or large (2 to 4 mm. broad) ; stipe long (-i to 8 mm.), whiter
or nearly white, subterete. Spores oblong or fusiform,
simple, -Oil to •023 x -0035 mm. Paraphyses slender.

Halx on earth, chiefly clay, in mountain regions, Otway
Ranges, Black Spur, Warburton, Mt. Lookout, (A. F. Wilson).

Probably a variety of B. roseu.^, growing in a warmer
climate, as Tuckerman suggests. When not well developed
it approaches the previous species.

5. B. heteromorjjltiis, Nyl.

Thallus pallido glaucescent or pallido cinerascent, verrucoso
unequal, forming large patches. Apothecia pale carneous,
or carneo fuscescent, -5 to 1 mm. broad, margin thick,
undulate, obtuse, stipe 1 to 2'5 mm. high, variously
compressed or plicate, often two to six or more apotliecia
on one stipe. Spores vety transparent, nearly indistinct,
ellipsoid, simple, 01 x "006 mm. Thall. and Apoth.K. + C — .

Hab. on cla}^ ground, m<3sses, dead leaves, &c., in
mountain regions. Black Spur, Mt. Macedon, Warburton.
Otway Ranges, Lilydale, Mt. Buffalo (A. F. Wilson).

6. B. squamarioides, '!:iy\. = Kni;/htiella leucoco lya =
K. squamarioides, Mull. Arg.

Thallus albo or albido glaucescent, subopacjue, squamosa,
sfjuamse difformed, about 5 mm. broad, affixed (forming
small patches about an inch wide), lobate or lobato incised,
plane or somewhat depressed in the centre, concolorous
beneath or whiter. Apothecia lurid or pale lurid or lurido
carneus, "2 to "3 mm. broad, biatorine, plane, margin thickish,
evanescent. Spores oblong or fusiformi oblong, uniseptate.

Hab. on earth, Mt. William (D. Sullivan). Mull. Lich.
Beitr., 1888, No. 13, p. 8.

7. B. FreRchlamis, Mull. Arg.

Thallus squamose ; squama3 Ctuspitose, crowded, broad,
inciso lobate ; lobes ascending, crenulate or entire, olivaceous
above, white beneath, bearing podetia here and there upon

17G Froceedingi^ of the Royal Societu of Victoria.

theii" margins. Pocletia aVjoufc 2 mm. high, '60 mm. thick,
olivaceous, thallino-corticate and sub-granuloso asperulate,
or often towards the apex decorticate and somewhat rose-
coloured, monocephalous. Apothecia about equally broad
with the podetia ; the whole of the apothecium at first
rosello fuscescent and very widely truncato obconical and
plane, but soon fuscous and convex. Spores not fully
evolved. Prof. J. Mueller in Ratisbon Flora.

Genus 3. — Thysanothecium, Berk, and Mont.

Thallus partly horizontal, granulose or squamose, and
partly podetiiform, often expanding at the apex, variousl}''
divided. Apothecia thin, ])ale or rufous, darker or lighter,
terminating the terete podetium or covering the upper
surface of the frond-like podetium. Spores small, ellipsoid,
simple.

1. T. hyaliuum, Tajdor.

Thallus pale yellow or pale lurid, lobato granulose or
squamose ; podetia various in size (1 to 12 mm. high, -5 to
2 mm. thick), sulcato rugose, sometimes squamulose below ;
apex dilated on one side (J to 10 mm. broad). Apothecia
pallid or carneo-rufescent, or fusco rufus, forming a thin
stratum on the upper surface of the apex. Spores 8 in the
thecEe, ellipsoid, simple, -006 to "008 x -0035 (Nyl.)

Hab. on earth or decayed and generally burnt wood,
common ; Kew, Box Hill, Youyangs, Cobden, Mordialloc,
Cheltenham, Oakleigh, Ringwood, Lilydale, M.atfia.

Form squamulosum, Wilson. — Thallus yellow, more or
less sordid or lurid, squamulose, squamules thick, either
depressed and lobate, or somewhat ascending podetiiform,
swollen upwards and briefly ramose. Apothecia cephaloid,
sessile on the squamules and podetia, minute, crowded, not
fully evolved.

Hab. on poor soil, Trentham (coll. by Mi-s. Martin), Kew,
Sandringham. Possibly a ncM^ species.

Form intortum, Wilson.— Thallus yellow, squamulose,
podetia compressed and dilated, lobulate, apices crispate and
intorted. Apothecia as in the typical form. Spores not full}^
evolved.

Hab. on decaying wood, Oakleigh. Coll. by Mi-s. Martin.

The Lichens of Victoria. 177

•1. T. Hool-erl, Berk, et Mnt.

Thallus lurido iiaveseent, iiinato oraniforni, effuse. Podetia
cinereo tlavescent, about i inch liigh, frondose, stipitate,
firm, sti'iato nervose, stipe subterete, about 6 mm. high,
dilated above into a simple or lobed frond. Apothecia
tbinly but equally covering the one side of the frond, rufus
or carneo-rufus or testaceo carneous, innnarginate. Spores
8, ellipsoid, -006 to -007 x 0025 to -008 mm".

Hab. on earth, near sea, Cheltenham.

Art. XIII. — On a New Species of Leucosolenia from the
neighbourhood of Fort Phillip Heads.

By Arthuk Dendy, D. Sc.

[Read December 8, 1892.]

The species here described was collected by Mr. J.
Bracebridge Wilson, M.A., in the neighbourhood of Port
Phillip Heads, bvit unfortunately too late for it to be
included in Part I of the Monograph of the Victorian
Sponges, which deals with the group (Homocoela) to which
it belongs.

Leucosolenia uteoides, n. sp.

In external form and canal system tlie sponge very
closely resembles Leucosolenia stolonifer, Dendy,* belonging,
like tlie latter, to the section of the genus Leucosolenia to
which I have proposed to apply the name Simplicia. The
single specimen is colonial, consisting of about one hundred
individuals united together by their bases only and rising
vertically upwards side by side so as to form a compact
colony. The spongorhiza is not conspicuous, being repre-
sented by the union of the various individuals at their
bases. From the basal portions of the individuals, thus
united, arise numerous short, slender, downward-growing,
tubular processes, which apparently serve, as in L. stolonifer,
to attach the colony to the substratum. The fully developed
Ascon individuals attain a height of about 85 mm. and a
diameter of about 2 5 mm. Each is a nearly straight,
slender, cylindrical, thin-walled tube, narrowing slightly
towards the naked, terminal osculum. The tubes may
branch, especially near their bases. Under a lens the outer
surface of each tube appears very slightly hispid and also
exhibits that longitudinal striation, due to the presence of
large oxeote spicules, which is so characteristic of the genus

* " Monograph of the Victorian Sponges," Part I, p. 46, Plate I, Fig. 2,

On a Keiu Species of Leucosolenia. 17.9

Ute, whence the specific name lUeoides. The wall of the
tube is about O'lo mm. thick, the mesoderm being, as in
L. stolonifer, very strongly developed for a Homocoel
sponge.

The skeleton consists of quadriradiate and two kinds of
oxeote spicules. The quadrii-adiates are arranged as usual
in the thickness of the mesodei'm towards the inside of the
sponge- wall, the facial rays lying parallel to the gastral
surface, the basal ray directed away from the osculum, and
the apical ray projecting into the gastral cavity. These
spicules are markedly sagittal, the oral rays being widely
extended and distinctl}^ recurved towards the basal. All
three facial rays are long and slender, but the basal is much
more so than the orals and is slightly hastate ; all three are
fairly sharply pointed. In an average-sized spicule the oral
rays measure about O'lSG b}' 0-0082 mm. (near the base)
and the basal about 0"31 by O'OOG mm. (near the base), but
of course there is a good deal (^f variation, and I have
measured the basal ray up to ()42 mm. in length. The
apical rays are very strongly developed ; long, slender and
sharply pointed ; usually more or less crooked and varying
greatly in length ; the average length is perhaps about
Oio nmi., but this is often greatly exceeded.

The oxeote spicules may be divided into two classes accord-
ing to their shape, size and position in the sponge. (1) Very
large spindle-shaped oxea, completely imbedded in the outer
portion of the sponge wall and arranged parallel to the long
axis of the sponge. These spicules are usually straight
and symmetrically fusiform, very thick in the centre and
tapering gradually to a fine point at each end. Fully grown
examples measure a little over 1 mm. in length and about
()'()65 mm. in greatest thickness (in the centre). They are
placed pretty close together side by side in a single layer.
(2) Much smaller oxea projecting from between the large
ones and abundantly echinating the outer surface of the
sponge. These spicules are rather slender, often slightly
curved or even crooked, fairly gradually sharp-pointed at
each end, but with the outer end often bent slightly though
sharply to one side, like a bayonet ; size about 022 mm. by
0-008 mm. The colour of the sponge in spirit is yellowish-
white.

As already pointed out this species is nearly related to
my Leucosolenia .stolonifer, but it appears to be even more

N 2

180 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

nearly related to Carter's L. (Laconoides* with which it
ao-recs not only in general form but also in the C/'te-likt'
armour of huge spindle-shaped oxea. In L. asconoido^,
however, there appear to be none of the smaller oxea which
so abundantly echinate the dermal surface of our species,
while the large oxea are nearly twice the size of those of
L. uteoides. It is a curious fact that in L. asconoides,
"more or less of the arms" of the quadriradiates art-
" exserted between the long acerates, so as to give this part
a minutely hispid appearance. At first sight the lattei" look
like raortar-spicules or small acerates, but although they
appear to serve the same jjurpose, they are not so, but what
I have stated." f In view of this verj- definite statement it
appears tolerably certain that L. uteoides is specifically
distinct from L. asconoides.

* Vide, "Monograph of Victorian Sponges," Part I, p. 48.

t Carter, " Annals and Magazine of Natural History," August 1886, p. 13'>.

Art. XIV. — Tlte Present Pvsition of the Snake-bite
Controversy.

By James W. Barrett, M.D., M.S., F.R.C.S. Eng.

Demonstrator and Examiner in Physiology in the University of Melbourne.
[Read November 10, 1892.]

Tlie public and the technical press have of late been
occupied with discussions on the merit or demerit of the so-
called strychnine cure for snake-bite, but as usual, very little
definite evidence has been adduced. I have, therefore,
thought it advisable to bring the facts of the case under the
notice of the members of this Society, so that the position
occupied by the rival disputants may be rendered perfectly
clear. Dr. Mueller of Yackandandah, it seems, has satisfied
himself that a theory respecting the action of snake poison
has been proved. He believes that strychnia is consequently
indicated as a remedy. When, however, he is asked'[to
substantiate both these projiositions, by showing that the
treatment is successful, he has no further evidence to adduce
than the report of cases of snake-bite, real or supposed, in
which medical men assert that patients were saved from
death by the injection of strychnine. Now, it is obvious
that before reports of such cases can be of much value, it is
necessary to ascertain the percentage of individuals who
died from snake-bite when other modes of treatment were
adopted. In other words, snake-bite is or is not a very fatal
affection.

The object of this communication is to endeavour to make
answer to that question. In investigating it, I have had

182 Proceedings of ike lioyal Society of Victoria.

extensive recourse to tables, furnished to me by the ever
obliging Government Statist, Mr. Hayter.

Table I, which follows, shows the deaths which have taken
place fi'oni snake and insect bite (for the two are bracketed
in returns together) in the Australian colonies during the
decade 1881-1890. In accordance with the foot-note
appended to this table, I have rejected from further
consideration any deaths occurring in other colonies than
Victoria, New South Wales, and Queensland. You will
further note that of the total 1 25 deaths which occuri'ed in
these three colonies in the period mentioned, at least 5 or 6
are obviously due to bites of other animals than snakes.
There is the further probability tliat some of the deaths
have been caused by the enthusiastic administration of alcohol
to persons bitten or supposed to be bitten. However, to be
well within the mark, I assume that 125 deaths represent
fatal cases of snake-bite, and proceed to deal with them
accordingly.

Table I.

Deaths from Snake and Insect-bite in iite Australian Colonies,
1881 tn 1890.

Years.

Victoria."

N. S.

Queens

South

West

Tasmaiiiat Total.

Wales.

land.

1681

1 16

1882

1 10

1883

1 7

1884

••

1885

1886

1887

1888

1889

1890

()

Total

4 1 133

Note. — There are no deaths from snake-bite in New Zealand.

In Victoria, in 1891, there were .5 deatlis from snake-bite, and 1 from iguana-bite.

* In other years than 1881 and 1882, no distinction was regularly made in Victoria between

snake and insect-bites. Two of the deaths in the former yeai-, and 1 in the latter, were from

insect-bite.

t In the case of these colonies, it i.s not certain whether there were any deaths in several
of the years, as the cause was not specifically mentioned in the list of causes of death,
t One of these is distinguished as " vermin-bite " and 1 " insect-bite."

Present Fosltlon of the Snakc-hite Controversy/. 183

It will be seen that in this period, in the three colonies,
snakes were unable to kill more than 125 persons.

In order to determine the relative frequency of death
from snake-bite, I next append a table showing the popula-
tion (actual and average) of the colonies during the same
period.

Table II.
JlJeaa Populations of the Australasian Colonies, 1881 to 1890.

Yr,^

N. S.

Queens-

Soutli

West

New

Total Aus-

Wales.

land.

Australia.

Zealand.*

tralasia.

1881

868,942

765,0151 226,522

276,948

29,516

116,437

492,887

2,776,262

1882

889,720

798,5401 237,611

289,916

30,389

119,473

509,308

2,874,957

1883:

910,1301 838,15o| 267,865

299,012

31,233

122,242

529,292

2,997,929

1884

932,6301 883,14o| 294,782

308,648

32,329

125,352

548,993

3,125,879

1885

956,880, 927,275; 308,789

313,102

34,072

128,160

566,168

3,234,416

1886?

981,860; 969,455 327,034

311,254

37,184

130,441

.582,306

3,342,735

1887 :

1,016,750:1,004,835 346,545

311,050

41,699

133,802

596,373

3,450,391

1888

1,054,9801,035,705 361,230

312,253

42,312

137.167

605,370

3,549,017

1889

1,090,350 l,066,450j 374,240

313,751

43,053

140,261

611,716

3,639,685

1890^

1,118,500! 1,101,840; 385,805 | 316,425

47,950

143,733

620,780

3,734,685

Average

982,374

939,041 313,042

305,235

36,973

129,706

566,319

3,272,599

Therefore, the proportion of fatal cases of snake-bite to the
average number of persons alive during the period is shown
by the following table, which gives : —

Table III.

The Ratio of Deaths from SnaJce-hite in each Goloiiy during the
Decade to the average Population.

Victoria

New South Wales
Queensland
Avorase

1 to 25,852

1 to 19,980

1 to 7,826

1 to 17,886

The death-rate from snake-bite in Queensland seams very
much hioher than in the other two colonies. The following

184 I'roceediiuj.s of (he lioi/al Sociefi/ of Victoria.

table will, however, show the danger of drawing rash
conclusions from figures : —

Table IV.

Deaths from Violence in the Australian Colonies, 1881 to 1890.

Vkars.

Victoria.

N. S.

Queens-

South

West

New

Total

Wales.

laud.

Austialia.

Australia.

Zealautl.

1881

849

906

817

288

to.

459

2,905

1882

811

904

489

210

505

3,040

1883

908

850

896

202

lOG

494

3,015

1884

799

990

50.)

289

548

3,22(;

1885

816

1,106

492

212

517

3,310

1886

942

1,088

496

272

571

3,525

1887

l,C'2;-5

1,148

599

2-9

57 .

112

555

3,728

1888

1,119

1,140

598

284

118

513

3,807

1889

l,18fi

1,110

622

203

144

508

3,822

1890

1,165

1,168

787

238

138

521

4,005

Total

9.678

10,400

5,200

2,277

545

1,087

5,191

34,378

Table V.

l^he Ratio of the Total Deaths from Snake-hite ditring the Decade

to the Total Deaths from Violence.

Victoria - - . -
New South \V;ik's
(i)ueenHlan(l - - . -
Average

The following table shows the ratio of the total deaths
from violence during the decade to the average population: —

254-7

221-8

180

202

Table VI.

Victoria

New South Wales
Qnecnshmd -
Average

1 to 101-5

1 to 90-8

1 to 61-2

1 to 84-3

It will thus be seen that although the ratio of deaths from
snake-bite to the average population, .and also to the total
deaths from violence, is higher in Queensland than in the
other two colonies, the ratio of deaths from violence to the
average population is also higher. Consequently it is unsafe
to infer, from the evidence furnished, thttt snake-bite is
necessarih' a more fatal affection in Queensland than in the
other colonies.

Present Position oj the Snukc-hite Controversy. 185

From this mass of figures we arrive at a general conclusion
that snake-bite is one of the most insignificant causes of
death in our midst. For example, in the three years 1887-
88-89 more persons died in Victoria from hydatid disease
than were killed by snakes in Australia during the decade.
Anyone who cares to look through Mr. Hayter's tables will
find that the snake-bite contribution is a veiy sraaU one.

In 187G, a Committee was appointed by the Medical
Society of Victoria which experimented in a methodical
way. The Committee consisted of Drs. M'Crea (Chairman),
T. M. Girdlestone, E. Barker, J. E. Neild, A. Bowen, P.
Smith, J. T. Dempster, and Professor J. D. Kirkland. The
particular value of the work done by this Committee lay in
the fact that it found, with antidotes then in use, the
recovery of a dog from snake virus injected hypodermically
was chiefly a matter of dosage. IMone of the dogs used
recovered when half a giain of fresh liquid poison was
injected. They further found that tiger snakes 3tt. to 4 ft.
long injected on an average from 1 to H grains of liquid
poison, a quantity believed by analogy to be bai'ely
sufficient to kill a man. One grain of tiger snake venom,
if injected fairly into the skin, would be approximately a
dangerous dose. It is, however, quite possible that a snake
driving its fangs through the skin finds it difiicult to
administer the full dose, if the snake bites through clothing,
tiie chances of a fatal issue are diminished. On the other
hand, in the case of some of the Indian snakes, allied in
chai-acter to the Austi'alian black and tiger snake, the dose
of poison injected amounts to from 10 to 13 grains. Com-
ment is needless.

Furthermore, Dr. M'Crea, in 187G, forwarded a circular to
a number of medical practitioners asking them for infoima-
tion on the suV)ject of snake-bite. In answer, he found that
253 cases of snake-bite had occurred in the practice of a
number of medical practitioners, and that of tliese only 25,
or 10 per cent., terminated fatall}'. Various methods of
treatment had been adopted.

It seems, therefore, that fatal results from snake-bite are
not common, and can scarcely take place unless the condi-
tions are favourable to the snake. Nevertheless, if snake-bite
were resfwusible for onl}' one death in the decade, one would
hail with pleasure the remedy which Avould obviate the
repetition of such an accident; and my object in referring
to these figures is not to under-rate the value of anj- remedy.

ISO Proceedinrjs of the Royal Societi/ of Victoria.

but to «liow the difficulty of being accurate in forming
conclusions respecting its value.

These iacts are so well-known that I must apologise for
restating them. I have mentioned them in outline simply
as part of the argument. In fact, if the name of other
remedies used in the past be excised fiom old reports in the
Journal, and the word strychnia be substituted, the descrip-
tion would parallel the present accounts of the efficacy of
strychnia.

If, then, a discoverer of a snake- bite antidote has to refer
to mortality tables as a proof of its success, he has a small
margin to work on. He is dealing with a disease which is
not usually intractable.

The [)ublic reports of cases may be i-eferred to as evidence
of its value, but apart from preceding facts altogether, 1
would ask anyone who is inclined to attacli any value to
such statements to think for a moment what they mean.
Men, women, or children of diffi3rent physiological resistance
and vigour bitten, or supposed to be bitten, by snakes ot
different age, biological characters, and virus-producing
capacity, the jnmctures made into skins of ditferent thickness
and in different parts of the body — treatment of various
kinds adopted. Are there here not enough variables to
cause grave doubt as to the value of a new variable
introduced in the form of strychnia? Again, public reports
of cases have been held to prove such extraordinary theories
in medical history that one may be pardoned lor receiving
them with great caution. As stated, other remedies for
snake-bite have been similarly commended at the hands
of their demonstrators in the columns of the Australian
Medical Journal.

'J'here is one method by which the value of strychnia as a
remedy may be settled, viz., by resort to experiments on
anim.ils on which the action of snake poison does not to all
appearances differ materially from that in the case of man.
From this, however, Dr. Mueller dissents, though he refers
to experiments made on animals in support of his theor3\

The evidence adduced serves to show that there is no
wai-rant for believing strychnia to be of any value as an
antidote foi- snake-bite ; but there is no warrant for asserting
that it is valueless. By the experimental method alone, can
the vexed question be settled.

Art. XV. — Sneezing: Fdllacious Observations.
By James W. Barrett, M.D., M.S., F.R.C.S. Eng.

Demoustrator and Examiner in Physiology in the University of Melbourne.
fReacl December 8, 1892.]

In the last edition of '' Foster's Physiology," there occur
the following passages : — " Coughing consists in the first
place of a deep and long-drawn inspiration, by which the
lungs are well filled with air. This is followed by a complete
closure of the glottis, and then comes the sudden forcible
expiration, in the midst of which the glottis suddenly opens,
and thus a blast of air is driven through the upper respira-
tory passages. The afferent impulses of this reflex act are
in most cases, as when a foreign bod}^ is lodged in the larynx
or by the side of the epiglottis, conveyed by tlie superior
laryngeal nerve. But the movement may arise from stimuli
applied to other branches of tlie vagus."

" In sneezing, the genei'al movement is essentially the
same (as in coughing), except that the opening from the
pharynx into the mouth is closed b}' the contraction of the
anterior pillars of the fauces, and the descent of the soft
palate, so that the force of the blast is driven entirely
through the nose. The afferent impulse is usually given
from tiie na.sal branches of the fifth." When sneezing,
however, is produced by bright light, the optic nerve would
seem to be the afferent nerve.

In Landois and Stirling, sneezing is described as consisting
"of a sudden violent expiratory blast through the nose for
the removal of mucus or foreign bodies (the mouth being
rarely open), after a simple or repeated spasm-like inspiration
(the glottis remaining open)."

In " McKendrick's Physiology," coughing and sneezing are
described as powerful expirations, in which the air is driven
through the oral cavity in the first, and through the nasal
passages in the second.

188 Proceedinrjs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

"Hermann's Physiology" contains the following : — "The
expulsion of foreign particles. Such explosive expiration is
called sneezing when the nasal cavities are concerned, and
coughing when the irritant is in the larynx."

Eacli is accompanied b\- a noise produced by the sudden
bursting open of a closed aperture, which in sneezing is
found by the opposition of the velum palati to the pharyn-
geal wall, and in coughing by the opposed vocal cords.

In " Carpenter's Physiology " it is stated " the difference
between coughing and sneezing is this, that in the latter the
communication between the larynx and the mouth is partly
or entirely closed, by the drawing together of the sides of
the velum palati over the back of the tongue, so that tlie
blast of air is directed more or less completeh' through the
nose in such a way as to cany off any source of irritation
there. Of the purely automatic character of the movement of
sneezing there can be no cpiestion, since it cannot be
imitated voluntaril}-."

In "Kirk's Handbook of Physiology " we find "the same
remarks that apply to coughing are exactly applicable to the
act of sneezing, but in this instance the blast of air escaping
from the lungs is dii-ected by an instinctive contraction ot the
pillars of the fauces, and descent of the soft palate, chiefly
through the nose, and any offending matter is expelled."

In "Huxley's Elementary Physiology " it is stated "in
sneezing, the cavity of the mouth is described as being shut
off from the iihiuynx by the approximation of the soft palate
and the base of the tongue, the air l)eing forced through the
nasal passages."

All these writers, then, are agreed in describing sneezing
as a modified respiratory act. in which air is blown through
the nose, and most of them assume that it consequently
serves the })urpose of driving irritating substances from the
nose.

On the other hand, in one of the most recent works on
the diseases of the nose (Greville MacDonald, published
1892), one finds the following reference to sneezing: —
"Again, it may be doubted whether the physiological
reflexes can be considered in an}' way beneficial. Sneezing,
it may be argued, is not of any use in driving irritating
particles from the nose, seeing that it consists essentially
in a closing of the palate during spasmodic expiration, and
thus prevents the current of air from passing through the
nose. But we probably find the most accurate explanation

Sneezing: Fallai-iou>i Observations. 189

of the phenomenon in the following considerations : — On the
entrance of an irritating particle into the nose, the [jriniary
object of the reflex phenemonon is to increase the flow of
mucus, not only for the sake of interposing some non-
irritating substance between the sensitive membrane and the
foreign pai-ticle, but even more for the purpose of washing it
away. This increased flow is produced by a double
mechanism. In the first place there is a supply of more
blood, and the stimulation of the secreting cells, through
nerve influence ; and in the second, there is an increase of
vascular pressure from over-fllling of the venous sinuses, as
described in Chapter I. Now, this pressure on tiie venous
sinuses must be enormously increased by the convulsive
respiratory act comprised in sneezing. This latter consists
in a violent contraction of the diaphragm, &c., together with
the closing of the glottis and the post-nasal space, by
contraction of the velum and the superior strictors and of
tlie buccal orifice by the approximation of the tongue
firmly to the teeth and hai'd palate ; in fact, every possible
movement is thrown into action to prevent the exit of air
from the larynx, mouth, and nose. What is the immediate
consequence of this ? Increase of the intra-thoracic pressure,
which necessarily increases the intra-vascular tension,
especially in the veins, and hence in the venous sinuses of
the nose. The act of forcible expiration, with all the outlets
from the thorax closed, if voluntarily induced, i.e., without
tlie preliminary irritation in the nose, is scarcely operative
in producing the effect described, and it is probably only
when the nerve stimulation is excited at the same time, and
the gland cells are set working, that this increase in the
venous pres.sure is of some additional assistance."

Reviewing these conflicting statements, we find difference
in matters of fact, and necessarily in the inferences drawn
from them. Of the inaccuracy of the description of sneezing
given in " Foster's Physiology" and the other works referred
to, there can be no question. The process seems to be
similar to that followed in coughing, with the following
amongst other distinctions: — (1) That it is entirely involun-
taril3^ (2) That it is caused mainly through stimulation of
the anterior portion of the nose. Stimulation of the posterior
portion of the nose generally results in coughing. (3) That
the forced expiration is, if anything, more mai-ked than in
coughing. (4) That the air in persons with normal palate
(and apart from voluntarj^ efforts modifying the act) is

190 ProceediiKjs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

driven entirely through the mouth ; that is to say, that the
palate is probably pressed firmly back against the pharynx
so as to completely cut oft communication with the nose.
The peculiar noise made in sneezing is probably pi'oduced by
the impact of the imprisoned air on the back of the hard
palate, combined with certain modification of the shape of
the mouth produced by movements of the tongue and lips.
In coughing, on the other hand, it would seem that the com-
munication between the nose and throat is not necessarily
cut off, and that the air sometimes passes through the nose
as well as the mouth, and that special movements of the lips
and tongue are certainly" different, if not absent altogether.
The mouth is generally opened more widely in coughing, and
the noise produced by a cough is very different from that
produced in sneezing. The one is lar^'ngeal in the main, the
other is chiefly buccal.

It is possible that the glottis has nothing to <lo with
sneezing, and that the ob.struction is entirely pharyngeal.
If, however, there is a closed glottis, it is probable that the
mode in which it is opened in the two cases is somewhat
different. Coughing has, at all events, sometimes a definite
object to serve. It serves for the removal of irritating
particles from the air passages, and it is quite likely that the
glottis may be differently disposed in sneezing. Hence the
absence of glottic noise in sneezing. The statement that the
blast of air in sneezing is driven through the nose has
originated, I think, in the following manner: — The observa-
tions have been necessarily almost entirely personal, and as
usual the introspective method, if the term can be used in
this sense, has again proved fallacious. When people sneeze,
they feel first a profound irritation in the anterior part of
the nose. If this persists, there follow .some long and deep
inspirations, then a violent expiratory effort with po.ssible
closure of the glottis or some part of the pharynx ; the
obstruction is suddenly overcome, and the air expelled
through the mouth with the characteristic noise. Usually
there follows almost immediately a gush of watery fluid
from the nose, which is evidence of increased secretion.

Now, putting these facts together, those who first described
the process of sneezing, confused as usual inference and fact.
They knew that coughing, at all events, served the one
purpose of removing foreign bodies from the air passages.
They inferred justly or unjustly that sneezing was adapted
to remove foreign bodies from the anterior portion of tlie

Sneezing: Fallacious Observations. 191

nose by means of the blast of air. They felt the irritation
of the nose, and found that sneezing was usually followed
by relief Without examining carefully the act of sneezing,
to see whether the air did or did not go through the nose,
they assumed that it did, hence the description. It is of
course possible that, in some cases where observation was
made, abnormal conditions of the palate may have permitted
portions of the air to get to the nose. As the act of sneezing
is involuntary, while that of coughing is not, it is impossible
to study the phenomena of the former, except in an im-
promptu and largely subjective manner. The vocal cords
can be examined with the laryngoscope in coughing, but not
in sneezing. Objective examination in sneezing is very
limited, by reason of the nature of the act. It seems to me,
however, perfectly clear that we have another example of the
manner in which hypothesis has biassed observers. They
have unconsciously endeavoured to make the facts fit the
theor}'. An observation once made and stated by a com-
petent authority has probably been copied from one work
into another, until of late years the great importance given
to phj^siological respiratory reflexes by physicians has caused
the matter to be more closely investigated.

Greville MacDonald's ingenious theory of the value of
sneezing, physiologicall}', may or may not be accurate.
The fact, however, that patients suffering from eye disease
frequently sneeze when exposed to a strong light, indicates
the necessity for caution before assuming that sneezing has
any value whatever. It may have as little to do with
normal physiological function in the human being as appa-
rently has the patellar reflex, the cremasteric reflex, or
some other of the general reflexes. If sneezing is essential
to the removal of a foreign body from the anterior portion
of the nose, it is very difficult to understand why coughing
or blowing through the nose would not be equally serviceable.
As Greville MacDonald justly ob.serves, "it is quite certain
that sneezing alone cannot produce the rush of fluid from
the.nose. It requires a local determining agent. At present^
it seems to me the only conclusion that can be safely arrived
at, is the Agnostic one." Greville MacDonald's explanation
is plausible, and has the merit, as far as I know, of standing
alone.

How much more fallacious observation of a similar
character exists in all departments of science, it is impossible
to conjecture, but I think it fairly certain that, if the

102 Proceed iii(/s of the Royal Socieij/ of Victoria.

treatment of diseases of the nose had not become organised
into a special de})avtment of medicine, it would have been
assumed that the significance of the respiratory reflex was
fully understood. My object in drawing attention to tin-
matter is — (1) To put the facts, as far as possible, befoie
members. (2) To stimulate observation, which from the
necessity of the case must be largely ])ersonal. (3) To give
another example of the manner in which good observers are
biassed by the teleological assumption. (4) Of the manner in
which such fallacious observations lead men to accept explana-
tions which wrongly coloui" the work of tho.se who have to
apply them, in practical life. An accurate statement of facts
with regard to sneezing, would probably have stimulated
inquiry into the relation between nasal disease and asthma,
at a much earlier date than 1871, when attention was first
drawn to the matter by Voltolini.

Art. XVI. — Physical GonHtanU of Thallium.

(With Plate XVII.)

By W. HuEY Steele, M.A.

[Read November 10, 1892.]

Being in possession of a piece of thallium, and being
unable to find its constants in the ordinary books of reference,
[ determined a few of tliem as follows. The investigation
was conducted in the Physical Laboratory of the Universit}^
of Melbourne.

(1) Coefficient of Expansion.

A piece of the thallium was drawn into a wire about
foui'teen inches long, the ends cut off square, and a nick
made near each end. It was put into a glass tube through
which steam could be passed at will from a small boiler.
The ends of the tube being firmly clamped, micrometer
microscopes were focussed on the ends of the wire. These
instruments, supplied by the Cambridge Scientific Instru-
ment Co., read to xo^oo ^^^^^^- I'l^e positions of the ends of
the wire and of the outer and inner edges of each nick were
observed, the observations being repeated several times.
The temperature of the thallium was assumed to be that
indicated by a thermometer left lying beside the glass tube
all night, 16-8° C. Steam was then passed along the tube
till it was fairly dry, and after about fifteen minutes, the
observations of the positions of the nicks and ends of the
wire were repeated, the temperature being assumed to be
1 00° C. The gain in length of the whole wire was observed
to be •02()1 inch, between the outer edges of the nicks
•()25o inch, and between inner edges •0255 inch. On re-
placing the glass tube by a scale, the length of the wire was
found to be 13"83 inch, and the distance between the nicks
13'69 inch. Dividing the increase in length by the rise in
temperature (83-2°), and by the length measured, the co-
efficients come out 0000227, -0000224, 0000224, giving as
mean result -0000225.

194 Proceedings of the Royal ^Society of Victoria.

(2) Specific Resistance.
I at first made several determinations of the resistance of
the thallium, in the form of short thick wires, and compared
its resistance with silvei-, and atterwards with lead, and
separately determined the resistances of the specimens used
in comparison. I found it much more accurate howevei'
to draw the thallium into a finer wire, and determine its
resistance directly. This was done with a resistance box,
with a shunt on the variable arm. It was measured several
times at slightly difl:erent temperatures, as sliown in the
following table : —

•V

•16

5-80

•1557

•1551

21-8

•16

6-55

•1562

•1.5.'51

221

•16

C^87

•1564

•1551

221

•17

1-95

•1564

•1551

t is the temperature centigrade, r and s are the two
resistances in parallel which balance the i-esistance of the
thallium. R^ is -'^*^, the observed resistance of the thallium,
and R is the resistance at 20° C, reduced by the coefiicient
•0039 {vid. inf.) The length of the thallium was 4614 cm.,
and the mean value of diameter measured at different parts
along it was '0874 cm., the mean error in measuring it being
•0005 cm. The specific resistance at 20° C. is therefore

TT X ^0437^ X -1551 X 10» _ 20170
46-14

(3) Variation of Resistanck with Temperature.
To determine this, the thallium was made into a small
coil, and immersed in a large beaker of water, with a ther-
mometer about the middle of tlie coil. The thallium was
connected with the terminals of a slide metre bridge by
means of two stout pieces of copper, to which it was firmly
bound, and whose resistance was found to be about yAtt of
that of the thallium. The resistance of the thallium was
balanced with an approximately equal resistance of German
silver, which was taken as an arbitrary unit to measure the
resistance of the thallium at dift'erent temperatures. By
means of a verj'' sensitive galvanometer, the slider could be
adjusted to "1 mm., while the whole change in position for
a rise of 80° C. was about 70 mm. In reducing the bridge

Physical (Jondants of ThaMluvi.

195

readings to resist ances, correction was made for the fact that
the middle point of the wire was not the electrical centre,
which was JJ-.S mm. to one side, and the resistances were
dirainislied by 1 j)er cent, of the cold resistance of the
thallium on account of the copper connections. Two inde-
pendent sets of observations were made, and from each the
coefficient at 20° 0. was calculated by the method of least
squares. The figures fi-om Avhich the calculations were made
are given in the annexed table : —

Sei

Set

17-8

•987

16-2

1-017

30-5

1-035

32-1

1-079

41-4

1-074

48-2

1143

51-7

1-102

61-4

1-196

62-1

1-154

79-8

1-274

80-8

1-227

1-357

98-8

1-312

85-1
72-2
67-5

1-298
1-246
1-226

The values of the coefficient from the above tables are
•00394 and 00400.

Having determined these values by means of the slide
bridge, I proceeded to verify the result by measuring the
resistances with a resistance box, and shunt as described
above. Two independent sets of observations were made as
before. The observed values are oiven in the followincj
table : —

Set 4.

181

-2054

]7-3

•2134

■2162

59-3

•2490

40-6

-2228

80-9

•2679

-2329

99-3

•2812

60-7

•2381

•2456

72-1

-2188

24^9

•2232

o 2

I9G Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

The values of the coefficients from sets 3 and 4 are
OOS.Sl and 00391. The mean of these four gives, as
the coefficient at 20° C, -00392. This is larger than the
value for most metals other than iron.

(4) Thermo Ei.ecthk; Height.

As I had a piece of pure silver, and no other metal pure,
I resolved to find the thermo electric height of thallium
with regard to silver, and assume Professor Tait's result for
silver in order to obtain the absolute value for thallium.
Having done so, it was found that the thallium line thus
determined, crossed Professor Tait's copper line at about
70° C, and that copper was therefore an exceptionally
favourable metal with which to compare thallium. I there-
fore obtained ])ure copper and compared thallium with it,
and found that thallium was further below copper than
below silver; and on finall}" fiyi'^g coppei- and silver, I found
the lines should be very much closer together than the_y are
in Professor Tait's diagram, and that copper should be above
.silver and not below it. I therefore purified some lead, and
constructed a diagram of my own ibr the four metals — lead,
thallium, copper and silver. To obtain pure lead, I dissolved
some sheet lead in nitric acid, and precipitated it as sulphate
by adding dilute sul])huric acid. The sulphate thus obtained
was lieated with carbonate of soda and cream of tartar in a
Hessian crucible in an injector furnace, and lead obtained
which was assumed pure, tliough it contained a trace of
potassium. I used an astatic low resistance galvanometer
with a lamp and scale, at a distance of about four feet, the
.scale divisions being fortieths of an inch. The resistance of
the galvanometer was somewhat less than an ohm, but with
the leads and the wires of the thermo electric circuit, .the
resistance was a little over an ohm. So low an E.M.F. as
•00000 1 volt or U)0 absolute units gave a deflection of one
scale division. This appears to be about 30 times as
sensitive as the one used by Professor Tait twenty years
ago. To determine the exact value of a scale division, the
galvanometer was joined in series with an ordinary Daniell
cell and various high resistances, smd immediately after or
before its E.M.F. compared with a Latimer Clark cell, by
means of a condenser and balliatic galvanometer. In

Physical Constants of Thallium.

197

examining the thermo electric power of two metals, I twisted
together their ends and coiled the joint round the bulb of a
thermometer, immersing the whole in a bath of olive oil.
The other junction was kept in a large beaker of cold water
with a thermometer in it, which was observed from time to
time, and if necessary, correction made for the rise of
temperature. Tliis rise was never more than a degree, the
corresponding correction being one or two scale divisions.
The relation between the observed values of temperature and
galvanometer reading is parabolic, and if we express the
excess of the temperature of the hot junction over the cold
by t, and the number of scale divisions by s, then s z= a t -\-
h t^ is the connection between .s and t, where a and b are
constants to be determined preferably by the method of least
squares, as was done with each set of observations, though
the operation is rather laborious. The following table may
be taken as typical of the accuracy attained : —

•s

(ob^-erved)

[calcjilated]

111

119

107

il2

102

108

115

119

131-7

206

201

ISO

202

199

180-3

219

249

200

259

260

184

249

250

179

246

247

IGl

232

In this case, the metals being thallium and lead, the
resistance of the circuit was 1-395 ohm. The equatioji to
the parabola, represented by the first and second columns,
is s = 2-36^ - 00.512 t^ where t = T ~ 19. A Daniell
cell, when used to charge a condenser, gave a throw of
276-3 sc. clivs.; a Latimer Clark cell gave 846-4- ; the E.M.F.
of the Daniell is thus— 1-435 x 276-3 -^ 346-4 = 1-144.

19.S Proceedinc/s of the Royal Society of Victovifx.

The same Daniell, when connected in series with the gal-
vanometer, gave a deflection g for resistance R. If the

142-y

12000

176

lUOOO

195

9000

246

7000

287

6000

213

8000

current through the galvanometer be kg, then -^ = /c g,
or /.• = ^^^. Now the mean value of Rg is 1729000,
therefore Z; = ivoguoo- ^^ ^ ^^® ^^^® electromotive force of the
thermal circuit, and i' its resistance, then e = ksr, or the
electromotive foice corresponding to one scale division is
^^1729000 '" '^''^^t' or 92-3 absolute units of electromotive force.

Now s = 2S6t — 0051 2f-, or if we measure the tem-
perature from the neutral point of the two metals, s =
•00512/^. If the temperatures be the neutral point, and
100° above or below it, and if m be the relative Thomson
effect, then 512 x 92-3 = 5000 ?>i, and m = -94.

To find the neutral point— ^Jf = 0, i.e., 2SQ - 2 x
•00512^ = 0, t = 230, i.e., 249° C. ; the height at 0' C. is
therefore 249 X '94 = 234. The thermo electric height of
thallium above lead is thus— 234 — 94 1, t here being
temperature centigrade.

Another similar but independent set of observations
gave as the height 198 — -65 t, the mean of these being
217 — -79 /. Of the four metals, each pair was taken
together, and the following results obtained. In each case
the higher metal is the first : —

- 217- -79^

- 43 + 1-79^

- 252 + i-oe^;

- 12 + 10/

- 40 + 147 /

- 200 + 1-35/

If we add the Thallium-Lead to the Copper-Thallium, we
get 200 + 100 t, which agrees fliirly well with the directly

Thallium -Lead -

2.
3.
4.
5.

Copper-Thallium
Copper-Lead
Copper-Silver
Silver-Thallium

Silver-Lead

Proc. R 5. Victoria Plate Ml

^/-

// \y

/ // /

/ / /
/ / f

/''

/
/
/

Tempe

^afure

Fhydcal Cuiisfants of Thallium. 199

observed value of Copper- Lead. The results with the silver
are not very consistent. Various diagrams can be con-
structed from the above observations, but the nearest to the
true one will ])robably be obtained from the first, third and
fourth, from which the figure is drawn (see Plate XVII), tlie
dotted lines on the figure being Professor Tait's results for
silver and copper.

I have been for some months engaged on a series of
observations, of which I hope to give an account to this
Society shortly, from which it appears that thermo electric
values cannot be absolutely constant, and which explains the
above inconsistent results of the observations on these
metals.

Summary.

The constants obtained are thus : —

(1) Coefticient of expansion - "0000225

(2) Specific resistance - - 20200 at 20° C.

(3) Range of resistance with

temperature - - -00392 at 20° C.

(4) Thermo electric height - 216— '79^

The thallium was obtained from Schuchardt, and Professor
Masson has kindly anal^^sed it and supplied the following
statement of his results : —

" The small sample of thallium wire submitted to me,
was found to contain as impurities, lead, arsenic and copper.
An estimation of the lead showed it to be present to the
extent of 1-50 per cent. The arsenic and copper were
present in too small amount to be estimated in so small a
sample. A direct estimation of the thallium itself sliowed
the wire to contain 9790 per cent, of that metal."

Art. XVII. — On " Confocal Quadrics of MomenU of
Inertia " 'pertainiiig to all Planes in Space, and
Loci and Envelopes of Straight Lines vjhose
" Moments of Inci-tia " are Constant.

By Martin Gardiner, C.E.

iRead May 12, 1892.]

Abstract.

The author commences by solving the following problem,
by the Cartesian co-ordinate method : —

Problem. — Given any number of points Pj, P^, P^, ....
in space, and corresponding numbers «!, a^, «3, . . . , known
in signs and magnitudes as respective multipliers ; to hud
the Envelope of a plane L L X, such that, in every position
it can assume, we shall have

a^ .p\ + a^.pl + (^3 . pi -\- . . . . = 8,

in which p\,pl,'pl, . . . . , represent the squares of the
pedals from the points Pj, Po, P3, . . . , to the plane L L L,
and S a constant entity known in sign and magnitude.

He finds the equatloii of the envelope of the plane L L L
to be that of a Quadric whose centre is coincident witii
the meaTi-centre of the given points for the multipliers
«i, a^, a-i, . . . And from the form of the equation arrived
at (which is given abridged and expanded), he infers that
for all possible values of the entity S, the corresponding
Quadrics are Confocal Quadrics.

He then shows by a purely geometrical method (indepen-
dent of co-ordinates) that for an}^ constant value of *S', the

" Oonfocal Qiiadrics of Moments of Inertia.

201

envelo|)e of the plane L L L is a Quadric whose centre is
coincident with the mean centre of the points jPj, P-i, P^,

. . . , and their respective multipliers «i, a2, a^,

And he shows that tlie quadrics corresponding to all
possible values of the entity ^.S, are Confocal Quadrics.

In order to amplify his Geometrical Method, he proceeds
to give a full and complete solution to the particular cases
in which the given points Pj, Po, Pg, . . . , are all in one
straight line. And he shows that it depends on the state of
the data, as to whether the Confocal Quadrics be Ellipsoids ;
Hyperboloids of One Sheet ; Hyperboloids of Two Sheets ;
Spheres ; or Paraboloids.

He then directs attention to the Physical Aspect of the
problem, which he enunciates as follows : —

Problem. — Given any masses M^, M2, i/3, . . . , in space,
and corresponding units a-^,a.2,a.i, ■ ■ . , known in signs as
their respective multipliers; to find the Envelope of a
plane L L L, such that in every position it can assume,
we shall have the sum of the Moments of Inertia of the
masses represented by

a, . ^ m, (Pi Lf + a.2 . ^ m. (P^ Lf + a,.^ m, . (P3 Lf
■+... = a constant S,

in which 97ii, liiaj '>''*'3, • • • represent molecules of the masses
i/i.jyo.Jfg, . . . , at any points P^, P2, P3, ... in those
masses, and in which P^L, PoZ, P^L, . . . represent the
pedals from the points Pj, Po, P,, . . . , to the plane LL L.

In elucidation of this aspect of the problem, he recon-
siders the particular cases, in which he now replaces the
given points or molecules at Pj, P2, P3, ... all in one
line, by Spheres whose centres are all in one straight line.
He shows that the results arrived at previously, apply
when masses replace mere molecules ; and that, according
to analogous states of the data, the Confocal Quadi-ics will
be Ellipsoids, Hyperboloids, Spheres, or Paraboloids.

He establishes the limiting values for the constant S, and
exposes the limiting forms of the Quadrics in minute and
full detail. And he corroborates a remarkable theorem of

202 Proceedings oj the Royal Society of Victo7ia.

Duhamel's, as to the existence of two points, for each of
luhich Poinsot's " Ellipsoid of stress " is a Sphere. He
shows, moreover, these two points to belong to a "Focal
l-'onic" of the family of Confocal Quadrics.

In the case in which the bodies are Spheres situated in
any manner in space, he gives a simple and effective
metliod of finding the tliree principal axes of inertia.

He then records the followino- eioht Theorems, as results
01 his investigations : —

Theorem 1.

Given any raas.ses i/j, M^, M^, . . . in space, and
corresponding numbers a,, a.2, a^, ... of known signs
as multipliers. If a plane L L L (otherwise unrestricted)
be such that in every position it can assume, the sum of
the moments of inertia of the entities aj. M^, a^. M^, a^. M^,
. . . , with respect to it, be of any constant magnitude S,
then will the envelope of the plane be a determinable
(piadric Q, whose centre is coincident with the mean centre
of the entities. And the whole system of quadrics Qi, Q.2, Q^,

corresponding to all values S,, S2, S^, . . . . ,

of S, will be concentric, coaxial, and confocal quadrics. And
in all cases in which the multipliers ai, a.^, . ■ ■ are all
positive, the quadrics will be Ellipsoids and Hyperboloids of
One Sheet.

Theorem 2.

Given any masses i/j, ill 2, M^, ... in space, and
corresponding numbers a^, a^, 0^3 , . . . of known signs,
as multipliers. The envelope of all planes LLL passing
through any given point V in space, and such that the sum
of the moments of inertia of the entities a^. M^, cio. M2, (tj. i/3,

, with respect to them severally, is of any constant

magnitude S, will be a determinable quadric cone C,
which envelopes a determinable quadric Q whose centre is
coincident with the mean centre 0 of the entities. And the
whole family of such cones Cj, G.^, C3, . . . , corresponding
to all values 8-^, S2, S-^, . . . , of S, will be coaxial and
confocal cones enveloping coaxial and confocal quadrics,
whose common centre is the mean centre 0 of the entities

" ConfoccU Quadrics of Moments of Inertia." 203

«!. Ml, do. M.2, And if the point V be at infinity,

unci given in direction by means of a vector 0 R passing
thi'ough the mean centre 0 ; then, corresponding to various
values of S, the envelopes oi L L L consist of a system of
confocal cylinders enveloping the quadrics, dnd having as
common principal axis the directing vector 0 R.

Now Ml, M.2, M^, . . . being masses, and a^, a^, a^,
numbers known in signs: we know that if a plane ZX 2/
l)e such that the sum of the moments of inertia of the
entities 11^. M^, cu M^, a-^. Mo^, . . . , with respect to it is of
a constant magnitude S, then will the envelope of the plane
be a determinable quadric Q. But the line of intersection
/ I of any two mutnalh' orthogonal planes, both tangent
to the quadric Q, is obviously such that the sum of the
moments of inertia of the entities with respect to it is
represented by 2..s'.

We can easily form the equations of tangent planes
to tile quadric Q, and express their mutual orthogonism ;
but we need not try to evolve an equation of a surface
which could be the envelope of all the lines 1 1 of intersection
of the pairs of mutuall}' orthogonal tangent planes to Q.
This is obvious : — for if we suppose j:) to be any point
whatever on any surface, and construct a Poinsot Elli))soid
having such point as centre, we perceive that the lines / 1
tlirough the point form a cone, and cannot generally ell be
tangents at one point to any other surface. However, we
j)roceed to find the Loci and Envelo})es of lines ly l^ which
fulfil the conditions as to equality of moments of inertia,
and respecting which other conditions are imposed.

1°. — With respect to all the lines li iy wliich are parallel
to any fixed straight line R R passing through the mean
centre 0, which is also the centre of the quadric Qj.

If throLigh 0 we draw a plane normal to the line R R,
and that we put c^ c^ Cy to represent the conic which con-
.-stitutes its trace on the quadric Qi : then, from a well-known
theorem, we perceive that the pairs of mutually orthogonal
tangent planes whose points of contact lie in the conic
''iCiC,,give us all the lines lilx parallel to the fixed line
RR, and that they constitute a Right Circular Cylinder
liavinw R R as central axis.

204 Proceedings of the Royal ISociety of Victoria.

2"". — With respect to all the lines /j /j situated in tangent
planes to the quadric Qi .

We may first observe that if Pj Pj 1\ be any fixed plane
tangent to the quadric Q^, and that we project the quadric
itself orthogonally by means of othe)- tangent planes upon
J\ Pi Pi, then will the ])rojection be a conic c^ q c^ situated
in the plane PiP^P^, which is obviousl}^ the envelope of
all the lines li /^ in the plane.

3°. — With respect to all tlie lines l^ li situated in any
plane B BB whatever.

We first proceed and find the sum s,^ of the moments of
inertia of the entities a^.i/i, a.,. M2, a.^. M^,, . . . , with
respect to the plane BBS. We then find the quadric Q^
such that the sum of the moments of inertia of the entities
with respect to any of its tangent planes is = 2.Si, — s^ . Then,
ol)viously, the orthogonal projection of the quadric Q^ so
found (by means of tangent [)lanes to it) upon the plane
B BB will be a conic, which is the envelope of the lines l^ l^
situated in the plane.

The foliowins^ is an obvious deduction : —

Theorem .'>.

Given any masses M^, M2, M-^, ... in space, and corres-
ponding numbers a^, a.^, «3, . . . of known signs as multi-
pliers ; and given also the system of confocal quadrics
Qi, Q'^' Qz> • • • ■> such that the sum of the moments of
inertia of the entities a^. ili,, a.-M.^, a-^. 31-^, . . . , with
respect to tangent planes to the quadrics are equals
respectively to 6'i, s.,, .^.g, . . . ; then the orthogonal pro-
jections of the quadrics on any given plane B B B in space,
constitute a family of confocal conies, which are the
respective envelopes of straight lines l^li, l.^l-i, Izh, • . • ■ ,
situated in the plane, such that the sum of the moments of
inertia of the entities ftj. i/j, a._,. M-2> (-h- ^Z' • • • > with
]-espect to them, are determinable constants. And if the
plane P^ B^ B be parallel to either one of the two systems of
parallel circular sections of the conibcal quadrics, then will

" Confocal Quadrics of Moments of Inertia^'' 2().>

the projections of the ([uadiMcs on the pLme be ;i system of
concentric circles.

Note. — The differences of the moments of inertia with
respect to the lines ^j/j, /., /o- ^;5^3> • • • . (tangents to the
respective conies) on the plane BBB are obvionsly equals to
the differences of the moments of inertia with respect to
tangent planes to the qnadrics Qi, Q2, Qs, ■ • ■

If we draw planes Pi Pi Pi, P2P2P2) ■ ■ ■ , tiirough any
diameter D D of any one Q of the family of Confocal quadrics.
the lines / 1 situated in these ])lanes and sucli that the sum
of the moments of inertia of the entities %. J/i, «o. M.y, '^3. il/;j,
.... with respect to them, several!}'-, is of any constant
magnitude 2.s, have (as alrendy observed) as envelopes, in
the ]ilanes, determinable conies. And we know that those
of the lines II which are parallel to D D form a circular
cylinder; having the line D B as axis. But it is easy to
])erceive that it is onl}' when the axis D D is normal to one
of the circular sections of the quadric Q that the conies cut
D D in the one and same point, at which the lines 1 1 form a
tangent plane to all the conies. Hence : —

Theorem 4.

Given any number of masses i/i, J/o' -^^3' • • • > in space,
and corresponding nundjers a^, cio, a^, . . . , of known signs
as multipliers ; if a straight line 1 1 move in space so as to be
always in contact with the line D i) of a diameter of any
quadric Q (of the confocal family) normal to either system of
its circular sections, and so that in every position the sum
of the moments of inertia of the entities aj. il/j, «o. i/o, . . . ,
with respect to it, is of any constant magnitude 2.s ; then
will the envelope of the straight line Z ^ be a determinable
quadric lu of revolution, having the mean centre 0 as centre,
and the fixed line B B as axis. And all such quadrics
'"1, 10-2, iv-i, . . . , corresponding to all possible values
2.S1, 2.S.2, 2.S3, . . . , of the constant are determinable
quadrics of revolution, having the mean centre 0 as common
centre, and the line Z) Z> as principal axis.

Theorem 5.

The Locus of a straight line 1 1 through any fixed point B'
in a line B B through the mean centre 0 and normal to

200 P roceedings of ike Roydl Hociely of Victoria.

<!ircnlar sections of the confocal (|uadiics Qi, Q2, Qs, ■ ■ • ,
and such tliat the sum of the moments of inertia of the
entities ((i.il/j, a^. Mo, . . . , with respect to it, is of
constant magnitude 2.6', is a. (juadric cone of revolution.
Jiaving the point D^ as vertex, and IJ D as axis.

We know that the locits of the lines 1 1 of intersection of
all pairs oi' mutually orthogonal tangent planes to any
quadric, cone G is another ([uadric, cone E concyclic with
the reciprocal of the cone C. (8ee Salmon's "Geometry of
Three Din:iensions," Art. 247). And if C be a cone, such
that the sum of the moments of inertia of the entities
ttj.iVi, «o. J/o, . . . , with respect to its tangent planes,
severally, be equal to a constant .s, we know that the sum
of the moments of inertia of the entities with respect to the
lines 1 1, severally, must be equal to 2.«. Hence we have : —

Theorem 6.

Given any masses Mj, Mo, Mg, . . . , in s{)ace and
corresponding numbers rtj, a.,, «;,, . . . , of known signs, as
multiplierh ; the Locus of a straight line II passing through
any given point Fin space, and such that the sum of the
moments of inertia of the entities rq. M^, a-j- Mo, a-^. M.^, ....
with respect to it — • any constant 2..s, is a quadric cone JE,
having the point V as ver-tex, and concyclic with the
reciprocal of the cone G, having V as veitex, and such that
the sum of the moments of inertia of the entities with
respect to its tangent planes = s, &c.

Theorem 7.

If three |)lanes, always mutually oi'thogonal, move in
space so as to continue to be tangent ])lanes respectively to
any three of the confocal quadrics Q^, Qo, Q:i', then will the
Locus of their common point of intersection be a Spltere, whose
centre is coincident with the mean centre 0 of the entities
cij. i/i, ao. Mo, . . . , which is also the centre of the quadrics.

Note. — This Theorem, which is an obvious deduction
from the kinetic properties exposed, was arrived at by
Salmon by means of a formula due to Chasles. (See
Sahnon's "Geometry of Tlnee Dimensions," Art. 172.)

" Confocal Quadrics of Moments of Inertia." 207

Theorem 8.

If two planes A and B mutually orthogonal, be
tangent planes respectively to any two qiiadrics Q^, Q2, <»t'
the confocal family ; tlien will the other pair of tangent
planes A^ and B^ through their line of intersection II, to the
same two quadrics, l)e iinitually orthogonal.

This is an obvious deduction from the kinetic properties
exposed. — The planes A and B being tangents to the quadrics
Qi and Q2, the moments of inertia of the entities d^. i/j, a^.
M2, ■ • • , with respect to them ai'e constants 6?! and So ; and
the sura Sj + Sj *^f these moments of inertia is equal to the
moment of inertia of the entities with respect to their line
of intersection 1 1. And since the moment of inertia with
respect to the line II m equal to the sum of the moments of
inertia with respect to the tangent planes A^ and B^, it
follows that A^ and B^ must be mutually orthogonal.

This theorem is an e.x:tension to confocal quadrics of one
pertaining to confocal conies, due to Admiral De Jonquieres
of the French Navy, who is one of the most distinguished
geometers in Europe. (See "Melanges de Geomdtrie Pure,"
par E. De Jonquieres.)

Observations.

The family of confocal quadrics Qi, Q2, Q^, • • • , and
the properties of inertia pertaining to them, are worth}'
of attention, not only on account of their intimate con-
nection with " Wave Surfaces," and " Surfaces of Elasticity,"
but also on account of their direct applications to many
important problems. (See Salmon's " Geometry of Three
Dimensions," Arts. 467, 480, &c.)

2°. — Some interesting properties pertaining to confocal
quadrics can be deduced by application of the numerous
new theorems arrived at by the author, and published in
Vol. X of the " Quarterly Journal of Pure and Applied
Mathematics," under the title — " Properties of Quadrics
having Common Intersection, and of Quadrics inscribed in
the same Developable."

S". — Since writing the present paper, the author has
found that the question had been previously considered by
the late Professor Townsend, of the Dublin University.

208 Proceedhi(]s of tite lioiial JSocieti/ of Victoria.

The results at whicli he arrived are given ivithout any
investigations on page .'J 12 of Williamson's "Integral
Calculus." From question 19, as there enunciated, it would
appear that Townsend did not perceive that the envelope of
the plane is an ellipsoid ouly when the prescribed moment
of inertia is not less than a certain determinable magnitude ;
or that it is a Hyperboloid of One Sheet for all values less
than such limiting value. Nor does it a])pear tliat he
considered the case in which the envelope of the plane is
a Hyperboloid of Two Sheets, or any limiting values of the
moment of inertia.

Art. XVIII. — iVotes on a Poisonous Species of Homeria
(H. collina, Vent. — var. miniata), found at Faseoe
Vale, causing deaih in cattle and other animals
feediny upon it.

By D. McAlptnk and P. W. Farmer, M.B., Ch. B.

[Eead November 4, 1892.]

Introductory.

The sudden death of a nnmber of cattle at Pascoe Vale,
a suburb of Melboui-ne, about the middle of Septeinbei-,
attracted a good deal of attention, and from various
accompanying circumstances, there were grounds for believing
that the herbage had .something to do with it. Specimens
of the supposed poisonous weed were sent to Baron von
Mueller, Government Botanist, and he determined it to be
a species of Homeria, a native of South Africa. He
remarked that "in their native country occasionally pasture
animals have suffered from the.se kinds of plants, but no
poison cases have hitherto come undei- my own notice."

Veterinary surgeons also took the matter up, and they
decided the deaths to be due to anthrax, the sudden illness
of the animals and the subsequent deaths of many of them
giving colour to this supposition ; but it does not appear
that the anthrax bacillus {Bucillu-s anthracis, Cohn) was
found in the spleen of the dead animals, which is always
considerably swollen and full of enormous quantities of these
bacilli, when death is due to that cause. But skilled
veterinary surgeons may be wrong, and the plain, common
sense farmer may be right in some instances, even where
the death of cattle is concerned, and here was evidently
a case where further investigation was desirable. Since the
Homeria plant, which was known to be eaten .by the cows
which died, was growing luxuriantly in patches extending

210 ProceexUiujs of the Royal iSociety of Victoria.

over several acres whei'e the cattle v^as ieediuiii", and since it
belonged to a genus of plants vv^ell known to have poisonous
properties, it became a matter of great importance to
determine vv^hether this particular plant was poisonous or
not when grown in this Colony, so we decided to submit it
to the test of experiment.

History of Outbreak of Disease.

A local dairyman brought ninety-five head of cattle
from ])addocks a short distance to tlie north of Pascoe
Vale, and put them on the land overgrown with Homeria.
Next morning, about twelve head were found either
sick oi- dying. Another dairyman Ijrought four head
from Caullield, putting them on the same land, and next
morning two were dead and two sick. Several others lost
cattle in the same paddock, and it is rej^orted that more
than twent}' have died altogether. It is Worthy of note
that the cattle reared in the locality have escaped, and are
in excellent health, while only those fresh to the district
have succumbed. The ))lant has now died down, and no
more sickness is reported, but in the season, when the fresh,
green, tall leaves of the Homeria were fully developed,
it looked quite a ten)pting green food. The owner of one of
the cows which was treated and recovered assured us that it
would not now eat the plant, although it had eaten freely of
it before.

As regards the presence of the Horneria in the locality, it
may have been originally a garden escape, since these
flowers are cultivated for their beauty, but although several
gardens in the neighbourhood were visited, no ti'ace of it
could be found. It has also been suggested that the plant
maj' have ])een introduced along with tlie oats formerly
sown in the paddock, for it may be multiplied b>' means of
small Ijulbils which it })roduces in great abundance, and
which might easily get mixed up with othei' seed.

References to Homeria being Poisonous.

As to the poisonous nature of this genus of plants, there
are i-eferences in various standard works, such as Le Maout
and Decaisne's "System of Botany," and Redwood's "Su[)ple-
iiient to the Phannacopwia;" but we shall cijntent ourselves

Poisonous S/)e('les of Honhi'rhi at Pascoc Vale. 211

with (Hioting tVom sncli a well-known work as Bentley's
" Manual of Botany," otli Ed, 1887. At pa<,^e 703, lie
■Hays: — " Moraen (Homevia). Some species of tliis genus,
more especially that of M. eollhia, and of other iridaceous
plants known under the name of "Tnlp" at the Cape, have
poisonous properties, and have been the cause of fatal
results to cattle which have chanced to eat it. " Tulp " is
also poisonous to human beings." lledwood refers to
Homevia colliiia as (Jape Tulip, and as a plant well known
to almost every child in the Colony (Ca})e of Good Hope).

Reasons for Investkiatiox.

Apart altogether from the pi-actical imjjortance of the
■subject, there were two main reasons Avhich induced us to
enter upon the investigation.

First, the poisonous ])lants introduced into Victoria have
not yet been caretully recorded, and therefore any one to
which su.spicion attached was worthy of being enquiied
into, and its poisonous properties, if present, determined.
In Queensland, a work has been prepared by F. M. Bailey,
F.L.8., Colonial Botanist, and P. R. (lordon, Chief Inspector
of Stock, entitled " Plants Re])uted Poisonous and Injurious
to Stock," but there is no mention in it of this one, nor
even of the natural order to which it belongs. Also in New
South Wales, the Botanist to the Department of Agriculture,
Mr. Turner, has a paper on "The Sui)[)().sed Poisonous Plants
of New South Wales (both Indigenous and Exotic)," in
A(j. Gaz. Vol. 11, Part 3, 1891, but thei-e is no reference to
this plant or its order. Hence, a possible new poison plant,
as ixv as these Colonies are concerned, deserved to Ijc
satisfactorily determined, in order to prevent its further
distribution. Such a determination is a necessary pi-e-
liminary stej) to its eradication, just as in Western Australia,
where certain poisoned land, as it is ealled, can only Ije
obtained on conditions of exterminating the poison plant,
which is only dangerous at certain seasons of the yem-.

Second, as the cows which died at Pascoe Vale were said
by skilled veterinary surgeons to have died from anthrax,
and not from any supposed poisonous weed, this became a
strong additional reason for sifting the matter to the bottom,
and seeing if, after all, the reputed poisonous weed was
simply an imagination of tlie cattle owners.

P 2

212 Proceedlii(/.s of the Hoijal Socieff/ of Vic/oria.

What is a Poison Plant?

A ])(>ison ]>lant beiug one that poisons, flie first thing to
(1;> was to settle that point, and tlien liave the plant
analysed, in order to determine the poisonous principle or
alkaloid. Mr. P. Wilkinson, of the Government Analyst's
Department, has made an extract from the j)lant, but found
no alkaloid present. It is attempted to settle the former
point in this pa])er, and in order to be clear as to what
constitutes a poisoi.i, we shall take the definition as given in
Gu}^ and Ferrier's " Forensic Medicine," Gth Ed., 1 888 : —
"A poison is any substance or matter (solid, licjuid, or
gaseous) which, when applied to tl^e bod}* outwardly or in
any way introduced intf> it, can destroy life by its own
inherent qualities without acting mechanically." And Dr.
Neild's definition is : — " A poison is a substance which,
taken into the body, is fitted to injure health." So if thi&
j)lant can be proved to cause the death of animals feeding
upon it, it will deserve the name of a poison plant,
irrespective of the symptoms which it pi-oduces.

Experiments on Rabuits.

Knowing from tlje experiments of Professor Halford and
others, that such drugs as opium and belladonna can be
given in very large doses to dogs wnth comparativelj- little
eftect, the first difficulty was to decide upon and obtain
suitab!,' ninmals for experiment. After due consideration,
we ri'si !\( <1 to try the effects of the herb upon herbivorous
animals such as rabbits, which Mr. Wyatt, of Woodlands
Station, very kindly procured and sent to us. Three rabbits
ariived on Saturday, 1st October, and were kept for a week
on ordinary diet. They were all in good health and lively.

C)n Saturday, 8th October, at 4 ]).m., two were placed in
a separate cage and fed upon the Homer'to plant, the other
being reserved for future experiment. Fresh plants were
brought from Pascoe Vale, and the portion growing above
ground, similar to that eaten by the cattle, was moistened
and given to the two rabbits. Nothing else was in the cage,
and we saw them eat freely of the plant.

C)n Monday morning, lOth October, both were dead, and
not expecting such a sudden effect, we did not watch
syui])toms very closely. However, the question of symptoms
was a secondary one at tiiis stage, the primary object being

Poii^onoaii Speck''^ of Homer ia at Pascoe Vale. 213

to determine whether feeding upon this plant would cause
death. On making the post-mortem, we found the mucous
membrane of the stomach and intestines congested. The
rabbit kept for control was lively and well as usual.

On Saturday, loth October, the third rabbit which had
been fed dui'ing the week on green food and was quite
lively, was placed upon the same diet. About 6 ]).m. it was
given the freshly cut Homeria plant, which it readily ate.
On Sunday morning it was drowsy, eyes half-closed and
distinctly ill. Towards evening, there wei-e distinct traces
of scouring in the cage. At 11 p.m. it was still alive, but
on Monday morning, 17th October, it died at 7 o'clock.

Post-mortem. — Externally marked evidence of scouring
action on tail, ^^c. The liver congested, kidneys slightly
congested. Bladder full, which was also observed in the
other two rabbits. Before opening the stomach, little spots
like ulcers could be seen in the w^all, and on opening it was
found to contain a quantity of the herb and some mucus.
The contents were moister than in the other two rabbits,
and marked corrosion was visible. The mucous membrane
was completely charred in places, similar in fact to what
would have been expected if strong sulphuric acid had been
administered. When these black spots were removed, i-ound
patches of inflammation were visible, and on hi)lding the
stomach up to the light, these ])atches w^ere very conspicuous,
looking like little ulcers. Tlie enti'-e intestinal trnct was
congested.

Several more rabbits were obtained from the same quai-ter,
and on Thursday, 2()th October, two were again selected
for feeding on the Homeria plant. This was given to
them about 5 ]).m., along with water, tiud next inorning,
21st October, one had died. On examination, the stomach
was full and congested. The second i-abbit was found dead
on Saturday morning, 22nd October, and the appearance of
the stomach was similar to the tirst, only the peeling off of
the mucous membi'ane was more marked. More of the plant
had been eaten in the latter case.

In these experiments live healthy and lively i-a])bits were
taken, and so sure as they were fed upon the Homeria. plant,
so surely did they die, within tw(» days at the most, while
other rabbits similarly kept, but fed on oi'dinary f<^od,
remained alive, and as fresh as' when first received. Pie-
cautions were taken to exclude all disturbing elements, so

21+ l-'roceediuf/s of tJie Roi/al Socicf// of Vidorvj..

tliat the one point of ditference was, that one set of rabbits
were fed iu the usual way and HvcmI, while another set were
fi'd on the Homevla plant and died.

It setnis, therefore, reasonable to conclude that the eating
of this plant was the cause of death, ;ind tliat it is possessed
of |>oisonoiis properties of an irritant nature.

Experiments ox Cows.

It was considered quite satisfactory to test the eti'ects of
eating' the Hoinerhi ])]ant upon i-abbits, but in order to
settle the matter even for cows, the Hon. the Minister of
Agriculture (Mr. Oraluun) allowed two cows to be purchased
for the purpose, orie to be fed ujK)n the plant, and the other
to be fed, in the first instance, in the usual way, so as to
show by way of contrast the effects of the difi'erent feeding.
The two cows wei'e placed in se])arate loose-boxes, and on
the evening ot October 14, about (J p.m., one was given half
a bftg of the freshl}' cut Homcrin ]dnnt and water, while the
other had a good su[»|>!y of hay and straw. She ate greedily
of the plant (although not specially starved for tlie occasion)
while we were ]>resent, along with Mr. W. H. Stephen,
Acting Chief Ins|)ector of Stock, and Mr. E. Rivett,
M.R.C.V.S. On the following day, the cow feeding upon
the Hoimrhi plant was found to have eaten about half
the quantity given her, and refused to have an}- more.
On the Itith sh(! was lying down sick, and on the 17th the
same ; then on the forenoon of the 18th the cow was killed,
and a post-mortem made b}^ Mr. Rivett. This cow was three
days and a half under treatment, and the eating of the ])lant
had ])n»duced a scouring action, along with general weakness,
and a very percej^tible trend)ling at the loins.

Tlie second co\a', which was also placed in a loose-box on
the evening of the Uth. October, was well fed on tlie 15th
and IGth. She was made to fast on the 17th, in order to
ensuie active feeding, and on the KSth, about 1 p.m., was
su[»plied with about a quarter of a bag o'i Homer hi, together
with drinking water. She ate very greedil}^ of the |)lant,
and seemed to reli.sh it. On the U)th she was found lying
down, unable to rise, and died that night. The examination
of the animal was made about mid-day on Thursday, October
20, by Ml-. Stephen, in the presence ()f both of us. Tiie four
stomachs w'ere carefull}' examined, and in the lumen or

Poisonous S2)ecics of Homer hi at Fascoe Vale. 215

pauncli, there was marked congestion at the cardiac end,
wiiile the mucous membrane peeled off, and was distinctly
inflamed. There was also considerable scouring of the
animal before death. The stomachs of both cows were
found to contain a fair amount c>f food.

The evidence derived from experimenting upon the cows,
supplements that obtained from the feeding of the rabbits.

CON'CLUSIONS.

To sum up, as far as these experiments go, there are
decided indications that the Homcria plant has poisonous
properties, capable of causing the death of cattle and other
animals, and this conclusion is based upon the following
grounds : —

(1) This plant is stated to be poisonous to cattle at the
Cape, its native habitat, by Professor MacOwan, Govern-
ment Botanist there, and the probabilities are, that it is so
in Victoria.

(2) Several healthy and lively rabbits were fed upon this
])lant, and with abundance of material they invariably
died, while rabbits fed in the usual way remained quite
healthy.

(3) A cow fed U}K)n this plant also died, and the symptoms
indicated poisoning.

(4) Cows fed in the paddock where this Homeria grew
died, while those in adjoining paddocks where the plant
did not exist, were unaffected.

That the cows ate the plant was shown, not only by the
undigested remains found in the stomach, but from the
characteristic seed-like bulbils found there, as well as in the
droppings.

Government Botanist's Description of Plant.

Baron von Mueller, Government Botanist, has kindly
supplied a description of the plant, which is as follows : —

Homcruc colluia, Vent. — var. miniata. — A native of
South Africa. Bulb almost spherical, covered closely by
a coating of interwoven fibres, between the layers of which
numerous minute readily sprouting bulbils are concealed.
Whole plant to 3 feet high, but usually much less,

210 Proceedings of flu- Royal Society of Victoria.

variable also in more or less robustness or slenderness, (jften
somewhat branched. Leaves linear to 1| feet long to
'6 inch bi'oad, but frequently of much less size, always
channelled and gradually much narrowed upwards ; grey-
green above, dark green ber)eatli, slightlj^ streaked, small
bulbils also formed occasionally in the axils of some leaves.
Inflorescence fascicularly compound when well developed.
Somewhat paniculate, the supporting lowest floral leaf often
much elongated, clasping at the base. Bracts comparatively
long, nuich pointed, the outer green, the inner smallei-,
gradually colourless, and very tender. Flower stalks to
2 inches long, though often shorter. Some of the stalklets
finally to 1-^- inches long, all enclosed in longitudinally
convolute bracts. Flowers almost horizontally expanding,
very tender, stem shrivelling. Tube of the odyK thinly
cylindric, pale-green, darker, six streaked, generally about
I inch long. Lobes of the calyx three (or exceptionally two),
petal-like lanceolar-ovate, about | inch long, yellowish
towards the base, otherwise almost brick-coloured, or neai-ly
orange- coloured. Petals similar to the calyx-lobes, but
somewhat nari-ower, three (or eJvceptionally two), along with
the calyx-lobes tv.'isted after flowering, finally deciduous.
Stamens three (seldom two), much shorter than the calyx-
lobes and petals. The three anthers erect, seated on the
yellowish narrow staujinal tube, about | inch long, yellow,
broad-linear, blunt, at the l)ase minutely bi-lobed, bursting
marginally. Style tilif(M'm, about as long as the stigmas.
These, as well as the anthers opposite to the calyx-lobes,
three (or e. ceptionally two) in number; hardl}' extending
beyond the anthers, yellowish, linear-cuneate, with numei'ous
dilated bi-lobed crenulated and ciliolated summit, and witli
two small tender inner appendages. Ovulary quite connate
with the calyx-tube, three-celled (or seldom two-celled),
cylindric and somewhat angular. Ovules very numerous,
fixed along the axis. Fruit dry, trigonous cylindric,
dehiscent, niany seeded. The flowers are distinctly smailei-
than those of Hoineria rolJina, their- petals and calyx-lobes
are more acute and of a ligliter red ; also less venulated, and
the staminal tube is olabrous.

Conclusion.

It will be seen from the foregoing description what
)nderful powers of j)ro[)agation this plant possesses by

Poiso}i<)us Species of Hunierla at Pascoe Vale. 217

means of its nuinerous i-e[)ruducfcivo seed-like bulbils.
It can easily be uiidersbood liow it has overspread thr
paddock by this means alone. Its showy and attractive
flowers likewise rendered it an object of interest and beauty
to the numerous wayfarers, particularly on Sundays, and as
handfuls of the plant were taken away, it would thus be
spread over a large area, and carried to different districts.
It is known in other places besides Pascoe Vale, but now
that its poisonous properties are unmasked, it is hoped that
this brief notice of it may lead to its being promptly
destroyed in any garden or cemetery where it may exist.

Art. XIX. — R<'i>urt of the (Johvuut/^e of the Rof/ai Society
of Victoria, consistiru/ of Professucs Kernot, Lyle,
and Masson, and Messrs. Ellkrv, Love, and White,
appointed to arrainje for the rarrnliKj oat of the
Gravity Survey of Australasia.

To THE Royal Soc^etv of Victoria.

Gentlemen, — In laying befoi-e you tliis, the Second
Annual Report, your Committee has much pleasure in
informing you that the work of the Survey has now
commenced. The penduhuns and other apparatus lent by
the Royal Society of London — of whicli a description is
appended — -have been received, and ei'ected in a cellar at the
Observatory, kindly phiced at the disposal of the survey hy
tlie Government Astrononiei". Tlie observing telescope sent
with the apparatus ])rovt'S to be somewhat inconvenient,
and it is projXKsed to employ a different arrangement. The
stand for tlie air-])um]) was badly packed, and found to be
broken on its ariival ; otherwise the instruments were
in \'ery fair order. It is ])roposed to devote the next few
months to a careful examination of the effects of temperature
and i»ressure on the times of oscillation of the pendulums;
such an investigation being rendered especially necessary
by the very considerable changes of temi)erature to which
the instruments may possibly be exposed in tlie course even
of a single set of swings. The values of the temperature
and pi-essui-e coefficients for the pendulums numbered (4) and
(1821) were worked out for the purposes of the Indian
Survey; but the constants of the third pendulum, numbered
(11), have not yet been determined. General Walker
assumed them for the pui-pojjes of tlie Greenwich and Kew
observations (lately completed) to agree with those of the
other two ; but your Committee is of opinion that the
matter requires further investigation.

The question as to the construction of a new pendulum
has received a o-ood deal ot attention fiom your Committee

Ih'poii oil the Grarlfi/ Stn-rr)/ of Australasia. 21.4'

during the past year. Fortunati'ly the Royal Society of
London has forestalled the diseussion, and added ])enduluni
(11) to the two originally asked tor. The difticulty and
expense attending the constructicni of a new pendukini has
thus been avoided.

E. F. J. Love, Secretary.

Appendix.

De.scription of the apparatus to be enn)hjyed in tlie
Gravity Survey of Australasia, by E. F. J. Love, iM.A.

In drawing up a description of tlie a[)paratus, we may
consider se))arately, [a) the pendulums, {h) the clock, (c) the
vaciunn api)aratus and its accessories.

{a) The pen<luhims are, undoubtedly, the most important
portion of the api>aratus. The three which it is pro))osed to
employ are all constructed of the same materials, and
practically identical, both in form and dimension. They
aie of the kind known as 'Invariable Pendulum." The
form is a flat bar of ])late brass 5 feet '1 inches long,
Ui3 ijich thick, and 1 7 inches broad, for a distance of
40 inches from the upper end. The remaining portion of the
bar, termed the "tail-piece," is lenticular in section, reduced
to a breadth of (VJ inch, and terminates in a point. Just
above the tail-|)iece is a tiat circular brass bob, G inches in
diameter and J-.S inches thick, which is fastened to the bar
l>y solder and i-ivets. The knife-edge is a prism of very hard
steel, adjusted per|)endicular to tlu^ plane of the bar, and
attached by means of a stout T head. It is 2 inches long,

0 2o inch in height, and equilateral in secti<.>n, save that the
edge on which the (oscillations are performed is ground to an
angle of 120". The planes on which the pendulum oscillates
consist of two pieces of polished agate, ground true and set
in a heavy brass frame suppoi-ted on ver\- massive levelling
screws. Each })endulum has its own set of planes.

All three pendulums are about 70 years old, and have

1 teen repeatedly used for gravity survey work; in which
the}^ have given such consistent results as to warrant the
belief that the\' have reached a condition of api)roximate
e(|uilibrium as regaixls molecular change. For a statement
of their history, reference may be made to the " Re])ort of
the Great Trigont)metrical Survey of India," Vol. V,
Appendix \^. 30.

2:^0 r rowed lugs of the Royal Societi/ of Victoria.

With the pendulums is su])])]ied :i " dummy pendulum,"
of identical material and dimensions, into which two holes
are sunk for the reception of the bulbs of a pair of
thermometei-s. The dummy is placed in the same vacuum
chamber with the pendulum when vibrating, and close to it.
Their temperatures may accordingly be assumed as identical,
and the temperature of the dummy, as given by the
thermometers, can be employed for deteriiiining the temper-
ature corrections to be applied to the pendulum. Tlie
corrections to be applied to the thermometers have been
determined at Kew.

(b) The clock employed for the (jbservation of coincidences
is a siderial clock, made by Shelton, and was used by Sabine
on his exjiedition in 1822. Its mean daily rate is very
constant, but it is subject to rather considerable horar}-
fluctuations of rate. The clock has an arrangement which
allows of its being re-wound without loss of driving power
during the winding.

(c) The vacuum apparatus consists of a cylinder of sheet
copper, half closed at the top by a thick brass plate for
supporting the agate planes, and closed in above this by
a glass bell, ground to lit the brass plate ; it is closed at the
bottom by a metal hemisphere. It has one glass window
about lialf-way up, through which the thermometers are
read, and four others in the plane of the tail-piece of the
pendulum. Through one pair the coincidences are observed,
the other pair allowing a side view of the tail-piece, which
is necessary for determining the amplitude of its vibration.
To the sill of the back window is attached a bi-ass plate
bearing two scales at right angles to each other etched on
ground glass, and with well blackened divisions for
measuiing this amplitude.

The cylinder is supported by three large levelling screws
on a heavy iron girder, which is itself bolted to a very
massive timber framework fastened together with iron bolts
and clam])s. The massiveness of the cylinder and fram«^
render it quite impossible for the oscillations of the
pendulum to be communicated to the supports.

The starting and stopping of the pendulum is perf )rnied
by means of levers worked from outside the cylinder by
metal rods passing through stuffing boxes, and cases filled
with oil to pi-event leakage of air.

R(q>oi't on the. Gnwilf/ Survey of AustniUma. 221

A tap attached to the side of the cylinder is connected by
rubber tubing to a Siphon barometer, and a second tap
allows of the attaclinient of an air-pump in order to reduce
the pressure to any desired amount, wliich is measured on
the Siphon barometer.

As the tail-piece is only a little way above the ground,
the short telescoj)e with diagonal eye-piece sent with the
apparatus is highly inconvenient. It is proposed to view
the coincidences by means of a long telescope of considerable
aperture, iuclined at a small angle to the ground, and
carrying a plane mirror in front of the object glass, so as
to reflect the image of the apparatus in a nearly vertical
direction. This method will result in a considerable saving
of light, and a much m(»re than considerable addition to the
comfort of the observei-. Anyone who has had experience
in really delicate })hysical work will understand the
importance of these considerations to the accurac}'^ of the
experiments.

In order that the images of the detached and ch^ck
j)endulums may be in the same plane, a large lens is
provided, by means of which an image of the clock
pendulum is thrown on the ground glass scale inside the
cylinder. The lens is mounted on a brass angle piece,
which slides on a brass frame attached to a wooden stand.
The stand rests by means of three levelling screws on a
]»lank bolted to the framework which supports the cylinder.

AlJT, XX. — RepoH nf the Ci'eiaoiloiK Cohomitlee oj the
lioijal Society of Vlctorhi, ((ppolhted. to eiujiiire into
and report upon " CreDudiori " and other methods of
ditipo.siii;/ of th.e dead, with, pariit-vJii.r re</ard to
hyyieve <iiul economy.

To THE PUKSIDKNT AMD MkMBEKS OF THE RoYAL SOCIETY

OF Victoria.

Your Committee lias tlie honour to lepoit that it ha.s
lield two preliminary and tliiee general meetings, and
has considered the various methods pro]iosed for the sanitary
and economic disposal of the dead. Your Conunittee linds
from tiie evidence collected, that burial now entirely fails to
satisfy the demands of hygiene. There aic the strongest
reasons for concluding that giaveyards have been in the
past, and are now, prolific sources of deadly disease, not
only by reason of mephitic vapouis arising thence into thi;
atmosphere, but also b}' ])ei'colation of putrid liquid matter
in water diainage to considerable distances. Many cases
have notoriously occurre<l, in which wells have been demon-
strabl}' poisoned in this manner at long distances fiom the
source of infection. The i-isk of this is immens(,'ly aggravated
as ])Opulation increases. In America, Europe, and Victoria
itself the towns grow and surround the cemeteries, which
soon become full. New ones ai'e formed further away, and
the land, being imperatively requiied by the living, the
bodies are unceremoniously removed from the old giuveyards,-
which ai'e generally used tor building blocks, public gardens,
and other purposes. The removal is a dangerous process,
the distuibance of the putrid, poisonous remains having
been almost certainly the cause of outbreaks of malignant
disease epidemics. It is practically impi:>ssible to find a site
for a cemetery anywhere in the vicinity of towns, such
that there would be no danger to healtii to the living, in
which the air, the water, and the earth of tiie neiglibouriiood
would be secure from the dea;llv containination.

Report of the Crem<Ulo)i Committee. 223

As regards Economy. — The disposal of the dead by l)aiiai
is already an oj)])ressive charge to the large majority of the
population wherever it is numerous. Cemeteries are made
further and further away, and the longer conveyance )nateri-
ally eniiances the expense, and must continue to do so more
and more. The unavoidable crowding of cemeteries has also
had the efiect of destroying, or outraging, the reverential
sentiment which fondly regarded burial as finally providing
foi- the permanent and undisturbed repose of the departed.

After being first filled with corpses to the extent of from
twelve to twenty-two (seventy according to the Duke of
Westminster^ — Times, December 9, 1889) in each grave, in
nearly all old cemeteries, the ground is similarly used over
and over again at intervals of a very few years ; and the
purchase of space for a grave or vault, supposed at the time
to secure ownership in perpetuity, is a delusion and a snare ;
as a mattei- of fact, headstones are broken up for road metal
.&c. ; the coliins are bui-ned, and the bones used for manure
or shot down as rubbish. No respect is shown for tiie
remains of the dead, or for the feelings of their living represen-
tatives. All ideas of sanctity and reverence are violated.
The \ise of vaults scarcely delays the process. Persons who
have wealth and influence may, if watchful, be able to delay
the sacrilege during their lives, but the next generation loses
both inclination to resist, and power to postpone it.

The method pursued by the Parsees is nmch less objection-
able hygienically considered. It consists in simple exposure
on the top of a tower for vultures to dismember and devour
the corpse. This does not engross an increasing quantity of
land, or involve the desecration of being dug up again in a
few years to make loom for some one else, and ]ierha})s oH
being shot as rubbish. Still less does it, like burial, [joison
the eai-th, air, and water, to the destruction of the living ;
but it is practised by but a small section of the populatimi
of India, outside of which it has no advocates, and is not
likely to extend.

Desiccation has been leconnnended, and may be adapted
to a very dry climate, but apparently not to others. In the
Catacombs at Malta, Palermo, and some other places it has
been used ; but the results are such as to disgust strangei's,
and present such featui-es of irreverence and deseci-ation, as
to preclude its wider adoption. It may be possible to secure
hygienic I'esuJts by it, but there seems to be much more risk

224 ProceedliKjs of iJie Ji<>y((l 8<>cieiy of Victoria.

of the coiitraiy. A movement in favour of desiccation has
occnned in America, hut your Committee has no leason or
wisli to think that it has any chance of success.

The use of quicklime has been successfully tried in several
instances, where large numbers killed in battle had to be
rapidly disposed of, and in some other cases. It does not,
however, appear to be adapted tor general use, particularly
where lime is not readily and cheaply procurable.

Another method has been suggested of disposing of the
dead, by simply immersing them in a bath or tank of fused
alkali, in w4iich they entirely disappear without leaving any
discoverable residue. The cost and feasibility ol this method
would depend upon the abundance and accessibility of the
material, but it seems questionable whether it would ever
commend itself to public sentiment. There appears, however,
to be no hygienic objection to it.

The expedient, which seems to be in a fair way to super-
sede burial, is Cremation— an old one revived, and practised
widely to-day. Cremation is general in Japan, and in India,
where the Government has successfully introduced improved
incinerators to expedite and perfect the primitive process in
use by the Hindoos. Cremation is the simplest, cheapest,
and most hygienic of all ; it can be easily eflected wherever
there are combustibles, and it appears particularly adapted
for use in cities, being lapid, economical, final and complete.
The residue is small, innocuous, and easily pieserved in urns,
the cost of which is trifling. Cremation is becoming
popular in Italy, where it is rapidly extending. Large
numbers are now cremated in Paris, and at Gotha. In
England, its progress has been even more rapid than any-
where else, except Rome. At Milan, 679 cremations have
been eflected in 14 years, but only 227 in the first 7 years.
At Lodi, 38 in 13 years. At Rome, where the practice has
grown more lapidly than at any other place in Italy, there
have been 297 cremations in 7 years. At 21 towns in Italy
there were in all 1468 cremations in the 14 years ending
with 1890. At Woking, in Suarey, the first cremation took
place in 1885, and the numbers since cremated there yearly,
are, 8, 10, 18, 28, 40, 54, and 99 in 1891—253 in all; the
increase being more uniformly progressive than even at
Rome, which began with 15, and ended with 90 in 7 years,
and had fewer in 188G and 1887 than in 1885. The Duke
of Bedford, Lord Bramwell, and Mr. Wm. Eassie, were all

Report of the Cremation Committee. 225

cremated during the current year, and Crematories are
being established at Manchester, Liverpool, Ilford, Darling-
ton, and elsewhere.

The great advantages of Cremation appet^r to be — Firstly,
the perfect extinction, with the corpse, of the possibility of
communication by it of any disease to the living. Secondly,
its economy. The cost at Paris is only two francs, and it is
less in Japan and India. There is eveiy reason to believe
that it could be done in Melbourne for a guinea each at
most, including examinations, memorial urn, &c. Carriage
must sometimes form a comparatively important item in the
cost. It can, however, be much reduced, as portable iron
crematories have been successfully constructed for military
purposes, and will no doubt come into general use. Thirdh-,
its finality. Cremation will abolish at once all the shocking
desecration which is now inseparable from the burial system.
Fourthly, the innocuous residual ashes, less than a quart in
quantity, can be preserved in an urn of aesthetic n;iaterial
and device, and deposited either in a public institution (or
Columbarium), or confided to the care of the family ; with
Fifthly, the satisfactory certainty to all concerned, that the
body itself can never afterwards be subjected to disturbance,
insult, or desecration, or cause incalculable harm to others.

The only apparently plausible objection that has ever been
urged against Cremation is, that the body can never after-
wards be available as evidence in cases of murder, particuarly
by poison. A case, however, occurred at Milan, which goes
far to prove that the risk is actually greater in case of burial
(see Robinson, "Cremation and Urn Burial," [)p. 177-8).
The parents of a deceased child obtained all the certificates
necessary for its burial, before resolving to have it cremated.
The additional certificates however, which were required at
the Crematorium, elicited the fact that the child had been
poisoned accidentally by eating sweetmeats containing
copper. Your Committee would strongly recommend that
no system whatever be tolerated whicli does not provide
amply strict examinations to obviate the possibility of such
facts passing undetected.

An Act, legalising Cremation under conditions, has
lately been passed by the South Australian Legislature at
Adelaide.

Lastly, the legal aspect of the question remains to be
considered.

220 Froceedinc/s of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Sir Jas. F. Stephen's judgment in the case of Dr. Price,
ill 1874, set at rest the question of the legality of Cremation
ill England, and decided that there was then no law against
it there, so long as no nuisance was caused. Of course no
system of disposing of the dead should be tolerated, unless
all that can be called a nuisance is absolutely prevented. The
objection to burial is that it produces evils far worse than
nuisances. Since the judgment in question, the Cremation
Society of England, though previously deterred by the
discountenance of the Home Secretary, proceeded at once to
cremate, and has continued to do so since. The same view
appears to have been officially taken here, in the Metro-
politan General Cemetery Bill, which was introduced by the
Government in the Legislative Assembly in 1891, but made
no further progress. The existence of this Bill implies that
no legal objection to Cremation could be discovered. It
provides " for the establishment and management of a
Metropolitan General Cemetery " at Frankston, with nine
managers ; two to be appointed by the Government, and
seven to be elected by the Councils of eighteen city and
surburban corporations. £20,000 was to be granted from
the consolidated revenue to start with, and the corporations
were to contribute .€2500 a year, until the fees to be
charged should amount to a sufftcient sum to defray
expenses. The cemetery consists of 8008 acres, worth
,€15,000; distance from Melbourne 20 miles. It is 11 1
miles round, and the cost of fencing it has been estimated at
X^24,000. More thousands are required for a short branch
railway. The Bill provides that the managers may make
regulations, to be approved by the Governor in Council,
prescribing fees for burials, &c., and also for cremations.
Section 71 provides that any one may direct by Will or
otherwise, that his body shall be cremated, and that his
executors or others may carry his direction into effect, in
the cemetery, under-regulations to be made under Section 77.
The admission that Cremation is not illegal is something,
and the attempt to legalise it is more. But cremation at a
distance of 20 miles is useless. There is ample proof that its
proper performance within a city admits of no reasonable
objection. Persons living next door would not even know
that it was in progress, and in itself it is essentially purifying
as well as innocuous.

Hj^giene demands the reduction to a minimum of the
time and distance between the death of the body and its

Report of the Cremation Committee. 227

iinal disposal. One weighty objection to burial is, that it
must be as far from the city as convenient, notwithstanding
the cruel inconvenience and expense to the mourning
relatives in the performance of their sacred duties. Their
strong claims to sympathy and consideration appear to have
been wholly ignored in the Frankston scheme. But in
Melbourne now, hundreds of pious mourners visit the graves
of their departed relatives weekly, and even more frequently,
to plant and carefully tend flowers around them. They
would be cruelly debarred from performing this pious duty
by the extra cost and time involved in frequent journeys,
even by railway, of 52 miles. Cremation would abolish this
difficulty entirely. Instead ot having to neglect these duties
altogether, or to travel, say weekly or daily to Frankston to
fulfil them, they would have the actual pure ashes them-
selves, in an elegant urn or other receptacle, in either the
mortuary chapel, or family household, where the^y could
fulfil their cares and soothe their feelings by daily viewing
them, and decking them with fresh flowers.

As regards economy, compare a central City Crematory
and Mortuary Chapel, costing perhaps £2000 or £3000, and
2s. 6d. or 8s. worth of fuel, and a fee of a guinea, with a
Cemetery 26 miles oft', costing for land £15,000, fencing
£24,000, and several thousands more for a branch railway to
it. But these are of minor importance concerning the state
contribution only. The snlient point is, what will be the
charges for each funeral to bereaved mourners — the people ?
The deaths in Melbourne may now be taken at 10,000
yearly (10,412 in 1889, and 9,207 in 1890, Hayter), i.e., 25
to 28 daily. oPlO is sureh' a low average for ordinar}'
funerals now, and transport is always and necessarily, a
formidable extra ; and however performed, the 26 miles
cannot but add largely to the expense, falling upon the
unfortunate moarners in the shape of undertakers' bills, thus
augmented by at least 25 or 30 per cent.

The fees, also, of unknown amount, would also fall upon
them, and to provide the projected embellishments upon the
scale hinted at, the fees must be anything but light. Even
supposing that the increase altogether might not exceed
50 per cent., £15 for each funeral, multiplied by 10,000,
would be at least £150,000 to be paid yearly by the i:>eo2:)le,
beside the contribution of the state. Cremation would per-
form the whole service for probably £1 Is. each, or £11,000
a year, in a few crematories costing perhaps £2000 each

Q 2

228 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Your Committee for all these reasons confidently recom-
mends Cremation as incomparably the best solution of
every difficulty, particularly on hygienic, sentimental, and
economical grounds.

Your Committee, however, also feels called upon to
remark here that not only in the Bill in question, but also
in the Cemeteries Act of 1890 (No. 1072, now in force),
some of the most important facts which should be kept in
view in disposing of the dead seem to have been entirely
ignored. Its framers appear to rely, with most mistaken
confidence, upon hermetically closed coffins and cemented
vaults to prevent the escape of the poisonous gases generated
in decomposition. This is a fallac3^ Siicli escape cannot he
prevented. Your Committee cannot do better than repeat
the decisive testimony of Sir John Simon, the eminent
Sanitarian (quoted in the Duke of Westminster's letter to
the " Times," dated December 9, 1889) : —

" The leaden coffin soouer or later yields, and gives vent to its fatal
contents. The most successful attempt at hermetical enclosure does not
reach beyond ijostponemeut of the effusion through the atmosphere of the
products of decomposition. Overcrowding the dead causes the soil to be
saturated and supersaturated with decomposing animal matter, polluting the
water-springs and vitiating the air ; and it is by the air, vitiated by organic
matter undergoing decomposition, that epidemicsand infectious diseases most
readily diffuse their poison and multiply their victims."

Your Committee has made its deliberate recommendation
upon the evidence before it. It is perhaps scarcely
necessary to say that that recommendation does not include
that those who prefer burial should not be as free as the
advocates of cremation to do what they prefer. At the same
time, it seems clear that both the j^^to^^c advantages of
cremation, and the ])ublic dangers of burial, are infinitely
more important and practical than any lorivate predilections
either way.

(Signed)

Llp:wellyn D. Bevan, D.D., Member.

J. Talbot Brett, M.D.,

D. A. Gkesswell, M.D.,

William C. Kernot, M.A.,

William Lynch,

Orme Masson, M.A.,

William L. Mullen, M.D.,

James Edward Neild, M.D., „

G. A. Syme, M.D.,

H. K. RusDEN, Hon. Secretary.

Art. XXI. — Report of the Port Pliillip Biological SuvveAj
Committee, 1892.

Your Committee regret that tliere are no results to rej)ort
as received from the specialists in Eui'ope to whom material
was forwarded, though we have information that the work
is in hand. During the course of next year, Professor
Spencer, who is on the Committee, is visiting Europe, and
hopes to arrange for an early publication of the descriptions.

Professor Tate, of Adelaide, has returned the specimens of
the Nudibranch Mollusca, as he finds himself unable, through
pressure of other duties, to undertake their determination.

Dr. Dendy has continued liis studies on the Sponges, and
has worked out the classification and much of the detailed
anatomy of the Calcarea Heterocoela. He is publishing a
Synopsis of this work in the Proceedings of our Society, and
anatomical accounts in the European journals.

Your Committee have incurred no expenses during the
year.

A. H. S. Lucas, Hon. Secretary.
Nov. 8, 1892.

MEETINGS OF THE EOYAL SOCIETY.

1892.

[N.B. — The remarks and speeches in the discussions are
taken down verbatim by a shorthand writer, and
afterwards written out at length with a tyjjewritei',
for reference and reproduction, if required ; and there-
fore, more is seldom given herein than an indication of
their general drift. If any person should wisli to refei
to the verbatim report, he can api)ly to the Secretary
to the Society, who will give him an opportunity of
perusing and copjdng it, or if he resides at a distance,
so much as he requires will, upon payment of the cost
of reproducing it, be forwarded to his address.]

ANNUAL MEETING.

Thursday, March lOth.

The President (Professor Kernot) was in the chair.

The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed.

Election of Office-bearers and Members of Council.

The following Office-bearers and Members of Council were
duly elected: — President — Professor W. C. Kernot, M.A., C.E.
Vice-Presidents— E. J. White, F.R.A.S., and H. K. Kusden,
F.R.G.S. Hon. Treasurer— C. R. Blackett, F.C.S. Hon.
Librarian — A. Dendy, D.Sc. Hon. Secretaries — Professor W.
Baldwin Spencer, M.A., and A. Sutherland, M.A. Members
of Council— J. E. Neild, M.D., C. A. 'J^opp, M.A., LL.B.,
Pj-ofessor Laurie, LL.D., R. L. J. Ellery, F.R.S., G. S. Griffiths,
F.R.G.S., Professor Orme Masson, M.A., D.Sc, H. Moors.
Rev. E. H. Sugden, B.A., B.Sc.

The President referred to the services rendered in past
years to the Society by the retiring Librarian, Dr. Neild.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 231
Annual Report.

The following Report and Balance Sheet were taken as
read, and on the motion of Mr. Ellery, they were adopted:—

The Council of the Royal Society herewith presents to the
Members of the Society the Annual Report and Balance
Sheet for the year 1891. The following meetings were held,
and papers read during the session : —

On the 1 2th March, at the Ordinary Meeting held after
the Annual General Meeting, T. S. Hall, M.A , " On a New
Species of Dictyonema ;" A. Dendy, D.Sc, " A Preliminary
Account of Synute pidchella, a New Genus and Species of
Calcareous Sponge;" T. S. Hall, M.A.. and G. B. Pritchard,
",The Geoloo-y of the Southern Portion of the Moorabool
Valley."

On the 2nd April, R Etheridge, Jun., F.G.S., and A. Smith
Woodward, "On the Occurrence of the Genus Belonostomus
in the Rolling Downs Formation of Central Queensland."

On the nth June, Professor W. Baldwin Spencer,
" On the Anatomy of Geratella fmca ;" A. Dendy, D.Sc,
"Additional Observations on the Victorian Land Planarians;"
A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc, " On a New Species of Fresh
Water Fish from Lake Nigothoruk, Mount Wellington,
Victoria;" Professor W. Baldwin Spencer, "Land Planarians
from Lord Howe Island."

' ■ On the 9th July, A. Dendy, D.Sc, "Description of a New
Species of Land Nemertean {Geonemertes australiensis) ;"
R. L. J. Ellery, F.R.S., "The Present State of the Inter-
national Photographic Charting of the Heavens."

On the 13th August, A. Dendy, D.Sc, "On the Mode of
Reproduction of Feripattis leuckartii ;" A. Dendy, D.Sc,
" Short Descriptions of New Land Planarians;" Professor
W. C. Kernot, " Notes on the recent Flood on the Yarra."

On the 10th September, G. B. Pritchard, "On a New
Species of Graptolitidas ; " A. Dendy, D.Sc, " On the
Presence of Ciliated Pits in Australian Land Planarians."

On the 8th October, A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., " Notes on the
Distribution of Victorian Frogs;" R. L. J. Ellery, F.R.S ,
" Notes on the Magnetic Shoal near Bezout Island, North
West Australia."

232 Pfoceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

On the 12th November, G. S. Giiffiths, F.R.G.S., "The
Geology of Barwon Heads ;" A. Dend_y, D.Sc, " Description
of some Land Planarians from Queensland."

On the lOtli December, Professor W. Baldwin Spencer,
" Preliminary Notice of Victorian Earth-worms. Part I—
'J'he Genera Megascolides and Cryptodrilus ;" H. H.
Anderson and J. Shephaixl, " Notes on Victorian Rotifers ;"
Professor W. Baldwin Spencer, " Note on the Ha.bits of
ijeradotus forstei-i."

The following Members and Associates were elected
during the year : — Members, A. Dudley Dol)son, J. W.
Barrett, M.D. ; Country Members, John Desmond, John
Dawson ; Associates, W. J. Strettle, W. L. Mullen, M.D.,
Miss Agnes Ross Murphy.

Your Council regrets to ]ia,ve to record the loss b}^ death
of the following Members of the Society : — Hon. J. G. Beaney,
J. P. Bear, Henry Edwards, Johnson Hick.';, G. LeFevre,
M.D., John Wall, Hon. Sir Wm. McLeay. the Right Rev.
Charles Perry, D.D.

During the course of the year, your Council received witli
great regret the resignation of A. W. Howitt. Though this
was nece-^sitated by pressure of official duties, it is hoped
that Mr. Howitt ma}' before long tind himself again able to
take an active part in the work of the Society. A. Dendy,
r).Sc., was elected by the Societ}' to fill the vacancy thus
created.

During the course of the year, also, J. Cosmo Newbery,
B.Sc, who was leaving for England on a scientific commission,
resigned the Vice-Presidency of the Society, and H. K.
Rusden was unanimously elected to fill the vacant office.
From 1870-77, and again Irom 1886-91, Mi'. Rusden had
been closely identified with the Society in his position as
one of the Hon. Secretaries, and in nominating him for the
post of Vice-President, the Council expressed its warm
appreciation of the services which, in the capacity of
Seci-etary, he had rendered to the Society, in the work
carried on by which he had taken an important and active
share.

The Librarian reports the addition to the Library during
the year of 1076 publications. It may be noted that a
Manuscript Catalogue of the Library has now been drawn
up rendering it more available for reference. The Assistant

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 233

Librarian is in constant attendance to afford assistance to
those desirous of consulting the volumes. Your Council
has had under consideration the exchanges which are made
with other Societies and hopes to be able, in the future, to
add considerably to the value of these in consequence of the
increased amount of publications which now emanate from
the Society.

The most important publication of the year has been that
of Part I of Dr. Dendy's " Monograph of the Victorian
Sponges."

The Committee appointed by the Council to distribute
the collections of animals obtained from Port Phillip
experiences very great difficult}'- in obtaining any informa-
tion from specialists at home to whom the various
collections have been sent for investigation. It hopes,
however, to obtain reports during the coming year, and is
endeavouring to hasten the work, thougYi this must
naturally take a long period of time in completion. The
Council desires to place on record its high appreciation
of the labours of J. Bracebridge Wilson, Esq., M.A., by
whom the collections have almost entirely been made.

As will be seen from the list of papers read before the
Society during the past year, a considerable numlier of
original scientific investigations have been carried on by
Members. Your Council trusts that the amount of work
recorded in its publications may increase year by year.

234 Proceedings oj the Royal Society of Victoria.

O <M

^ o o

<J5 to

— 1 CO

>->

o ^

00 r-

H O

>ra

ira

?0 (M

,_l

•a

00 iM

ii^

1 rH

^ Oi

(M r-l CD

00 lO

rH to

t- rH

5-1

'-s

• i

■u

" i

'.B

ti!

III

■3 "^ to

■'

•t

1
1

^ 0H : -g :
& 8 •§ -S .1

fci eq fi< rt pq

p"^

„

"«

" -

' -

" '

*■

?*i

a:3

•1

o o

-H lO

•~

i o

-tH -V

■^

O rH

=rt

■

1 o

fin

1 =2

d
n3

g
1

Ph
1

<tj

Proceedimjs of the Roijal Society of Victoria. 235

o o
o o

O lO

• :

• a

'u
11

-S s

pq 2

•2 S

ft -s

o
o
>o

o o
o o

.S q

li
il

o -

o
o

•236 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Professor Spencee, in accordance with notice of motion,
moved the repeal of Rules 52 to 58 inclusive. He did not
think the Society was large enough to be broken up into
Sections, and further, such breaking up would affect the
Society's maintenance and welfare as a whole. In his
opinion, Sections could not be carried on with any benefit to
the Societ}'-, as a number of their member.s interested in any
{^articular work set themselves apart and formed what was
practically an independent Society, and the Council which
must be the central authority lost control over the actions of
members. Their experience of the Sections which had
already been in existence was such as to create a feeling
against their continuance, and in favour of merging all into
one Society working together as one body.

Mr. Ellery seconded the motion. Until he hkd had
})ractical experience of the working of Sections he had
favoured their establishment, but he was now of the opinion
that they tended to lessen interest in tlie doings of the
parent Society and to reduce the attendance. He thought
it would be wise to abandon the Sections, at all events until
the Society became very much stronger. The Royal Society
of London had no Sections. Should the motion be carried,
they sliould not interfere with existing Sections until the
lap.se of a certain period.

Mr. White considered that if the Sections had been kept
under control no trouble would have been (occasioned. As
the Rules provided that the Council " may " prevent the
formation of Sections, there was no need for the resolution.

Mr. Blackett referred to the merging of the Microscopical
Society into the Royal Society, and probably it might be con-
sidered by members of the former body, which was afterwards
carried on as a Section of the Royal Society, that they had
been somewhat unfairl}^ dealt with. He agreed with others
that the Sections had been somewhat unsuccessful.

Mr. Sutherland supported Mr. White's view. There was
no necessity for the motion, the object of which was merely
to get rid of Section G. It could not be expected that
[teople would attend the ordinary meetings of the Society
and listen to some abstruse paper on a subject they knew
nothing of, while they waited for the paper to be read in
which they were interested. Royal Societies were not
favourable fields for special papers in any particular branch,
although many people were good enough to attend meetings

Proceedings of the Rof/cd Society of Victoria. 237

and suffer the infliction of hearing papers read in which they
had not the slightest interest, and so provide audiences for
the readers. If it was intended merely to get rid of Section
G, then Section G had no desire to remain if it was not
wanted, and it had already taken steps to withdraw. The
Engineering and Physical Sections had had meetings which
were rendered more uleasant than any mixed meetings could
be. It should be borne in mind that the Sections acted as
feeders to the general Society.

Dr. Dendy considered that the more the Sections were
increased so were the expenses. The Council practically
lost all control over the Sections.

Professor Spencer said that his motion was general, and
did not applj^ to any particular Section. They had given
Sections a fair trial, and he did not think they had been a
real success.

Professor Orme Masson said that if the motion were
carried, it did not follow that Section G could not remain.
He would urge that the motion be carried, for the reason
that it would not be an arbitrary abolition of any existing
Section. It would simply be a certificate from the Society
that it did not care to create new Sections.

Mr. Ellery drew attention to Rule 54, which provided
that meetings should be for scientific objects only. If that
Rule had been kept in view, all difficulty might have been
avoided.

Mr. Jaeger hoped that the abolition of the Rules would
not preclude the reading of any papers on Art.

Mr. Ellery. — Certainly not. The formation of Section G
was the result of many years' discussion. It was urged that
Art and Literature should be moie thought of in the Society
than they were.

Mr. RuSDEN thought it was hard to suppose that the
Rules were framed without consideration and wisdom.
Rule 30 provided against anything objectionable occurring
in any Section, and that Rule had been overlooked. If it
had not been overlooked, no paper would have been read
without being submitted to the Council.

Mr. White agreed with Mr. Ellery that the Society was
not strong enough for Sections. As the Council had the
right of vetoing Sections, wh}^ not leave the matter to it.

238 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

The President's opinion was that the passing of the
motion would not abolish existing Sections, but would take
away the power of establishing new Sections in the future.

Professor Orme Masson said that the passing of the

motion would show that the Societ}- was against having

Sections, and the result would in all probability be that
Section G would abolish itself

Mr. Sutherland said that Section G did not intend to
abolish itself, but to sheer off and have an independent

existence.

Mr. Blackett mentioned the fact that no minute books
had been kept by the Sections.

Mr. White moved " that in the present state of the
Society the formation of Sections was not advantageous to
it, and that in the future no Sections be allowed "

Mr. RusDEN. — The Society should request the Council
not to appoint Sections.

Dr. Jamieson was opposed to the formation of Sections*
as the more numerous they were, the more they tended to
impoverish the Society. It was not necessary, in his opinion,
to alter the Rules, as in accordance with the sentiments
expressed that evening the Sections would be abolished.

Professor Laurie could not understand why it was
necessary to legislate for the future.

Professor Spencer's motion, on being put, was carried.

Mr. Albert Swanson and Mr. J. B. L. Mackay wei-e
elected as Members.

Mr. G. B. Pritchard and Mr. L. J. Balfour were nomi-
nated as Associates.

The Librarian's Report showed that 203 publications had
l)een added to the Library since last meeting.

Professor Spencer gave a summary of his paper on
" Victorian Earthworms. Part IL The genus Perichseta."

The President wished to know if Professor Spencer
agreed with Darwin's theory of the production of the
humus.

Professor Spencer thought that the work done bj^ earth-
worms in other countries was largely done by ants here.

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 239

Thursday, May I2fh.

The President (Professor Kernot) in the chair.

The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed.

Mr, Wilsmore, Associate, signed the Roll.

Mr. W. H. Archer and Dr. J. W. Barrett wei-e elected as
new Members of Council, from which Di'. J. E. Neild had
retired.

Mr. R. J. A. Barnard, M.A., and Mr. G. B. Pritchard, were
elected as Associates.

The Librarian's Report showed that 191 new publications
had been added to the Library since the last meeting.

Mr. Martin Gardiner's paper on " Con focal Quadrics,
&c.," was taken as read.

Dr. Dendy read a paper entitled "Further Notes on the
Oviparit}' of the larger Victorian Peripatus, generally known
as P. leuckartii."

Mr. Alexander Sutherland read a paper on " Tiie
Responsibility of Criminals."

Mr. Archer said that they had heard Mr. Sutherland's
very able and comprehensive address, which was however
full of contestable points. Mr. Sutherland's conclusion
appeared to be, that while it was a gross act of injustice to
]:)unish a man for what he could not help doing, yet he must
be punished because it would not be right to stick to
abstract justice. The word " respon.sible " was used a
number of times in the paper, but if a man could not help
himself, how could he be held to be responsible ? Although
Mr. Sutherland had stated that the incorrigible boy at school
had no more right to be punished than a Maori should be
for having a brown skin, yet he afterwards said that the boy
ought to be punished because it would assist him in forming
liis character. Did not that indicate on the part of the
Aouth a sense of right and a power of self-control ? As to
lunatics in asylums, it was known that a large proportion
had what were called lucid intervals, during which their
medical attendants would reason with them and treat them
as intelligent men. That was a proof that they recognised
in their patients a power of distinguishing right from wrong,
and of exercising a control over their actions. They could
determine to do what they saw was right.

240 Proceedingti of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Piofessor Laurie coDsidered there were some points in
the paper which must inevitably give rise to difi'erence of
opinion, and he was rather sorry it had raised the question
of free-will. Discarding free-will, and holding any doctrine
that might be preferred, it was not necessary to go to the
opposite extreme and to say that every person who fell
into crime was to be regarded, not as an object of blame, but
solely of pity. The fact was, that persons who did wrong
frequently blamed themselves, and admitted that they
deserved punishment. That showed that they could not
wholly do away with the sense of blame for wrong done.
Mr. Sutherland's great point should not be lost sight of
namely, that the aim of government in inflicting punish-
ment was to deter crime. The aim of government should be
to suppress crime, and it was justified in doing all it could
to attain that object. Punishment, or the tear of punish-
ment, was a great factor in suppressing crime— in preventing
a person who contemplated committing crime from falling
into it. At least, that should be the aim of punishment.
He was entirely in accord with Mr. Sutherland, that govern-
ment was entitled to say how it was best to inflict punish-
ment, but at the same time he did not see any reason why
the moral aspect of crime, even from the deterrent view,
should be omitted. It was quite true that people were
swayed by fear of punishment, but when the State laid
down certain rules, the violation of which would lead to
punishment, it did not hold out a threat to deter people
from doing what they would otherwise like to do. To
many people, the State was an embodied conscience.
People did not come into the world knowing what was
right or wrong, nor did they evolve propositions as to right
or wrong from their peisonality ; they were taught by
others, and in a great measure by the laws of the State, as
to what was right or wrong. A great many peo]jle regarded
the laws which the State had laid down with regard to
crime as laws which, from a moral point of view, should not
be transgressed, so that the deterrent powei' of the State
appeared to him to act, not only from the fear of punish-
ment, but also because of a moral standard which the
majority of people adopted, and which they were not likely
to transgress. It should be borne in mind, that the punish-
ment inflicted by the State for crime, so far from reforming
the criminal, had the opposite eflect, and it was a question
worthv of consideration whether the State should not adopt

PvoceediiKjs of the Royal Society of Victoria. 241

some form of restriction adopted to the various needs of
those with v/hom it had to deal. There were, undoubtedly,
persons in whom hereditary traits were very strong, who
were borne almost irresistibly towards crime, and ibr the
security of society the State might deal with tliose persoiis
in a ditferent way from that in whicli others were treate*].
Still, with regard to a great number, it should be borne in
mind that tlie humanitarian spirit of the age demanded that
the possibility of reformation should be kept in view. The
trend of modern thought was away from the old idea of
retribution ; but he thought they should recognise the
elements of truth, even in that old theory of retribution,
and the elements of trutli were, that when something was
committed wliich was regarded as criminal — acts of violence
or fraud — there was a healthy feeling of resentment. He
did not think that feeling should be suppressed, though it
should be woven in with the other ideas of reformation.
It should also be borne in mind that, when men were
punished, they very frequently felt that they deserved it.
While he thoroughly agreed with Mr. Sutherland that the
State was perfectly warranted, for th<^ suppression of crime
and the protection of society, in adhering to any punish-
ments which had been adopted to bring about this aim, he
did not think, on consideration of the whole question, that
the moral aspect could be entirely left out.

Dr. Jamikson agreed with the conclusion arrived at in the
jmper, that yjunishment must be inflicted without yielding
to any particular philosophical opinions one might hold
about free-will. The crux of the question related to capital
punishment. If that punishment was to be applied mainly
for deterrent purposes, and for its influence on others for
reformative purposes, was it not absurdly unffur that it
should be inflicted on a person who was held not to be fairly
responsible for what he did. It was a question how far
capital punishment was allowable at all on any supposition
of necessitarianism. A School of Criminal Anthropologists
was in existence, who were prepared to carry out their ideas
to perfectly logical conclusions — especially what was called
the Italian School. Lambrosa went so far as to lay down as
-a principle that there are instinctive criminals, and that it
was as absurd to punish such a person as it would be to
punish a person for having small-pox ; that there existed no
right in any sense of the word to punish such a person for
retributive or deterrent purposes. He thought the common

242 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

sense of most people would incline tbeni to object to that
view, as being an extreme and dangeious doctrine. It was
based very much on the assertion or opinion, that the
criminal was a criminal in virtue of a certain defective con-
struction of his brain ; that the proof of that consisted in the
fact that, given a certain number of persons who were known
to be criminals, it would be found that they had smaller
heads than the average person ; that they had a less facial
angle ; that the top part of their face and head sloped back-
wards ; that their head, on the average, was a little wider
transversely — being wide relatively to its length ; that such
])ersons, on the average, had badly shaped ears ; that the
ridge over the eyes projected ; that in very many of them
there was a secondary ridge above the eye-brows, which was
very prominent ; that in a considerable number of them the
lower jaw was largely developed, and projected in front of
the under jaw. Whilst that generalisation might be freely
admitted, it was dangerous to apply the test to individuals.
There had been notorious criminals in existence wdiose heads
were full sized, whose facial angle was good, whose ears were
good and whose jaws were in proper position, and it would
be altogether unsafe to base a man's responsibility for certain
acts he had committed o!i the size or shape of his head. An
attempt was undoubtedly being made to popularise that
doctrine at the present time, and to say that given a man
who exhibited a certain shape of head, who had imperfectly
formed ears, who had prominent ridges over his eyes, and so
on, and given the further fact that he had committed a crime,
that that man should be held to be irresponsible, and should
not suffer the consequences of his crime. The conclusion
seems to be, that the criminal type of person represented a
degenerated type — a development of the lower type, with
brains constituted similarly to those of the lower race, and
therefoi-e .should not be held responsible for doing any wrong
act. He thought it would be extremely dangerous to allow
a doctrine of that kind to be carried to its logical conclusion.
Popular opinion was easily led astia}^ in a similar matter,
namely, the influence on the brain of disease or of injuries to
the head, and the probability that thereby a man would be
rendered irresponsible. It was perfectly true that disease of
the brain Avas almost certain to interfere with a man's
intellectual capacity, and would m.ake him incapable ol
controlling himself That general principle might be admit-
ted ; but it was dangerous and absurd to infer that, when a

ProGeedings of the Royal Societij of Victoria. 243

man was suffering from any kind of disease, he was t(3 be held
to be irresponsible. It was known, that there were structural
diseases of the brain that did not necessarily involve the
mental faculties. That the mental faculties were affected to
a considerable extent was well known, but it was absurd to
infer iri'esponsibility, and to declare that a man wjis not to
be punished for his wrongful acts. Especially did it become
dangerous and absurd when it was attempted to apply the
doctrine to individuals. It was extremely dangerous to apply
the doctrine of anthropology to criminal cases. In spite of
i-ecent discoveries, we did not know half as much as we
would like to know about the functions of the brain, or as
much as we hope some day to know. Physiologists know
that there are parts of the brain that are well defined, that
there are parts that control movements, that there are parts
which deal with hearing, speech, and sight, but when it
came to the question of learning what particular part of the
brain is exclusively concerned with the mental faculties,
they would have to depend on what was little more than
inference. It was probable that the front part of the brain
is that which is concerned with the intellectual and moral
faculties. There might be extensive injury to that front
part of the brain — parts of it might be lost or degener-
ated as the result of disease — but he did not know that it
always followed that the mental or moral faculties were
deterioiaied in proportion to the amount of brain lost. The
average unscientific person was apt to apply to individual
cases, appai-ently logically, but still dangerously and unfairly,
the scientific generalisation, which was fair enough as regards
a particular disease. As to the measure of responsibility of
people unmistakably insane, that was a difficult question,
with which he was not then prepared to deal.

Dr. Mullen said it was absolutely neces.sary that lawyers
should act on precedents. It was far more important that
the law should be as certain as it conld be, than that it
should be just. There were many points in it that were
unjust, but the prerogative of mercy conld be exercised by
the Crown. Of course the law was the true embodiment of
everything that was excellent, and it did not deal with
motives. Although the motive for an act might influence
the amount of pvuiishment inflicted, it could not influence
the responsibility of the ])erson who had done wrong. The
responsibility of criminals was mixed up with the most
important question of the protection of society. If a man

11 2

244 Proceedhu/s of the Royal Society of Victoria.

had stolen a £5 note, he would join in the cry against the.
wrongdoer, because others might steal a £5 note from hiii).
He unhesitatingly said that the modei'n idea of the i-esponsi-
bilit}^ of criminals, and consequent punishment, was not the
best wa}^ to protect society. In the beginning of this
century nearly' all tlie felons were hanged, and th*;
adventurous spirits were drafted off to the wtirs. The
consequence was, to use a vulgar expression, that the breed
was stopped. Now, however, owing to the manner in
which felons were treated (imprisonment for a short period),
there was being developed a race as devoid of moral sens*'
as a child born blind was of sight ; it was nothing less than
propagation of the species. We were developing a typical
immoral race ; and if anyone were to go to the East end of
London and pick out ten children of from 8 to JO years of
age, he could predict with tolerable certainty" what would
become of nine of them, partly by heredity and partly by
surroundings. The question to be considered was not so
nmch their responsibility, because the law made them
responsible, but how were they going to protect society
from criminals. He would not enter into the discussion of
such questions as free-will, because they were not practical.
As to the responsibility of the insane, that was a question
to which it was impossible to give an answer. He might as
well ask the President if a bridge over the Yaria were
injured, what strain it would bear. The President would
want to know what bridge it was, the particular kind, the
size and other things which to an ordinary layman would
look absurd, and experts would differ as to the amount ot
strain. He might as well ask Mr. Sutherland how long it
would take for a boy to construe a chapter of Csesar. He
would want to know all about the boy and his class, and
what chapter was referred to. When they came to sjjeak
of lunatics, each case must be considered singly. The law-
did not recognise that there were dozens of forms of
insanity which ran into one another. Originally, there
was but one class of insanity. Then the law took note of
delusions, but it stopped there ; a mad man was either a
maniac or delusionally insane. Those laws were laid down
by very worthy gentlemen, who knew nothing but what
they found by metaphysical reasoning in the four corners
of their rooms. Mr. Sutherland had laid down rules f()r the
guidance of lunatic asylums ; the Act of Parliament did
not allow the medical officers to punish any lunatic.

F roceediiujs of the Royal Society of Victoria. 24o

Lunatics, knowing that they could not ba punished, did
not commit crimes. He knew the case of one inmate who
would say to the doctor at times, "if you don't lock me up,
I will do sometlring." The older warders would say, "I think
you had better lock him up." Such men knew when the
impulse to do some violent act was upon them, and knew
it could not be resisted. Then in puerperal mania, he had
known a woman to say, " doctor, if 3'ou don't take the child
away, 1 will kill it ; if the servant goes out, I will kill it."
The woman was perfectly aware of the illegality of
the act, but could not help herself, but even the presence
of the servant girl would deter her. That was a strong
case, as it appealed to the sentiments. In ordei- to show
that the punishment of a criminal, sane or insane,
would not deter others, he referred to the case of a
woman in Brunswick who, on the same night that Deeming
was condemned to death, deliberately, as far as a lunatic
could act deliberately, went into a house and exploded
dynamite, and when she was about to be arrested she tried
to blow herself up. The lawyers would say she was partially
insane, whatever that might mean ; she certainly had a
sufficiency of reason to know right from wrong, but the
})unishment of the other criminal had no deterrent effect on
her. Mr. Paisden had alluded to the fact, tliat lunatics and
criminals received the same punishment, viz., incarceration.
He supposed there was no sane man living who would care
tA) Ije locked up as a. patient in an asylum, but it was certain
that that punishment had never prevented a man from
going insane. As to the punishment of lunatics, some were
responsible and some were not, but that was a matter on
which, as to justice, they should go to experts. As to the
protection of Society, he would say they were responsible.
In the present state of the law, the judges get out of the
difficulty as best they can. In a case of puerperal mania, in
which the patient admitted to the doctor that she knew she
was doing wrong, the judge said to the jury — " Gentlemen,
she said she knew she wa,s doing wrong, but it is for you to
say whether she meant what she was saying." That was
the way in which he got out of the difficulty. The question
of sudden impulse is a dangerous one to deal with. The
question ought to be — "Has this man got brain disease;
iias he got a certain kind of brain disease affecting certain
functions 1 Yes." The lawyers did not take it that way.
They seized upon the metaphysical point of right or wrong.

246 Froceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

The law said that, if the man had a sufficient idea of right
or wrong, he was responsible. The Executive sometimes
stepped in and, as he thought, wiongly pardoned the man
who was a danger to society. In one of our asylums there
was a terrible case of homicidal mania, and in his opinion,
that man should be removed simply for the protection ot
society.

Mr. RusDEN called attention to an article in the Forum,
on the Elmira Prison in America. The conclusion it drew
was that, wliile the population was increasing three per cent,
the criminality was increasing fift}' per cent., and the writer
attributed that result to the humanitarian treatment of
criminals.

After a few words in reply by Mr. Sutherland, on the
motion of C'olonel Goldstein, seconded by Professor Orme
Masson, the discussion v^as adjourned to the next meeting.

Thursday, June 9th.

The President (Professor Kernot) occupied the chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were I'ead and
confirmed.

Mr. J. B. Pritchard, an Associate, signed the Roll and was
introduced to the meeting.

The Librarian reported that 1 14 publications had been
received since the last meeting.

Mr. Sutherland read a paper " On the Nest and Eggs of
the Victoria Rifle Bird " (Ptilorhis victorise), by Mr. D.
Le Souef

The discussion on " The Responsibilty of Criminals " was
resumed.

Colonel Goldstein said that, in continuing the discussion
of M)\ Alex. Sutherland's paper on " The Resjjonsibilit}'^ of
C'riminals" i-ead at ti)e last meeting, it would be necessary
to state a few of the difficulties that occurred to the unscien-
tific public mind, which tended to prevent the formation of
just opinions on the subject. One difficulty was the great
divergence ajjparent between tlie views advanced by those

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 247

scientific and professional gentlemen to whom the public
looked for advice. Qui legal luminaries held the view
that all men were responsible for their crimes, except
in the case of acute mania, when it coiild be proved
that the accused did not know the difference between
right and wrong ; while the medical fratei-nity, though
by no means unanimously, urged irresponsibility when-
ever there was any form of brain disease, no matter
how slight, or even where it was only suspected. It
was as well, perhaps, for the general well-being, that
society was still willing to accept the guidance of
our legal, rather than of our medical, friends. But as
theories that were flung broadcast among the people were
certain to obtain some adherents, and as such theories,
if largely appealing to our sj-mpathies, might lead to
dangerous changes in public opinion, it was well that
scientific societies should meet and discuss all such theories,
for the benefit of the public, and in order that our laws
might be wisely ordained; law being the ciystalHsation of
public opinion. Another difliculty arose from contusion in
the terms used, and their true significance. For instance,
"retributive punishment" was frequently described as
" revenge," which of course was quite incorrect ; yet many
writers, Mr. Sutherland also, used the phrase in this sense.
Then there was the extremely narrow view advanced by
some writei's that, earl}' in the world's history, punishment
was retributive only ; that later, it was sought to be made
deterrent; and that as it had failed to be deterrent, it should
therefore seek to be reformatory only. He alluded to this
as a naiTow view, because he hoped to indicate presently
that punishment should partake of all three qualities —
that it should be retributive, deterrent and reformatory.
There was another difficulty that must frequently occui
to the unscientific mind, how to reconcile such statements
as Mr. Sutherland's, that "the treatment of criminals was
not a matter of abstract justice, but of pure policy. It was
not concerned with ethics, but with the preservation of law
and order." S])encer laid down as the fundamental law of
human justice, "that each individual ought to receive the
benefits and the evils of his own nature and consequent
conduct ; neither being prevented from having whatever
good his actions normally bring to him, nor allowed to
shoulder off on to other persons whatever ill was brought
to him by his actions." The question of the respon-

24S Froceedinr/s of the Royal Society of Victoria.

aibility of the criminal was a large one, and was to be
looked at critically from so many points of view, that
it was only by long and patient stud}' we could hope
to solve it, and to measure out punishment to the
criminal, with the view to the gradual reduction of
crime. So much was this felt, that it had justlj' been
considered necessary to examine the criminal class in a
thoi-oughly scientific manner. Hence the new Science of
" Criminal Anthropology," which had led to the holding of
International Congresses, the first of which had been
held at Berne in 1885, the second in 1889 at Paris,
and the third was to be held this year at Brussels.
There had also been established a few years back the
International Criminological Association. An enormous
amount of useful work had been done, but the new Science
was only in its infancy. INumerous articles and books on
this subject had been [)ublished in Europe and America, so
that the tirsfc results of enquiry were within reach. Have-
lock Ellis, in 1890, had published a book called "The
Criminal," which was a valuable compilation of the opinion
of those who had taken a lending part in the work. His
(Colonel Goldstein's) attention had been directed to three
articles in the " International Journal of Ethics," which
fairly represented some of the views lield. One was " The
Theory of Punishment," by the Kev. Hastings Rashdall ;
another " The Prevention (jf Crime," by Dr. Tonnies ; and
the third was a discussion on these by Professor James
Seth, of Dalhousie College, According to Professor Seth,
the new Science of Criminology was founded on the
theory that crime was a pathological phenomenon, and
that the proper treatment of the criminal was, accord-
ingly, that which sought his cure rather than his
punishment. He claimed that this was an advance in
iiumau ibeling as well as in intelligence. It might be
suggested ti)at, as these latter day views of criminology
wei'e the result of special studies, or studies by specialists,
we should do well to raise the question, were specialists, as
a I'ule. well trained in philosophy. Or, to put it more
distinctl}-, had these particular specialists any fair amount
of knowledge of the ultimate causes of the various
phenomena of the universe ? Because so far as specialists
were deficient in general philosophy, so far must we guard
agaiu.-it being led to avoid generalising on the I'e.sults of
their undoubtedly valuable accumulations of evidence.

Proceedinc/s of the Royal Society of Victoria. 24^

The Kev. Hastings Raslulall objected to the retributive
theory of punishment, and expected that with the necessary
nioraiization of communities, the sphere of criminal law
ought gradually to extend ; while Dr. Ferdinand Tonnies,
of Kiel University, asserted that all punishment as punish-
ment should cease, though he had no better substitute to
offer than a system of fines ; while he looked to further
research foi- other means of preventing crime than could be
found in the threatened or real consequences of what the
criminal had done. Professor Seth, in discussing both these
opinions, raised the question whether the newer and older
views of punishment were mutually exclusive, and if not,
what was their relation to one another, and seemed to
favour the idea that punishment must be reformatory only.
He asserted " that society was now so securely oi'ganised,
that it could afford to be not only just, but generous as
well." Would not this be rather dangerous pleading if
adopted in our Law Courts? Most thinking people
would agree with Professor Seth in this adverse criticism
of the diverse views advanced by Mr. Rashdall and
Dr. Tonnies, and also when he much qualified the
idea that crime was a " pathological phenomenon," by
urging that ''it wns only an analogy or metaphor
after all, and like all metaphors, might easil}' prove
misleading if taken as a literal description of the facts;"
that "to resolve all badness into insanit}^ did not conduce to
clear thinking," and that " normal crime, if it had anything
to do with insanity, was rather a cause than a result."
He said that " To reduce crime to a ' pathological phenome-
non ' was to sap the very foundation of our moral judgment,
merit as well as demerit, reward and punishment, were
thereby undermined. Such a view might be scientific, it
was not ethical, for it refused to recognise the commonest
moral distinctions." One of the articles of the Inter-
national Criminological Association, quoted by Dr. Tonnies,
said, " Punishment was an act of justice, and the essence
of punishment was retribution. From this standpoint,
satisfaction was the primary object of punishment,
and the other objects included reformation and deter-
rence." We might justly take this as a fair statement
of the facts. While we acknowledged that retribution
could only be made in trivial crimes against the
property or person, when crimes became more serious,
retribution became more or less impossible. Punishment

250 Proceedings of the Royal SocieUj of Victoria.

then must be deterrent, while all punishment should be
inflicted with a view to the ultimate reform of the
criminal, bearing in mind that in order to secure refor-
mation tlie conscience of the criminal must be awakened.
He must be brought to see that his punishment is
just before we could hope for any betterment. In
" The Criminal," by Havelock Ellis, one could not fail
to be struck with the mass of evidence gathered in the
biological and pathological examination of the criminal.
But it must be observed that a fair examination of the
evidence led to the opinion that the bulk of what were
called criminal physiological characteristics were also to be
met with in the non-criminal and respectable classes, while
many of the so-called criminal characteristics were due to
the professional exercise of crime. Lombrosa had been
often cited as the greatest living exponent of criminal
anthropology, yet he was called rash and unscientific. Ellis
spoke of his work as " by no means free from faults. His
style was abnipt ; he was too impetuous, arriving too
quickly at conclusions, lacking in critical faculty and in
balance. Thus at an early date he was led to over-estimate
the atavistic element in the criminal, and at a later date he
has pressed too strongly the epileptic affinities of crime."
Yet this was the authority who was often quoted, especially
by medical witnesses who advocated irresponsibility of the
criminal. Of all his vast mass of in vestigiition, extending to
about 3(),()()0 cases, Lombrosa himself had declared that
" perhaps not one stone would remain upon another, but
that, if this was to be the fate of his work, a better
edifice would arise in its place." To illustrate the
length to which enthusiastic specialists w^ould go in
advocating their own views, l)espine, who wrote a
good work in 1868, " Psychologic Naturelle," had con-
sidered the criminal as " morally mad," and therefore
irresponsible, and had said, " No physiologist had yet
occupied himself with the insanity of the sane." Was
not this evidence of the "illusions of enthusiasm?" We
might treat the question of responsibility from an ethical,
a metaphysical, a clinical, or a practical point of view,
and we must arrive at the conclusion that sane or
insane, eveiy criminal must, for the protection of society,
be treated as responsible. He had been asked to say
something on the treatment of the criminal, but he
thought that hardly came within the scope of the

Fyuceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 251

present enquiry. It would be sufficient to say that tb(^
trend of modern thought was in the direction of abolish-
ing fixed limits to sentences ; that our prisons should
be made into Reformatories, where every hour would be
profitab]}' occupied, and that when prisoners were reported
fit, they should be allowed out on parole. Also, that
the surest way to check tbe increase of the criminal
class, is to remove criminal children to a healthy environ-
ment.

Mr. RuSDEN remarked that Colonel Goldstein had omitted
to mention the system of indeterminate sentences, which he
believed to be one which would soon be adopted. Mr.
Havelock Ellis mentioned it as having been introduced into
America some time ago. To Mr. Frederick Hill belonged
the honour of first suggesting this fruitful reform. Lunatics
were dealt with on this principle. A lunatic was not
liberated until two medical gentlemen certified that the
treatment to which lie had been subjected had been
successful, and that he was fit to be released. At present
tlie law fixed a maximum, and in some cases, a minimum
sentence, and the criminal was released very much the worse
for his imprisonment after a shoi't definite period, fixed
without regard to reason. If the system of indeterminate
sentences were given a fair trial, he thought it would be
found much more satisfactory than that at present in vogue.
He did not believe it was possible to reform a man who had
grown accustomed to commit crimes, but with first offenders
this system might be veiy successful.

Mr. Alexander Sutherland said that whilst there was
little to cavil at in Colonel Goldstein's i)aper, there was one
point as to which he thought he detected an uncertain
sound — viz., with regard to the nature of punishment.
Colonel Goldstein had said that punishment might either
be retributive, deterrent, or reformatory. If punishment
were reformatory, it ceased to be punishment at all. One
could not logically speak of reformatory punishment. In
that case, it was simply a mode of treating criminals whicli
was reformatory. He agreed with Mr. Rusden that, if a
man were allowed to grow up a criminal, he could not be
reformed. The leading authorities were agieed on that
point. Bej'ond the age of 10 or 12, the chance of reform
was apparently slight. If a man lived up to the age of 20
as a criminal, nothing practically would reform him. Not

2'r2 Proceedings of the Royal Socleti/ of Victoria.

only vvei-e there ^ood authorities for that statement amongst
the leading writers in England, but it could be shown that,
even in this colony, such was the fact. Lord John Russell
had inaugurated the Penfold scheme —a reformatory schema
in whi(;h criminals, when improved to a certain extent, were
to be sent to Australia with so much money in their pockets.
Two shiploads of criminals, certificated as having been
reformed, had been sent to Australia about 1849 or 1850,
Two-thirds of the men who had entered the scheme never
reached Australia, and those that were sent were the best.
These men had not improved the population ; but our
records of crime showed that, instead of being reformed,
when they had got a sum of money in their pockets, and
were landed on a new shoi-e to start a new career, they had
turned out, as a rule, misei'able failures. But it was fair to
remember, that the ranks of crime included many characters.
There was the criminal who was of an energetic character,
and whose energies had been directed into an unfortunate
channel. There was the man who had mutinied in the
Army, or the man who had merely knocke.i a hare over
which happened to run in front of him. Then again, there
was the man whose daughter had been ruined by some
wealthy man, and who had avenged himself These were
not criminals in the proper sense of the term. They were
on a different footing, and might have a fan^ chance in a
new countiy, where that very energy and impetuosity that
had carried them into a wrong grove in one dii-ection, might
make them most successful in another. Many of the world's
gi-eatest men would have been great nuisances if they had
taken a wrong ti-ack ; Lord Clive was an instance. Marl-
borough, too, whose energy would perhaps have been
thrown into a wrong channel if his country had not
needed his services, had found an outlet for it in slaughter-
ing Fienchmen, and so had become a hero. Passing
from the question of reformation, there remained the
theories of retribution and deterrence. No philo.sophical
people would hold that punishment should be retributive — ■
that if a man were struck, he should be resolved to return
the blow, merely as a matter of retribution, although
he would be perfectly entitled to take precaution
to prevent a repetition of the act. Retribution was
not according to modern views, and there only i-emained
the deterrent view, which should be widened out into
a question of placing a sufficiently strong deterrent motive

Proceedings of the Roijal Society of Victoria. 25o

in the balance of the motives tliat actuated a nian to
ensure his actions talking a right direction. There
were three great objections to the view that criminals
should be eliminated by simply putting them to death :
— First, there was the practical one, that the feelin<4
of the race was against it. The second objection was, that
the process would have to be repeated time after time. ]i'
the least desirable people were singled out at the present
moment and got rid of, although the remainder of the
population would be improved, but in twenty or thirty years
thei'e wcnild be just as much difference between the then
respectable classes and the lower classes as there was now.
and these would have to be exterminated. In a couple of
centuries, people of the character of the judges, who sat
upon the bench at the present moment, would be chloro-
formed as being objectionable people. Then again, was
everybody who broke the laws to be chloroibrmed ? At
present penalties were awarded on a graded scale, and there-
were felonies, misdemeanors, (fcc. The weeding out process
would require an arbitraiy scale. Would they let off first
offenders, or would they draw the line at the second offence ?
However it was arranged, such violent and arbitrary lines
must appear objectionable to the public conscience.
The third objection was that nature had arranged the
matter in her own way in a far more efficacious style.
Although the genus criminal seemed to occur in a sporadic-
way, it really obeyed certain laws. To make his meaning-
plain, he would draw their attention to the extensive area
from which we inherit our natures. Everybody had two
parents, and four grandparents, and eight great grandparents,
and so on. In the fourth generation, there were thirty-two
ancestors, and in the sixth, sixty-four. In the course of a
century and a half, these sixty-four ancestors had each
contributed a sixty-fourth part to any one individual's
characteristics. Generally, there was a certain accidental
blending of all these sixty-four characters, so as to produce
a particular result. Take for instance the case of a nmsician.
Out of the sixty-four, there might perhaps have been six or
eight wIjo were rather above the average in music. It
generally happened there were as many below the average
as woidd balance this, and then the result was an ordinary
person who was neither much above nor below the average in
musical capacit3\ But where it happened that a certain
number of the sixty-four were rather above the average, and

2o-l< Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

there were none much below it, and where, added to a
musical capacity, there was sufficient industry and inven-
tiveness, the result was a musician. The result of all
this theory was that ci'irahials, if not compelled to herd
together, would work out their own salvation in genera-
tion after generation. If they were compelled to herd
together, the}^ invariably died out. A criminal woman
very rarely left posterity that would survive two or
three generations. With regai'd to men, too, in following
up the history of Austi-alia he had been surprised to observe
that there was so little trace of convict blood that liad been
poui-ed out on these shores so profusely. Australia was not
less moral than any similar Anglo-Saxon community. The
question was sometimes asked, why we were not deeply
tinted with the convict element. There were two classes of
convicts. One class who had not inherited the cjiminal
character, but who had been sent out for committing crimes,
chiefly by reason of ttieii' super-abundant and mis-directed
energy, had made excellent settlers, whilst the real criminals
had been killed by drinking the plentiful rum of the early
settlement days, or being knocked on the head in brawls,
and had left no posterit3^ If nature were left to work in
her own way, the matter would come right in the end. The
criminal nature would either not perpetuate itself, or the
average would be rectified in succeeding generations as the
area extended. Therefore, the crude notion of chloroforming
the criminal should be disregarded for several reasons. It
was not in accordance with the humanitarian views of the
present day, and it was founded on a wrong impression of
the law of heredit}'. If criminal were made to paii- with
criminal, the I'esult would no doubt be a very bad race
indeed, supposing they bred. But they would not ; and,
moreover, they did not and could not be compelled to pair
wi^h one another. In conclusion he believed that, at the
present time, things should be allowed to remain as they
were, and that the pressure of public opinion, and where
necessary, of sharp public punishment, would cast sufficient
weight on the right side of the motive to induce people to
act as best suited the community. Beyond this, there was
no need to interefere. We should follow the old lines as
much as possible, making our laws as humanitarian as the
interests of society would allow.

The Peesideis'T suggested that a definition of criminality
and insanity miglit be desirable.

Froceeding.s of the Royal Society of Victoria,. 255

Mr. White asked Mr. Sutherland upon what statistics he
had based his statemeiit that the early convicts were dying
out. Not long ago the early criminal records of Tasmania
had been sent to xMel bourne and destroyed, and shortly
afterwards the same luid been done with those of New
South Wales. He would be much relieved if it could be
proved that the ciiminal class v.^as dying out, but he was
unable to take such an optimistic view, and would like
to ask Mr. Suthei'land the basis of his statement.

Dr. Jamieson said he hardly thought a definition of
either criminality or insanity was practicable. He doubted
whether there was any definition of insanity except the bald
and unsatisfactory^ one that it was some de])artuie from the
normal mental condition, about which there could be no
doubt. As to criminalit}', he thought thei'e was more
difficulty still. The idea of criminality varied indefinitely
almost from one generation to another, and in different
races. In fact within a very short time it had been made
an offence punishable by law to buy or sell a pound of
sugar. It was not an offence for a man to sell a cigar or
glass of whisky at 8 o'clock at night, but it was an ofience
to sell a pound of sugar at that hour. The idea seemed to
be that criminalitj- was the doing of certain things which the
majority had agreed ought not to be done, and the doing of
which should be punished. Such an offence was called a
crime. It was well known that there were habitual
criminals, people who made it their business to commit
offences against the law, but it was difficult to get at the
root and origin of this tendency. He believed a great many
offences were due to intellectual defects. There was a clear
enough distinction between a man being weak and being
wicked, but it was quite certain that weakness very soon
led to wickedness, and a person who was weak in body
or mind ran far greater risk of falling into criminality than
a person fairly endowed with mental ability and physical
power. The man who was mentally weak was liable to be
led into crime by stronger minded and less scrupulous
persons, and the man who was weak in body was at a
disadvantage iti earning his living, and fell into such straits
that he was tempted to break the law and ap])ropriate that
to which he had no right. This habit would grow in both
cases, and he did not see why a person without any special
criminal tendency might not, if constantly exposed to

256 Proceedings of the Royal Soeiety of Victoria.

temptation, become by force of liabit a habitual criminal.
This much was clear enough, and capable of proof, but wlien
it came to a (juestion of moi-al delect, it was difficult to s; y
how lar it was natural and how far acquired. It was just
as ])robable that people failed in moral capacit}' just as they
did in intellectual capacity, but it did xiot iiecessaiily follow
that both defects should be co-existent in the same pei'son.
A man might be strongly endowed mentally, and yet Ix'
weak in moral qualities, and it had been observed that some
people who were well endowed morally were rather poor in
intellectual constitution. But it was difficult to say how lai
what Avas called moral detect was natuiul, and how far it
was acquired. It might be admitted as a likely enough
thing that there were peojjle insufficiently endowed with
moral qualities, who readily enough became criminals,
independently of their intellectual capacit}^, and as a meic
matter of theory it might be admitted that the moral
endowment could be so poor that the person of necessity
became a criminal. He would not like to say on
theoretical grounds that this was not so, but the difficulty
was m proving it to be so, and to recognise a theoieticai
deficiency of moi-al endowments, apart from pure mental
capacity, as a ground of iri-esponsibilities, was excessively
dangerous doctrine. But this seemed to be the doctrine
held by the modern school of criminal anthropologists, who
went so far as to sa}^ that they could tell pretty accurately
what would be the physical characteristics of the habitual
criminal. He did not think any of them would profess to
be able to tell from the physical characteristics of a man,
without knowing anything about his conduct, whether or
not he was a criminal, and this was the difficulty of safely
apyjlying the doctrine, however rational it might be as a
general principle, to individual cases. For that reason he
thought that any attempts to save criminals from the
consequences of their actions on such grounds should
certainly not be encouraged, but should on the contiaiy
be discouraged very strongly. With regard to the ques-
tion of punishment, he agreed with Mr. Sutherland
that ret'oT-mation could not properly be spoken of as
a form of punishment, although the criminal might
regard in that light any etlbrts made by the authorities
in that direction. He feared that retiilmtion could not be
got rid of If one man inflicted injuries u])on another that
could be measured pecuniarily, he was fined to a proportionate

ProceeiUii(/-i of the Roijal Socistij of Victoria. 'Ihl

extent. Witliout a doubt there was retribution in that.
The man who had not the money to pay was entitled to
be punished by having something taken out of him as a
quid pro quo. He was not prepared to drop the old-fashioned
idea of retribution. Of course jvunishment was also deterrent.
It liad a deterrent effect upon the offender himself, inasmuch
as things were made so unpleasant ftjr him that he would
not be likely to repeat the offence. The extreme deterrent
was the taking away of life. After all, people value their
life more highly than anything else, and death was the
sti-ongest possible deterrent the law could inflict. It
practically amounted to this, that the community recognised
certain crimes as being of such an atrocious character, that it
sim})ly decreed that those who committed them should not
only be banished from human society, but should have their
existence terminated, not only as a strong deterrent, but to
prevent the possibility of the act ever being repeated by
them. It was not done with any view of exterminating
the breed, that was a hopeless task he was afraid. The
meeting was greatly indebted to Colonel Goldstein for
the manner in which he had brought the matter befoi-e
it. He was mistaken in thinking that because a man had
malformation of the brain, or some disease, that he was
therefore insane. He did not think many members of the
medical profession would hold such ci'ude doctrines as that.
It was quite certain that there might be diseases of the
brain without any indication of insanity, and, although it
was very unlikely, there might be mental derangement
without any demonstrable disease of the brain. As to other
matters, he was sure there were not many who w^ould be
inclined to differ greatly from what Colonel Goldstein had
said.

The Rev. E. H. Sugden said that, in a definition of
crisiiinality, something was wanted which would connect
the selling of an article after hours and the taking of life in
cold blood. The anti-social spirit that both acts displayed
constituted them crimes against society. It seemed to him
that, in order to lessen the criminal po))ulation, the artificially
made crimes against society ought to be lessened as much as
possible. A glance at the list of indictable offences would
show that ninety-nine out of every hundred were not wrong
in themselves, but were wrong because society had made
them wrono-. Takina the view that the criminal was an

258 ProceciliiKjs of the Royal Scclcfy of Vidofia.

offeiuler against society, it seemed to hi in tliat the proper
piinishnjent would l)e to send liini to Coventry, if some
reasonable method of doing so coul(i 1 e indicated. If a
reasonalily fertile and productive part of the earth could l;e
fenced off and made a dumping ground for ci'iminals, where
they could be left to develope a State for themselves on
their own anti-social lines, it would be a veiy comfortable
thing for Society, and perhaps a very salutary discipline for
themselves. Tliis he was afraid was somewhat Utopian,
but if the social instinct could be aroused in tiie so-called
criminal classes, a great deal of crime would be prevented.
If a man could be taught to entertain a real and tender
regard for any living thing, a great deal had been done to
pievent him from committing crime. In spite of Mr.
Sutherland and others, the Christian Clnnch still believed
that the criminal could be reformed, if he could onl}' be got
to love someone, and that the one Person whom it was
easiest and most effectual to bring him to love A^as our
common Master. It seemed to him these were the lines on
which the best results would be obtained. Tlie natural
punishment for one who manifested tlie anti-social spirit
would be to shut him out of society, and the only i-emedy
would be the })romotion of the social spirit in him.

Thursday, July ]4fA.

The President (Professor Kernot) occupied tlie chair.

On the motion of Mr. Griffiths, seconded by Mr.
RbSDEN, the minutes of the preceding meeting were taken
as read and duly confirmed.

Mr. G. C. W. Officer, Member, and Mr. Strettle, Associate,
present for the h'rst time, signed the Roll, and were introduced
to the meeting.

Mr. Donald Clarke, of the School of Mines, Bairnsdale,
was elected a Country Member.

The President announced that the following gentlemen
had been nominated, and would be balloted for at the next
meeting : — Rev. Walter Fielder, Associate ; L. J. Balfour,
Member ; Douglas Howard, Associate.

Professor Spencer, in the absence of the Hon. Librarian,
reported that since the last meeting, 92 volumes and

ProceediiKjii of the Roijal Society of Victoria. 2')9

periodicals had been received, and the Council had deter-
mined to proceed with the binding of the books belonging
to the Libraiy, and 53 volumes had been sent to the
binders for that purpose.

The Rev. A. Cresswell read a paper entitled " Notes
on the Lilydale Limestone," illustrating his remarks hy
specimens and blackboard drawings.

Mr. Grip'FITHS considered that the geologists of Victoria
were under a debt of obligation to the Rev. Mr. Cresswell,
for having -undertaken the description of this interesting
bed of limestone. So far as his recollection went, this was
the only bed of crystalline limestone found in Victoria in
the Silurian, eithei- upper or lower. The only other deposits
of crystalline limestone known to him were some beds in
Gippsland, in one of which Mr. Sweet had discovered some
very interesting fossil tish. It was to him a source of
wonder that the bed described by Mr. Cresswell, lying so
near Melbourne, had remained for so many years without
. any description that was accessible to the public. Mr.
Cresswell had been so successful as to obtain a large number
of interesting fossils, and no doubt his paper would stimulate
geologists generally to pay more attention to the bed of
limestone at Lilydale.

Mr. Dennant regretted very much he never had an
opportunity of visiting Lilydale, and was much gratified
to see that this matter had been taken up by Mr. Cresswell.
He was particularly glad that some palfeontological work
would embellish the pages of the "Transactions." He did
not know whether this bed was definitely known to extend
furtiier in the east, but he had heard it said by those who
knew the country, that there were outcrops of limestone
t)n the Upper Yarra, about fifteen miles to the north-west
of the Emerald Township and Gembrook, but he had never
had an opportunity of personal!}^ verifying the fact. It
would be interesting to know whether this was really an
extension of the limestone which outcropped at Lilydale.

Ml'. Sweet said he had visited the limestone beds at
Lilydale on several occasions, and had taken considerable
interest in tliern. He was therefore very pleased that
Mr. Cresswell had taken the matter up, and hoped he would
continue his labours until he had given them a complete
list of all he had found.

S -2

200 Proceedings of the Rotjal Society of Victoria.

Mr. Pritchard said there were some other specimens
which he had obtained on a recent visit, and which were
very interesting. The first was a coral which Mr. Cresswell
had mentioned, namely, Heliolites. A large quantity of
this material had been obtained on the last visit, and was
in a very perfect state of preservation, so that it would be
a good specimen for description. There was another fossil
which occurred there rather commonly, but which u\) to
the present had not received any mention at all, although
it had been discovered four ov five years ago. It was a
kind of operculum, which had been handed to Professor
McCoy, but had never been descr-ibed. It seemed to corres-
pond with the Gyclonema a/ustralis, and he thought it
would be well if something were done in connection with
the specimens he had mentioned. There were several other
specimens of the coral type, some of which were very
nteresting, and which he had not been able to identify at
all. He would be glad to hand them over to any Member
who would undertake a description of them.

Mr. Hall said that Mr. Pritchard had forgotten to
mention that one of the specimens of which he had spoken,
the operculum of some shell, had been discovered wedged
into the mouth of an Euomphalus. Whether it belonged to
the Euomphalus or not was a matter which would admit of
discussion. They were all obliged to Mr. Cresswell foi- his
interesting paper.

The President said that he had been in the vicinity of
the Upper Yarra a good many times, but did not remember
noticing any limestone. However, he had not been on a
geological ex])edition, and it was perfectly possible there was
plent}^ of limestone which he had not noticed.

Rev. Mr. Cresswell, in reply, .said that if any limestone
did exist on the Upper Yai'ra, it was just in position to be a
repetition by flexure of the limestone at Lil3^dale. It was a
mistake to suppose there were no other beds of Upper
Silurian limestone in Victoria. There were two very
extensive thick beds in Gippsland, one at Walhalla, near
Cooper's Creek, and another at Deep Creek, about seven oj-
ten miles from Walhalla. They were nearly parallel seams
of limestone, and might be a repetition by flexure. The
fossils Avere very similar in both. These beds had been
known for a considerable number of years, and were alluded
to in the Geological Survey Reports. In conclusion, he

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 2G1

expressed his indebtedness to Mr. Pritchard, who had lent
him the fossil which formed the chief matter he had spoken
about that evening, and recorded his thanks to Mr.
David Mitchell and his foreman, Mr. Fuller, for statistical
information.

A " Preliminary Note on the Glacial Deposits of Bacchus
Marsh," by Messrs. C. G. W. Officer and L. J. Balfour, was
read by Mr. Officer.

Mr. Dennant said that there were a number of questions
raised by the paper which he would like an opportunity of
speaking upon at considerable length, and as time would not
permit of a protracted discussion that evening, he moved
"That the discussion on the paper be postponed till the
next meeting."

Mr. Cres.SWELL seconded the motion for the reasons stated
l)y Mr. Dennant.

Tile motion was agreed to.

Report of the Ceemation Committee.*

The Report of the Cremation Committee was read by the
Hon. Secretary, Mr. RusDEN.

On the motion of Professor Spencer, seconded by Di-.
Brett, the Report was received.

The President said that a model had been procured
which would ilkistrate the working of the Gorini incinerator,
which was the process adopted at Milan, where ciemation
appeared to be practised to a very considerable extent, and
in a way not calculated to offend or disgust in any respect.
The Crematory and its surroundings were pleasant and
attractive. Milan was one of the largest and busiest cities
in the northern parts of Italy, and the Crematory was as
near to the centre of Milan as the present Melbourne
Cemetery was to the centre of Melbourne.

Mr. F. Chamberlain produced the model and explained
its construction.

Dr. Gresswell was heartily in accord with the strong-
recommendations of the Cremation Committee. He felt
that it was a reform that was bound to come, although
he was not ver}^ sanguine as to its coming quickly. How-
ever, he felt satisfied with the progress being made as

* VUU Stipri', p. 2'22.

202 Froceedinij^ of ike Royal ISociety of Victoria.

indicated in the Report, and hoped that the Report would
eiiconrfige those who were interested to make further etibrts.
With reference to the observations in the Report in regard
to Japan, it was an interesting fact tliat for a very long
time past. Cremation had been the rule in Japan, but upon
the introduction of European civilisation into Japan fifteen
or twenty years ago, it was thought right to follow the
European customs in the matter, and substitute burial tor
Cremation. They soon discovered their error, and reverted
to their former practice.

Dr. Brett moved, " That the Report be adopted by the
Society, and printed in its Proceedings." He took consider-
able interest in the subject of Cremation, and had seen' it
practised in nearly every country in the world.

Mr. G. A. Syme seconded the motion, which was carried
Unanimously.

Tlturciilai], AuytiM Mth.

The President (Professor Keknot) occupied the chair.

The minutes of the [)receding meeting were read by the
Secretary, and duly confirmed.

Dr. Barrett, Member, and Mr. Barnard, Associate, present
for the fii'st time, signed the Roll, and were introduced to the
meeting.

The President announced that the following gentlemen
had been nominated, and would be balloted for at the next
meeting : — W. H. Steele, M.A., Associate ; Frederick
Chamberlain, Member; Alfred Stillwell, Member; and
A. Purdy, M.A., Associate.

The following gentlemen were balloted for, and duly
elected : — The Rev. Walter Fielder, Associate ; Douglas
Howard, Esq., Associate ; and L. J. Balfour, Esq., Member.

The Librarian's Report stated that 69 publications liad
been received from various parts of the world, and -i-i bound
volumes from the binders.

Adjourned discussion on " Pj-eliminary Note on the
Glacial Deposits of Bacchus Marsh," by C. G. W. Officer,
B.Sc, and L. J. Balfour.

- Mr. Officer said that since the paper was read he had,
together with Mr. Balfour, traversed the whole of the

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 203

district covered by the paper, and he wished to make one or
two corrections. The first was with regard to the sections
described on the Myrniong Creek. It had been stated that
the ghicial deposit was overlaid by older basalt. This part
of the map was outside of that published by the Geological
Survey, and he would like to say that this basalt was
probably to be referred to the upper and newer basalt, and
not the older. In the not-e, it had also been stated that a
certain section was probably an example of contorted till.
On further examination, however, this had proved to be not
till, but what was called Mesozoic sandstone, and the apparent
contortions were due to concretionary action. Also at another
section where the glacial deposit was overlaid with sandstone,
it had been difficult to decide whether that sandstone was
simply associated with till, or belonged to the Mesozoic
sandstone in the surrounding district. They were now of
opinion that the overlying sandstone .was probably of
Mesozoic age. On the Korkuperrimul Creek the glacial till
was overlaid by basalt, which they thought was to be assigned
to the upper basalt. But the evidence on which the distinc-
tion between upper and lower basalt was often drawn,
seemed to be somewhat feeble.

The Rev. Mr. Cresswell said he had a few criticisms to
offer upon the paper which Mr. Officer had kindl}^ lent him,
and he would begin by recording his appreciation of the
value of the paper. It was a most interesting and complete
paper, although he was not able to agree with all the
conclusions arrived at by the authors. From the evi-
dence adduced by other observers, as for instance Mr.
Selwyn, Sir Richard Daintree, Dr. Lendenfeld, and Mr.
Dunn, there could be no doubt that in former ages
there had existed distinct glaciers in the Alpine districts
of Victoria and New South Wales, but it seemed to liini
to be very questionable whether those glaciers extended
any distance from those particular regions. He would
begin by making a general criticism upon the terms
used. He thought it somewhat misleading to appl}'- the
term "till" to two formations which, according to the
authors' showing, were so very widely separated in the
geological series — one being apparently a Pleistocene glacial
deposit of some kind, and the other being a glacial depo.sit
belonging to the Miocene age. He thought it far better to
keep the term "till" for well-known and acknowledged

264^ P roceed'mrjs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

de[)osit.s of glacial nature beloDging to the Pleistocene age.
To a]3ply the term to both formations tended to confusion.
He was one of those who believed that till was not a
Moraine jn-ofonde, but owed its origin to Moraine matter,
redistributed par-tly by aqueous action, and the boulders
contained in it were mostly the result of icebergs which had
broken away from glaciers and deposited the debris in the
clay. Still less was he inclined to believe that these
particular formations were instances of a ground Moraine,
and he doubted that they necessarily indicated that there
had l)een glaciers on the very spot where they had been
found. With regard to the , striated pebbles, no one
could have the smallest doubt as to their being striated,
and having been striated by glacial action. They were
evidently striated-glaciated pebbles. He very much
doubted, however, that they had been scratched by
any rocks where they were now found. So far as
his memory served him, the Upper Mesozoic sandstones
wei-e particularly soft, and incapable of scratching these
pebbles, and he therefore imagined that they must neces-
sarily have come from a very considerable distance —
probably from the Alpine regions of either New South
Wales or Victoria— and 5iot from the neighbourhood where
they v/ere now found. These remarks ap)plied to the
upper till, or, as he would call it, the upper glacial formation.
With i-egai-d to the lower glacial formation, he was not
very well acquainted with the nature of the Silurian rocks
in the neighbourhood, but unless they contained quartzites
very abundantly, he did not know of any rock likely to be
capable of imparting the stride to these pebbles in the
Silurian area. He believed that these pebbles, although no
doubt glaciated, had been brought- from a considerable
distance by alluvial and other action. As to the stride on
the Silurian rocks, he would be very sorrj^ indeed to insult
their friends' powers of observation, by implying that thej''
could possibly have made a mistake if the}' had had the
opportunity of observing them upon an extended scale ; but
considering that they liad not had such an opportunity, but
had only found the strise here and there in small patches, he
would venture to ask them whether the}' might not have
mistaken the unequal wearing of the edges of the rock.
He understood from the paper that these grooves were not
found in the Mesozoic sandstone, but only in connection
with the lower drift on the Silurian rocks, and he was

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 265

particularly struck by the remark made in the paper, that
these grooves invariably lan north and south, that was to
say, exacth' coincident with the strike of the strata, and
these Silurian strata were tilted up at an angle of 70 degrees.
He did not know the extent of the patches uncovered, but
considering that the observers were most anxious no doubt
to see what they saw, was it not possible that they might
have mistaken the unequal wearing of the edges of the
Silurian strata. He had frequently seen on the smooth
upturned edges of the Silurian strata appearances of very
deep grooves, owing to the unequal wearing. But even
supposing them to be veritable grooves, it was not beyond
the range of possibility that they might have been formed
by an iceberg charged with hard pebbles underneath
grounding in the neighbourhood on the spot. With re-
gard to the roche moulonnde, he laboured under the dis-
advantage of never having been on the particular spots
which had been mentioned, so that he was unable to
judge from his own observation whether they were really
instances of roche moutonnee. He would just conceive it
possible, therefore, that the hummocky appearance might
have been caused by diluvial action. For instance, at
Lilydale, there was an appearance of hummocky rock,
which was simply caused by the action of the waves
on the seashore. Messrs. Otficer and Balfour objected
to the idea of marine action having anything to do
with the phenomena they instanced, but he would
venture to point out that tliere was indisputable evi-
dence that the whole continent had been submerged
thousands of feet under the i^ea. He had seen gravel
on the top of Mount Useful covered with basalt, and
this was generally put down on the geological maps as
marine gravel. There was some doubt as to the age
of that particular gravel, but there could be no doubt as
to the age of the drifts at Gastlemaine and Bendigo, and
other places, which would represent a submergence of at
least 2000 feet. It was a very moot point as to whether
these drifts had been caused by y)luvial action, extending
over a considerable pluvial period ; but he believed, with
Selwyn and others, that they were caused b}^ marine action.
Although he had appeared to criticise the paper somewhat
advei-sely, he quite admitted it was a very debateable
question. Not being an extreme glacialist, he was, perhaps,
inclined to minimise the evidence adduced, but he could

20 G Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

quite conceive tliafc others who were extreme glacialists
would concede that the authors had fully proved tlieir
point.

Mr. Griffiths said that for purposes of discussion the
paper might be divided into two parts — the part which was
purely descriptive, and the part which offered explanations
of the appearances described. The latter part might be
divided into three principal propositions which were put
forward although not formally stated. The first was that
there were evidences locally of two glacial e})Ochs — one earl}^
in the Permian, the other early in the Tertiary. The
second was that the boulder clay of each of these was due
to land ice, and not to marine transport by icebergs. The
third was that the submergence of the continent sufficient
to ffoat an iceberg at Bacchus Marsh, would reduce the
land surface to such a small area that it would be too
limited in area to breed icebergs, and too warm to
accumulate ice on account of its insularity. With respect
to the descriptive part of the paper, he had found
many discrepancies between the descriptions given b}'
the authors of the paper and the statements made by the
officers of the Geological Survej^ The Government officers
had given a section showing a thick bed of what had since
been termed Trias.-ic conglomerate, which the authors of the
paper had attributed to a different period, but did not give
a tripartite division, which Messrs. Officer and Balfour
stated to exist in the section desciibed on the Werribee
River. The Government officers, who were men of ex-
perience, had failed to recognise any glaciated rocks in
this sect-ion, although they had stated that a glacial con-
glomerate existed in the distiict. Of course, it sometimes
happened that through want of sufficient data, errors had
crept into the Geological maps, and he simply pointed
this out as showing that it wa.s advisable to carefully
weigh the evidence adduced before accepting it. Although
the Government geologists had not seen their way to
describe the bottom member of this section as a glacial
deposit, they had pointed out that the Mesozoic sand-
stone was composed of two members, the upper being a
sandstone and the lower being a conglomerate, and stated
that this conglomerate was due to marine action. They
recognised a difference, but attributed it to a different
cause. With regard to the ffrst proposition, that there

Pr<H'eedii)(js of the Royal Society of Victoria. 267

was evidence of two glacial epochs, it certainly did
se<'in upon examination of the specimens and pho-
tographs as if there was evidence to show that the
bottom member ]iad had a o-lucial origin. There were
un<loubted grooves and stria?, and the Silurian rocks
were certainly marked as if a plane, with grooves, such
as a carpenter would use in his ornamental work, had
passed over them. Such was the appearance of rocks
which had undei'gone grinding by the passage over
them of a glacier. There was a good deal of weight
in Mr. Ciesswell's criticism with regard to the rocks
having a north and south direction so far as their strike
■was concerned, and the edges of the Silurian rock being
uptilted to a high angle, and varying degrees of hard-
ness and wearing unequally, and all this would have to
be taken into consideration before coming to a liual conclu-
sion ; but, nevertheless, looking at the photographs of the
portion of the rock that had been uncovered, it certainly
suggested a glacial origin for the I'ock to his mind. In the
second pla.ce, the boulders in the till were certainly to a
large extent striated, and as suggested, appeared to have
been de})Osited there by ice. There was also another feature
which was favourable to the proposition suggested by the
authors, namely, the great variety of rock which was found
in this clay bed. Such a heterogeneous collection of rocks
collected together in one place without any stratification
at all, and most of them more or less striated, was cer-
tainly to his mind suggestive of glacial action, and
pointed to a glacial origin for the deposit. Then again
the rocks were not only varied, but they did not
c;)rresj»ond with the rocks in the neighbourhood. If the
conglomerate was due to coastal action, it would agree with
the rocks found in the locality, but that fact, that this was
not the case, indicated that the boulders had been brought
some considerable distance ; ;ind it was well known that a
glacier does collect rocks in this manner, and that in a
coastal conglomerate no such heterogeneous collection of I'ocks
is found. 'J'his was another ]x>int in favour of the hypo-
thesis of the authors. It seemed to him that the specimens
and descriptions all favoured a glacial origin for this bed,
but whether one could go further and agree with the authors
of the paper, that the bed was of Permian age, was another
matter. In arriving at that conclusion, it was necessar}'' to
take a number of matters into consideration. In the first

'lUH Frvceedimjs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

place, tlie conglomerate was associated with a l)ed of rock
which was known to be of Mesozoic age. In the second
place, there were no Permian rocks described in Victoria, and
it was well known that there was a great break in the
sequence, the sandstor.es which were the Upper Devonian
rocks being the last rocks met with before reaching the
Mesozoic sandstones. There was no such break in the
neighbourhood of Sydney, where there was a complete
sequence from the Upper Devonian to the Oolite. On the
Sydney side the country was sinking and the deposits
accumulating, but in Victoria, the other end of the sea-saw,
the country' was elevated and erosion was going on. There-
fore, in Victoria, one did not look for Permian rocks, and if
this were a bed of Permian age, it was an interesting fact
which required more evidence than was at present avail-
able. Its association with the Mesozoic rocks had led
the Government geologists to associate it with the beds
above it with regai'd to age, and he did not see any
reason for disturbing that conclusion. With regard to
the upper glacial deposit, the deposit on top of the
Mesozoic sandstone, the rocks in the clay were of the
same lieterogeneous character, and included granites and
porphyries which were stiiated, and had all the general
characteristics of a glacial deposit ; but there was one very
great ditterence between the tvfo beds, as had been pointed
(jut by Mr. Cresswell. The lower bed lay upon a surface
that had liecn smoothed and planed apparently by the
action of ice, but the uppe}' bed lay upon a sandstone surface
as rugged and rough as a mountain peak; and in the
fractu]-es wliich were found in this rugged suriace hard clay,
very much like a boulder bed, and rocks, including granites,
had been jammed down hard, and presented a very different
appearau'ce indeed to the bed which lay below it upon the
Silurian. If the upper bed were due to glacial origiu,
certainly the circumstances were very different to those of
the lower bed. No heavy mass of ice had ever passed over
this till, because if it had, it would have planed all the soft
sandstone as smooth as the Silurian had been planed below
it. Therefore, if it were due to glacial action, the till and
rocks must have been deposited where they were now found
by the thin edge of the glacier, an edge which had no
weight, but which at the same time was sufficieutl}' strong
to cai-ry a burden of rocks and tip then; out Iaterall3^ This
was a possible explanation. It might also have been caused

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 209

by a veiy small glacier indeed from some steep mountain
close by, removed by erosion, the glacier itself" having no
v/oight or body, but able to bring down stones and tilt
them out. This was a very strong point of difference
between the two beds of so-called glacial till. Then,
with regard to the age as.signed to the upper body as
being Miocene, tie failed to see that there was any evi-
dence at present that would enable them to assign such an
early age to the bed. Messrs. Officer and Balfour stated
that it was overlaid by a Miocene lava, but he understood
them now to retract that statement, and to sa}' they believed
that the lava was the recent lava which was found all about
the little cavities. Miocene lava was found there, but the
Government geologists had not rej)resented it as overlying
the Mesozoic sandstones, but stated that it was intrusive
and pushed its way through. They represented it as pro-
jecting from below, and the Mesozoic sandstone lying upon
it. The later lava was distributed all over the country,
and lay sometimes on the Silurian, and sometimes on the
Mesozoic sandstones, and sometimes upon the conglomerates,
which had been described by the authors. Therefore, there
was no evidence that he could see, which would justify
these gentlemen in attributing to this upper boulder clay
the age which they had given to it. Their second pro-
position was to the effect that the boulders of both
these epochs were due to land ice and not to icebergs.
With regard to that, the giooves and strite of the Silurian
ran from north to south. As Mr. Cresswell had pointed
out, that might be produced by the character of the rock
itself ; but if there were grooves and strise there, they
were just as one would expect to find them, because the
highland there was always found to the north of this point,
and ice travelling from the mountain cap must ha\*e taken a
n(jrth and south dii-ection. Had these marks been produced
by the grounding of icebergs, one would expect to find some-
thing quite different. Icebergs would travel first of all upon
the general trend of the coast, which was from west to east.
They would travel with the currents of those seas, and as
the prevailing winds in this locality were from west to east,
so the currents were from west to east, and one would
expect to find the icebergs travelling with the currents and
with the winds and along the coast line, all three of which
ran from west to east. Therefore, if they produced any
strife at all, theSe stria? would run from west to east. But

270 P rucecdiiKjti of Ihe lioi/ai Soclely of Yiclorhi.

it was known that icebergs when they grounded did not
produce strict, in fact could not do so. When an iceberg
grounded it swung round on its heel, and if it produced an_y
marks at all on the rock, in the first place it bruised the
rocks, and in the second ]:)hice the rocks which had been
embodied in the iceberg and touched the rocky bottom
in the bed of the sea, produced marks wliich were arcs of
circles. Icebergs never made straight lines. Then there
was another line of argument, which to his mind entirely
disposed of the iceberg theory. The Mesozoic sandstone
was essentially of fresh or brackish water formation.
The only fossils found in the Mesozoic, were two fresh
water mollusca and the vegetable remains of ferns. A])art
from this, the form.ation liad all the characteristics of sedi-
mentary beds which had been formed in a lake. It was
known to most geologists, that the Mesozoic sandstone was a
fresh water lake deposit. Our mountains at the time it was
formed were very much higher than they are now, and a
series of lakes were formed between their shelving sides, and
as the lakes got tilled up with the sand which now formed the
Mesozoic sandstone, the water rose higher.' There was very
little doubt that it was never anything else than a shallow
fresh water lake, perhaps of considerable dimensions. He
would like to knovv how icebergs were going to float in fresh
shallow water. An icebeig had one part above water and
eight parts below. How were icebergs to float ? This was
not a marine deposit, and although 2500 feet in thickness,
we might depend upon it this Mesozoic sandstone had
accumulated gradually, and as it accumulated at the bottom
of the lake, the water had risen. No iceberg ever could
have floated in these waters, and therefore, in his opinion,
no icebergs could ever have caused these marks. There
was also another important piece of evidence that should
not be disregarded. Around all the remains of all these
ancient lakes in Victoria, below the sandstone bed was
found a bed of conglomerate. This was apparently the
case at Bacchus Marsh, with regard to the conglomerate
under discussion. The officers of the Government Geological
Survey attributed the bottom member to the action of
the water on the coast. Wherever the margin of this
sandstone was found, the conglomerate was found under
it. On the whole, the evidence was rather favourable
to a glacial origin for the bottom deposits at Bacchus
Marsh, and he attributed them to land ice,* not to icebergs.

Proceedings of flie Royal Society of Vicfoiid. 271

With regard to the third proposition, that the immersion
of the Continent sufficient to tioat icebergs would reduce the
land sui'tkce to such a small area that it would iuive a mild
insular climate. If tliese beds were due to a deposit in the
lakes, they were not due to immersion in the ocean, and the
argument of the authors fell through, because the^v assumed
that the high-water level was the high-water level of the
ocean, whereas it appeared to him to be th(- high-water
level of various fresh-water lakes.

Mr. Dexis'ANT said he would allude princi[)ail3' to the
claim made by these gentlemen for a post-Miocene glacial
epoch, or at any rate, even if not j)ost-Miocene, some portion
of the Tei"tinrv time, which would include the Eocene,
Miocene, and Pliocene. Consequently, if there were glaciers
in Victoria at that time, the climate must have been a cold
one, for it would be impossible to have a glacier with the
temperature the same as at present. If we started with
the Eocene, it was well known that there was a very rich
fauna in the Eocene, perhaps the richest of any found in
any part of tlie world, but it was essentially a tropical
fauna, and no one who had examined the launa of the
Eocene period would doubt ibr a moment but that he was
in the same latitudes as the West Indies and the Tropics
generally. Passing from the Eocene to the Miocene, the
climate was certainly getting cooler, but was still very
much warmer even than our present climate. The shells
indicated a climate becoming more and more like the
present, but ver}' far indeed from being a glacial one.
Passing to the Pliocene, during the last twelve years, two
very rich marine deposits had been found in the Pliocene,
one in the older Plioceiie near Adelaide, and another in the
west of our own Colony, at Limestone Creek ; in each of
these there was a rich fauna. The climate indicated was
slightly colder than that of the Miocene, and in both
deposits was found a large number of living shells. In the
late Pliocene or almost Pleistocene of Victoria, the living
shells amounted to 81 per cent., but they were not those
generally found on the present shores of Victoria, or of
Southern Australia, but those more frequently found living
in the northern pai'ts of the Continent. Consequently, at
the time they were deposited the climate was warmer than
now, and approximated to the climate of the northern parts
of the Continent. It might be concluded that in the older

272 Froceedin'js of fl/c Ihiijal Sociefy of Victoria.

Tertiary ])erio<l, there must liave been, on the wl)(jle, a
warm climate, and during that })eriod it would be impossible
to expect that any glacial phenomena could have been
produced. Besides this, no shells had been found that
would indicate Arctic conditions. It was well known that
in the glacial till of Europe, Arctic shells were frequently
found, and it was possible to trace these deposits by the shells.
Where then could the Tertiary glacial epoch of Victoria
be placed ? PalfPontolog•icali3^ there was no room for it. It
might perhajjs be mentioned that the sea was certainly close
to Bacchus Marsh during Tertiary times. Undoubted
evidence of this had been given by Mr. Reginald Murray in
one of his reports. A statement had also been made that
the pebbles, &c., which had been found, were not known to
exist in Victoria. He would like to know what these were,
for no list of rocks was given as those not found in any
other part of the colony. Then again, amongst these rocks,
granite, schist, felspar and sandstone were mentioned, but no
mention was made of the Tertiary limestone oi' any rock of
undoubted Tertiary age. If this were a post-Miocene or late
Tertiary deposit, he thought we should have some of these
rocks amongst those which had been transported.

Mr. James Dunn said that the conglomerate w*ljich he
regarded as of glacial origin lay at the base of the coal measures.
If the conglomerates that he described were the same as
those described by the authors of the paper, it was out of the
question to speak of roches moutonnees. In fact those who
had passed through Bacchus Marsh would have observed the
rounded appearance of the liiils. This was characteristic tf
the Mesozoic deposits of every part of the colon}- , and was
certainly due to diluvial action, and he did not think any
weight could be laid upon that chaiucteristic feature of the
landscape as indicating any glacial action whatever. He
was glad the matter had been brought forward, and the
authors of the paper had done veiy good service in making-
such earful observations, which would enable those who
wished to do so to examine the spots referi'ed to for
themselves.

Professor Spencer said that, twelve days since, he had
gone with Mr. Dunn to the de))osit he had described, for tlie
purpose of being shown what were undoubtedly roches
moutonnees. There could not be the slightest doubt about
the presence of these at Derinal.

Froeeedinijs of the Roijal iSoc'iefij of Vlcturla. 273

Mr. Pritchard said he would like to make a few remarks
on the diversity of opinion as to the age of these beds. Tlie
Bacchus Marsh beds had been originally set down as Tiiassic,
and the coal measures in Newcastle and in the neighbour-
hood of Sj'dtiey were originally set down as belonging to the
Mesozoic period, so that originally the Bacchus Marsh sand-
stones had been placed on a lower level than the Newcastle
coal series. xVt the present time, the Newcastle coal series
were known to belong to the carboniferous age, and the oidy
fossil remains which had been hitherto found in the Bacchus
Marsh sanstones were three species of the genus Gangamoj)-
teris. The genus itself had been found in the coal measures of
New South Wales, in connection with Glossopteris and othei-
geneiu, which were now looked upon as Mesozoic, and which
had always, up to the present time, l)een looked upon as
characteristically Mesozoic, but having been found together
with characteristic Pakieozoic plants and marine fossils, they
were looked upon now as an extension of the range of the
genus Glossopteri.s. This would seem to point to the
conclusion that the Bacchus Mar.sh sandstones might belong
to the carboniferous age. Some authorities looked upon the
Bacchus Marsh sandstone as belonging to the cai'boniferous
period.

Mr. Dennaxt said he only referred to the roches mouton-
nees in connection with the claim made for Tei'tiary age. He
understood that Mr. James Dunn placed his deposit in the
cai'boniferous era, and evidently I'eferrecl to a diftei'ent epoch
to that which these gentlemen referred to when they spoke
of a post-Miocene glacial epoch. If the fauna did not
indicate necessarily the climate, at all events any glacial
epoch that might have occurred during Tertiary times nuist
have been of a veiy spasmodic nature.

Mr. Cresswell asked whether the proposition that the
upper glacial bed was a post-Miocene deposit had not been
withch-awn.

Mr. Officer said that in the paper it had been stated
that this bed probably belonged to the Tertiary, but they
had not attempted to assign it to any particular era in
Tertiary times. In fact they had expressh^ stated that they
were unable to find out its relation to the Miocene beds.

Mr. Dexxant said, that being the case, most of his
remarks need not have been made, for he was only claiming

274- Proceediv(js of the Royal Socie/ij of Victoria.

that tliere was no evidence of a Tertiary glacial epoch in
Victoria in that neighbourhood.

Dr. Dendy said there seemed to he one as])ect ot" the
question that had not been touched upon, viz., its bearing
v)n the latest glacial theory in Europe and America. lie
believed, according to this theory, the glacial epoch was
attributed to astronomical causes, and it was a remarkable
fact tliat according to this theory, if they had had a glacial
epoch in the northern hemisphere, it followed as a natural
consequence that there must have been one in the southern
heniisj)here alternating with it. The European geologists,
according to this theory, had confidently predicted that we
should find in Australia evidences of a Tertiary glacial
epocli. Therefore, he trhouglit it probable that the glacial
evidences discovered by Messrs. Balfour and Officer might
be Tertiaiy. With regard to the question of climate in
connection with the fauna, tlie ftict that trojiical fauna was
found in some of these Miocene rocks was rather a strong
proof in favour of the glacial theoij^ because it had been
shown that in the glacial epoch in the northern hemisphere
there had been a series of unusually warm periods altern-
ating with a series of unusually cold ones. We should
therefore expect to find fauna of tropical character in
connection with any glacial epoch which might have
iiappened heie.

Mr. Officer, in reply, said that with regard to the term
" Till," he thought it a very good term indeed to api)ly to
any deposit which could be shown to be moraine profonde.
As to Mr. Cresswell's contention that till was not ground
moraine, but was due to water action, the boulders having
been transported by icebergs, that was a theory which
would not bear inspection. As to the roches moutonndes,
gentlemen did not seem to be quite satisfied as to the genuine-
ness of tlie article. He had seen many examples of roches
moutonne'es, but he had seen very few better specimens than
those he had described. With regard to the age which they
had assigned the lower deposit, they had stated in the paper
that it was .simply a matter of probability. Their remarks
had been based on the fact that in Europe and South
Africa, the glacial conglomerates were of Permian age.
Mr. Griffiths had stated that in New South Wales there
was no break from the Devonian period to the Mesozoic.
Professor David had stated that at the close of lower

Froceedlmj'i <>f the Roijal Society of Victoria. 275

(Carboniferous times there was a distinct break in tlie flora,
and at the close of Perrao-carboniferous times there was also
a distinct break in the flora. He was inclined to agree with
Mr. Pritchard with regard to the Mesozoic sandstones. They
had been assigned to Mesozoic age, simply on the evidence
(if tin-ee species of Gangamopteris. Seeing that these occurred
associated with Glossopteris in Permo-carboniferous beds in
New South Wales, and, as it had been stated by Professor
David that Gangamopteris was a more primitive form than
Glossopteris, it would almost seem as if these beds were of
an earlier age than Mesozoic. Mr. Griffiths had also said
he did not think that an}^ ice ever passed over the till at
the quarry where the Iractui-e in the sandstone occurred.
On liis last visit to the same quarry, he had found a similar
fracture filled with till-bearing striated stones at a much
higher level, and about half-a-mile further up the creek
there was a great thickness of this till, exposed at a height
between sixty or seventy feet. If that had been accumulated
under a glacier, the glacier which could have accumulated it
must have extended much further down the valley, and it
was probable it did over-ride these stones. The sandstone
rock was very soft, and woukl not show strise. It had been
subjected to much denudation. The rocks also dipped at a
considerable angle up to 35 degrees, and a glacier coming
down the v.Jley of soft sandstone would be i-ather likely to
fracture them and give them a rugged appearance. On the
whole, he did not think anything had been said which
would lead them to suppose these deposits were due to
anything else than glacier ice.

Mr. Steele read a paper on "The Conductivity of Cop])er
Sulphate Solutions."

The President said that as it was now past ten o'clock,
the other papers would be held over till the next meeting.

Thur-sdai/, Septntiher Sth.

The President (Professor Kehnot) in the chair.

The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed.

Mr. Hogg signed the Roll Book and was introduced to
the members.

276 Pi-oceedingn of tlie lioijal Socleti/ of Victoria.

Mr. Fi-edrick Cliamljerlain and Mi-. Alfred Stilhvell were
elected Members, and Mr. A. Purdie, M.A., and Mr. W. H.
Steele, M.A., Associates.

The PiiKSlDENT welcomed to the meeting Proi'essoi'
Haswell, of the University of Sydney, and President of tlip
Linnasan Society of New South Wales.

The Librarian's re|)ort showed that 1)8 new volumes had
been added to the Library.

Dr. Barrett read a papei- on "Snake-bite."

In reply to Mr. Ellery, Dr. Barrett paid that snake-bite
was usually not a dangerous affection in Victoria. The
natural remedy for a severe bite was the expulsion of the
poison by downward bandaging. He thought a great deal
was to be said in favour of strychnine.

Mr. Elleuy instanced two cases of recovery from snake-
bite, but in one case the man was subject to epilepsy ever
afterwards. In the other case, injections of ammonia had
the effect of causing a cure.

In reply to a question by Dr. Brett, as to the length of
time taken in the absorption of the poison, Dr. Barrett
said it was impossible to state how long it would take for
the poison to take effect if it were injected into the
sub-cutaneous tissue. If the poison were shot into the
vein, no bandaging would save the patient.

Mr. Hogg considered that ammonia and strychnine were
not antidotes, strictly speaking, but merely had the effect
of making a patient recover from a comatose state.

Mr. Fenton said that in Victoria in ten years there were
thirty-eight deaths from snake-bite, but a great many of
those were insignificant bites. Not more than about six of
those cases were over twenty years of age. The I'emainder
were all young children. In India there were 22,000 deaths
from snake-bite, and that would give about ninety ])er mean
of population.

Dr. Jamieson said that no statistics wei'e kept of the
number of cases of snake-bite. His impression was, that
real cases of snake-bite were nmch less irequent than the
supposed cases, and the symptoms usually presented by
those su])j)osed to liax'e been bitten were not due to snak(^-

I'roceediiuis of the Royal Socieiy of Victoria. Til

l)ite at all. The stiyelniine treatment for real snake-bite was
not at all irrational. The poison could not be extracted
once it was absorbed, but the patient could be kept alive by
stimulants — alcohol, ammonia, or strychnine. The last was
a rational remedy if cautiousN^ used, and if the patient could
lie kept alive for a sufficient length of time the poison would
be thrown off b}^ the kidneys, or might be rendered inert by
the action of the liver. The injection of permanganate of
))Otash was to his mind an irrational mode of treatment. It
interfered with the circulation, and it could only act on
the poison by meeting it on the spot were it existed and
destroying it in a chemical way, as any similai- substance
would" be destroyed in the test tube. It was, therefore,
haphazardous ti-eatment, as it was uncertain if the
permanganate would meet the poison. The time occupied
in injecting the ]»ermanganate might be utilised to better
advaiitage by excision of the bitten part, or by suction or
pressure.

Mr. Lucas was of opinion that the best thing to do was
to keep the [tatient alive, if i)ossible, by sCimulants, until
the ])roteid was ox\'dised.

Professor Haswkll agreed with Dr. Barrett as to the
i'allacy of statistics on this subject. He was of opinion that
the only light on the matter was to be obtained by means
of experiments on animals carefully conducted, with very
careful and accurate weighing and measuring of the poison
and the antidotes, and the effects of both. He was glad
to announce that there was a prospect of some results being
oVitained from experiments of this nature. Dr. Martin,
Demonstrator (jf Physiology at tlie Sydney University,
was engaged in researches as to the etfects of the poison of
the Australian snakes.

Mr. Frost had some experience in estimating the time
occui)ied by the poison in circulating through the system.
He had caused a tiger snake to bite a rat, and the rat
was dead in a minute and a half. It was probable that
the poison was injected into the vein. The tiger snake
))ossessed fully three times more poison than any other
snake. He had seen a tiger snake emit poison at the third
successive bite which would be sufficient to kill a small
animal. It was difficult in experiments with small animals
to estimate the amount of strychnine necessary to kill

278 Proceedhi(/s of the Roycd Societij of Victoria.

the animal. After injecting sti-ychnine into a rat, the rat
recovered from snake-bite, hut afterwards it died from the
effects of the strychnine.

Dr. Barrett said that in the Medical Journal for 187(5
would be found a collection of replies to a circular issued by
Dr. McCrae to medical men. He got a return of 253 cases
of .snake-bite, and 10 per cent, had died without any
treatment. It was interesting to note that Australian
snakes ejected only a small quantity of poison, while the
Indian snake ejected a very large quantit}^ It was a
question whether the doses were in proportion to the size
of the animals met with by the snakes. In India of course
the animals would be much larger than those met with
in Australia. He agreed with the opinion expressed by
Piofessor Hasweli, that careful experimenting in the labora-
tory is the only means of settling the question as to the size
of the doses.

Professor Spencer read some notes on "The Structure of
the Poison Fang in certain Australian Snakes."

Professor Haswell said that he had an opportunity of
inspecting Professor Spencer's sections, and there could be
no doubt that they proved his deductions.

A paper b}^ Mr. A. J. Campbell, F.L.S., on "Three Rare
Species of Eggs," was then taken as read.

Dr. Dendy read a paper on a " Synopsis of the Australian
Calcarea Heterocoela, with a pi-opused Classification of the
Group and Descriptions of some New Genera and Species."

An exhibition of specimens followed, and the meeting
terminated.

Thursdaij, October VMh.

Mr. White (Vice-President) m the Chair.

The minutes of the last meeting were read and confirmed.

Dr. Dendy read the Librarian's Report, which showed
that 110 new publications had been added to the Library.

A paper by Mr. T. S. Hall, M.A., on " Two New Tertiary
Stylasterids," was read by Mr. Pritchard.

Mr. Pritchard considered that the paper was very
interesting, on account of its being the first description of

Proceedliu/s of the Roijal Socletu of Victoria. 27i)

Stj-lasterids from Australian Tertiaries. Since looking over
Mr. Hall's paper, he had found numerous Stylasterids in his
own collection.

Dr. Dendy read notes on " The Method of Reproduction
of Geonemertes australiensis."

Mr. E. F. J. Love, M.A., exhibited and exjilained Professor
Rowlands' Photogra})hs of the Solar Spectrum.

Thursday, Novemher \Oth.

The President (Professor Kernot) in the Chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and
coniirmed.

Professor A. Liversidge, F.R.S., was elected an Honor;uy
Member.

Mr. Steele signed the book, and was introduced to the
Members ; Mr. Isaac Tip])ing, C.E., was nominated as an
Associate.

The following Members, composing the Antarctic Com-
mittee, were re-elected : — The President, and Messi's. Ellery,
Rusden, and Griffiths.

The following Members, composing the Port Phillip
Biological Committee, were re elected : — Professor Spencer,
Dr. Dendy, Rev. A. W. Cresswell, and Messrs. Bale, Lucas,
McGiilivray, and Bracebridge Wilson.

The Members composing the House Committee, with Mr.
Blackett as Convener, were re-elected.

Mr. Love presented and read the Report of the Gravity
Survey Committee.* The President and Professors Lyle
and Masson, and Messrs. Elleiy, White, and Love, were
re-elected as Members of Conmiittee.

The Preside^it explained that the apparatus which had
been used by the Committee, and which was set uj) in the
Observator}', was in perfect order and fit for use.

Mr. W. H. Steele, M.A., read a paper on " Physical
Constants of Tliallium."

Mr. Love said the paper was a valuable contribution to
electrical science. It liad bi'ought out an important point,

* ]'ide Supra, p. 218.

'280 Proceeding.s of the Royal Society of Victoria.

iiaineh', that silver wire as now ()l)tained is very mucli
more pure, and altogether very much better than what was
supposed to be pure silver twenty -five years ago. The
metal J\latheson worked with iu making the experiments
for the British Association, was supposed to he the purest
that could be got, and up to the present that had never
been dis|)uted, l>ut after Mr. Steele's work there need be no
hesitation in asserting that silver Aviro had been produced
in this Colony of a, considerably higher degree of purity
than what was supposed to be chemically {)ure some years
ago.

Profi-snr Masson desired to know what steps Mr. >Steele
took tii ascertain the degree of purity of his Thallium. He
also wished to know how far Mr. Steele's coefficient of specific
resistance agreed with Mathesoii's determiii;Uiou of some
yeai's ago.

Ml-. Steele said he was not then in a |:)osition to reply
to the ([uestioti relating to the degree of purity of his
Thallium. As to the conductivity- of Thallium, the
'•Dictionary of Uhenustry" referred to it, hut the results
were not given with absolute certainty. According to the
fig-nves he had ([Uoted in his pai)er, the conductivity of
Thalliuui is slightly better than lead, but a great deal worse
than tin.

Mr. Bl.yckett considered that the lead used by Mr.
Steele, being ordinary commercial lead, would have gi\-en
better results if it had been purified by re-crystallisation.

Mr. Steele said that the purity of the lead made no
difference. He merely measured the specih'c resistance of
lead, and he might have used an alh\y.

The PiiESiDENT said that the elasticity of the Constants
was of interest.

'vlr. Steele believed that the jjarticular specimen of
Thallnmi he had used, was imported into the Colony for
the pur[)i).se of having its elasticity tested, and that had
been ilone l>y Mr. William Sutherhuid, prioi' to his use of
the s{K:'ciu;cn.

A paper (~»n "'flu; Lichenology of Victoria. Part I," by
the Rev. F. R. M. Wilson, was presented by Mr. \V. H.
Arclier. F. L.S., and taken as read.

Proceedliujs of thr lii>i/nl ^Societij of Vicforia.

•281

ill-. D. McAlpink road notos i)re[)are(I by biuiself and
Mr. P. W. Farmer, M.B., Ch. B., "On a Poisonous Species
(if Honieria found at Pascoe Vale, causing the death of
<'attle and otlier animals feedinti,' ujiou it."

Mr. Blackett, ill lej)!}' to the President, explained that
Mr. Wilkinson, with his assistance, had been making an
iiivestigati()n of the plant, and lie was contident that there
was no trace of alkaloid in it. They did not liope to
isolate any particular poison from the plant. The corrosion
of the mucous membrane of the cow's stomach, wdiich was
rt'ferred to in the paper, ought, if it existed, to be detected
from the extract. He di'ank a s[)Oonful of the extract,
but it did not produce any after effect, alth(»ugh he found
it disagreeable and nauseous

Air. McAlpine said that the symptoms couhl be better
explainetl when the chemical analysis was completed, and
a second paper would be presented when that was done.
Altiiough two extracts had lieen experimented on with
negative results, yet there was the fact that the rabbits
had died. The corrosion of the stomachs of the animals
that had eaten the [jlant was a surprising thing, and he
hoped that chemical anal3^sis would throw light on the
symptoms recorded in the notes.

Mr. White asked if the plants were more dangerous at
certain seasons than at others.

Mr. McAlpine said that in West Australia, at certain
^'asons, it was known not to cause death. Cows seemed to
I void the plant.

Mr. White said that might prove that the flowers and
not the leaves were poisonous.

Mr. McAlpine thought that the bulbous part contained
the Doison.

Thitrsdaij, Becember blh.
The Pi'esident (Professor Keiixot) occupied the chair.

The minutes of the ])receding meeting were read and
■ontirmeil.

Mr. Isaac 'J'lpping was ballotted for as a Member, and
Icclar.'d duly elected.

282 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Rev. F. R. M. Wilson and Mr. P. W. Fanner were nomin-
ated as Members.

The President said that Mr. Lucas, who had been well
known to those present for many years past as a member ot
the Society, and a writer of valuable papers, and also as a
Member of the Council, was about to leave the Colony,
having accepted the headmastership of the xs'ewingtou
College in Sydney. He thought that ever}' member would
agree with him when he said they were veiy sorry indeed
to lose Ml-. Lucas. He trusted that his removal to Sydney
would be a step in the direction of prosperity and emolument,
and in the name of the Society he wished Mr. Lucas every
happiness, prosperity, and success in the new sjjhere which
he was about to fill. He did not know whether he would
continue his connection with this Society, or whether his
contributions would fall into the hands of the Ro3'al Society
of New South Wales. He might, perhaps, be ])ermitted to
express a liope that he would not be in a ver}' great hurry
to abandon the Royal Society of Victoria for that of the
sister Colony.

Mr. Lucas said, I thank you very much, Mr. President
and Gentlemen, for the very kind way in which you have
taken leave of me. I have not the remotest intention ot
severing ni}' connection with this Society. I should be very
sorry indeed to lose touch with the many friends and fellow
workers, the advantage of whose society I have enjoyed
during the last ten years. I have every confidence in the
future of this Society, and no one will watch its progi-ess
and success with more interest and pleasure than myself

Dr. Dendy, the Hon. Librarian, reported that 77 publica-
tions hail been received since the last meeting. The
liberality of the Council had enabled them to send !)o
complete volumes to the binder.

Professor Spencer said that, according to the rules of the
Society, the Officers, and some of the Members of the
Council i-etired, but were eligible for re-election. He miglit
say it was no use nominating Mr. Sutherland to the position
of Secretary for the following year, as he was about to leave
the Colony for an extended visit to Europe, and would not be
able to serve the Society for the next three years. So far
as he (Professor Spencei') was concerned, he did not want to
sever his connection with the Council, if he could help it.

FroeeediiKjs of the Roj/al Soc/eti/ of Victor ia. 2So

He woiiIJ be at the fii'st meeting next year, but not at any
of the subsequent ones. He thought it miglit, perhaps, be
lett with the Council to appoint someone to do his work
while he was away.

The President thought it would be wise to fall in with
Professor Spencer's request. If the Society gave him leave
of absence to visit Europe, he would still remain Secretary
to the Society, and as the Society's Secretary might be able
to represent the Society to the Societies of Europe and
America, and thus do useful work.

Dr. Barrett said the Medical Society had a custom of
empowering all distinguished members visiting Europe to
represent the Society at all scientific gatherings. A written
document to that effect was given, and was veiy often found
iiseful in travelling. He tliought it the very least this
Society could do.

Mr. Hogg moved, "That Professor Spsncer be granted
leave of absence to visit Europe and America, and that he
be empowered by a suitable letter to represent this Society
at the meetings of other Societies and scientific bodies."

Dr. Barrett seconded the motion, which was carried.

Mr. White .said it often happened that, by the 1st Mai'ch,
scarcely one nomination had been received, and to save the
Council from the invidious position of always nominating
themselves, he would suggest that some gentleman present,
who was not a Member of tlie Council, would move that the
old Officers and retiring Members of Council, should be
re-elected as far as possible. This would not prevent other
nominations, if any, being received before the 1st March.

Mr. Lucas nominated all the i-etiring Members of Council
who were eligible for re-election.

Mr. F. A. Campbell seconded the nomination.
Professor SPE^X'ER nominated Mr. Hogg as a Member of
the Council.

Dr. Dekdy seconded the nomination.

Mr. White nominated Mr. F. A. Campbell as a Member
of the Council.

Mr. Griffiths seconded the nomination,

Mr. Griffiths said it had been suggested to him that it
would be only a giaceful act on the part of tlie Society to

2N I ProceeJii)>js of the R(>>fal Uncldy of Victoria.

ackiiowk-dge tlie services oi Mr. Sutberland as Secretary,
and he begoed to move, " 'J^hat we ]jlace upon the minutes
the Society's appreciation of the services of Mr. Sutherland,
and regret that lie is about to leave us for some time."

Mr. RusDKN seconded the motion, which was carried.

A pa[>er entitled "Some Fallacious Observations on
Sneezing'' was read by Dr. J. W. Bauiiett.

The PhksI!)i:.\t said that having done a good deal of
sneezing himself during the past fortnight, since the grass
had become dry and the smell of hay had been about, his
im|)ression was tliat a large portion if not the v/hole of the
blast (-fair came through the mouth.

Dr. JamikS()N said that like most people he had been led by
his reading to think that sneezing wasapurjiosive act, carried
out with a view to expelling some foreign body from the nose.
Since talking to Dr. Barrett about it, however, he had made
liUservations for himself, and had conie to the conclusion
that, as a matter of fact, in the act of sneezing the air was
exploded thr<mgh the mouth. Still, he would not like to
say it vvas always so, as a little observation amongst children.
led one to lieiieve that a good blast'of air nmst sometimes
])ass throiii'li the nose, because it was not uncommon to
observe a;i ejection of mucus following too soon after to be
the result of exudation in consequence of the act. However,
he agreed veiy fully with what Dr. Barrett had said. The
explanation usually given in l)ooks rested on the a.ssuni[)tion
that such striking phenomena could not be without purpose,
and as coughing had such a clear purpose, it was easy
and natural foi- people to think that .sneezing had a similar
purpose. Still, Dr. Barrett seemed to be pushing the
matter to the other extreme when he said that, as a matter
of fact, the upper part of the nasal passages was actually
closed off, with the deliberate intention of preventing air
going through the nose in sneezing. It was very true that
many reflexes had a definite object in view. Winking
protected the eye ; the pupil contracted so as to guard
the back of the eye from the sudden entrance of strong
light ; but certainly moj-e striking phenomena than even
coughing or sneezing did occur which were en.tirely purpose-
less, oi ill some cases worse than ])urposeless. In one's
praeti:-e-, one soMKjtimes came across the ca;-e of a child
\rhicli ha<i sustained a severe burn on the skin, and some

Pi'oceedinfjs of lite Rof/al Socletf/ of Victoria. 285

time afterwards it mioht happen that the child was seized
with violent general > convulsions. The child's violent
struofglings, and the comatose condition which followed, ha<l
no effect in healing the burn or allaying the irritation. We
were not, therefore, of necessity to suppose that any violent
manifestation, such as sneezing, served a good purpose.
The irritation of the nose which usually preceded sneezing
w«s very regularly accompanied with watering of the eyes,
so that the flow of the water from the eyes would largely
contribute to the washing out process. The question was
one of considerable interest, and it was very striking to iind
that nearly all the best authorities on physiology seemed, as
lie really believed after thinking the matter over, to bo
manifestly wrorg in the interpretation the}' put upon it.

Mr. Hogg said that several instances occurred to him
which seemed to show that a blast came through the nose
in tlie act of sneezing. If one irritated the nose with snuff,
immediately one sneezed a portion of the snuff' was blown
on the handkerchief, and it was very obvious that the snuff
had come down the nasal passages. It could hardly be
supposed that it had been washed down, it certainly seemed
to have been blown down by a blast of air. If one were so
unfortunate as to sneeze when in the act of drinking, the
liquid would be forced down the nasal passage, which
seemed to indicate that there was some blast of air down
the nose. Whether it was entirely through the nose, or
entirely through the throat, was another question. Different
]jeo])le sneezed in different waj's, and the noise produced
was different. A friend of his in sneezing made a noise
exactly like others did in coughing ; it was a noise not
coming from the mouth or nose, but from the pharynx, as in
coughing. Of course the question could be set at rest
by experimenting, but it seemed to him that there must
unquestionably be a blast down the nostrils.

Dr. Dkxdy said he was very susceptible to hay fever, as it
was called, but he thought it was a great mistake to call it
hay fever. When he lived in London, if he emerged from
the underground I'ailway, the sudden strong light an<l
the dust would cause him to sneeze violently. The smell of
grass would bring it on, and so would the dust of Melbourne,
and it was always accompanied with violent watering of the
eyes and running of the nose. He was inclined to agree
with Dr. Barrett.

•28G Proceed in < I )< of the Royal Socief// of Victorio.

Mr. RUSDEN said lie was often troubled with ])ersisterit
Hiieezing. Usually the Vilust came through the mouth, but
lie had tried the experiment of closing the mouth tightly,
when an explosion through the nose took ])lace and expelled
the foreign body that was the cause of the trouble.

Mr. Griffiths said the matter had been brought before
liim by Dr. Barrett a few days ago, and observations that
he had made since then seemed to confirm what bad been
said by several gentlemen, for it appeared that the air bla.st
did proceed through the mouth and not through the nose.
On one occasion, finding himself engaged in a series of
sneezes, he bad determined to make a strong efFoi't to close
liis mouth, and had found very great difficulty indeed in
keeping his mouth closed ; in fact, had failed to make a
complete closure. So far as he had succeeded in making a
])erfect closure, he found that the air forced its way, at the
cost of very considerable inconvenience, through the nasal
passage, and seemed to blow some mucus from the glottis
into the posterior part of the nose, and in that way set up
considei-able irritation and annoyance, which would not
have been experienced liad the sneeze been allowed to
])ursue the normal course. It had occurred to him that the
curtain of the soft palate might be forcibly closed for the
ver}^ purpose of preventing the foreign matter, such as
mucus lying in the glottis, from being shot straight out of
the air passage of the throat right into the back })ai-t of the
nose, on account of the irritation that would be set up by
transferring this substance from the glottis to the nose.
Such a transler would be followed by considerable incon-
venience, giving rise to furtlier efforts to expel from the back
of the nose that which had no right to be there, and which
would not be there but for attempting the \musual course of
trying to stop the mouth.

Mr. Haig said that his experience in sneezing was
certainly that the blast came entirely through the mouth.
In fact he felt that the nasal passage was closed both before
and after the sneeze. The inspiration before the sneeze was
always through the moutli, never through the nose. Some
of the discharges that were spoken of as coming through the
nose might come afterwards ; as, for instance, the snufl".
The sneeze might come first with a blast through the mouth,
then the watery discharge would take place through the
nose, and with it the snuff.

Proceedinfjs of the Royal Socletj/ of Victoria. 2S7

Mr. Field said that if the nose were held wlien about to
sneeze the noise in one's ears was ahnost deafening. He
had found that by placing his finger upon a certain nerve
upon the top of the head when about to sneeze, the sneeze
would be stopped altogether.

Dr. Barrett, in reply, said a considerable amount of
information had been furnished by the discussion. Members
on the whole were inclined to agree with him, that in
uncomplicated sneezing the bulk of the air passed through
the mouth. With regard to the remarks of Mr. Hogg, if
any voluntar}' effort wei'e made, the statement that the air
passed through the mouth no longer held good. Unless it
was a pure uncomplicated sneeze, it was impos.sible to reason
with any degree of accuracy. If the mouth were closed
firmly enough, the air was bound to go though the nose, or
something had to give wa}'. If you have the whole
force of the expiratory muscles at work, it is questionable
which is strongest, tlie tissues of the pharynx or the
expiratory muscles. If one sneezed with a closed mouth,
one stood a good chance of breaking the membrane, for a
tremendous pressure would be put upon a membrane, which
might not be very sound. In pure, uncomplicated sneezing,
the bulk of the air passed through the mouth. The case of
children, as instanced by Dr. Jamieson, was in point. Most
children had enlargement of the pharyngeal tonsil, which
gave rise to the loud breathing and the bulk of the ear
troubles in children. When this was the case, one could no
longer reckon upon the air going the proper way. He did
not think the inconvenience spoken of by Mr. Griffiths was
due to expulsion of mucus from the glottis. Under the
circumstances mentioned, Mi-. Griffiths had got his palate
inverted in part, and then, his palate acting feebly, a certain
amount of mucus dro[)ped down into the pharynx. With
regard to hay fever, wliat was called hay fever really meant
abnormal sensibility of the aperture of the no.se, and,
consequently, unusual liability to stimulant. Thus, a
stimulant which would produce practically no result in one
person with normal sensibility, would produce an abnormal
result in a person suffering from hay fever, and [)roduce, not
only a flow of water from the nose, but also from the eyes.
T''he last speaker had referred to the stoppage of the sneeze
by a pressure on a nerve. A sneeze could be sto[)ped in a
score of ways. How it was done would be rather a

288 Proceedivj/s of the Ixoijid Society of Vidoria.

formidable niattei' to discus.s (yH-liand, but the additional
stimulus set up V)y another nerve would destroy the ett'ect
of the stimulus imparted liy the tirst. Thus, a |>istol shot,
fired alongside a person about to sneeze, would pi-obably |))it
an end to the sneeze.

Dr. Dendy then read a note on a " New S))eeies of Leu-
cosolenia from the Neighbourhood of Port Phillip Heads."

The meeting then terminate^].

LAWS.

Amended to December, 1892.

I. Tlie Society shall be called "The Royal Society Name.
of Victoria."

II. The Royal Society of Victoria is founded for oiyeots.
the advancement of science, literature and art, with
especial reference to the development of the resources

of the countr}^

III. The SocietN' shall consist of Ordinary Members Mombeisand
residing vi^ithin ten miles of Melbourne ; Country ^^"•"^'■'*'^'^-
Members residing be3^on(l that distance : Life Members

(Law XXV), Honorary Members (Law XXIV),
Corresponding Members (Law LII), and Associates
(Laws XXV, XXVI, and LIII), ail of whom shall be
elected by ballot.

IV. His Excellency the Governor of Victoria, for Patron,
the time being, shall be invited to accept the office of
Patron of the Society.

V. There shall be a President, and two Vice-Presi- officers.
dents, who, with twelve other Members, and the
following Honorary Officers, viz.. Treasurer, Librarian,

and two Secretaries of the Society, shall constitute the
(Council.

V[. The Council shall have the management of the Management.
atfai)-s of the Society.

VII. The Ordinary Meetings of the Society shall be o.dhiary
held once in every month during the Session, from ^«*>"gs.
March to December inclusive, on days fixed and
subject to alteration by the Council with due notice.

VIII. In the second week in March, there shall be Annual General
an Annual General Meeting, to receive the report of " ''^ "'^^•
the Council, and elect the Officers of the Society for

the ensuing year.

IX. All Office-bearers and Members of Council iiethementof
except the .six junior or last elected Members, shall
retire from office at the Annual General Meeting in
March. Should a senior Member's seat become vacant

Ortioer

290 Proceed in<i.^ oj Royal Society of Victoria.

Votes required.

Address by the
President.

Duties of
Presidei

in the couise of the year, it shall be held by his
successor (under Law XI 11) as a senior Member, who
shall retire at the next Annual General Meeting. The
names of such Retiring OHicers are to be announced
at the Ordinary Meeting in December. The Officers
and Members of Council so retiring shall be eligible foi'
the same or any othei- office then vacant.

X. The President, Vice-Presidents, Treasurer, Secre-
taries, and Librarian shall be sepai'ately elected by
ballot (should such l)e demanded), in the above-named
order, and the six vacancies in the Council shall then
be filled up togethe)' by ballot at the General Meeting
in March. Those member-s only shall be eligible for
any office who have been pro]:)osed and seconded at the
Ordinary Meeting in December, or b> letter addressed
to one of the Secretaries, and received by him before
the 1st March, to be laid before the Council Meeting-
next before the Annual Meeting in March. The
nomination to any one office shall be held a nomina-
tion to any office, the election to which is to be
subsequently held. No ballot shall take place at any
meeting unless ten members be present.

XL No Member, whose subscription is in arrear.
shall take part in the election of Officers or other
business of the meeting.

XIL An address shall be delivered b}' the President
of the Society at eithei- a Dinner, Conversazione, or
extra meeting of the Society, as the Council may
determine in ea.ch year.

XIII. If any vacancy occur among the Officers,
notice thereof shall be inserted in the summons for the
next meeting of the Society, and the vacancy shall be
then filled up by ballot.

XIV. The President shall take the chair at all
meetings of the Society and of the Council, and shall
regulate and keep order in all their proceedings ; he
shall state questions and pi-opositions to the meeting,
and re])ort the result of })allots, and carr^' into efi'ect
the regulations of the Society. In the absence of the
President, the chair shall be taken l)y one of the Vice-
Presidents, Treasurer, or Ordinary Member of Council,
in order of seniority.

Laivs. 291

XV. The Treasurer may, imuiediatel}' after lii.s Duties of
election, appoint a Collector (to act dnrini^' ]»leasare),
subject to the approval of the Council at its next
meeting. The iluty of tiie Collector shall be to issue

the Treasurer's notices, and collect subscriptions. The
Treasurer shall receive all moneys ])aid to the Societ}',
and shall deposit the same before the end of each
month in the bank approved by the Council, to the
credit of an account opened in the name of the Royal
Society of Victoria. The Treasurer shall make all pay-
ments ordered by the Council on receiving a written
authoiity fiom the chaiiinan of the meeting. All
cheques shall be signed by himself, and countersigned
by one of the Secretaries. No payments shall be made
except by cheque, and on the authority of the Council.
He shall keep a detailed account of all receipts and
expenditure, present a report of the same at each
Council meeting, and prepare a balance-sheet to be laid
before the Council, and included in its Annual Report.
He shall also produce his books whenever called upon
to do so by the Council.

XVI. The Secretaries shall share their duties as they Dutiesof
may find most convenient. One or other of them shall
conduct the correspondence of the Society and of the
Council, attend all meetings of the Society and of the
Council, take minutes of theii' proceedings, and enter
them in the proper books. He shall inscribe the names
and addresses of all Members and Associates in a book
to be kept for that purpose, from which no name shall
be erased except by order of the Council. He shall
issue notices of all meetings of the Society and of the
Council, and shall have the custody of all papers of
the Society, and, under the direction of the Council,
superintend the jirinting of the Transactions of the
Society.

XVII The Council shall meet on any day within one .Meetings of
week before every Ordinary Meeting of the Society.
Notice of such meeting shall be sent to every Member
at least two days previou.sly. No business shall be
transacted at any meeting of the Council unless five
Members be present. Any Member of Council absent-
ing himself from three consecutive meetings of Council,
with<jut satisfactory explanation in writino-, shall be

U^2

Secretaries.

Council.

292 Proceediuf/s of Roijid Sociefu of Victoria.

Special Meet!
of Ccmnoil.

dliecial Gem
Meetings

Annual Repi

Expulsion I
Members

Election of
Members iiuil
Associates.

considered to have vacated his ojiice, and the election
of a Member to till his place shall ite proceeded with at
the next Ordinaiv Meeting of Members, in accordance
with Law XIII. ^

XVIII. One of the Secretaries shall call a Special
Meeting of Conncil on the authority of the President or
of three members of the Conncil. The notice of such
meeting sliall specify the object for which it is called,
and no other business shall be entertained.

XIX. The Council shall call a Special Meeting of the
Societ}^, on receiving a requisition in writing signed
by twenty-foui- members of the Society, s]^ecifying the
purj)ose for which the meeting is retpiired, or upon a
resolution of its own. No other business shall be enter-
tained at such Meeting. Notice of such meeting, and
tiic purpose for which it is summoned, shall be sent to
every Member at least ten days before the meeting.

XX. The Council shall annually prepare a Report
of the Proceedings of the Society during the past year,
embodying the Balance-sheet, duly audited by two
Auditors, to l)e ajjpointed for the year at the Ordinary
Meeting in December, exhibiting a statement of the
present position of the Society. This Report sliall be
laid before the Society at the Annual Meeting in March,
No paper shall be read at that meeting.

XXI. If it shall come to the knowledge of the
Council that the conduct of an Officer, a 2vlember, or
an Associate is injurious to the interest of the Society,
and if two-thirds of the Council present shall be
satisfied, after opportunity of defence has been afforded
to him, that such is the case, it may call upon him to
resign, and shall have the power to expel him from the
Society, or remove him from any office therein at its dis-
cretion. In every case, all proceedings shall be entered
upon the minutes.

XXII. Every candidate for election as Member or as
Associate shall be proposed and seconded by Members
of the Society. The name, the address, and the
occupation of every candidate, with the names of his
proi)oser and of his seconder, shall be comnumicated in
writing to one of the Secretaries, and shall be read at a
meeting of Council, and also at the following meeting

Laivs, 293

of the Society, and the ballot shall take place at the
next following Ordinary Meeting of the Society. The votes required to
assent of at least five-sixths of the number voting shall '""'" *'
be requisite for the admission of a candidate.

XXIII. Every new Member or Associate shall Members shaii
receive due notice of his election, and be supplied with ^'s^^ !'»"'«•

a copy of the obligation* together with a copy of the

Laws of the Society. He shall not be entitled to enjoy

any privilege of the Society, nor shall his name be

printed in the List of Members until he shall have paid

his admission fee and first annual subscription, and

have returned to the Secretaries the obligation signed

by himself He shall, at the first meeting of the

Society at which he is present, sign a duplicate of the

obligation in the Book of the Laws of the Society,

after which he shall be introduced to the Society by

the Chairman. No Member or Associate shall lie at conditious of

liberty to withdraw from the Society without previ- ^^signaion

ously giving notice in writing to one of tlie Secretaries

of his intention to withdraw, and returning all books

or other property of the Society in his possession.

Members and Associates will be considered liable for

the payment of all subscriptions due from them up to

the date at which they give written notice of their

intention to withdraw from the Society.

XXIV. Gentlemen not resident in Victoria, who are Honorary
distinguished for their attainments in science, literature, *"" ^""
or art, may be |)ru})Osed for election as Honoi-ary Mem-
bers, on the rectjmmendation of an absolute majority of

the Council. The election shall be conducted in the
same manner as that of Oidinary Members, but nine-
tenths of the votes must be in favour of the candidate.

XXV. Ordiriar}^ Members of the Society shall pay suUscriptions
two guineas annually. Country Members and Associates

shall ])ay one guinea annually. 'J'hose elected after the

* The obligat^cu referred to is as follows : —

EoYAL Society or Victoeia.
I, the nndersigucJ. do hereby engage that I will endeavour to promote
the interests and welfare of the Itoyal Society of Victoria, and to
observe its laws, as long as I shall remain a Member or Associate
thereof.

(Signed)
Address
Date

294? r roceed higs of Royal Sochdy of Victoria.

Life Member-
ship.

Entrance fees,
Arc.

Duration of
Meetings.

Order aud mo
of conductii
tlie busiiies;^

first of July shall pay only half of the subsci'iptiori for
the current year. Ordinary Menilters nia}- compound
for all annual subscriptions of the ciurent and future
years by paying ^21 ; and Country Members may com-
pound in like manner by p.i^ying £10 10s. Any Country
Member having compounded lor his subscri[)tion, and
eon-jing to reside within ten miles of Melbourne, must
pay either the balance £10 10s. of the Ordinary' Member's
com)n)sition, or one guinea annually while he resides
within ten miles of Melbourne. The subscri])tions
shall be due on the 1st of January in every year. At
the commencement of each year there shall be hung-
up in the Hall of the Society a list of all Members and
Assi;c!ates, ujion which the ])ayment of their subscrip-
tion as made shall be entered. During Jul}', notice
shall be sent to all Meuibers and Associates still in
ari-eai's. At the end of eiich year, a list of those who
liave not paid their subscriptions shall be prepared, to
bo considered and dealt with by the Council.

XXVI. Newly-elected Ordinary find Country Mem-
bers shaM pay an entrance fee of two guineas, in addition
to the subscription ibr the curi'ent year. Honorary
Memliers, Corresponding Members and Associates
shall not be I'eijuired to ]:»a,y any eii trance fee H' the
entrance fee and subscription be not paid within one
month of the notitication of election, a sect^nd notice
shall be sent, and if payment be not made within one
month from the second notice, the election sliall lie void.
Associates, on seeking election as Oixlinary or Coiuitry
MemV»ei-s, shall comply with all the forms prescribed
for the election of Members, and shall pay the enti'ance
fee prescribed <ibove of Ordinary or Countr}' Members
respectively.

XX VII. At tlie Ordinary Meetings of the Society
the chair shall be taken ])unctiuilly at eight o'clock,
and no new business shall be taken after ten o'clock.

XXVIII. At the Ordinary Meetings business shall
be transacted in the follo\ying order, imless it be
specially decided otherwise by the Chairman : —

Minutes of th(^ preceding meeting to be read,
jimendiMl if incoi'rect. and ci>ntirmed.

Laws. 295

New Members and Associates to enroll their

names, and be introduced.
Ballot for the election of new Members or

Associates.
Vacancies among officers, if any, to be filled up.
Business arising out of the minutes.
Communications from tlie Council.
Presents to be laid on the table, and acknowledged.

Motions, of which notice has been given, to be
considered.

Notice of motion for the next meeting to be given
in and read by one of the Secretaries.

Papers to be read.

XXIX. No stranger shall speak at a meeting of the stranger.
Society unless specially invited to do so by the
Chairman.

XXX. Every paper before being read at any Papera to be first
meeting mast be submitted to the Council. comlciL'*

XXXI. The Council may call additional meetings Additional
whenever it may deem it necessiiry to do so. ^^ "'^^'

XXXII. Every Member may introduce two visitors visitors,
to the meetings of the Society by orders signed by
himself.

XXXIII. Members and Associates shall have the Members may
privilege of reading before the Society accounts of '*'^* papeis.
experiments, observations, and researches conducted by
themselves, or original papers, on subjects within the

scope of tlie Society, or descriptions of recent dis-
coveries, or in\entions of general scientific interest.
No vote of thanks to any Member or Associate foi' his
paper shall be proposed.

XXXIV. If a Member or Associate be unable to or depute oiher
attend for the purpose of reading his paper, he may
delegate to any Member of the Society the reading

thereof, and his right of reply.

XXXV. Any Member or Associate desirous of Members must
reading a paper, shall give in writing to one of the thlir"pape'is"

2i)(; ['rocecdiiKjs of lioijal Soclefij of Victoria.

Seci'etai'ies, ten clay.s before the meeting at which he
desires it to be I'ead, its title and the time its reading
will occupy.

Papers by XXX VJ. The Council may tor an 3' special reason

laiigeis. permit a paper such as is described in Law XXXIII,
not written by a member of the Society, to be read by
one of the Secretaries or other Members.

Papers beioug to XXXVII. Evcry papei' read befn-e the Society shall
the Society. |^^ ^^^^ y)roperty thereof, and immediately after it has
been read shall be delivered to otie of the Secretaries,
and shall remain in his custody.

Papers must be XXXVIII. No paper shall be read before tlie

original. Socict^' or published in the Ti-ansactions unless

approved by the Council, and unless it consist mainly

of origmal matter as regards the facts or the theories

enunciated.

Couuciiraay XXXIX. The Couticil may refer an\' j:)aper to any

Mfmberr'^*" Member oi- Members of the Society, to re]X)rt upon the
desirability of printing it.

Rejeote.i XL. Should tlic Couucll dccidc not to publish a

reTunied ^^ paper, it shall be at <jnce returned to the author.

Members may XLI. The author of any paj)er which the Council

tS pipe's"^ has decided to publish in the Ti'ansactions may have

tifty copies of his paper on giving notice of his wish

in wilting to one of the St;cretaries, and any further

number on paying the extia cost thereof

Members and XLIl. Every Member and Associate whose sub-

have'^Trans*" scription is uot ill aiTear, and eveiy Honorary and
actiouB. Corresponding Member is entitled to receive one copy

of the Transactions of the Society as published. Newly-
elected Memljers shall, on payment of their entrance-fee
and subseri[)t,ion, receive a copy of the volume of the
Transactions last published.

Property. XLIIl. Evcry book, pamphlet, model, plan, drawing,

specimen, preparation, or collection presented to or pur-
chased by the Society, shall be kept in the house of the
Societ}^

Library. XLIV. The Library shall be open to Members and

Associates of the Societj-, and the public, at such times
and under such regulations as the Council may deem fit.

Laws. 297

XLV. The legal ownei'ship of the ))i'operty of the Le^ai owneMiiii.
Society is vested in the President, the Vice-Presidents, ^'<' i"'"i'e''^>'
and tlie Treasurer for the time being, in trust for the use
of the Society ; but the Council shall hav^e full control
over the expenditure of the funds and management of
the property of the Society.

XLVI. Every Committee appointed by the Society committbe.s
shall at its first meeting elect a Chairman, who shall chaUmau
subsequently convene the Committee and briiig up its
report. He shall also ol)tain from the Treasurer such
grants as wv^y have been voted for the purposes of the
Committee.

XLVII. All Committees and individuals to whom Heiwrt before
any work has been assigned by the Society shall pre-
sent to tlie Council, not later than the 1st of November
in each year, a report of the progress which has been
made ; and, in cases ^here grants of mone}^ for scientific
purposes have been entrusted to them, a statement of
the sums which have been expended, and the balance
of each grant which remains unexpended. Every Com-
mittee shall cease to exist at the November meeting,
imless then re-appointed.

XLVIII. Grants of pecuniary aid for scientific pur- Grants e.xpi re.
poses from the funds of the Society shall expire on the
1st of March next following, unless it shall appear by
a report that the recommendations on which they were
granted iiave been acted on, or a contiiuiation of them
be ordered by the Council.

XLIX. In grants of money to Committees and indi- Peis.mai
viduals, the Society shall not pay any personal expenses uVne pali"*^
which may be incurred by the Members.

L. No new law, or alteration or repeal of an exist- Alterations of
ing law, shall be made except at the Annual General
Meeting in March, or at a Special General Meeting
summoned for the purpose, as provided in Law XIX,
and in pursuance of notice given at the preceding
Ordinary Meeting of the Society.

LI. Should any circumstance arise not provided for Cases not
in these Laws, the Council is empowered to act as may p''°^i'^«^* ^o'
seem to be best for the interests of the Society.

298 Proccedln(js of l{o>/al Societ// of Vicloria.

LIT. The Council shall have power to propose
gentlemen not resident in Victoria, for election in the
same manner as Ordinary Members, as Corresponding
Members of the Society. Tlie Corresponding Members
shall contribute to the Society papers which may he
received as those of Ordinary Members, and shall in
return be entitled to receive copies of the Society's
publications.

LIII. Associates shall have the privileges of Members
in respect to the Society's publications, in joining the
Sections, and at the Ordinary Meetings, with the excej)-
tion, that tliey shall not have the power of voting; they
shall also not be eligible as Officers of the Society.

MEMBERS

£l)c ^icrnal Botictn of yictoria

Pat I! ox.

Ho])etoun, His Excellency The Kiglit Hon. John Adrian Louis
Hope, G.C.M.a., Seventh Earfof.

HONOKAHY MemBEKS.

Agnew, Hon. J. \V., M.E.O., M.!)., Hobart, Tasmania.
Bancroft, J., E^sq , M.D., Brisbane, Queensland.
Clarke, Colonel Sir Andrew, K.C.M.G., C.B., C.I.E., London.
Forrest, Hon. J., C.M.G., Surveyor-General, West Australia.
Hector, Sir James, K.C.M.G., M.D., E.R.S., Wellington, K.Z.
Liveisidge, Professor A., F.R.S., Univer.sity, Sydney.
Neumeyer, Professor George, P!i. 1)., Hainburg, Germany.
Russell, H. C, Esq., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., Observatory, Sydney, KS. W.
Scott, Rev. W., M.A., Kurrajong Heights, N.S.W.
Todd, Charles, Esq., C.M.G., F.R.A.S., Adelaide, S.A.
Verbeek, Dr. R D. M., Buitenzorg, Batavia, Java.

Life Membeus.

Bage, Edward, jun., Esq., Crawford, Fulton-street, St. Kilda.
Barkly, His Excellency Sir Henry, G.C.M.G., K.C.B., Carlton

Club, London.
Bosisto, Joseph, Esq., C.M.G., Richmond.
Butters, J. S., Esq., 323 Collins-street.

Eaton, H. F., Esq., Treasury, Melbourne.

Elliott, T. S., E.sq., Railway Department, Spencer-street.

Elliott, Sizar, Esq., J.P., Were-strcet, Biighton Beach.

Fowler, Thomas W., Esq., Carlyle-street, Upper Hawthorn.-

(iibbons, Sidney W., Esq., F.C.S., care of Mr. Lewis, Chemist,

341 Bourke street.
Gilbert, J. E., Esq., Money Order OtRce, G.P.O. Melbourne.

300 Proceed ln(js of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Hovvitt, Edward, Esq., Piathinine.s-iortd, Auburn.

Love, E. F. J., Esij., M.A., Queen's (Jollege, University.

Mueller, ikron F. Von, K.C.M.G., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., Arnold-
street, South Yarra.

Nicholas, William, Esq., E.G.S., Melbourne University.

Rusden, 11. K., Esq., F.R.G.S., Ockley, Marlton Crescent,
St. Kilda.

Selby, (Jr. W., Esq., 99 Que^n-street.

White, E. J., Esq., F.R.A.S., Melbourne Observatory.
Wilson, Sir Samuel, Knt., Oakleigh Hall, East St. Kilda.

Ordinary Members.

Allan, Alexander C, Esq., Fitzroy-street, St. Kilda.
Allan, M. J., Esq., 17 Delbridge-street, North Fitzroy.
Archer, W. H., Esq., J.P., F.L.S., F.I.A., Alverno, Grace Park,
Hawthorn.

Bage, William, Esq., M.I.C.E., 319 Collins-street.

Baltbui-, Lewis J., Esq., Tyalla, Toorak.

Barnard, F., Esq., 49 High-street, Kew.

Barnes, Benjamin, Esq., Queen's Terrace, South Melbourne.

Barracchi, Pietro, Esq., R.E. and C.E. Italy, F.R.A.S. Eng.,
Observatory, Melbourne.

Barrett, J. W., Esq., M.D., 34 Collins-street.

Bevan, Rev. L. D., LL.D., D.D., Congregational Hall, Russell-
street.

Beckx, Gustave, Esq., Queen's Place, St. Kilda Ptoad.

Bennetts, W. R., jun., Esq., 129 Rathdovvn-street, Carlton.

Blackett, C R., Esq., J. P., F.C.S., Charlesfort, Tennyson-street,
South St. Kilda.

Brett, J. Talbot, Esq., M.R.C.S., S5 Collins-street.

Campbell, F. A., Esq., C.E., Working Men's College, Latrobe-

street.
Candlei-, Samuel Curtis, Esq., Melbourne Club.
Cohen, Joseph B., Esq., A.R.I.B.A., Public Works Department,

Melbourne.
Coane, J. M., Esq., C.E., care of Coane and Grant, Fourth Floor,

Prell's Building.s, Queen-street.

Danks, John, Esq., 391 Bourke-street.

David.son, William, Esq., C. E., Inspector-General of Public
Works, Melbourne.

Lid of Members. 801

Dendy. Arthur, Esq., D.Sc, F.L8., Uuivei-.sity, Melbourne.
Deiinaiit, T., Esq., JFG.S., F.C.S., Lyiidlmr.st Crescent, Hawthorn,
Dunn, Frederick, Esq., 306 Littk^ Fliiiders-street

Ellery, R. L. J., Esq., O.M.(i., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., Observatory,
Melbourne.

Foord, George, Esq., F.C.S., Royal Mint, Melbourne.
F'ox, W., Esq., U Robe-street, St. Kilda.

Goldstein, J. R. Y., Esq., Office of Titles, Melbourne.
Gotch, J. S., Esq., 109 All>ert-street, East Melbourne.
Griffiths, G. S., Esq., F.R.G.S., Waratah, Washington-street,

Toorak.
Grut, Percy de Jersey, Esq., E. S. & A. C, Bank, Collins-street

West.

Hake, C. N., Esq., F.C.S., Melbourne Club, Melbourne.
Halley, Rev. J. J., Congregational Hall, Russell-street.
Hart, Ludovico, Esq., i) Tivoli-road, South Yarra.
HefFernan, E. B., Esq , M.D., 10 Brunswick-street, Fitzroy.
Hogg, H. R., Esq., ] 6 Market Buildings, Flinders Lane West.
Hewitt, A. W., Esq., P.M., F.G.S., Secretary Mines Department,
Melbourne.

Inskip, Geo. C, Esq., F. R.I.B.A., St. James' Buildings, William-
street.

Jager, Ernest, Esq., North-street, Ascot Vale.
James, E. M., Esq., M.R.C.S., 2 Collins-street.
Jamieson, James, Esq., M.D., 56 Collins-street.
Joseph, R. E., Esq., Electric Light Company, Sandridge-road,
Melbourne.

Kernot, Professor W. C, M.A., C.E., University, Melbourne.

Lucas, A. H. S., Esq., M.A., B. Sc, Newington College, Sydney,

New South Wales.
Lucas, William, Esq., 113 Leopold-street, South Yiirra.
Lyle, Professor T. R., M.A., University, Melbourne.
Lynch, William, Esq., St. James' Buildings, William-street.

M'Coy, Professor Sir F., K.C.M.G., D.Sc, F.R.S., University,

Melbourne.
M'Alpine, D., Esq., F.C.S., 5 Wallace-street, Toorak.
Main, Thomas, Esq., City Surveyor's Office, Melbourne.
Maloney, William, Esq., 57 Roden-street, West Melbourne.
Masson, Professor Orme, M.A., D.Sc, University, Melbourne.

302 Piocee(.(in(/s of the iioi/al Society of Victoria.

Matliew, Rev. John, Oobuig.

Moerliii, C, Esq., Observatory, Melbourne.

Moors, H., Esq., Chief Secretary's Office, Melbourne.

Morris, Professor, M.A., University, Melbourne.

Morrison, Alexander, Esq., M.D., 472 Albert-street, Ea.st

Melbourne.
Muntz, T. B., Esq., C.E., 358 Collins-street.

Nanson, Professor E. J., M.A., University, Melbourne.
Neild, J. E., Esq., M.D., Biltou Hou.se, 21 Spring-street.
Newbery, J. Cosmo, Esq., JJ. Sc, C.M.G., Technological Museum
Nimmo, W. H., Ksq., Melbourne Club, Melbourne.

Officer, C. G. W., Esq., B.Sc, Toorak.

Oldfield, Lenthal, Esq., 36 Nicholson-street, Fitzroy.

Prince, J , Esq., Henry-street, Windsor.

Ridge, Samuel H., E-q., B.A., 257 Victoria Parade, E. Melbourne.
Resales, Henry, Esq., F.G.S., Alta Mira, Grandview-grove,

Aniiadale.
Rudall, -J. T., Esq., F.R.C.S., coraer of Spring and Collins-streets,

Melbourne.
Rule, O. R., Esq., Technological Museum, Melbourne.

Sargood, Hon. Sir Frederick T., K.C.M.G., M.L.C., Elsternwick.

Shaw, Thomas, Esq., Woorywyrite, Camperdown.

Spencer, Professor W. Baldwin, M.A., University, Melbourne.

Stillwell, A., Esq., 195a Collins street.

Sugden, Rev. E. H., B.A., B.Sc, Queen's College, Carlton.

Sutherland, Alex, Esq., M.A , Carlton College, Royal Park.

Sweet, George, Esq., Wilson-street, Brunswick.

Syme, G. A., Esq., M.B., F.R.C.S., 74 Collins street.

Tipping, Isaac, Esq., C.E , 90 Henry-street, Prahran.
Ti.sdall, H. T., Esq., F.L.S., Washington street, Toorak.
Topp, C. A., Esq., xM.A., LL.B., F.L.S., Grandview Grove,
Armailale.

Whitley, David, Esq., 26 Qii(!en-street

Wight, Gerard, Esq., Phceiiix Chambers, Market-street.

Country Members.

Bland, R. H., Esq., Clunes.

Cameron, John. Esq., Orbost, Victoria.

Clarke, Donald, Esq., School of Mines, Bairnsdale.

Conroy, James Macdowall, Esq., Wingham, Manning River, N.S.W.

List of Memhei-ii. 303

Dawson, J., Esq., Rennyliill, Oamperdow!).
Desmond, John, Esq., Warrnanibool.
Dobson, A. Dudley, Esq., Warrnauiltool.

Edwards, Henry, Esq., Princess Tlieatre, Melbourne.

Field, William Graham, Esq., C.E., Railway Engineer-in-Chiefs
Department, Melbourne.

Hall, T. S., Esq., M.A., School of Mines, (Jastlemaine.
Hunt, Robert, Esq., Royal Mint, Sydney, N.S.W.

Ivey, James, Esq., Ballarat.

Keogh, Laurence F., Esq., Brucknell Banks, Cobden,

Loaghrey, B., Esq., M.A., C.E., City Surveyor, Wellington, N.Z.

MacGillivray, P. H., Esq., M.A., M.R.C.S., Bendigo.
Mackay, J. B. Lillie, Esq., F.C.S., School of Mines, Bendigo.
Manson, Donald, Esq., Elgin Buildings, Sydney, N.S.W.
M'lnday, J., Esq., Huberton, North Queensland.
Murray, Stewart, Esq., C.E., Kyneton.

Naylor, John, Esq., Stawell.

Oddie, James, Esq., Dana-sti'eet, Ballarat.

Oliver, C. E., Esq., C.E., Victoria Water Supply, Rialto, Collins-
street, Melbourne.

Powell, Waiter D. T., Esq., Hai-bour Department, Brisbane,

Queensland.
Purdie, A., Esq., M.A., School of Mines, Kyneton.

Shaw, W. H., Esq.. Phrenix Foundry, Ballarat.

Vickery, S. K., Esq , Ararat.

Wakelin, T., Esq., B.A., Greytown, Wellington, New Zealand.
Wall, John, Esq., Town Hall, Sebastopol, Ballarat.
Williams, Rev. W., F L.S., Toorak.

Wilson, J. Bracebridge, Esq., M.A., C. of E. Grammar School,
Geelong.

Corresponding Members.
Bailey, F. M., Esq., The Museum, Brisbane.
Clarke, Hyde, Esq., 32 St. George's Sipiare, London, S.W.

304 Froceedinf/s oj the Royal Societ;/ of Victoriu.

Etlieridge, Robert, Esq., jiin., F.CI.S., Department of Mines,

Sydnev, N.S.W.
Sfcirton, James, Esq., M. U., F.L.S., 15 Nowton-street, Glasgow.
Ulrich, Professor G. H. F., F.G.S , Dunedin, Otago, N.Z.
Wagner, William, Esq., LL.D., Philadelphia, U.8.A.

Associates.
Askew, David C, Esq., 410 P)Oiirke-street.

Page, C, Esq., M.D., 81 Toorak-road, South Yarni.

Paker, Thomas, Esq., Pond-street, Abbotsford.

Pale, W. M., Esq., Walpole-street, Hyde Park, Kew.

Parnaid, P. J. A., Esq., M.A., Queen's College, Carlton.

Pest, Heinrich, Esq., care of Mr. H. Falkner, Nightingale-street,

Palaclava.
Pooth, John, Esq., C.E., Rennie-street, Coburg.
Powen, W. W., E.sq., 3o8 Collins-street.
Prockenshire, W. H., Esq., C.E., Railway Department, Kerang.

Champion, H. V., Esq., Council Chambers, Williamstown.
Chase, L. H., Esq., Queensberry- street, Carlton, or Railway De])art-

ment, Selborne Chambers.
Craig, Robert, Esq., Training College, Grattan-street.
Cresswell, Rev. A. W., M.A., St. John's Parsonage, Camberwell.

Danks, A. T., Esq., 42 Pourke-street.
Dawson, W. S., Esq., Runnymede, Essendon.

Edwards, J. E., Esq., Colonial Telegraph Exchange, 133 Little
Collins-street.

Falk, David, Esq., care of Messrs. Falk and Co., Little Collins-
street East.
Fielder, Rev. W., Noiwood, Mitchell-street, St. Kilda.
Finney, W. H., Esq., Pridport-street, South Melbourne.
Fison, Rev. Lorimer, M.A., Essendon.
Fraser, J. H., Esq., Railway Department, Melbourne.

Gabriel, J., Esq., Simi>son"s-road, Collingwood.

Harper, Andrew, Esq., M.A,. Toorak.

Hart, J. S., E.sq., M.A., P.Sc, University, Melbourne.

Holmes, W. A., Esq., Telegraph Engineer's Office, Railway Dejai t-

nient. Spencer-street, Melbourne.
Howard, Douglas, Esq., M.A., Hawthorn Grammar School,

Power-street, Hawthorn.

List of Member.^. 305

Hubbard, J. R., Esq., 99 Queen-stieet, Mell)Ourne.

Ingainells, F. N., Esq., Observatory, Melbourne.

Kernot. Frederick A., Esq., Royal Park, Hotimiu.
Kiiklaud, J. B., Esq., F.C.S., University, Melbourne.

Lambert, Thomas, p]sq., Bank of New South Wales, Chiltern.
Lindsay, James, JEsq., 172 Bouverie-street, Carlton.

Maclean, C. W., Esq., Walsh-street, South Yarra.

Melville, A, G., Esq., Mullen's Library, Collins-street.

Mills, H. W., Esq., Glan-y-mor, Brighton.

Moors, Miss Florence Donald, Punt-road, South Yarra.

Moors, E. M., Esq., University, Sydney, N.S.W.

Murray, T., Esq., C.E., Yictoiia Water Supply Department, Melb,

Paul, A. W. L., Esq , Male-street, North Brighton.

Phillips, A. E., Esq., 99 Queen-street.

Pritchard, G. B., Esq., Mantell-strei-t, Moonee Ponds.

Quarry, Herbert, Esq., Alma Cottage, Macaulay-road, Kensington.

Remfry, Josiah Richard, Esq., Branxholme, Yictoria.
Riddel!, Mrs., F.S.Sc. Lond., 21 May-road, Toorak.
Robertson, John Steele, Esq., B.A., Universit}', Melbourne.
Ro.ss, Joseph, Esq., M.D., Warrnambool.

Schafei-, R., Esq., 17 Union-street, Windsor.

Slater, H. A., Esq., 121 Collin.s-street.

Smibert, G., Esq., G.P.O., Melbourne.

Smith, Elderson, Esq., London Chartered Bank, 410 Brunswick-
stieet, Fitzroy.

Smith, Mrs. Elderson, London Chartered Bank, 410 Brunswick-
street Fitzroy.

Steele, W. H., Esq., jNI.A., Sherwood-street, Richmond.

Stewart, C, Esq., 9 Murphy-street, South Yarra.

Strettle, W. S., Esq., Ormond College, Carlton.

Tate, Frank, Esq., B.A., Traitiing College, Grattan-street.
Wil&more, C. N., Esq., B.Sc, University, Melbourne.

LIST OF THE INSTITUTIONS AND LEARNED
SOCIETIES THAT RECEIVE COPIES OF THE
"TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ROYAL SOCIETY OF VICTORIA."

England.

Agent-General of Victoria

Anthropological Institute

Biological Society of Liverpool

Bodleian Library

British Museum

Colonial OflBce Library ...

"Electrician" ..

Foreign OiEce Library

Geological Society

Institute of Mining and Mechanical Engineers

Institution of Civil Engineers

Linnsean Society

Literary and Philosophical Society

Marine Biological Laboratory

Natural History Museum

Naturalists' Society

"Nature"

Owens College Library ...

Patent Office, :^ 5 Southampton Buildings

Philosophical Society

Royal A.siatic Society

Royal Astronomical Society

Royal Colonial Institute

Royal Gardens

Royal Geographical Society

Royal Microscopical Society

Royal Society ...

Statistical Society

University Library

Scotland.
Botanical Society
Geological Society
Royal College of Pljysicians' Laboratory

London

Liverpool

Oxford

London

Newcastle

London

Liverpool

Plymouth

London

• Bristol

London

Manchester

London

Cambridge

London

Kew

London

. London

Cambridge

Edinburgh
Edinburgh
Edinburgh

List of Institutions, &c.

307

Royal Observatory

Royal Physical Society ...

Royal Society ...

Royal Scottish Society of Arts

Scottish Geographical Society

University Library

Edinburgh
Edinburgh
Edinburgh
Edinburgh
Edinburgh
Ediiiburgh
. Glasgow

Ireland,

Natural History and Philosophical Society
Royal Dublin Society
Royal Geological Society
Royal Irish Academy
Trinity College Library ...

Belfast
Dublin
Dublin
Dublin
Dublin

Germany.

Gessellschaft fiir Erdkunde ... ... ... Berlin

Grossh. Hessische Geologische Anstalt ... Darmstadt

Konigl. Botanische Gesellschaft ... ... Regensburg

Konigl. Offentl. Bibliothek ... ... ... Dresden

Konigl. Preussische Akademie der Wissenschaften ... Berlin

Konigl. Sachs Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften . . . Leipzig

Konigl. Societat der Wissenschaften . . . Gottingen

Naturfoi-schende Gesellschaft ... ... ... Emden

Naturforschende Gesellschaft ... ... ... Halle

Naturforschende Gesellschaft ... ... ... Leipzig

Naturliistorisch Medizinischer Verein ... Heidelberg

Naturhistorische Gesellschaft ... ... ... Hanover

Naturhistorisches Museum ... ... Hamburg

Naturhistorisches Museum ... ... ... Hanover

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein ... ... ... Bremen

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein ... ... Frankfurt

Oberhessische Gesellschaft fiir Natur <k Heilkunde ... Giessen

Schlesische Gesellschaft fiir Vaterland. Cultur. ... Breslau

Verein fiir Erdkunde ... ... ... Darmstadt

Verein fiir Erdkunde ... ... ... ... Halle

Verein fiir Naturkunde ... ... ... ... Kassel

Austria.

K. K. Akademie der Wissenschaften
K. K. Geologische Reichsanstalt ...

Wien
Wien

808 Proceedinf/s of the Royal Society of Victoria.

K. K. Ueographische Gesellschaft
K. K. Naturliistorisches Hofmuseuni
[u.perial Observatory

Wien

Prague

.Switzerland.

Geographische Gesellscliaft
Geogr. Couimerc. Gesellscliaft
Geogr. Commerc. Gesellscliaft
8cliNveizerische Naturforschendc Gesellscliaft
Hociete de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle ...

Berne

St. G alien

Aarau

Berne

Geneve

France. -

Acadeniie des Sciences et Belles-Lettres et Arts ... Lyon

Feuilles des Jeunes Naturalists ... ... ... Paris

Societe Academique Indo-Chinoise ... ... Paris

Societe de Geographie ... ... ... ... Paris

Societe Nationale de Cherbourg ... ... Cherbourg

Societe Zoologique de France ... ... ... Paris

Italy.

Biblioteca Nazionale Centrale Vittorio Enianuele Rome

British and American ArcluiBological Society ... Elome

Museo di Zoologia ed Anatomia Comp., R. Universita Turin

Ministero dei Lavori Pubblici ... ... ... Rome

Reale Academia di Scienze ... ... ... Palermo

Reale Academia di Scienze, Lettre ed Arti ... ... Lucca

Regia Academia di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti ... Medina

Societa Geogratica Italiana ... ... ... Rome

Societa Toscana di Scienze Naturali ... ... Pisa

Spain and Portugal.

Real Academia de Ciencias Exactas, Fisicas y Natu rales
Sociedade de Geographia

Madrid
Lisbon

Holland and Belgium.

Acadeniie Royale de Belgique ... ... Bruxellea

Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en Weten-

schappen ... ... ... ... ... Batavia

Natural Science Society ... ... ... Amsterdani

List of Institutions, &g.

Natuurkundig Genootschap
Nederlandisch Botan. Vereeingiug
Magnetical and Meteorological Obsei-vatory ...
'>ociete Hollandaise des Sciences ...
Societe Macologiqiie Royale de Belgique
Societe Provinciale des Arts et Sciences

809

Grouingen

Nijinegen

Batavia

. Haarlem
Bruxelles

. Utrecht

Denmark, Sweden, and Nobway.

Academie Royale

Koiigelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskap ...

Societe des Sciences

Copenhagen

Christiania

Russia and Roumania.

Institut Meteorologique de Roumanie ... Bucharest

Jardin Botanique Imperial ... ... St. Petersburg

'La Soc. de Naturalists de I'Universite de Kazan ... Kazan

Soc. de Naturalistes Kiew ... ... ... Kiew

Societe des Naturalistes de la Nouvelle Russia ... Odessa

Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes ... .., Moscow

Societe Imjieriale Russe de Geographie ... St. Petersburg

India and Mauritius.

Royal Asiatic Society, Ceylon Branch ... ... Colombo

Geological Survey of India ... ... ... Calcutta

Madras Literary Society ... ... ... Madras

Meteorological Society ... ... ... ... Mauritius

Natural History Society ... ... ... Bombay

Royal Beugal Asiatic Society ... ... ... Calcutta

China and Japan.

Astronomical Observatory ... ... Hong Kong

China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society ... ... Shanghai

Imperial University ... ... ... ... Tokio

Seismological Society of Japan ... ... ... Tokio

Canada.

Canadian Institute ... ... ... ... Toronto

Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada ... Ottawa

Royal Society of Canada .. . ... ... ...Montreal

810 Proceedings of the Moijal Society of Victoria.

United States.

Academy of Natural bciences ... ... Davenport

Academy of Natural Sciences ... ... Philadelphia

Academj' of Sciences ... ... ... San Francisco

American Academy of Arts and Soiences ... ... Boston

American Geographical Society ... ... New York

American Philosophical Society ... ... Philadelphia

Bureau of Ethnology ... ... ... Washington.

Colorado Scientific Society ... ... ... Denver

Cooper Union for the Advancement of Science and Art New York

Denison University .. ... ... ... Ohio

John Hopkins Univsr.sity ... ... Baltimore

"Kosnios" ... ... ... ... San Francisco

Maryland Historical Society ... ... Baltimore

Natural Academy of Sciences ... ... Washington

Ofiice of Chief of Engineers, U.S. Army ... Washington

Philoso])hical Society ... ... ... Washington

"Science" ... ... ... ... New York

Smithsonian Institute ... ... ... Washington

Society of Natural History ... ... ... Boston

Society of Natxiral Sciences ... ... ... Buffalo

United States Geological Survey ... ... W^ashington

Mexico.

Ministerio de Fomento ... ... ... ... Mexico

Observatorio Meteorologico, Magnetico Central ... Mexico

Observatorio Astronomico National ... ...Tatubaya

Sociedade Cientifica, Antonio Al.sate ... ... Mexico

Sociedad de Ingenieros de Jalisco ... ... Guadalajara

Secretaria de Fomento ... ... ... Guatemala

Argentine Kepublic.

Academia de Ciencias
La Museo di Plata

. . . Cordoba
Buenos Ayres

Australia. — Victoria.

"Age"

"Ai-gus"

Athenajum

Astronomical Observatory

Australian Health Society

" Australian Journal of Pharmacy

Chief Secretary's Office ...

Melbourne
Melbourne
Melbourne
Melbourne
Melbourne
Melbourne
Melbouine

List of Institutions, &c.

311

Department of Mines and Water Supply

Eclectic Association of Victoria

Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria...

Free library

Free Library

Geological Society of Australasia ...

German Association

Gordon Technical College...

Government Entomologi.st

Medical Society

Parliamentary Library

Pharmaceutical Society of Australasia

Public Library

Office of the Government Statist

Royal Geographical Society .. ... .

Railway Library

School of Mines

The Exhibition Trustees ...

University Library

Victorian Chamber of Commerce (Manufactures)

" Victorian Engineer "

" Victorian Government Gazette" ...

Victorian Institute of Surveyors

Working Men's College, Latrobe Street

Nkw South Wales.

Australian Museum

Astronomical Observatory

Department of Agriculture

Department of Mines

Linnsean Society of New South Wales

Parliamentary Library

Public Library

Royal Geographical Society

Royal Society ...

Technological Museum

South Australia.

Parliamentary Library

Public Library and Museum

Royal Society of South Australia ...

Melbourne

Echuca

. . . Geelong

Bendigo

Melbourne

... Geelong
Melbourne
Melbourne
Melbourne
Mell)Ourne
Melbourne
Melbourne
Melbourne
Melbourne

. . . Ballarat

Castlemaine

Bendigo

Mai-y borough

Bairnsdale

... Stawell
Melbourne
Melbourne
Melbourne
Melbourne
Melbourne
Melbourne
Melbourne

Sydney
Sydney
Sydney
Sydney
Sydney
Sydney
Sydney
Sydney
Sydney
Sydney

Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide

ol2 Proceedingti of the Rof/al Society of Victoria.

QUKKNS;.ANU.

Purlianientary Library ...
Public Library ...
Ro\ al Geographical Society
Roval Society of Queensland

Brisbane
Brisbane
Brisbane
Brisbane

Tasmania.

Parliamentary Libi-ar}' ...

Public Li])rary ...

Royal Society of Tasmania

Hobart
HoV)art
Hobart

New Zealand.

Auckland Institute and Museum ... ... Auckland

Colonial Museum and Geological Survey Department Wellington

New Zealand Institute ... Wellington

Otago Institute ... . ... Dunedin

Parliamentary Library ... ... ... Wellington

Public Library ... ... ... Wellington

«TILI,WEr.L AND CO., PBINTKKS, 195A COLLINS STREET, MELBOURNE.

PROCEEDINGS.

niOCEEDINGS

OF THE - . ; ^_ ;.

Jlogal Soact^ of 0utona.

VOL. V (New Series).

Edited under the Authority of the Coxincil.
ISSUED MAY 1893.

THE AUTHORS OF THE SKVERAL PAPERS ARE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SOUNDNESS OF
THE OPINIONS GIVKN AND fOR THE ACCURACY OF THE STATEMENTS MADE THEREIN.

MELBOURNE :
STILLWELL AND CO., PEINTERS, 195a COLLINS STREET.

AGENTS TO THE SOCIETY:

WILLIAMS & NORGATE, 14 HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN, LONDON

To whom all communicaUons for transmission to the Roj-al Society of Victoria,

from all parts of Europe, should be sent.

1803.

,lf]^L^f°> LIbran

5 WHSE00597

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria"

See other formats